-ilTE  VOUr.    NAME    IN   TMIJ  ^PACE  ONLY. 


mjTFrrr 


LJBRXRY   f 

UNIVERSITY  Of      I 
CAIIFORNIA       J 


mOATlOIf  IIIB, 


^/ 


THE 


-      .  i 

A  SHORT  AND  Practical  Method  ' 


OP  i 

8 
\ 

A.CQUIRING  COMPLETE  FLUENCY  OF  SPEECII 

I 

IS  THE  \ 

GERMAN"  LANGUAGE.  I 


By  Dr.  Riceabd  ??   Rosenthal,  ! 

i 

LASTS  Director  of  the  "  Akademie  fur  frkm3>e  Sprachen"  in  Berlin  ak^ 

Leipzig,  of  the  "  Meistebschaft  College"  in  London,  and  Pein-        -j 

CiPAii  of  the  "Meistebschaft  School  of  PRACTioAii  \ 

Lenguistby"  in  New  York  and  Boston.  j 


IN     FIFTEEN     PARTS. 

PAET  L 


BOSTON:  \ 

THE  MEISTERSCHAFT  PUBLICATION  COMPANY.     \ 

1887.  ] 


Copyright, 

B?  Richard  S.  RosEMXHiMUfc 

i88a. 


The  JHeistcrschaft  Systeni.  ^ 


\%12 

i 

i 

It  is  a  widely  known  and  acknowledged  fact  that,  ] 
although  cur  young  men  and  women  study  German  I 
and  French  for  years,  frequently  under  the  tuition  of  j 
able  native  masters,  they  very  rarely  attain  any  degree  j 
of  \ 

PRACTICAL    FLUENCY    IN    SPEAKING   THESE- 
TONGUES.  ■ 

In  oui  times,  when  internationai  commerce  and  in-  ] 
tercourse  is  so  constantly  increasmg,  our  schools  and  \ 
colleges  must  aim  at  other  and  more  practical  results  ; 
than  heretofore  were  considered  necessar}.  j 

It  IS  no  longer  sufficient  to  teach  the  student  the  j 
grammatical  peculiarities  of  French  and  German,  and  I 
to  introduce  him  into  the  classic  literature  of  these  Ian-  "j 
guages  ;  but  f/ie  true  end  and  aim  of  our  linguistic  education  \ 
must  be  to  actually  speak  the  mode7'7i  tongues^  and  to  I'eally  be  \ 
able  to  con7'erse  in  them  fluently  and  idiomatically.  i 

"The  usual  mistake,"  says  the  New  York  World^ 
in  an  able  editorial  on  the  study  of  modern  languages,  J 
"  in  America,  throughout  the  majority  of  schools,  is  ! 
that  in  studying  a  foreign  tongue  more  actual  study  is  | 
put  upon  English  and  a  formation  of  a  smooth  transia-  ? 
tion  than  in  building  up  and  acquiring  the  language  in  \ 
question.     But  whatever  the  faults  of  teachers  or  of  the  ] 

527  ; 


system,  of  one  fact  the  parents  and  public  are  painfully 
assured,  and  that  is  that  after  years  of  study  the  schol- 
ars are  still  unable  to  speak  and  write  \he  language, 
and  with  difficulty  can  even  read  it.  Everybody 
knows  how  he  has  been  able  to  repeat  page«:  of  gram- 
matical rules  and  foreign  words,  and  then,  amid  his  con- 
gratulations on  mastering  so  much,  how  some  day  he 
has  found  himself  stranded  in  a  foreign  land  only  to 
discover  that  he  has  no  use  for  the  rules  and  words  he 
has  learned-^that  somehow  and  strangely  enough  the 
people  have  quite  a  different  stock  of  language." 

For  two,  three,  and  frequently  five  years  the  pupils 
• — according  to  our  present  false  and  unnatural  systems 
— study  different  French  and  German  grammars,  man- 
uals, and  vocabularies  ;  they  learn  to  conjugate  and  to 
decline,  to  parse  and  to  analyze,  etc. 

If  a  boy  will  learn  how  to  build  a  chair  his  master 
does  not  give  him  chairs  to  break  asunder  ;  but  rather 
wood  to  build  them  with.  He  does  not  tear  apart,  but 
builds  up.  So,  if  one  would  learn  French,  or  any  for- 
eign speech,  his  work  must  not  consist  of  taking  a  cer- 
tain amount  of  French,  tearing  it  into  bits,  and  then 
building  it  up  into  good  English,  which  he  already 
knows,  but  it  must  be  just  the  reverse. 

In  our  preparatory  schools,  our  seminaries,  the  best 
of  all  our  colleges  and  universities — indeed  throughout 
our  whole  land,  the  greater  part  of  the  time  is  spent  in 
this  false  and  absurd  way — and  the  student  who  takes 
a  piece  of  Latin,  Greek.  French,  or  German,  and  renders 
it  into  the  smoothest  English,  stands  first  and  best 
above  his  fellows. 


5 

It  is  an  utter  deception  ;  for  the  same  student  wo'.l:! 
be  quite  unable  to  reverse  the  process  and  render  the 
same  amount  of  English  into  even  a  passable  foreign 
phrase.  In  one  word,  our  schools  educate  philologists 
and  grammarians,  but  only  in  rare  instances  do  they 
turn  out  practical  linguists. 

Of  what  2ise^  JwiveT-er^  is  a  perfect  knowledge  of  ah 
granwiaiical  Fre7ich  rules  to  the  tourist  who  fails  to  under- 
stand the  simple  utterances  of  even  a  raihvay  porter ^  and  whc 
after  five  years'  study  of  the  best  French  grammars^  can 
scarcely  ask  for  his  common  necessities  ? 

To  understand  the  grammar  of  a  language  is  desir- 
able, but  it  is  by  no  means  so  important  as  being  able 
to  speak  the  language. 

As  v^e  can  never  become  painters  by  the  critical 
study  of  pictures,  so  we  can  never  hape  to  make  our- 
selves practical  linguists  by  the  mere  study  of  gram- 
mar. 

Or  to  use  a  still  clearer  illustration  :  We  may 
understand  perfectly  the  theory  of  swimming,  but  this 
theoretical  knowledge  will  be  of  little  practical  help 
when  we  are  obliged  to  take  the  first  actual  plunge. 

These   are    incofitrovertible  facts^    felt    and    acknowl- 
edged not  only  by  almost  all  learners,  but  even  by  the 
majority  of  our  teachers. 
THE    TASK   OF    LEARNING    A    FOREIGN    LAN- 

GUAGE 
has  hitherto  been  so  difficult,  so  wearisome  and  produc- 
tive of  so  little  efficiency,  that  few  persons  of  mature 
age  have  attempted   it,  however  great  their  need  of  it 
either  for  business  purposes  or  for  cultivation. 


•'  These  difficulties,"  writes Z>r.  Heinrich  Schliemann^ 
the  celebrated  explorer  of  Greek  antiquities,  "  havo  now 
been  happily  obviated  by  the 

'  MEISTERSCHAFT  SYSTEM,' 
which  is  simply  a  scientific  adaptation  of  the  natural 
method  by  which  all  persons,  whether  children  or 
adults,  educated  or  otherwise,  rapidly  and  correctly 
acquire  the  language  which  they  constantly  hear,  and 
which  they  are  instinctively  impelled  to  imitate  when 
resident  in  a  foreign  country." 

HOW   THE    MEISTERSCHAFT    SYSTEM 
TEACHES. 
Jacotot,  P render gast^  Bayard  Taylor^  and  others  proved 
years  ago  that 

the  Speaking  of  Foreign  Tongues 
is  not  a  matter  of  the  intellect^  as  shown  by  the  fact  that 
children  acquire  a  foreign  language  much  moie  rapidly 
than  grown  persons. 

They  have  neither  teacher,  book,  nor  interpreter  ; 
they  are  frequently  too  young  to  read  or  write  in  their 
own  tongue  ;  they  understand  nothing  about  the  prin- 
ciples of  grammar  ;  they  do  not  think  about  this  or 
that  method  of  acquiring  the  language  ;  yet  without 
tninking  at  all,  in  coming  either  to  Calcutta  or  Paris — 
they  rapidly  enunciate  the  foreign  sounds  correctly,  and 
in  a  few  short  weeks  chatter  like  natives  with  their  for- 
eign attendants. 

It  must  have  been  observed  by  every  intelligent 
traveller  how  the  ignorant  donkey  boys  in  Alexandria — 
native  Egyptians  mostly,  who  never  went  to  any  school 
— express     themselves     clearly     and    sometimes    very 


7 

fluently  in  both  English,  French,  and  Italian  ;  sometimes 
even  in  Greek  and  Turkish.  In  spite  of  their  uncultiva- 
ted intelligence,  the  natural  and  wonderfully  subtle  pow- 
er of  imitation  docs  for  thcr.i  what  a  \onrr  course  of  orram- 
matical  study  fails  to  do  for  the  educated  and  refined. 

These  facts  must  show  to  the  most  casual  observer 
that  some  natural  laws  exist  governing  the  mode  by 
which  foreign  languages  are  acquired,  and  which 
should  be  scientifically  considered  and  made  useful  for 
practical  purposes. 

ALL   SCIENCE   IS  BUT  THE    SEARCHING   OUT 
OF   NATURAL   LAWS. 

The  greatest  scientific  results  have  originated  by 
the  careful  observation  of  some  very  simple  and  com- 
monplace occurrence,  which  has  itself  directly  illus- 
trated some  great  unchangeable  natural  law. 

The  fall  of  an  apple,  the  steam  of  a  boiling  kettle, 
have  conferred  untold  blessings  upon  mankind,  and  yet 
apples  innumerable  had  fallen  before  Newton's  time. 

*'  The  careful  observation  of  '  the  lisp  of  children 
and  their  earliest  words' — or  rather  the  common  and 
natural  process  by  which  human  beings  master  the 
powers  of  speech,  has" — to  quote  the  language  of  the 
celebrated  philologist  Professor  Bernhard  Schmitz — 
"  produced  a  system  by  which  we  can  rapidly^acquire 
other  tongues,  and  which  has  really  created  a  new 
science — that  of  Ltngmstry,  which  must  not  be  con^ 
founded  with  Philology." 

JVou'  i?i  what  7aay  do  children — and  we  might  add  adiiUs 
— learn  to  master  a  foreign  language  7vhe?i  resident  in  a  for- 
eign country  ? 


8 

At  first,  the  mind  gets  entirely  confused  by  the 
multiplicity  of  foreign  sounds  u^hich  it  hears  contin- 
ually uttered  without  possessing  the  ability  of  grasping 
what  is  said.  In  the  course  of  a  few  weeks,  however, 
the  ear  becomes  accustomed  to  some  of  these  sounds, 
and  we  begin  to  utter  that  sentence  (not  a  single  noun, 
for  unconnected  words  are  not  language^ ^  which  we  have 
heard  most  frequently  used  by  the  persons  about  us. 

This  sentence  is  usually  relative  to  our  most  urgent 
necessity  ;  a  common  object,  water,  food,  towels,  or  a 
railway  ticket. 

In  a  little  while  a  new  necessity  arises.  We  use 
again  the  same  sentence — not  knowing  any  other — 
altered  only  by  the  substitution  or  addition  of  a  new 
noun,  adjective,  or  adverb.  For  instance,  the  water  or 
food  required  may  be  asked  for  either  hot  or  cold,  at 
once  or  later,  etc.  ;  and  the  sentence  is  then  altered  or 
enlarged  by  a  new  word  which  the  attendant — under- 
standing us — suggests. 

This  new  word  may  have  some  remote  or  close 
affinity  of  ideas  with  some  other  word  we  know,  and 
after  a  few  repetitions,  the  ear  is  so  accustomed  to  it 
that  it  becomes  a  part  of  ourselves,  and  is  uttered  by 
the  tongue  unconsciously  whenever  the  necessity  occurs. 

This  is  the  process  by  which  sound  becomes  a  mat- 
ter of  language.  Foreign  words  at  first  convey  no 
ideas  to  us,  and  it  is  only  by  constant  repetition  and  use 
of  them  that  we  are  led  directly  to"  think  in  them. 
They  are  then  no  longer  foreign,  but  have  become  part 
of  ourselves,  and  suggest  to  us  the  same  ideas  as  do  the 
words  of  our  native  tongue. 


It  is  clear  that  the  i7iieUigence  has  at  first  but  little  to 
do  in  the  acquirement  of  foreign  languages.  The  truth 
of  this  observation  will  very  likely  be  doubted,  for  it 
seems  as  if  <2// study  niusi  appeal  to  our  faculties  of  rea- 
son. Yet  the  experience  of  any  one  who  has  studied 
the  modern  languages  in  our  colleges  virill  verify  my 
statement.  A  college  graduate  will  undoubtedly  un- 
derstand the  peculiarities  of  the  French  or  German 
grammar  ;  he  will  be  able  to  read  the  literature  to  a 
certain  extent  ;  he  may  even  be  capable  of  writing  a 
letter  faultlessly  and  grammatically  in  these  languages, 
and  yet  as  soon  as  he  tries  to  converse  in  them 
he  gets  utterly  confused  and  is  unable  to  express 
himself. 

How  is  this  to  be  accounted  for  ?  He  can  read 
French  and  cannot  speak  it.  He  can  write  French  let- 
ters and  yet  cannot  express  himself  orally.  He  under- 
stands French  grammar  better  than  a  native,  and  still 
he  cannot  give  utterance  to  his  simplest  thoughts  in 
that  language. 

It  is  just  here  where  our  school-systems  are  at  fault. 
They  appeal  to  the  reasoning  power,  instead  of  to  the 
memory. 

The  ear^  the  tongue^  and  the  memory  are  almost 
solely  employed  in  mastering  the  foreign  sound.-, 
and  our  intelligence,,  though  it  superintends  the  whole 
process,  can  only  really  be  said  to  come  into  action 
when  the  foreign  sounds  have  become  our  mental  and 
bodily  property  so  fully  and  entirely  that  we  begin 
to  think  in  them  just  as  readily  as  in  our  own  ver- 
nacular. 


And  this  brings  me  to 
THE    PRINCIPAL  MISTAKE   OF  OUR  PRESENT 
METHODS   AND    SYSTEMS. 

E\ery  observer  of  human  nature  must  be  aware  of 
the  existence  of  an  unconscious  process  of  thought  which  is 
entirely  apart  from  and  independent  of  will  power,  and 
which — in  speaking  our  mother  tongue — is  mainly  in- 
strumental in  expressing  our  wants  and  desires.  For 
instance,  we  go  into  a  shop  to  purchase  a  pair  of 
gloves.  Our  conscious  thought  is  occupied  in  the  size^ 
color ^  and  quality  of  the  gloves  we  wish  to  purcha>e.  All 
these  different  points  we  readily  express  wii/ioiit  one 
thought  of  the  words  to  be  used.  At  the  \'ery  moment  of 
uttering  these  expressions,  our  thoughts  are  often  occu- 
pied with  some  care  or  sorrow  which  is  far  removed 
from  our  bodily  necessities.  Still,  in  this  absent-minded 
condition  we  buy  our  gloves,  pay  for  them,  and  proba- 
bly exchange  some  civilities  with   the  attendant. 

This  unconscious  power  of  thinking  and  speaking  has 
so  far  never  been  touched  upon  by  philologists  and 
teachers,  and  only  Schopenhauer  and  Hartmann  among 
modern  philosophers  have  alluded  to  it.  Yet  I  am 
fully  convinced,  by  practical  experience  and  by  close 
study  of  the  human  mind,  that  in  acquiring  a  foreign 
tongue  it  is  the  mainspring  of  all  proficiency. 

Our  own  tongue  is  of  course  flesh  and  blood  to  us.  We 
express  our  thoughts  distinctly  and  clearly  without  be- 
ing aware  of  any  mental  activity.  I  allude,  of  course, 
only  to  common,  every-day  experiences,  and  not  to 
subjects  which  require  conscious  and  concentrated 
thought. 


J^Jow  let  any  one  who  has  studied  a  foreign  tongue 
for  years  according  to  the  prevailing  methods  try  to 
express  such  a  simple  sentence  as,  "  /  should  like  to  pur- 
chase some  goods  this  7)iorning.  Would  you  be  kind  enough  to 
accompany  ineV 

It  surely  cannot  be  said,  when  we  utter  such  a  trite 
and  commonplace  phrase  in  our  own  tongue,  I  hat  we 
even  for  a  moment  realize  that  any  activity  of  thought 
is  going  on  in  our  minds;  but  in  the  very  instant  we 
have  this  thought  the  tongue  unconsciously  utters  it. 

Yet,  I  say,  let  the  graduate  of  any  college  try  to 
give  this  sentence  as  rapidly  in  French  as  in  English, 
and  not  one  in  a  thousand  will  be  able  to  do  it. 

He  has  to  think  about  each  single  word  ;  he 
searches  the  recesses  of  his  memory  for  the  proper 
equivalents  ;  he  weighs  the  different  grammatical  rules 
which  may  or  may  not  govern  this  construction.  In 
one  word,  he  thinks  about  his  French  instead  of  thinking 
in  French. 

This  is  one  of  the  greatest  fundamental  errors  in 
the  present  grammatical  systems,  and  the  chief  cause  of 
failure  in  learning  to  speak  ;  and  to  this  alone  it  is  to  be 
attributed  ih-al  Latin  is  no  longer  spoken  by  our  scholars. 

I  choose  ihis   seemingly  far-fetched  illustration  on 
purpose,  as  it  will  give  me  an  occasion  to  show 
HOW   AND    SINCE     WHEN    OUR    UNNATURAL 
METHODS    HAVE  COME    IN  VOGUE. 

It  is  an  undnniable  fact  that  up  to  the  middle  of  the 
sixteenth  century  Latin  was  the  language  spoken,  like 
a  living  tongue,  in  all  cultivated  and  refined  society 
throughout  Europe. 


And  how  was  it  taught  ?  Undoubtedly  by  word  ot 
mouth,  since  the  art  of  printing  was  almost  unknown, 
and  the  old  manuscripts  were  only  within  the  reach  of 
a  very  wealthy  and  privileged  few. 

With  the  birth  of  the  press  died  the  practice  of 
oral  teaching.  The  teacher  gave  the  living  tangible 
word  over  to  the  dumb  book  ;  the  frequent  repetition  of 
sound,  so  vit'd  to  the  learning  of  a  foreign  tongue,  was 
lost,  and  the  scholars  remained  dumb,  like  the  book 
which  they  had  been  studymg.  For  how  could  linguis- 
tic results  be  expected  from  the  intelligence,  instead  of — 
as  by  the  natural  process — from  the  ear  and  \.\\q  tongue  ? 

Latin  is  more  generally  studied  in  our  times  than 
in  the  past  ;  yet  who  is  able  to  speak  it  ? 

It  may  be  argued  that,  in  taking  Latin  for  an  exam- 
ple, I  overlook  the  fact  that  it  is  a  dead  language.  But 
was  it  not  equally  dead  five  hundred  years  ago  ?  And 
yet  it  was  spoken  because  it  was  studied  in  a  common^ 
sense,  natural  manner. 

And  for  the  same  reason — though  they  are  living 
tongues — French  and  German  are  not  now  spoken  in  our 
schools,  because  they  are  taught  in  a  false,  unreasonable,  and 
unnatural  way. 

The  observation  of  these  facts  caused  me  to  investi- 
gate the  subject  fully,  and  to  determine  in  the  first  place 
THE  SIZE  AND  CHARACTER  OF  THE  VOCAB- 
ULARY   OF    EVERY-DAY    CONVERSATION 

It  is  well  known  to  philologists  that  the  ordinary 
vocabularies  of  men  are  quite  small  ;  that  children,  who 
are  able  to  express  nearly  every  physical  wish,  are  never- 
theless armed  with  oftentimes  less  than   500,   and  sel- 


13 

dom  over  looo  words.  Nature  provides  the  child  with 
some  subtle  instinct  by  which  he  selects  no  word  which 
is  not  of  absolute  and  immediate  importance.  From 
.the  first  uttered  syllables  on  through  his  whole  little 
life,  not  a  moment  is  wasted  in  learning  superfluous 
words. 

Similar  it  is  with  the  vocabulary  of  every-day  life. 
It  has  occurred  to  more  than  one  scholar  that  if  he 
could  only  actually  determine  the  extent  and  nature  of 
these  words  he  would  be  able  to  make  the  acquisition  of 
modern  languages  a  very  easy  matter. 

Bayard  Taylor ^  in  his  "  Views  Afoot,"  has  declared 
himself  able  to  acquire  a  working  knowledge  of  almost 
any  language  in  less  than  a  months  and  he  goes  on  to 
show  the  character  of  the  words  he  would  learn.  He 
naturally  hit  upon  this  idea  ;  it  was  suggested  by  the 
very  wide  experience  which  he  had,  and  the  demand 
that  his  travels  made  upon  him  for  acquiring  a  great 
many  languages. 

My  own  rather  extended  experience  as  a  traveller 
and  linguist  coincides  exactly  with  Bayard  Taylor's. 

In  all  languages  there  is  what  might  be  called 
A  STOCK  VOCABULARY, 
a  quantity  of  words  necessary  in  all  walks  of  life, 
understood  by  all,  learned  first  by  all,  needed  and  used 
by  all,  and  with  the  great  mass  of  people  never  increas- 
ing above  a  certain  number,  put  variously  by  scholars  at 
from  one  to  three  thousand.  The  nature  of  these  words 
is  about  the  same  with  all  civilized  nations. 

The  observation  of  many  scholars  has  done  much 
to  determine  this.     The  results  of  these  studies  are  now 


beginning  to  be  felt  in  Germany  especially,  where  a  visit 
to  the  public  schools  will  convince  any  one  that  school- 
children  are  no  longer  learning  the  interesting  facts 
given  in  a  well-known  American  grammar,  tliat  " //^<? 
Italiaji  sJiocinaker  has  purchased  an  Egyptian  antelope^''  or 
that  '  the  shoes  of  the  Spanish  peasant  have  a  golden  heel^*^ 
or  that  "  the  shepherds  rested,  and  the  swine  and  sowl 
grazed.''  German  text-books  begin  to  be  formed  on  a 
more  sensible  basis.  Efforts  have  been  made  to  select 
the  words  of  every- day  speech,  and  the  results  are  such 
that,  although  still  hampered  by  the  influence  of  the 
old  methods,  the  German  schools  are  certainly  produc- 
ing the  best  linguists  in  the  world. 

The  study  of  foreign  languages  has  been  made 
hitherto  as  difficult  as  possible,  the  memory  in  addition 
to  the  numerous  abstruse  rules  being  taxed  with  many 
words  unnecessary  for  conversation  in  its  initiatory 
stage. 

An  examination  of  most  American  grammars,  man- 
uals, conversation  books  and  all  the  labored  aids  to  this 
study,  will  show  that  fne  vocabularies  are  crammed 
with  promiscuous  words,  which  seem  to  have  been 
drawn  out  of  the  dictionaries  by  some  novel  system  of 
**  legalized  lottery" — not  so  m.uch  with  a  view  to  provide 
a  necessary  vocabulary  as  to  do  reverence  to  the  diction*  , 
ary,  and  give  every  word  a  fair  chance  of  representa- 
tion. 

I  hold  that  a  few  idio?natic  sentences,  containing  the  most 
necessary  words,  should  be  learjted  in  the  conwiencetnent,  en- 
abling the  student  to  at  once  begin  conversation.  It  is  astonish- 
ing how  naturally  and  rapidly  other  words  will  then  be 


15 

learned,  while  at  the  same  time  the  ear  is  becoming 
accustomed  to  the  sounds,  and  the  mind  begins  to  think 
in   them. 

Lcpsius,  the  celebrated  scholar  on  Egyptian  antiqui 
ties,   limits 
THE    NUMBER    OF    WORDS    NECESSARY    FOR 

CONVERSATION   ON   ALL   GENERAL  TOPICS 
to  eix  hundred.     I  take  about  four  times  that  number, 
/.<?.,  2,000-2,500,  founding  my  estimate  upon  the  fluency 
of  speech  usually  attained  by  young  men  of  between  15 
and  18  years  of  age. 

»■  This  number  of  words  appears  at  first  sight  absurdly 
small,  but  if  we  remember  that  with  40  words  we  can 
construct  1,024,000  sentences  of  twenty  words  each,  it 
will  be  seen  that  my  estimate  is  strictly  correct. 

For  persons  interested  in  mathematical  calculations, 
I  give  the  following  table  : 

From    6   words   we   can   form    8  combinations  of  3 
words  each  ;   from 


ORDS. 

COMBINATIONS. 

WORDS. 

8 

16 

4 

10 

32 

5 

12 

64 

6 

14 

128 

7 

16 

256 

8 

18 

512 

9 

20 

1024 

10 

40 

1,024,000 

20 

It  is  therefore  self-evident  what  an  enormous  number  of 
sentences  may  be  formed  with  2000  words,  and   that  the 


i6 

knowledge  of  them  is  absolutely  sufficient  for  the  com- 
mon occurrences  of  every-day  life. 

It  must  also  be  remembered  that  if  we  really  know 
2000  words,  we  will  recognize  at  least  five  to  ten  times  as 
many  more  which  are  either  derived  from  or  closely 
related  to  them. 

Aided  and  assisted  by  the  works  and  the  help  of 
many  teachers,  I  have  made  all  possible  efforts  to  select 
only  those  words  which  are  and  must  be  always  em- 
ployed in  all  transactions  of  our  daily  life. 

Certainly,  if  a  man  in  common  life  is  able  to  do 
with  2000  words,  it  will  not  be  a  difficult  matter  to 
acquire  his  language,  provided  only  these  words  are 
rightly  selected.  Nature  never  fails  to  select  the  propef 
ones.      Men  can  only  do  it  by  long  and  extensive  study. 

The  proper  selection  of  the  vocabulary  of  common  life  iS 
the  first  distinguishing  feature  of  the   'Meisterschaft  System.* 

But,  highly  important  as  this  part  of  the  work  is,  it 
must  not  be  forgotten  that 

UNCONNECTED    WORDS    ARE    NOT    LAN- 
GUAGE, 
and  that  m  acquiring  a  foreign   tongue  we  must  have  a 
framework,  or  rather  a  series  of  formulae  which  contain 
the  peculiar  constructions  of  the  language  in  question. 

This  is  a  very  important  point,  as  each  and  every 
language  has 

CERTAIN   FORMS    OF    EXPRESSION,  OR 

ID^   )MS, 

which  are  entirely  and   peculiarly   its  own,  and   which 

cannot  be  literally  translated    into  any  other  tongue. 

For   examnlf     we    o}^     Z3.^^    ''How    do  yy.i    doV     Dn 


I? 

what  ?  What  are  we  supposed  to  be  doing  that  we 
should  be  asked  "  how  we  do  it  '7  This  mode  of  saluta- 
tion  ia  just  as  peculiarly  English  as  the  German  greet- 
ing, "  Wie  geht  esV  or,  literally,  "  How  goes  itV  is  in. 
trinsically  German. 

Yet,  in  order  to  master  either  of  these,  or  any  other 
language,  we  must  learn  their  peculiar  idioms  almost 
mechanically.  We  must  free  ourselves  from  that  ?fiost  mis- 
leading  habit  of  translating  literally  front  one  languajj^e  intt 
another,  and  must  accustom  ourselves  from  the  very  start 
to  the  foreign  idioms  and  constructions. 

This  seems  at  first  exceedingly  difficult,  and  yet  it 
is  the  only  practical  w^ay  in  which  real  mastery  of  the 
foreign  forms  of  speech  can  be  reached.  Grammatical 
rules  will  certainly  assist  us  in  so  far  as  to  give  us  a 
more  or  less  lucid  explanation  of  peculiar  constructions 
and  modes  of  expression,  but  only  in  rare  instances  can 
they  give  a  logical  reason  for  these  peculiarities  of  Ian* 
guage.  For  who  can  explain  the  involved  constructions 
of  the  German  tongue  in  a  logical' manner  ?  Or  who 
can  give  a  logical  reason  for  the  way  in  which  the 
French  handle  their  pronouns  ?  Such  peculiarities  of 
speech  must  be  received  as  facts^  and  all  we  can  do  is 
to  practice  these  idioms  and  constructions  ^o  fully  that  they 
become  natural  to  us,  and  are  uttered  just  as  glibly  as 
the  English  equivalents. 

We  all  know  that  most  grammars  plunge  the 
scholar  directly  into  dry  grammatical  rules,  and  syntax, 
and  long,  tedious,  ill-arranged  vocabularies.  The  bulk 
of  the  ordinary  scholar's  time  is  consumed  in  learning 
hundreds  of  unconnected  words,  which,  though  of  lit* 


18 

erary  and  etymological  importance,  are  proven  to  be 
outside  of  daily  or  yearly  wants,  and  learned  only  to  be 
forgotten. 

"  This,  '  says  a  highly  accomplisned  American 
scholar  in  a  letter  to  the  Evening  Post^  *'  is  the  complaint 
of  teachers  and  students  everywhere.  But  now  that 
in  the  '  Meisterschaft  System  '  a  method  has  been  dez'iseit^ 
^rou7ided  on  the  laivs  actually  gotierning  the  nature  of  *  volk  ' 
vocabularies  giving  at  once  sentences  formed  of  these  words  \ 
instead  of  silly  phrases  and  useless  vocabularies^  introducing  a 
scholar  into  an  idiomatic^  and  not  a  literal  study  of  the  foreign 
tongue^  its  benefit  and  value  can  hardly  be  estimated. 
I  believe  this  is  the  method  to  be  adopted  throughout 
our  schools.  We  study  P'rench,  but  the  soul  of  our  work 
is  in  English.  We  study  German,  but  strive  only  to 
make  good  English  from  it.  And  so  with  Latin  and  Greek. 
And  anyone  who  has  observed  the  results  in  our  highest 
and  our  best  institutions  feels  like  hiding  for  shame. 
It  is  the  wickedest  sham  that  ever  lurked  about  our  life. 
I  believe  it  will  be-  bettered  ;  and  as  I  see  the  ^Meister- 
schaft Syste?n  *  applied  so  sensibly  to  self-study  it  seems 
to  me  practical  that  if  its  author  can  only  be  induced  to  visit 
Amei'ica^  it  will  be  possible  for  hiui  to  carry  on  this  lawrk  sc 
far  that  it  shall  root  up  our  wretched  methods  and  7Vork  a 
■^-eform  straight  through  our  schools. ',' 

It  is  an  old  established  maxim  that 
WHOEVER    WISHES    TO    SPEAK    A     FOREIGN 

LANGUAGE    MUST    THINK    IN    IT; 
but,  incontrovertible  and  true  as  this  principle  undoubt- 
edly  is,    the  difficulty  of  thinking  in  the  language  itself  is 
abnost  insjirmountable.    When  resident  in  a  foreign  country 


19 

among  persons  who  speak  nothing  but  their  own  ver- 
nacular, we  gradually  and  imperceptibly  catch  their 
meaning,  and  in  time  become — as  we  havQ  shown — so 
accustomed  to  the  foreign  sounds  that  we  at  last  begin 
to  think  in  them. 

But  h(nv  can  this  be  accomplished  in  our  (ntm  land  ' 
How  is  thXs possible  when  we  are  continually  surrounded 
by  our  own  countrymen,  and  are  perpetually  obliged  to 
use  our  mother  tongue  ? 

We  know  that  the  study  of  grammar  as  practiced  in 
our  schools  does  not  give  us  this  ability.  Oral  teaching 
so  called  has  also  been  tried,  but  with  very  indifferent 
success.  Robertso7i^  Ollendorff^  Otto,  Ffendergast,  and  Jacotoi 
attempted  to  solve  the  difficulty,  and  though  the  two 
last-named  scholars  started  undoubtedly  with  correct 
ideas,  they  all  failed  to  give  us  facility  of  speech. 
Prendergast,  perhaps  the  most,  original  mind  among 
modern  philologists,  worked  out  a  most  able  theory  ; 
but  being  himself  no  linguist,  and  unfortunately  being 
totally  blind,  he  was  obliged  to  leave  the  practical  part 
of  his  work  to  his  assistants,  who  made — as  he  acknowl- 
edged himself  to  me — a  most  miserable  failure  in  the 
compilation  of  his  text-books. 

My  system,  though  far  from  being  entirely  original, 
combines  the  good  features  of  all  modern  methods,  and 
follows  at  the  same  time  nature's  own  7vay  as  closely  as 
possible.  "W  hile  some  grafnmars  teach  nothing  but  theory,  1 
lay  the  greatest  stress  on  practical  mastery.  While  others 
give  nothing  but  a  number  of  ill- arranged  French  or  Ger- 
man conversations,  and  sneer  at  any  grammatical  study,  1 
give  the  English  equivalent^  and  as  much  of  the  grammar  as 


to 


must*  he  ln(mm  for  all  practical  purposes.  While  others, 
again,  do  not  distinguish  between  the  language  of  litera- 
ture and  thai  of  every-day  life,  I  give  the  common  vocabulary 
first,  and  leave  other  less  necessary  words  ior  after -studies. 

In  one  word,  my  system  is,  to  use  Dr.  Schliemann  s  ex- 
pression, *'  a  scientific  adaptation  of  the  natural  mode  of  mas^ 
tering  foreign  tongues /'  and  while  I  gratefully  ackn owl* 
edge  my  obligation  to  the  works  of  many  grammarians^ 
and  especially  to  those  of  Lehmann,  Frendergast^  and 
facotot,  I  claim  that  "  the  Meisterschaft  System,*'  so  far  as 
any  scientific  work  can  be  original,  is  my  own,  and  has* 
been  thoroughly  tried  by  myself  for  more  than  14  years, 
and  most  successfully  used  by  teachers  arid  scholars  all 
over  the  Continent  of  Europe  for  the  last  three  years. 

A  glance  at  the  first  few  pages  of  the  lessons  will 
show 
HOW  I   TEACH  THE   STUDENT   TO    THINK  IN 

THE  FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  THEMSELVES. 
I  give  first  what  I  call  a  foundation  sentence,  which  con- 
tains a  number  of  idiomatic  peculiarities,  and  is  com- 
posed of  about  20  words  most  necessary  for  ordinary 
conversation.  Asa  native  teacher  is  not  always  accessiole, 
I  have  given  the  exact  pronunciation  of  each  word  so  dearly 
and  distinctly  that  no  mistake  can  possibly  be  made. 

The  student  must  not  attempt  to  learn  the  founda- 
tion sentence  by  heart,  but  read  and  repeat  it  aloud 
until  it  sounds  perfectly  familiar  to  his  ear,  and  flows 
smoothly  from  the  tongue  without  effort  or  mistake 

Of  course  he  must  read  the  English  equivalent  ot 
the  phrase  first  so  that  he  may  have  di  general  idea  of  its 
Tcieaning. 


ts 

The  fo^^ndation  sentence  is  next  divided  into  different 
parts,  and  having  perfectly  mastered  Xki^ pronunciation  the 
pupil  may  proceed  to  study  the  7nea?ung  of  each  word^  so 
that  he  can  follow  the  different  transpositions  and  varia- 
tions intelligently. 

For  in  order  to  accustom  the  pupil  to  th.Q  peculiar  for* 
eign  constructions y  and  to  make  him  familiar  with  their 
modes  of  thought  and  expression^  I  form  new  and  similar 
sentences,  repeating  the  same  constructions  and  some  of 
the  words  learned.  By  introducing  some  nouns,  ad- 
verbs, adjectives,  or  conjunctions,  the  sentences  are 
continually  altered  and  enlarged. 

Short  grammatical  rules^  or  raiXher  hints  ^  are  constantly 
given  in  the  foot-notes,  so  that  the  student  may  under- 
stand what  he  is  learning,  and  not  simply  work  mechan- 
ically, as  Prendergast  erroneously  recommends.  Practice 
and  theory  fuust  be  united. 
STUDY  NEVER  TO  EXCEED  TEN  MINUTES 
AT   A   TIME. 

After  the  learner  has  intelligently  gone  through  the 
/ariations  of  Part  I.  he  must  read  and  re-read  them  aloud 
for  about  3-5  minutes. 

This  done,  the  pupil  will  turn  to  the  E?iglish^  which,  as 
will  be  observed,  is  printed  on  the  opposite  page,  repeating 
aloud  from  it  the  foreign  equivalent  as  fluently  and  quickly  oi 
fossible. 

He  must  J  however, 

NEVER   TRUST   TO    HIS   MEMORY. 
If    he    cannot    remember    a    word,    or    if    he    is    not 
quite    sure    that    he    has    given     the    foreign    phrase 
correctly,    he    must   immediately   re-read   the    Frencl? 


22 

or    German,  and   then   give   it   once   more    from    the 
English. 

This  exercise  also  must  never  be  continued  for  more 
than  five  minutes,  so  that  the  whole  time  of  reading  and 
translating  is  not  to  exceed  ten  minutes  at  a  time  ;  but  this  must 
be  repeated  at  intervals  during  the  day,  as  often  as  the  conven- 
ience  of  the  pupil  permits,  but  in  no  ease  less  than  three  times 
«  day.     Always  read  and  trarislate  aloud. 

By  these  frequent  repetitions  the  pupil  not  only- 
masters  the  pronunciation  thoroughly,  but  gets  also 
perfectly  familiar  with  the  foreign  sounds,  which  imper- 
ceptibly impress  themselves  so  indelibly  on  his  memory 
that  after  a  few  days  he  will  find  himself  able  to  utter 
the  foreign  equivalents  as  fluently  and  unconsciously  as 
his  native  English. 

At  the  same  time  he  has  become  so  familiar  with 
the  foreign  constructions  and  modes  of  thought  that  he 
will  begin  to  form  other  similar  sentences  for  himself, 
without  making  the  slightest  grammatical  mistake. 
For  this  purpose  the  vocabulary  must  be  used  and  the 
exercises  translated. 

The  student  must  never  begin  a  new^  division  before 
he  has  gained  perfect  command  and  mastery  over  all 
the  preceding  sentences. 

My  rules  strictly  followed  will  undoubtedly  lead 
to  the  most  perfect  success,  as  proved  by  the  experience 
of  thousands  of  my  pupils. 

THE   AUTHOR. 


23 

Directions  for  Private  Study. 

As  all  fluency  of  speech  in  a  foreign  language  is 
mainly  attained  through  the  repetition  of  the  different 
sounds,  the  pupil  must  not  simply  read,  but  repeat  aloud 
the  sentences  given,  so  that  he  can  hear  the  sound  of  his  own 
voice. 

He  must  begin  with  the  Foundation  Sentence,  and 
read  and  repeat  it  a/oud,until  it  sounds  perfectly  familiar 
to  his  ear,  and  flows  smoothly  from  the  tongue  without 
effort  or  hesitation. 

This,  it  will  be  observed,  is  not  study  but  an  exercise 
of  the  tongue  and  the  ear. 

The  pupil  will  naturally  read  the  English  equivalent 
of  each  sentence,  so  that  he  will  have  2i  general  idea  of  its 
meaning,  but  literal  translation  —  word  for  word  —  is  in 
this  system  strictly  forbidden. 

He  must  not  attempt  to  learn  the  Foundation  Sentence 
bv  heart.  By  reading  it  often,  it  will  unconsciously 
impress  itself  so  indelibly  on  his  memory  that  he  cannot 
possibly  forget  it  again. 

Having  perfectly  mastered  the  pronunciation  of  the 
Foundation  Sentence,  the  pupil  may  proceed  to  study  the 
meaning  of  each  word  of  Division  /.,  so  that  he  may  be  able 
to  follow  the  different  transpositions  and  variations 
intelligently. 

All  the  German  variations  of  the  first  division  must 
then  be  read  and  re-read  aloud. 

This  exercise  should  last  from  three  to  five  minutes 
only,  so  that  no  fatigue  whatever  is  felt.  After  a  correct 
and  fluent  pronunciation  has  been  attained,  the  pupil 
will  then  turn  to  the  English,  giving  aloud  from  it  the 


f4 

German  eqr.ivj,lent  without  looking  at  the  German 
pages. 

He  7,'!.'ru%  however^  never  trust  to  his  memory.  If  he  can- 
not re  ncmber  a  word  instantly,  or  if  he  is  not  quite  sure 
that  he  ii.is  given  the  German  phrase  correctly,  he  must 
imir.ediately  re-read  the  German,  and  then  repeat  it  once 
more  from  the  English. 

This  exercise  also  should  never  exceed  five  minutes, 
so  that  all  in  all  about  ten  minutes  may  be  given  to  the 
reading  of  the  German,  and  the  translating  from  the 
English  into  the  German. 

These  short  exercises  must  be  repeated  at  intervals 
during  the  day  as  often  as  the  convenience  of  the  pupil 
permits,  but  in  no  case  less  than  throe  or  four  limes 
a  day. 

By  these  frequent  repetitions^  the  pupil  not  only  masters 
the prmiunciation  thoroughly^  but  secured,  the  Gerjnan  sentences 
and  idioms  so  accurately,  that  after  a  feiv  days  he  will  find 
himself  able  to  utter  the  German  phrases  as  fluently  and  un- 
consciously as  those  of  his  native  tongue. 

He  will  thus  gradually  and  imperceptibly  learn  to 
think  in  German,  and  must  for  that  purpose  translate  the 
Exercises,  and  learn  the  words  of  the  vocabulary  by  heart. 

The  student  must  never  biggin  a  new  sentence  be- 
fore he  has  gained  perfect  comf?iand  and  absolute  mastery 
over  all  the  preceding  ones. 

These  rules  jnust  be  strictly  followed,  since  it  is  only  by 
constant  repetition  that  real  sua  ess  can  be  attained. 

These  books  are  issued  in  a  form  intended  expressly 
for  the  convenience  of  learners,  and  should  not  be  bound, 
but  kept  in  the  soft  cover  so  that  the  book  can  be  doubled 
back.  It  is  not  a  book  intended  to  be  oreserved  for  bind- 


25 

ing  or  show,  but  should  be  always  carried  in  the  pocket 
and  made  a  constant  companion  so  that  the  spirit  of  the 
language  shall  impress  itself  thoroughly  upon  the  mind 
of  the  student. 


CORRESPONDENCE  WITH  THE  TEACHER. 

At  the  end  of  each  lesson  will  be  found  Exercises 
for  translation  —  German  into  English,  and  English  into 
German. 

These  should  be  examined  by  a  teacher. 

At  great  personal  inconvenience  Dr.  Rosenthal  has 
established  himself  for  a  time  in  New  York,  thus  placing 
himself  in  direct  postal  communication  with  every  Sub- 
scriber in  the  United  States,  to  answer  all  inquiries  rel- 
ative to  study,  and   o  correct  all  exercises  sent  to  him 


THE  GRAMMATICAL  REMARKS. 

Pupils  who  wish  to  study  fpr  colloquial  purposes 
only,  need  not  study  them.  They  will  be  found  useful 
however,  and  should  be  studied  after  all  the  sentences 
have  been  mastered. 


t^lli  '^m^ntf\^il'^pUm, 


G  E  R  M  J!l  N. 

PART  r. 


1. 

FOUNDATION  SENTENCE. 
My   brother  did   not  see    your    father    while 
he  was  iu  the   store   of  the  German   merchant 
yesterday. 


1. 

My  brother  did  not  see  your  father. 


My 


i)  The  German  '  «'  has  the  sound  of  our  '  i9<? '  in  *  fool,  soon*  &c.. 

2)  The  German  'a'  has  always  the  sound  of  our  'a'  in  ' far^ 
father'  &c.  The  pupil  must  be  particularly  careful  not  to  pronounce 
the  '  a '  in  the  above  word  '  hat'  like  our  short  '  a '  in  can  or  hat. 

3)  There  is  no  sound  in  the  English  language  answering  to  that 
of  the  German  *  ch.'  It  cannot  therefore  be  clearly  defined,  and  must 
be  learned  from  the  lips  of  the  teacher.     It  sounds  somewhat  sira* 


FOUNDATION  SENTENCE. 
Mein   Bruder   hat   Ihren  Herrn  Tater   nicht 

mine     broo'  d6r*      hat^     gg'-r6n        herrn        fah'-t6r'      ni>l' 

geseheii.   als  er  gestern  in  dem  Laden  des  deut- 

gh6-zai'-h6n*    als     air  gh6 -sigrn     in     dame    lah'-dgn     d6s     doit' 

8chen  Kaufmanns  war. 

shen^        kowf-mans*      vahr'. 


Mein  Bruder   hat  Ihren   Herrn  Yater  nicht 

mine      broo'-dfir      hat      eg'-rga        hSrrn       lah'-t6r        nin 


gesehen. 

ghe-zai  -h6n. 


Mein  {mine) 


ilar  to  a  strongly-aspirated  h.     The  f  denotes  the  soft  pronunciation 
of  the  German  ch. 

4)  *  C? '  is  always  pronounced  hard,  like  g  in  go,  garden,  give,  or  gh 
in  ghost. 

5)  ' eu'  sounds  like  oy  in  boy,  or  like  oi  in  moist. 

6)  The  German  '  au'  is  pronounced  like  '  ow'  in  our  word  *  brow* 

7)  '  w'  in  German  is  always  pronounced  like,  our  '  v,' 


3D 

brother 

has 

your 

Mr.  (master;  gentleman) 

father 

not 

seen. 


1.  My  brother  saw  your  father.     {Literally:  My  brother 
has  your  Mr.  father  seen.) 

2.  My  father  saw  your  brother.     {Literally :  My  father 
has  your  Mr.  brother  seen.) 

3.  Has  he  (er)  not  seen  your  father.?      [Literally:  Has 
he  your  Mr.  father  not  seen .?) 

4.  No  {nein),  he  {er)  did  not  see  your  father.   {Literally: 
No,  he  has  your  Mr.  father  not  seen.) 

5.  He  {er)  did  not  see  my  {meinen)  brother  (=  He  has 
my  brother  not  seen). 

6.  Did  you  see  my  brother  (=  Have  you  [hahe7i  Sie] 
my  brother  seen)  ? 

7.  No,  sir  (neiUf  mein  Herr),  I  did  not  see  your  brother 
(=:  I  have  \ich  habe]  your  Mr.  brother  not  seen). 

8.  I  saw  your  father  and  {und)  your  brother.    {Literally  i 
I  have  your  Mr.  father  and  your  brother  seen.) 


i)  All  substantive  nouns  begin  with  a  capital  letter. 

2)  The  pronouns  '  b>ie — zee,  you,'  and  *  Ihr  or  Ihren,  your,'  are 
always  written  with  capital  letters. 

3)  The  Germans — as  a  term  of  politeness — say  always:  'Your 
gentleman  father — Ihr  Herr  Vater;  your  lady  mother  —  Ihre  Frau 
Mutter.' 


81 


B  ruder  (broo^-derY 
hat  {hat) 
Ihren  {ee'-ren)* 
Herrn  (herrn)* 
Vater  {fdh'-ter) 
nicht  («/y/) 
gesehen  {ghe-zai'-hen).* 


1.  Mein   Bruder  hat  Ihren  {ee*-ren)  Herrn  Vater  ( /^^  • 
ter)  gesehen  {ghe-zai'-hen). 

2.  Mein  Vater  hat   Ihren   {ee'-ren)    Herrn    Bruder   ge- 
sehen {ghe-zai'-hen). 

3.  Hat  er  {air)   Ihren  Herrn  Vater  {fdh'-ter)  nicht  ge- 
sehen ? 

4.  Nein  {nine),  er  («/>)  hat  Ihren  Herrn  Vater  nicht  ge- 
sehen. 

5.  Er  {air)  hat  meinen  {mi'-ncn)  Bruder  nicht  gesehen. 

6.  Haben  -Sie  {hah' -ben  zee)  meinen  Bruder  gesehen  ? 

7.  Nein,  mein  Herr  {nine,  mine  herr),  ich  habe  {i^  hah'' 
be)  Ihren  Herrn  Bruder  nicht  gesehen. 

8.  Ich  habe  {i^  hah' -be)  Ihren  Herrn  Vater  und  {doni*) 
Ihren  Bruder  gesehen. 


4)  The  Germans,  as  will  be  noticed,  construe  the  above  sentence 
in  a  very  peculiar  and  rather  awkward  manner,  i.e.,  *  My  brother  has 
your  ^entletnan  father  not  seen'  To  accustom  the  pupil  to  this,  1  giv» 
a  literal  translation  of  all  phrases  thus  constructed. 

5)  od  is  pronounced  like  00  in  look,  book,  See. 


32 

9.  Did  you  not  see  my  father  and  my  brother  (—  Hare 
you  my  father  and  my  brother  not  seen)  ? 

10.  Whom  (wen)  did  you  see  (=:  whom  have  you  seen)  ? 

11.  Whom  have  you  seen  at  (m)  the  (clem)  store  (Laden)  ? 
(Literally  :  Whom  have  you  at  the  store  seen  ?) 

12.  Did  you  not  see  my  father  at  your  brotlier's  store  ? 
(Literally :  Have  you  my  father  not  at  the  store  of 
your  brother  \Ilires  Bruders]  seen  ?) 

13.  I  saw  your  father  at  my  brother's  store.  (Literally  : 
I  have  your  Mr.  father  at  the  store  of  my  brother 
[viei7ies  Bruders]  seen.) 

14.  Where  (wo)  did  you  see  my  (meiJien)  father  (  =  Where 
have  you  my  father  seen)  ? 

15.  I  saw  him  (iJm)  at  my  brother's  store.  (Literally :  I 
have  him  at  [tVi]  the  store  of  my  brother  seen.) 

16.  Have  you  not  seen  him  (=  Have  you  him  not  seen) .? 

17.  Yes,  sir  (/«,  mein  Hen-),  I  saw  liim  (ihn)  at  my 
father's  store  (  =  1  have  him  at  the  store  of  my  father 
seen). 

x8.   Have  you  bought  (gehauft)  ? 

19.  Have  you  not  bought  (or,  Did  you  not  buy)  ? 

20.  What  (ivas)  have  you  bought  (or,  What  did  you  buy)  ? 

21.  What  did  you  buy  in  London?  (Literally:  What 
have  you  in  London  bought  ?) 


i)  The  German  auxiliary  verb  '  ic^  habe,  I  have',    is  conjugated 
thus  ; 

ich  habe  {p  hdJi-be),  I  have, 

du  hast  {dod  hast),  thou  hast. 

er  hat  {air  hdt\  he  has, 

sie  hat  {zee  hat),  she  has. 

es  hat  {es  hat),  it  lias. 

wir  haben  {veer  hah' -ben),  we  hare. 


83 

p.  Haben   Sie  (hdh^-ben  zee^)   meinen  Vater  iind  {don^) 
meinen  Bruder  nicht  gesehen  :' 

10.  Wen  iyain)  haben  Sie  gesehen  ? 

11.  Wen  haben  Sie  in  dem  {liame)  Laden  (Idh'-den)  ge- 
sehen ? 

12.  Haben  Sie  meinen  Vater  nicht  in  dem  Laden  Ihres 
Bruders  {ee'-res  broo'-ders)  gesehen  ?  (Compare  the 
Grammatical  Remarks  on  the  German  Declension.) 

13.  Ich  habe  {hah' -be)  Ihren  Herrn  Vater  in  dem  Laden 
{Idh'-den)  meines  Bruders  {mi'-nes  broo'-ders)  ge- 
sehen. 

14.  Wo  {vo)  haben  Sie  meinen  {mi'-nen)  Vater  gesehen  ? 

15.  Ich  habe  ihn  {ee?i)  in  dem  Laden  meines  Bruders  ge- 
sehen. 

16.  Haben  Sie  {hah' -ben  zee)  ihn  nicht  gesehen  ? 

1 7-  Ja  {ya-h)^  mein  Herr,  ich  habe  ihn  {eeti)  in  dem  Laden 
meines  Vaters  {7?n'-ftes  fdh'-ters)  gesehen. 

18.  Haben  Sie  gekauft  {ghe-kowft' ^)'} 

19.  Haben  Sie  nicht  gekauft  {ghe-kowff)  ? 

20.  Was  {vds)  haben  Sie  gekauft  ?  ^ 

21.  Was  haben  Sie  in  London  gekauft? 


ihr  habt  {eer  hdbt),  \  -^^^^ 

Sie  haben  {zee  hah -ben),  \  ^ 
sie  haben  {zee  hd/i  hen),  they  have. 
The  form   *  ihr  habt'  is  not   used   in  common  conversation,  but 
'Sie  liaben.'     The  Germans   use  the  3d  person  plural   in  address- 
ing, but  write  ''Sie'  to   distinguish  it   from   ^  sie'   of  the  3d  person 
plural,  always  with  a  capital  letter. 

2)  The  German   "  au'   is  pronounced   like  '  ow'  in    the  English 
word  '  brow,' 


34 

22.  What  did  your  {Hir)  father  buy?  {Literally:  What 
has  your  Mr.  father  bought  ?) 

23.  Did  you  buy  your  coat  {Ihren  Rock)  at  this  {in  diesem) 
store  ?  {Literally  :  Have  you  your  coat  in  this  store 
bought  ?) 

24.  I  bought  this  {diesen)  coat  at  your  brother's  store. 
{Literally :  I  have  this  coat  at  the  store  of  your 
brother  bought.) 

25.  Where  {too)  did  you  buy  this  coat.''  {Literally:  Where 
have  you  this  coat  bought  ?) 

26.  Did  you  pay  }     {Or  :  Have  you  paid  [hezahW]  }) 

27.  How  much  {wie  viel)  did  you  pay.?  {Or  :  How  much 
have  you  paid)  ? 

28.  How  much  did  you  pay  for  {fur)  this  coat  }  [Liter* 
ally :  How  much  have  you  for  this  coat  paid }) 


2. 

While  he  was   in  the  store  of  the  German 
merchant  yesterday. 


While  ;  when  ;  as 

he 

yesterday 

in  ;  at 


i)  The  German  *v'  is  pronounced  like  */.* 

2)  There  is  no  equivalent  in  the  EngUsh  language  for  the  Germao 


35 

22.  Was  hat  Ihr  {ecr)  Flerr  Vater  gekauft  ? 

23.  Haben  Sie  Ihren  Rock  {)ock)  in  diesem  {dee'-zem)  La- 
den gekauft  ? 

24.  Ich  habe  diesen  {dee'-zen)  Rock   in  dem  Laden  Ihres 

Bruders  gekauft. 

25.  Wo  haben  Sie  diesen  Rock  gekauft? 

26.  Haben  Sie  bezahlt  {be-isdhlt')  ?  ^ 

27.  Wie  viel  {vee  feel^)  haben  Sie  bezahlt  {be-tsdhtt')  } 

28.  Wie  viel  (z^^^ /^//)  haben   Sie  fur '^  diesen  Rock  be* 
zahlt  ? 


2. 

Als  er  gestern  in  dem  Laden  des  deutschen 

als      air    ghg'-stfirn     in     dame    lah'-d6n    d6s       doit'-shgn 

Kaufnianns  war. 

kowf'-mans         vir.  ♦ 

Als  (d/s) 

er  (air) 

gestern  {ghe^ -stern) 

in  (///) 


•  az.'    To  pronounce  a  German  '  tf,'  it  is  necessary  to  round  the  lips 
as  if  going  to  whistle,  and  then  sound  an  '  <V".' 


m 

the^ 

store ;  shop 

of  the " 

German  ' 
merchant* 


1.  I  saw  vour  brother  yesterday,  while  he  was  in  the 
German  me»-chant's  store.  {Literally:  I  have  yoar 
Mr.  brother  yesterday  seen,  while  he  in  the  store  of 
the  German  merchant  was.) 

2.  I  was  in  London^  yesterday,*'  and  (/^/icZ)  saw  yorr 
father  (=  and  have  your  Mr.  father  seen). 

3.  Was  my  father  well  {woJiT)  ? 

4.  Thanks  {danhe)^  your  father  (—  Mr.  father)  was  very 
well  {sehr  wohl). 

5.  I  bought  this  coat  {diesen  EocJc),  w^hile  I  was  in  Lon- 
don. [Literally  :  I  have  this  coat  bought,  while  I  in 
London  was.) 

6.  Where  {luo)  did  you  buy  it  {ilin) '  ?  {Literally  :  Where 
have  you  him  {ilin) '  bought .?) 

7.  I  bought  it  {ilm)  at  {bei)  the  German  tailor's  {dem 
deiitschen  Schneider).  {Literally :  I  have  him  at  the 
German  tailor's  bought.) 


1)  deni  is  the  so-called  dative  case  of  the  definite  article.     Compare 
the  grammatical  remarks  on  "  the  article." 

2)  des  is  the  so-called  genitive  or  possessive  case  of  the  definite 
article.     Compare  the  gramtnaiical  remarks  on  "  the  article." 

3)  German    in    the    so-called    attributive    sense    means    '  deutsch* 
.(doitsch)  ;  for  instance,  this   is   German,  das  ist  deutsch.     The  expla- 

nations  are  given  in  a  later  lesson. 

4)  The  nominative  case  is  ' der  Kaufmann,'  whWe  'des  Kaufmanns' 
is  the  genitive.  Compare  the  grammatical  remarks  on  "the  declen 
sion  of  substantives." 


37 


dem  (damgY 

Laden  {Idh'-deri) 

des  {(ies)  "^ 

deutschen '  {doit'-shen) 

Kaufmanns*  {kowf-mdns) 

war  (vdhr)  ^ 


.  Ich  habe  Ihren  Herrn  Bruder  gestern  gesehen,  als  ei 
•  in  dem  Laden  des  deutschen  Kaufmanns  war. 


2.  Ich  war  gestern'  in  London*  und  {dont)  habe  Ihren 
Herrn  Vater  gesehen. 

3.  War  mein  Vater  wohl  {vol)  ? 

4.  Danke  (ddn'-ke)^  Ihr  Herr  Vater  war  sehr  wohl  {zair 
vol). 

5.'  Ich  habe  diesen  Rock  {dee'-zen  rock)  gekauft,  als  ich 
in  London  war. 

6.  Wo  {vo)  haben  Sie  ihn  '  {ien)  gekauft  ? 

7.  Ich  habe  ihn  bei  {by)  dem  deutschen  Schneider  {dame 
doif-shen  shni'-der)  gekauft. 


5)  Note  the  peculiar  German  construction  in  subordinate  sen- 
tences :  '  Wiiile  he  yesterday  in  the  store  of  the  German  merchant 
was.' 

6;  The  Germans  always  say  ^yesterday  in  London'  i.e.,  they  place 
the  adverb  of  lime  before  that  of  place. 

7)  him — ihn — because  it  refers  to  coat — der  Rock  (mascul.).  As  a 
general  rule,  the  pronoun  of  the  third  person,  in  the  singular,  takes 
\\iM  gender  of  the  noun  to  which  it  relates. 


38 

8.  How  much  {wie  viel)  did  you  pay  (hezahlt)  for  (/w?-) 
this  coat  ?  {^Literally :  How  much  have  you  for  this 
coat  paid  ?) 

9.  I  did  not  pay  much  {viel)  for  this  coat.  {Literally  :  I 
have  not  much  for  tliis  coat  paid.) 

10.  I  bought  it  {ihn)  very  cheap  {selir  Mllig).     {Literally  : 

I  have  him  very  cheap  bought.) 
ii.   How  much  did  you  pay   for  your  ticket   {fur  Ihr 

Billet)  ?     {Literally  :  How  much   have  you  for  your 

ticket  paid  ?) 

12.  I  was  in  the  waiting-room  {in  clem  Wartesaal),  when 
he  purchased  his  {sein)  ticket  {=  when  he  his  ticket 
bought  has). 

13.  Do  you  know"^  {ivissen  Sie),  how  much  he  has  paid  for 
his  {sein)  ticket  (=  Know  you,  how  much  he  for  his 
ticket  paid  has)  ? 

14.  Did  you  see  ni)^  servant  {Diener),  when  you  were  {Sie 
waren)  in  the  waiting-room  }  { I  iterally  :  Have  you 
my  servant  seen,  when  you  in  the  waiting-room 
were  ?) 

15.  Where  (wo)  were  you  yesterday? 

16.  Were  you  at  the  concert  {Concert)  last  evening 
(gestern  Abend)  {=  yesterday  evening  in  the  con- 
cert) ? 


1)  '«.'  There  is  no  equivalent  in  the  English  language  for  this 
sound.  It  is  so  utterly  different  from  anything  in  our  tongue,,  that 
the  nearest  approach  we  find  to  it,  is  in  * «'  in  the  word  ' ^uit^  '  in  the 
Scotch  l.mguage.  To  pronounce  a  German  '  u,'  it  is  nece^sa;^  mi 
place  (or  raiher,  round  the  lips)  as  if  going  t«)  whistle,  and  then 
sound  an  '  ee.' 

2)  In  the  interrogative  and  negative  forms  the  English  auxiliary  to 
i/o  cannot  be  expressed.  We  say  in  English:  ^  Do  you  knew?'  the 
Germans  say  simply  :  '  Kno  v  you  =  VVissen  Sie  ?'  We  say  :  *  You 
do  not  know,'  the  Germans,  '  You  know  not  =  Sie  wissen  nicht.' 


39 

S.   Wie  viel  {jre  fffl)  liaben  Sie  fiir  {fur)^  diesen  Rock 
bezalilt  {be-hanlt')  ? 

9.   Ich  habo  11  i(  lit  vicl  {/('('I)  fiir  diesen  Rock  bezahlt. 

10.  Icli  lial)e  ilin  sehr  billig  [zair  l>il'-li^')  gekauft. 

11.  Wie  viel  [vee  feel)  haben  Sie  fiir  Ihr  (eer)  Billet  {bil' 
yet')  bezahlt? 

"2.  Ich  war  in  dem  Wartesaal  {var^-te-zdhl),  als  er  sein 
(zine)  Billet  gekauft  hat. 

13.  IVissen  Sie^  {ins' -sen  zee),  wie  viel  er  fiir  sein  {zine) 
Billet  bezahlt  hat  ? 

14.  Haben  Sie  meinen  Diener  {dee'-ner)  gesehen,  als  Sie 
in  dein  Wartesaal  waren*  {vdr* -te-zdhl  vd'-ren)  ? 


15.  Wo  {vo)  waren  Sie  gestern  ? 

16.  Waren  Sie  gestern  Abend  {dh'-bent)  in  dem  Concert 

{kon-tsert')  ? 


t)  Ich  war,  I  was,  is  thus  conjugated  : 

Ich  war  {i^  TdJi'-^,  I  was. 

du  warst  (,idd  ^'i  h'st).  thou  wast. 

er  war  {nir  vahr),  he  was. 

sie  wnr  {zee  7 din),  she  was. 

es  war  {es  vdlir),  it  was. 

wir  waren  Kveer  vdh'-rin),  we  were. 

ihTw^nie-ervdhrt  Uqu  were 

St£  waren  (zee  van  ren, )  ^ 

sie  waren  {zee  vdh'-ren),  they  were. 


40 

17.  No,  sir,  I  was  not  at  the  concert,  I  was  at  home  {zu 
Hause)  last  night  (=  yesterday  evening  at  home). 

1 8.  Were  you  at  home  last  night,  when  my  brother  came 
{kam)  ? 

19.  We  {tvir)  were  not  at  home  last  night,  when  vour 
brother  called  on  us  {zu  uns  ham)  (  =  when  your  Mr. 
brother  to  us  came). 

20.  I  was  not  at  home  yesterday,  when  your  brother  was 
with  us  {hei  uns),  {Literally  :  when  your  Mr.  brother 
with  us  was.) 


3. 

1.  What  {ivas)  did  you  buy  yesterday  (  =  What  have  you 

yesterday  bought)  ? 

2.  I  was  at   the   store  of  the  German  merchant  yester- 

day (=1  was  yesterday  in  the  store,  &c.). 

3.  And  what  did  you  buy  there  {dort)  ?     {Literally  :   And 

what  have  you  there  bought  ?) 

4.  I  bought  a  hat  {einen  Hut)  for  my  son  {Sohn),  a  pair 

of  gloves  {ein  Faar  Handschuhe)  for  my  brother,  and 
a  comb  {einen  Kajmn)  for  myself  {mich  selbst).  {Lit- 
erally :  I  have  a  hat  for  my  son,  a  pair  of  gloves,  &c., 
bought.) 

5.  How  much  did  you  pay  iov  this  {diesen)  comb  (  =  H()vv 

much  have  you  for  this  comb  paid)  "^ 

6.  Why  {warum)   have  you  taken    {genommen)  a  ticket 

{ein  Billet)  to  {nach)  Berlin  (=  Why  have  you  a  ticket 
to  Berlin  taken)  ? 


41 

1 7-  Neiii;  mein  Herr.  ich  war  nicht  in  dem  Concert,  ich 
war  gestern  Abend  zu  Hause  {tsod  how'-ze). 

i8.  Waren  Sie  gestern  Abend  zu  Hause,  als  mein  Brudef 
kam  (caJwi)  ? 

19.  Wir  {veer)  waren  gestern  Abend  nicht  zu  Hause,  als 

Ihr  Herr  Bruder  zu  uns  {tsod  dons)  kam. 

20.  Ich  war  gestern  nicht  zu  Hause,  als  Ihr  Herr  Bruder 
bei  uns  (by  dons)  war. 


3. 

1.  Was  {vds)  haben  Sie  gestern  gekauft  ? 

2.  Ich  war  gestern  in  dem  Laden  des  deutschen  Kauf- 

manns. 

3.  Und  was  haben  Sie  dort  {^dort)  gekauft  {ghe-kowft')  ? 

4.  Ich  habe  einen  {i'-nen)  Hut  {hoot)  fiir  meinen  Sohn 

(zone),  ein  (/W)  Paar  (/>dr)  Handschuhe  {fidnf -shoe- 
he)  fiir  meinen  Bruder,  und  einen  Kamm  {kam)  fiir 
mich  selbst  {zelbst)  gekauft. 

5.  Wie  viel   haben    Sie   fiir  diesen  {dee'-zeri)   Kamm  be- 

zahlt  ? 

6.  Warum    {vd-room')    haben    Sie    ein    {tne)  Billet   nach 

{nach)  ^  Berlin  {ber-leen')  genommen  [ghe-nom'-7fien)J 


i)  The  strongly  aspirated  *  M  '  in  German  is  pronounced  Hke  '  ch ' 
in  the  Scotch  'loch.' 


42 

7-   My  brother  bought  my  ticket  for  me  (=  My  brothe* 
has  my  ticket  for  me  \^fur  mich]  bought). 

8.  Where  do  we  take^  the  tickets?     {^Literally:  Where 
takes  one  [nimmt  mmi]  the  tickets  [die  Billete]  ?) 

9.  The  tickets  to  Berlin  are  taken  here  (=  One  takes 

[man  nimmt']  the  tickets  to  Berlin  here  [hier']). 

10.  Excuse  me  {or^  I  beg  your  p9.Tdon[entschuldigen  Sie\). 
where  do  we  take  the  tickets  to  London  (=  where 
takes  one  the  tickets  to  London)  ? 

11.  The  tickets  to  London  are  taken  at  this  ticket-office 
{in  diesem  Billet- Bureau),  {Literally  :  One  takes  the 
tickets  to  London,  &c.) 

12.  I  beg  your  pardon,  Sir  {Entschuldigen  Sie,  mein 
Herr),  do  we  take  the  tickets  to  Berlin  at  this  office  / 
{Literally  :  Takes  one  the  tickets,  &c,?) 

13.  How  much  is  a  ticket  to  Berlin  ?  {Litei'ally :  How 
much  costs  [hostet]  a  ticket  [ein  Billef]  to  Berlin  ?) 

14.  Please  {hitte)  give  me  {gehen  Sie  mir)  a  ticket  to 
London. 

15.  Which  class  {tvelche  Klasse)  ? 

16.  Please  give  me  a  first  class  ticket  {ein  Billet  erster 
Klasse)  to  London. 

17.  Please  give  me  the  German  book  {das  deutsclie 
Buck). 

18.  Please  give  me  your  brother's  German  book  (=  the 
German  book  of  your  hrothQv  [Hires  Herrn  Bruders]). 

19.  Please  give  me  the  German  newspaper  {die  deutsche 
Zeitung). 

20.  Have  you  seen  the  German  newspaper  ?  (  =  Have  you 
the  German  newspaper  seen  ?) 


i)  Questiors  are  asked  without  the  use  of  our  auxiliary  verb  '  to 
do.'     Thus  the  Germans  say  instead  of:  ^  Do  you  love?*  —  love  you. 


43 

7.  Mein  Bruder  hat  mein  Billet  fiir  mich  (w/y)  gekauft. 

8.  Wo   nimmt   {jiimt)    man  ^    (nidn)  die  (dee)  Billete  {bil- 
yet'-te)  ? 

9     Man  nimmt  die  Billete  nach  Berlin  hier  (here). 

lO,  Entschuldigen  Sie  [ent-shool' -dee-ghen  zee),  wo  nimmt 
uian  die  Billete  nach  London  ? 

\i.  Man  nimmt  die  Billete  nach  London  in  diesem 
Billet-Biireau  {hil-yef  huro'^. 

12.  Entschuldigen  '^x^,  xw^wxW^xr  [ent-shooV-dec-ghen  zei^ 
mine  herr),  nimmt  man  die  Billete  nach  Berlin  in 
diesem  Biireau  ? 

13.  Wie  viel  kostet  (ko'-stc^)  ein  (ine)  Billet  nach  Berlin  ? 

14.  Eitte   (bii'-te),  geben  Sie   mir  (ghai'-ben  zee  rncer)  ein 

Billet  nach  London. 

15.  Welche  Klasse  (veV -che  kids' -se)} 

16.  Bitte,  geben  Sie  mir  ein  Billet  erster  Klasse  {air'-ster 
kids' -se)  nach  Ivondon. 

17.  Bitte,  geben  Sie  mir  das  deutsche  Buch  [das  doit'-sM 

booch). 
iS.   Bitte,  geben  Sie  mir  das  deutsche  Buch  Ihres  ITnrrn 
Bruders. 

19.  Bitte,  geben  Sie  mir  (meer)  die  deutsche  Zeitung  {dee 
doit' -she  tsi'-toong). 

20.  Haben  Sie  die  deutsche  Zeitung  (tst'-tddng)  gesehen 


lieben  Sie  (lee'-ben  zgg)?     Instead  of:  '  Does  one  take  f  —  takes  one, 
nimmt  man  ?  &.c. 


GRAMMATICAL   REMARKS. 

Exercises  and  Words  used  in  Co??imon  Conversation, 


Alphabet. 

1.  The  German  language  is  usually  printed  in  an 
alphabet  having  the  same  origin  as  our  own,  and  the 
same  extent  ;  but  in  the  form  of  characters  nearly  re- 
sembling what  we  call  "  Old  English,"  or  "Black-letter." 

2V  The  letters  of  the  ordinary  German  alphabet,  with 
their  "  Roman  "  equivalents,  and  the  names  by  which 
the  Germans  call  them,  are  as  follows : 


German 
letters. 

9t,a 

Roman 
equivalents. 

A,  a 

German 
name. 

a  {ah) 

German 
letters. 

%  n 

Roman 
equivalents. 

N,  n 

German 
name. 

en 

93,6 

B,  b 

bay 

0,0 

0,0 

0 

e,c 

C,  c 

tsay 

^.P 

P,P 

pay 

S),  b 

D,  d 

day 

0,  q 

Q,q 

koo 

e,c 

E,e 

ay 

^,r 

R,r 

err 

g,f 

F,f 

ef 

^f  fr  S' 

S,s 

es 

®,9 

G,g 

gay 

%i 

T,t 

tay 

©-I) 

H,  h 

ha 

U,u 

U,  u 

00 

3,i 

I,i 

ee 

%t> 

V,v 

fow 

ai 

J,j 

yot 

mr\Q 

W,  w 

vay 

t,f 

K,  k 

ka 

x,^ 

X,  X 

IX 

S,i 

L,  I 

el 

%^) 

Y,y 

ip'-see-lon 

m,  m 

M,  m 

em 

3.  a 

Z,  z 

tset 

i)  The  last  3  is  used  at  the  end  of  a  syllable  before  a  consonant 
or  at  the  end  of  a  word. 


45 


Letters  which  may  easily  be  mistaken  one  for  another: 


8  b  and  i8  V 

^  c  and  (S  e 
dl  n  and  dl  r 
P  o  and  O  q 


!D  d  and  £)  o 
@  g  and  (B  s 
^  k  and  5^  n 
m  ni  and  S  w 


b  b  and  b  d 

f  s  and  f  f 

t)  V  and  t]  y 

r  r  and  ^  x 


Beading  Exercise.' 

ajjcin  ^rubcr  {)at  3I)ren  ©crrn  33ater  ni^t  gefe^en,  al^  er 
geftern  in  bem  333artefaa(  wax,  2Bar  3^l)r  §err  3Sater  geftem  in 
bem  Sartefaal?  (5r  ()at  S^rct;  §errn  33ater  geftem  Ibenb  nic^t 
gefe^en.  Sen  ()aben  @ie  in  bem  Saben  be^  bcutfdjcn  ^anfmann^ 
gefe^en?  §abcn  (Sie  ben  beut[d)en  ^aufmann  in  bem  Saben 
meine«^  ^ruber^  gefc()en?  SKa^  Ijat  ^i)x  §err  :^rnber  in  :^er(in 
grfanft?  S^  tjahc  biefen  D^ocf  gefauft,  aU  id)  in  bonbon  war. 
SKo  l^abcn  @ie  i^n  gefanft?  9}?cin  ^mber  l)at  biefen  9^oc!  fe^r 
billig  gefanft.  Siffen  @ie,  h)ic  t)ie(  er  fiir  fein  iBiUet  bega^lt  ^at? 
2[Baren  (5ie  geftem  5Ibenb  in  bem  Concert?  S^ein,  mein  ^err, 
idi)  wax  geftcrn  ^Ibetib  nid)t  in  bem  Concert,  id)  loar  gn  §aufe. 
Qd)  I)abe  einen  §nt  fiir  mcinen  (Sol)n,  ein  ^aar  §anbfc^n^e  fiir 
meinen  ^rnber,  unb  einen  ^amm  fiir  mid^  felbft  gefanft.  (Snt^ 
fdjnibigen  <Sie,  mein  ^cxx,  too  nimmt  man  bie  ^iUctt  nad)  Ber- 
lin? 9}?an  nimmt  bie  ^iiktt  md)  Berlin  in  biefem  ^iirean 
Sitte,  gebm  (Bk  mix  ein  billet  erfter  ^(affe  nad)  Sonbon. 


i)  The  eye  must,  as  soon  as  possible,  become  accustomed  to  the 
German  letters.  I  have,  therefore,  repeated  a  number  of  our 
previous  sentences  in  German  type.  The  student  must  translate 
this  exercise  into  English,  and  must  then  —  without  the  help  of 
the  text-book— render  it  into  German.  Write  with  English  letters  j 
the  German  hand-writing  will  be  taught  later. 


46 


2 

The  Article. 

The  German  language,  like  the  English,  has  a  definite 
■.\  an  indefinite  article,  of  which  the  latter  has  no  plural 
.  either  language. 

Both  the  definite  and  indefinite  article  are  declined^  and 
iicate  by  their  endings  the  gender^  number,  and  ease  ofi  the 
un  to  which  they  belong. 

Tliere   are  four  cases   in  the  German  declension  :    the 
nominative,^  genitive,^  dative,  and  accusative.*' 


Declension  of  the  Definite 

Article. 

:SinguIar. 

Plural. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Netiier. 

For  all  Gendi  rs. 

Nom. 

bcr 

bie 

baS     the 

bic     the 

Gen. 

beS 

bcr 

be3     of  the 

ber    of  the 

Dat. 

bcm 

ber 

bcm    to  the 

ben    to  the 

Ace. 

ben 

bie 

^iOii     the 

bic     the 

It  will  be  se-en  tliat  the  nomiTiative  and  accusative  are  the 
same  except  in  the  singular  of  the  masculine  where 
the  nominative  is  b  C  r  and  the  accusative  b  C  U. 


i)  The  nominative,  answering  to  the  English  nominative,  belongs 
to   the  subject  of  a  sentence,  and  answers  to  the  question  :  rvho?  or 

li'hat?     Ex    "50?cin  33nibci:  l)at  3|ren  ^atcr  gcjeljcn.     Who  has  seen  ? 

A:isvver:  My  I'rother. 

2)  The  genitive  ox  possessive  case  answers  to  the  question  :  ^vhos' ? 

or  of  which?    Ex.  3n  bcm  i'oben  bcsi  bcutfriini  .^niifinnnn^,  In  the 

Cierman  merchant's  store.    Question:   In  ichose  s\o\el  Answer:  The 
iJer/nan  merchant's. 

3  The  dative  case  answers  to  the  question  :  to  t;  horn  ?  Ex.  2J?ein 
yiiiber  l)at  ba^  35illet  bcm  X^icncr  gctjcbcn.     To  -whom  did  he  give  the 

ticket?     Answer.    To  the  servant. 

4)  The  accusative  case  corresponds  to  our  ohjec/ive  case,  and  answers 
to  the  question  :  7uhom  ?  or  tuhat  ?  Ex.  Wq'xw  ^rubcr  l)at  ^IjVCn  ^atCI 
gcje^U.      Whom  did  he  see  ?     Answer  :    Your  fattier. 


47 

In  the  same  manner  the  following  words  are  declined 
(which  are  often  substituted  for  the  definite  article),  viz  : 


Singular 

Plural. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter. 

For  ali  2  Genders 

biefrt  {dee'-zer) 

biefc  {dee'-ze)     biefc^  {dee'-zes). 

this 

biefc     these 

iencc  <^yay.ner) 

jenc  (>/«/- 

ne)    jenc^  <^yay-nes), 

that 

ieiic      those 

luelcfjcr  {vel-yer) 

lDe(d)c  (w/ 

-^e)  tDeld)C0  (?)//'-y/^), 

which 

meld)c  whicn 

jebci;  i^yay'-der) 

jebc  (jay'-rf'/)     jebc^  {yay'-des\ 

every 

no  plural. 

Declension. 

Singular 

Plural. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter. 

For  all  Genders. 

Nom.    bief=tr 

bief--c 

biej^C^      this 

W\-t        these 

Gen.       bief^cg 

bief^cc 

biej-c^      of  this 

bief=cc       of  these 

Dai.      bie^cm 

bief=cc 

bief^cm     to  this 

biej^cn      to  these 

Ace.      bief^cn 

bic^e 

bief^c^      this 

biej-e 

these 

The  Indefinite  Article. 

Like  the  definite,  the  indefinite  article  has  four  cases, 
which,  by  their  endings,  serve  to  indicate  the  gender  and 
case  of  the  noun  to  which  the  article  belongs.  Because 
of  its  original  significance  =  one,  the  indefinite  article 
has  no  plural. 


Declension  of  the  Indefinite  Article. 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neuter. 

Nom. 

ciu  {Ine) 

eiu-C  {i-'ne) 

eiu  {Ine) 

a  or  an 

Gen. 

ciu-c^ 

ein  cc 

ein^c^ 

of  a 

Dat. 

ciu  nn 

eiu^cr 

ein^cm 

to  a 

Ace. 

eiu  en 

ein-c 

ein 

a 

48 


The  following  words,  the  so-called  possessive  pro7wuns, 
which  occasionally  take  the  place  of  the  article,  are  de- 
clined in  the  same  wa}^,  but  have  a  plural  : 

Possessive  Pronouns. 


ntem  K7mne) 

menie  (nil -ne) 

mein 

ray 

bciu  {dine) 

beine  {di'-ne) 

bcin 

thy 

fein  {zine) 

feine  {zi'-ne) 

fein 

his 

i^r  {eer\ 

\))Xt  {ee'-re) 

t^r 

her' 

Unfer  {don'-zer) 

linfere  {oon'-ze-re) 

unfer 

our 

Sfir  {ee-r) 

3f)re  {ee'-re) 

3^r 

your ' 

i^r  {eer) 

i^re  {ee're') 

Declension. 

t^r 

their' 

Singular 

Plural. 

Masc.         Fern. 

Neuter. 

For  all  Genders, 

Norn. 

tnetn        mein-c 

ntein        my 

mein-c 

my 

Gen. 

mein=c^    mein^ct 

mein-fg    of  my 

mein  rv 

of  my 

Dat. 

mein-nn  tnein^ci* 

ntein-cm  to  my 

mcin=cn 

to  my 

Ace 

mein^cn    mein^c 

jnein         my 

mein=c 

my 

In  order  to  get  familiar  with  the  declension  of  the 
German  article,  the  student  ought  to  decline  \\v& possessive 
pronomis.  It  would,  however,  be  a  loss  of  time  to  try  to 
master  the  article  thoroughly,  for  this  is  a  feat  which  no 
foreigner  can  ever  hope  to  accomplish  except  by  long 
residence  in  Germany,  and  by  constant  attention  and 
study. 

Gender  of  Substantives. 

In  German  \\iq  gender  of  substantives  is  not^  as  in  Eng- 
lish,  determined   merely  by  the  signification ^  but  also  by 


i)  There  is  one  form  only  for  'your,  her,  and  their', — viz.,  il^r.  This 
is  very  confusing.  The  pupil  must  remember  that  ^Ijr,  in  address- 
ing a  person,  is  always  written  with  a  capital  letter.  The  same  is 
the  case  with  t^ic  when  it  means  you. 


4  9 


the  endings.     The  names  of  inanimate  things,  therefore, 
may  be  either  masculine^  feminine^  or  neuter. 

This  part  of  German  grammar  is  unfortunately  so  dif- 
ficult to  reduce  to  general  and  precise  I'ules^  that  the 
student  can  be  successful  only  by  constant  attention  to  the 
article  which  I  shall  repeat  before  each  noun. 


Words, 


bcr  3>atcr  {fdh'-ter),  the  father, 
ber  ®ol)U  {zone),  the  son. 
bcr  ^rilbcr  {broo-der),  the  brother.. 
bcr  Ontel  {on'-ket),  the  uncle, 
ber  ©rofjUQter  {gros'-fah-tir),  the 

grandfather, 
bcr  (Soufin  {cdd-zaing'\  the  cousin, 
bcr  ^Setter  {fet'-ter),  the  cousin, 
ber  SSlt^t  {nef-fe),  the  nephew, 
bcr    ®(^tt)agcr   {shvah'-gher),     the 

brother-in-law. 
ber  (Snfel  {en -kit),  the  grand-child 


bcr    ®d)miegcr»atcr    {shvce-gher. 
fdh-ter),  the  father-in-law. 


bie  '^ixiitx  {modi' -ta),  the  mother.' 

bie  %o^itl{toch'  -tef),\he  daughter.* 

bie  <^^\\)t\in  {shve  -ster),ihe  sister. 

bie  Staute  (idn'-ti\  the  aunt. 

bie  ©roOmntter  {gros' -mddt-ter),  the 
grandmother. 

bie  (Soufxne  {coo-zee  -ne),  the 
cousin. 

bie  9^ad)tC  (;//y'-//),  the  niece. 

bie  @d)lrdgerin  {shvay'-ghe-rin), 
the  sister-in-law. 

bie  (Snfelin  (^«'->^6'-//w),  the  grand- 
child. 

bie  <2c^H)icgermutter  {shvee-ghet- 
modt-ter),  the  mother-in-law. 


ic^  l)abe  {iy  hah' -be),  I  have, 
bu  ^aft  {(too  hdst),  ihou  hast 
cr   ^  ayr   -.  he 

flC  (.  l)at  zee  (.  //^if/,  she 
C3   )  es      \  it 


Exercise. 

Present. 

lt»ir  ^Qben  {veer  hah' -ben),  we  have. 
it)r  l)abt  (<'» /^J<^/),  |    you 

(gie  t)abeu  (^fV  hdh'-bin),  S  have.^ 
has.       flC     l^abeu     (z^V    kdh'-ben),     they 
have. 


i)  J<?  is  pronounced  like  oo  in  ^<?£7^,  look,  &c. 

2)  <?r-4  is  pronounced  like  the  Scotch  'loch.' 

3)  The  Germans  use  the  3rd  person  plural  in  addressing,  but 
write  the  '  @ie  '  always  with  a  capital  letter.  The  form  '  il)r  IjnUt*  is 
not  used  in  common  conversation. 


50 

Translate  this  exercise  into  English,  and  then  render 
it  again  into  German  : 

3(i)  \mv  geftcrn  mit  (with)  ^^rcm  {ee'-rem)  DtiM  in  Berlin. 
SSie  (angc  {7'ce /dn^-g/n',  how  long)  iDarcu  (Sic  in  Berlin? 
9J?eine  ©djtDefter  tt)ar  brei  ^a^re  (^dry ydh'-re,  three  years)  in 
Berlin  unb  i}at  bort  (there)  bcutfd)  gelernt  {ghd-lernt\ 
learned).  SKo  T)abeit  (Sie  beutfd)  gelernt?  3d)  ^abe  meiit 
:Deutfd)  in  (Snglanb  {eng'-idnd)  gelernt.  (Sprcdjen  ©ie  {shpre*- 
^enzee^  do  you  speak)  beutfd)?  21'armn  {vd-room')  fpredjcn 
(Ste  nic^t  beutfc^  mit  meincr  ^JJ^utter?  So  l)at  ^\)Xt  grau^ 
2)^utter  (/-r6'7£/  modt'-ter)  beutfd)  gekrnt?  9i)kinc  DJ^utter  \^qX 
bentf(^  in  T)rc§ben  getcrnt,  ido  fie  brei  3a^re  (for  three  years) 
getijo^nt  ^at  {ghe-vont'  hdt,  has  lived,  <?/-  lived)»  %{^  id)  geftcvn 
Slbenb  in  bem  Sartefaal  be^  ^ambnrger  (Jiam'-bdorg-er,  Ham- 
burg) ^af)n{)of^  luar,  {)abe  ic^  O^re  gran  3:ante  gefe^en.  Sar 
nteine  Confine  and)  (^^/^z^,  also)  bort?  3d)  l^abe  3^re  (Confine 
nic^t  gefe^en ;  fie  (she)  n)ar  ni^t  in  bem  SavtefaaL 

^  '         3. 

Declension  of  Substantives/ 

There  are  two  declensions  in  German,  called  respectively 
the  strong  and  the  weak,  or  the  8  declension  and  the  N  declen- 
sion. 


i)  ^rau  {frotv)  means  '  woman,  7vife,  and  Mrs.* 

2)  German  grammarians  are  not  yet  agreed  on  the  division  of 
the  substantives  into  declensions.  While  Adelung  adopted  eight, 
and  Klopstock  preferred  six,  some  have  classified  them  into  five. 
This  classification  has  been  chosen  mainly  on  account  of  the  plural, 
but  as  liiere  are  almost  as  many  exceptions  as  verifications  of  the 
rules  of  the  above-mentioned.  I — like  Sanders  and  Grimm — give 
but  two  declensions.  This  simplifies  the  study  materially,  and  will 
be  found  quite  sufficient,  as  I  always  mention  the  plural  of  each  noun 
as  it  occurs. 


51 

The  distinguishing  sign  of  these  declensions  is  found  in 
the  genitive  of  the  singular. 

The  strong  declension^  or  8  declension^  adds '  ^ '  (or  *  c§  ')  in 
the  genitive  sing.  Ex.  Nom.  bcr  ^rubcr,  the  brother- 
Gen.  bo's  ^rubcr^^,  of  the  brother,  or  the  brother's.  Nofn. 
bcr  Sol)n  {zone)y  the  son  ;  Gen.  be^  3ol)n==Cv5  {zd'-ncs)  of  the 
son,  or  the  son's. 

The  7veak  declension^  or  N  declension,  takes  the  termination 
'  cn'  in  the  genitive  sing.  Ex.  Notn.  bcr  §crr,  the  gentle- 
man ;  Gen.  bc§  ©crr-cn  (or  §ciT=n),  of  the  gentleman,  or 
the  gentleman's.  Nom.  bcr  ^abe  {k-ndh'-be),  the  boy ; 
Gen.  be§  £nab'Cn  {kndk'-bcn),  of  the  boy,  or  the  boy's. 

Declension. 

Masculine  and  neuter  substantives  are  generally  declined 
by  the  strong  or  S  declension. 

The  only  change  of  termination  consists  in  adding  '§ ' 
in  the  genitive  singular^  and  'n'  in  the  dative  plural. 

In  the  plural,  most  words  belonging  to  this  declension 
modify  the  three  vowels,  '  a,  0,  u/  in  'd,  o,  ii.' 

Nouns  with  other  vowels  remain  unchanged  in  the 
plural. 

Examples  of  Masculine  Nouns. 


Singular. 
Nom.     bcr  53ruber,  the  brother. 
Gen.      De8  33riibcr=3,  of  the  bro- 
ther, or  the  brother's. 
Dat.      Dcni  S3rubcr,  to  the  brother. 


Plural. 
bie  33nibcr,  the  brothers, 
ber  33rubcr,  of  the  brothers,  or  the 

brothers', 
ben  53rubcr=n,  to  the  brothers. 


Ace.      ben  Sruber,  the  brother.      I  bie  33rubcr,  the  brothers. 


52 


Examples  of  Neuter  Nonns. 

Plural. 
bie  ^enfter,  the  windows. 


Singular 


Norn  bag  ^enfter  {fen  -ster\  the 
window. 

Gen  bcS  ^eiiftev-^,  cf  the  win- 
dow, or  the  window's. 

Pat      bem  ?5Cufter,to  the  window. 

Ax       baS  ?V'^»ft'^^*'  t^®  window. 

Decline  in  the  same  way: 

bLT  SSatcr  (//.  ^L^citcr),  the  father, 
bcr  l-ct)rer  {lay  -rer),  the  teacher. 
bcr  iSd)UIer  {shilh -let),  the   pupil, 
ber  ^Sc^nciber  {shni~der\  the  tailor, 
bcr  @tiefc(  {shtee-fel),  the  boot. 


ber  ?^enfter,  of  the  windows,  m 

the  windows', 
ben  genfter^n,  to  the  windows, 
bie  genfter,  the  windows. 


bo§  SJieffer  {mcs'-ser),  the  knife. 
'iia'i  3iJ"nter  {tsim'-jner),  the  room. 
bag  9)?dbd)en  {maid-^en),  the  girl.' 
bag  aj^ittel  {mit'-m\  the  means. 
bag  5^"^^^  {foi'-er),  the  fire. 


ic^  bin,  I  am. 
bn  bift,  thou  art. 
er  ift,  he  is. 
fie  ift,  she  is. 


\6)  trar  {vdr),  I  was. 
bn  tt)arft  {vdrst),  thou  wast, 
er  Xoax  {var),  he  was. 
f.e  tnar  \7'dr),  she  was. 


you  are. 


Exercise. 

Present. 

\  toil  fmb  {zint),  we  are. 
i^r  fetb  {zite),^    ) 
@ie  ftnb  {zmt),  j 
fie  fmb  (zint),  they  are. 

Imperfect. 

)uir  iraren  {va-ren),  we  were. 

i^r  ttjart  (z/arO.^         ) 

_.  ,  /-  you  were 

(2?ie  irtaren  (z'^  -r^«),   ) 

fie  IDaren  {va-ren),  they  were. 


Translate  into  English,  and  then  again  into  German; 

A. 
SKcr  (7w>,  wlio .?)  ift  bicfer  90^ann?    SBiffcn  ©ic  {vis' -sen 
zeiy  do  you  know),  wtx  biefer  SO^ann  ift?    Siffen  (Sie  nid)t, 


l)  •  The  girl  '  is  neuterm  German  ;  also  bag  3Sei^  {vipe),  the  woman, 
a)  The  form  '  i^r  tt)art '  is  not  used  in  common  conversation. 


63 

bag  (that)  t^  bicfctt  3J?ann  geftcm  in  bem  SK^artcfaal  gefe^en 
t)abc?  SS^ij'fen  etc,  tDte  (how)  biefcr  §crr  Ijeifet  (/^/"-j/,  is 
named) ?^  X)icfer  $crr  ift  cin  T)eutfd)cr  {dttt'-shcr,  a  Ger- 
man) unb  t)ei6t  Otto  {pt'-to).  ^ittc,  gcben^ie  mu'  (give  me) 
cin  bcutfd)C^  ^ud)  (i>/^  doif-shes  booch,  a  German  book).  S5$te 
Die!  t'oftct  (kos'-tet,  costs,  ^r  does  cost)  bicfc^  48uc^?  Siffctt 
eiC;  ob  (^,  if)  mcin  33ater  biefc^  ^nc^  gefauft  ^at? 

B. 

The  learner  may  now  commit  the  lollowing  words  to 
memory,  and  translate  the  Exercise. 

Words. 


gcmac^t  {ghe-macht'\  made,  done, 
bejatjlt  {be-lsd'hlt),  paid. 
gcfac)t  {ghe-zd'hgt),  said. 


<ii\)OX{  {gh^-ho  yty,  heard, 
gegcben  {ghe-ghai'-ben),  given, 
gelefcn  ighe-lai' -zen),  read. 


gef(^riehen^/->4/.j/4r//'-3/«),written.   i    %t\^{(x\t\\{ghe-shldh'-/en),  slept. 

Exercise. 

What  have  you  done.?  What  has  he  been  dowg^  in  Lon- 
don ?  What  has  your  brother  done  }  Has  he  done  it 
((g)  ?  Have  you  paid  the  bill  (bic  9iCC^nung,  re^'-noong)  ? 
He  has  not  paid  the  bill.  <  Why  did  h±  not  pay  ^  the  bill  ? 
What  did  he  say  ^  ?  What  did  he  say^  to  (3U,  tsdo)  you  (3^« 
ncn)  ?  Have  you  written  the  letter  (iicn  ^ricf)  ?  My 
brother  7^/r^/^  *  a  German  letter  (etncn  bcutfd)en^r[ef).  Why 
did  you  not  luj-ite?"^  Why  did  you  not  ivrite"'  a  German  let- 
ter? ^Have  you  heard  this  opera  (bicfc  Opcr)  ?  No,  sir,  I 
have  not  heard  this  opera.  Have  you  read  the  newspaper 
(bie  3citung)  ?  No,  sir,  I  did  not  read  the  newspaper  to- 
day (()eutc,  hoi'-te).     Did  you  read""  this  book  (bicfe^  -53ud))  .? 

i)  Do  you  know  what  is  the  name  of  this  gentleman? 

2)  The  Germans  have  only  one  form  for  '  did  you  do  ;  have  you 
done ;  have  you  been  doing,'  viz.:  l)aben  <Sie  gcmadjtV  '/  rvrote,  I  did 
write,!  have  written,  I  have  been  writing'  viz.:  id}  l^obc  gefc^riebett. 


^^t  "^thimtk^ufi  pst(w. 


FABT  II. 


II. 

FOUNDATION  SENTENCE. 
Can  you  tell  me  at  what   o'clock   the   first 

train  leaves  for  Dresden?  If  it  is  ^uy  way 
possible,  I  should  like  to  arrive  there  this  fore- 
noon,  as  I  am  very  anxious  to  meet  a  business- 
friend  of  mine. 


1, 
Can  you  tell  me? 


1)  The  German  *<?' sounds  very  much  like  our  '^a*  in  *  early; 
only  much  longer, 

2)  The  German  '  ch'  is  a  palatal  to  which  no  English  sound  ap- 
proaches.  It  sounds  somewhat  similar  to  a  strongly-aspirated  h, 
and  is  either  soft  (after  e  and  »),  or  harsh.      In  the  latter  case  it  is 


n. 

FOUNDATION  SENTENCE. 
Konnen    Sie    mir    vielleicht    sagen^    um    wic 

kon'-n6n  *      zgg      mere         fesl-liyt' '       z3,h'-ghen   66m  ^    ves 

viel   Uhr   der  erste   Zug  nach   Dresden  abgeht^ 

fggl      Oor^      dayr    air'-st6  ts66ch  *  nach  *     drais'-d6n       Sp'-gayt 

Wenn  irgend  moglicli,  so  moelite  ich  noch  lieutc 

ven     irr'-ghent      mog'-Iiy*      zo     moy'-te  *      i^ '     noch'    hoy'-t6 

Tormittag   dort    ankonimen,  da  mir   sehr   daran 

fore'-mlt'-tag  ^     d6rt        an'-k6m-m6n      dah  mere      zair      dah-rSn 

liegt,  einen  meiner  Geschaftsfreunde   zu   treifen. 

leegt       l'-n6n       ral'-ner         ghg-sh6fts'-froyn-dfi       tsOO      trfif-fgn. 


1. 

Konnen  Sie  mir  yielleicht  sagen  ? 

kdn'-ngn     zee    mere        fe5l-liyt'       zah'-ghgn. 


Bounded   like   '  cV  in   the  Scotch  word   *  loch.*     It   is  always   pro 
nounced  in  this  manner  after  *a,  o,  and  «.* 
-;)  "  dd'  sounds  like  oo  in  look,  book,  &c- 

4)  ^00^  is  pronounced  like  ^00'  in  fool,  soon,  &c. 

5)  'w^'and  ' ag'  are  commonly  pronounced  like  *i«rA' and 'J^A 
though  more  refined  people  say  * ug*  and  '4Jr.' 


' 

Can  you  ? 

I  can. 

we  can. 

thou  canst. 

you  can. 

he  can. 

they  can. 

to  me  {or  me) 

perhaps 

to  tell  {or  to  say ;  to  inform) 

I  say. 

wc  say. 

thou  say  St. 

you  say. 

he  says. 

they  say. 

1.  Can  you  pay  the  bill  ?  (Literally  :  Can  you  the  bill 
pay  [bezaJden]  ?) 

2.  I  cannot  pay  the  bill  to-day.  (Literally :  I  can  the 
bill  to-day  not  pay.) 

3.  When    can   you   pay   this   bill  1      (Literally :   When 

\wann\  can  you  this  \diese\  bill  pay  ?) 

4.  When  can  he  pay  this  bill  ?  (Literally :  When  can 
he  this  bill  pay  .'*) 

^.  Why  can  he  not  pay  this  bill  to-day?  (=  Why 
{ioarai)i\  can  he  this  bill  not  to-day  ^}ieute\  pay  ?] 

6.  Can  you  speak  German  t  (=  Can  you  German 
speak  [sprechen]  ?) 


i)  Kdnnen  Sie?  can  you?  It  must  be  observed  that  the  form  ihr 
is  not  used  in  every-day  conversation,  or  at  least  only  among  vety 
intimate  friends  and  relatives.  Ihr  is  the  plural  of  <lii,  thou. —  Sie 
(originally  the  3d  person  plural)  must  always  be  written  with  a  cap- 
ital letter  when  it  is  used  in  addressing  a  person. 

2)  Vielleicht,  perhaps.    The  Germans  are  very  fond  of  employing 


59 

Konngn  Sie  {kon'-nSn  zee)  *  ?     (Present  of  the  Auxiliary 

Verb  konnen^  to  be  able,  which  is  thus  conjugated  : 

ich  kann  {kdn).  wir  konnen. 

du  kannst  {kanst).  \  'J/  ^°""^-' 

^  '  \  Sie  konnen. 

er  kann  {kdn)  sie  konnea. 

mir  (mere) 

vielleicht  (feel-lnt^)  * 

sagen  {zdh'-ghen).  (Infinitive  of  the  regular  verb  sagen, 
to  tell ;  to  say.)  The  present  tense  is  thus  con- 
jugated : 

ich  sage  {zdh'-ghe).  wir  sagen  {zahf-ghen). 

dns.gst  (zakgs^),  ] 'sYe  Tafef  ^''^• 

er  sagt  (zd^g^).  sie  sa|en  i^^^"-^^^^- ) 


1.  Konnen  Sie  die  Rechnung  bezahlen  (dee  re^'-noong 
be-tsdh' -len)  ? 

2.  Ich  kann  die  Rechnung  heute   nicht  bezahlen  (dei 
re'^'-noong  hoy*-te  ni^t  be-tsdh'-len), 

3.  Wann    {Tjdn)    konnen    Sie  diese  (dee'-ze)  Rechnung 
bezahlen  } 

4.  Wann  kann  er  diese  Rechnung  bezahlen  ? 

5.  Warum   (vdh-room')  kann  er  diese  Rechnung  nichi 

heute  bezahlen  .? 

6.  Konnen  Sie  deutsch  sprechen  (doitch  sh'pre'-^en)  ? 


little  particles,  as  :  vielleicht,  perhaps  ;  sckon  (shOne),  already  ;  nock, 
yet,  &c.,  in  conversation.  These  particles  cannot  be  translatec^ 
literally  into  English,  neither  can  their  use  be  learned  by  any  rules 
In  this  sentence  :  *  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sagen,'  the  '  vielleicht* 
renders  the  question  more  polite.  In  its  literal  sense  vielleicht  sig- 
nifies perhaps. 


60 

7-  I  can  speak  and  write  German  (=  I  can  German 
speak  and  write  [schreiben']). 

8.  I  cannot  speak  German  well  (=1  cannot  well  \^uf\ 
German  speak). 

9.  I  can  read  German,  but  I  cannot  speak  it  (  =  I  can 
German  read  [lesen],  but  [aber\  I  can  it  [es]  not 
speak). 

10.  Can  your  brother-in-law  speak  German  }  {Literally  : 
Can  your  Mr.  brother-in-law  [Schwager]  German 
speak  ?) 

11.  My  brother-in-law  was  three  (drei)  years  (Jahre)  in 
Germany  {Deutschland)  and  can  speak,  read,  and 
write  German  (=  and  can  German  speak,  read,  and 
write  [schreiben] ) . 

12.  Can  you  write  German  (=  Can  you  German  write)."* 
"13.   Can  you  write  this  letter  ?      {Literally  :  Can  you  this 

letter  [diesen  Brief]  write  ?) 

14.  When  can  you  write  this  letter?  (=  When  can  yon 
this  letter  write)  ? 

15.  Can  you  write  this  German  letter  for  me?  {Literally : 

Can   you   this   German   letter   for   me   [filr  mich] 
write  ?) 

16.  I  cannot  write  this  letter  for  you  now  (=1  can  this 
letter  not  now  [jetzt]  for  you  write). 

17.  When  can  you  write  it  for  me?  {Literally:  When 
can  you  him  \ilin]  ^  for  me  \inich]  write  ?) 

18.  I  cannot  do  it  now;  I  will  write  it  to-morrow  for 
you.  {Literally :  I  can  it  \es]  now  not  do  \tliun]  -^  I 
will  [luill]  him'^  to-morrow  [morgeii]  for  you  write.) 


i)  Wliy  must  '  ihn''  be  used   in   this  sentence?     Compare  Note  7, 
>age  37. 
a)  There  is  no  sound  in  German  resembling  our  '  M ' ;  and  it  is 


61 

7-  Ich    kann  deutsch    sprechen    und    schreiben    {doitch 
sJCpre'-^en  dont  shri'-ben). 

8.  Ich  kann  nicht  gut  {goot)  deutsch  sprechen. 

9.  Ich   kann  deutsch   lesen  {lay'-zhi)^  aber  {ah'-ber)  ich 
kann  es  nicht  sprechen. 

;o.  Kann  Ihr  Herr  Sch wager  [sh^ vdh* -gher)  deutsch 
sprechen  ? 

11.  Mein  Schwager  war  drei  Jahre  in  Deutschland  [diy 
yah! -re  in  doitch' -land)  und  kann  deutsch  sprechen, 
lesen  und  schreiben. 

12.  Konnen  Sie  deutsch  schreiben  {shri'-ben)} 

13.  Konnen  Sie  diesen  Brief  schreiben  {dee'-zen  brief 
shrl'-ben)  ? 

14.  Wann  konnen  Sie  diesen  Brief  schreiben  ? 

15.  Konnen  Sie  diesen  deutschen  Brief  flir  mich  schrei- 
ben i^fiir  mP  shri'-ben)  ? 

16.  Ich  kann  diesen  Brief  nicht  jetzt  fiir  Sie  schreiben 
(ni^t yetst  fiir  zee  shrV-bai). 

17.  Wann  konnen  Sie  ihn  *  {een)  fiir  mich  schreiben  ? 

18.  Ich  kann  es  jetzt  nicht  Xhwn'^  {yetst  ni^t  toon)]  id'* 
will  {viil)  ihn  {een)  mor'gen  fiir  Sie  schreiben. 


for  this  reason  that  nowadays — especially  in  Austrian  books — the 
German  th  is  entirely  discarded.  Jix.  tun,  to  do  ;  Mut  (otherwise 
written  Mulh),  courage  ;  teuer  (otherwise  spelled  tkeuer),  dear,  &c. 


62 

1 9-  He  cannot  do  it  to-day  (=He  can  it  [es]  to-day  not 
do). 

20.  When  can  you  do  (or  make)  it  ?  {Literally :  When 
can  you  it  make  \jnaclieii\  ?) 

21.  When  can  you  make  this  dress  for  me  ?  (=:When  can 
you  this  dress  [dieses  Kleid]  for  me  make)  ? 

22  I  cannot  make  your  dress  this  week.  (=1  can  your 
dress  [Ihr  Kleid']  not  in  this  week  \in  dieser  Woche] 
make.) 

23.  Wh    not.? 

24.  It  is  impossible  {immoglicli) ;  I  have  too  much  {zu 
viel)  to  do  {zu  thun). 

25.  Have  you  much  to  do  {zu  thun)  ? 

26.  Yes,  Sir,  we  have  very  much  {sehr  viel)  to  do. 

27.  We  have  a  great  deal  to  do  in  our  business.  {Liter- 
ally :  We  have  a  great  deal  [=very  much,  sehr  viel] 
in  our  business  [m  U7iserem  Geschdft]  to  do.) 

28.  Have  you  much  to  do  in  your  business  now  {or  now- 
adays) .»*  (=Have  you  now  [jetzt]  much  in  your 
business  [in  Ihrem  Geschdft]  to  do)  ? 

29.  Yes,  Sir,  we  are  very  busy  nowadays  (=we  are  now 

very  busy  [heschdftigt]). 

30.  My  father  was  very  busy  yesterday;  there  were  [es 
waren]  many  [viele]  German  customers  [Kunden]  in 
his  store. 

31.  Have  you  many  [viele]  German  customers? 

32.  We  have  very  many  German  and  English  customers 
{Kundeii),  but  most  {die  meisten)  of  our  {unserer) 
customers  are  Americans  {Amerihaner). 


03 
19-  Er  kann  es  heute  nicht  thun  (toofi). 

20.  Wann  konnen  Sie  es  machen  {md'-chen)  ? 

21.  Wann    konnen    Sie   dieses    Kleid   {dee'-zes  klite)   flii 
mich  machen  ? 

2  2    Ich  kann  Ihr  Kleid  nicht  in  dieser  Woche  machen 
{klite  nVt  hi  dee'-zer  vo'-che  md'-chen), 

23.  Warum  nicht  1 

24.  Es  ist  unmoglich  (oon-mog'-lt^) ;    ich  habe  zu  viel  zu 
thun  (P'  hah' -be  tsod  feel  tsod  tdon). 

25.  Haben  Sie  viel  zu  thun  {feel  tsod  toon)  ? 

26.  Ja,  mein  Herr,  wir  haben  sehr  viel  zu  thun  (zayr  feel 
tsod  toon). 

27.  Wir  haben   sehr  viel   in  unserem  Geschaft  zu  thun 
{in  don' -ze-reni  ghe-sheft'  tsod  tddn). 


28.  Haben  Sie  jetzt  viel  {feel)  in  Ihrem  Geschaft  {tn  ee'- 
rem  ghe-sheft')  zu   thun  ?  * 

29.  Ja,  mein  Herr,  wir  sind  jetzt  sehr  beschiiftigt  {be- 
shef'tiH). 

30.  Mein  Vater  war  gestern  sehr  beschaftigt  {be-shef- 
tP't)\  es  waren  viele  deutsche  iCunden  in  seinem  La- 
den (fee'-le  doit' -she  kdon'-den  in  zt' -nan  Idh'-den). 

31.  Haben  Sie  viele  deutsche  Kunden  [fce'-le  doit' -she 
kdon'-den)  ? 

52.  Wir  haben  sehr  viele  deutsche  und  eng'lische  Kun- 
den ;  aber  die  meisten  unserer  Kunden  sind  Ameri- 
kaner  {ah'-ber  dee  mf-sten  ddn'-ze-rer  kdon'-den  zint 
d-may-ree-kdh'  -ner). 


64 

33.  What  do  you  say  ?  (=  What  say  you  ?) 

34.  What  does  he  say  ?  (=  Wliat  says  he  ?) 

35.  What  does  this  man  say  ?  (=  What  says  this  man  ?) 

36.  He  says  he  cannot  read  this  letter.  {Literally :  He 
says  he  can  this  letter  not  read,  or :  He  says  that  he 
this  letter  not  read  can.) 

37.  He  says  he  cannot  speak  German.  {Literally  .-He 
says  he  cannot  German  speak,  or :  He  says  that  he 
not  German  speak  can.) 

38.  What  does  she  say  }  (=What  says  she  .-*) 

39.  She  says  she  cannot  make  this  dress  for  you.  {Lit- 
erally :  She  says  she  can  this  dress  [dieses  Kleid]  not 
for  you  make,  or :  She  says  that  she  this  dress  not 
for  you  make  can.)^ 

40.  Tell  him  so.  (=  Tell  you^  [sagen  Sie']  to  him  [ihm] 
that.) 

41.  Tell  him  that  I  am  not  well.  (=  Tell  you  to  him  I 
am  not  well  [ivolil]^  or :  that  I  not  well  am.) 

42.  Tell  Mr.  Muller  that  I  am  ill.  (=  Tell  you  Mr.  Mul- 
ler  .tliBt  I  ill  [krdnlc]  am.) 


.    2. 
At  what    o'clock  the    first   train  leaves    for 


Dresden! 


At 


i)  The  2d  person  of  the  imperative  of  German  verbs  differs  in  so 
farfrcm   the  English   that  the   pronoun   Sie  must  always  be  added, 


6a 


33.  Was  sagen  Sie  ? 

34.  Was  sagt  er  ? 

35.  Was  sagt  dieser  Mann? 


^'-   Ie 


Er  sagt,  er  kann  diesen  Brief  nicht  lesen. 


37- 


Er  sagt,  dass  er  dieeen  Brief  nicht  lesen  kann. 

j  Er 
(Er 


Er  sagt,  er  kann  nicht  deutsch  sprechen. 

sagt,  dass  er  niciit  deutsch  sprechen  kann. 


38.  Was  sagt  sie  ? 

/  Sie  sagt,  sie  kann  dieses  Kleid  nicht  fiir  Sie  machen, 

39.  -!  Sie  sagt,  dass  sie  dieses  Kleid  nicht  fiir  Sie  machen 
'  kann. 

40.  Sagen  Sie^  ihm  das  {eim  dds). 


41 


(  Sagen  Sie  ihm,  ich  bin  nicht  wohl  {vohl) 
(  Sagen  Sie  ihm,  dass  ich  nicht  wohl  bin, 
42.   Sagen  Sie  Herrn  Miil'ler,  dass  ich  krank  bin  (krdnk 
bin). 


2. 

Um  wie  viel  Uhr  der  erste  Zug  nach  Dresden 

60m     v55     feel      OQr     dayr  air'-ste  tsdOch   nach    drais'-den 

abgeht? 

ap'-gayt. 
Um  (dom) 


as  :  Sagen  Sie  ihm,  td*  him  ;  Geben  Sie  ihm,  fir've  him  ;  Bringen  Sie 
ihm^  brini;  him. 


m 


how 

much 

clock  {or  watch) 

at  what  o'clock/ 

the 

first 

train 

to 

Dresden 

leaves. 


I  go. 

thou  goest. 
he  goes. 


we  go. 
you  go. 
they.  go. 


Can  you  tell  me  where  the  depot  is  ?    {Literally 
you  to  TsxQ perhaps'^  say  where  the  depot  /V^ .?) 


v:  Can 


i)  The  following 

Remarks  on  the  German  Construction 
are  very  important  and  ought  to  be  carefully  studied  by  the  pupil. 
(Compare  the  grammatical  remarks.) 

In  order  to  construe  a  German  sentence  correctly  we  must  always 
consider  whether  it  be  2i principal  or  a  dependent  proposition. 

The  construction  of  principal  sentences  is  the  same  in  German  as  in 
English,  provided  the  verb  stands  in  a  simple  tense,  as  :  The  father  buys 
a  house,  der  Vater  kauft  ein  Haus.  The  servant  goes  to  the  bank,  der 
Diener  {dee'-nh-)  geht  nach  der  Bank.  The  boy  learns  [or  is  learning) 
his  German  lessons,  der  Knabe  (k'ndh'-bi)  lernt  seine  deiitschen  Lectionen 
{lik-tsyd'-7ien). 

But  if  the  verb  stands  in  a  compound  tense  (as  :  I  have  written  ;  / 
shall  buy,  &c.)  the  auxiliary  {I  have  ;  I  shall)  takes  the  second  place, 
while  the  participle  {zuritten)  or  infinitive  {buy)  is  placed  at  the  very 
end  of  the  sentence,  as  : 

Object.  Participle. 

Ihren  Herrn  Vater  gesehen. 
ein  Paar  Handschuhe  gekauft. 
dieses  deutsche  Buch  gelesen. 
sein  Billet  kaufen  (infin). 

diesen  Brief  schreiben  {infin.). 


Subject.        Auxiliary. 
Mein  Bruder  hat 

Ich  habe 

Meine  Schwester     hat 
Der  Diener  wird 

Ihre  Mutter  wird 


67 


wie  (vei) 

viel  {fee/) 

Uhr  {{em.)  {dor) 

um  wie  viel  Uhr  (oom  vee  feel  dor)  ? 

der  {dair) 

erste  {air'-ste) 

Zug  (masc.)  {tsooch) 

nach  {ndcK) 

Dresden  {drais* -deri) 

abgeht*  {dp'-gayt).     The  simple  verb  is  : 

ich  gehe  {gay -he).  wir  gehen  [gay'-hM). 


er  geht  {gayt). 


sie  gehen 


{gay'-hen). 


I.  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht^  {/eel-iP't')  sagen,  wo  del 
Bahnhof  ist'? 


The  main  difficulty,  however,  is  in  the  construction  of  the  dependent 
(or  subordinate)  sentences.  A  dependent  sentence  is  an  add  tion  to 
one  of  the  members  of  the  principal  sentence  defining  or  explaining 
it.  A  dependent  clause  in  German  must  always  begin  either  with  a 
relative  pronoun  (as:  welcher,  wer,  wen,  Sic.),  or  with  a  subordijiate 
conjunction  (as  :  als,  da,  nachdem,  weil,  ob,  dass,  &c.). 

in  the  dependent  sentences  the  verb  always  occupies  the  very  last  place 
of  the  sentence.     In  compound  tenses  the  auxiliary  stands  last. 

Principal  sentence.  Dependent  sentence. 

Mein  Bruder  hat  Ihren  Herrn         als  er  gestern    in  dem  Wartesaal 
Vater  gesehen,  des  Hamburger  Bahnhof s  war. 

Ko  men  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sagen,     ob  der  Herr  Doctor  zu  Hause  ist  ? 


\Vissen  Sie, 
Mein  Freund  sagt, 

Der  Mann, 

ist  ein  Amerikaner  {a  may-ree- 
kdh'-nir)  und  heisst  Brown. 
2)  Compare  Note  2,  page  58. 


dass  der  Zug   nach   Dresden  um 

neun  Uhr  ab^'ht? 
dass    er    nicht    nach    der    Bank 

gehen  kann,  weil  (vile)  er  sehr 

beschafligt  ist  {zayr  be'-she/'-ti^'t 

ist). 
welchen   Sie    gestern    Abend    m 

meinem  Laden  gesehen  llubeii, 


68 

2.  Can  you  tell  me  what  o'clock  it  is?  {Literally :  Can 
you  to  me  perhaps  say  what  o'clock  it  is  ?) 

3.  I  cannot  tell  you.  (=1  can  it  \es\  to  you  not  say.) 

4.  Can  you  tell  me  where  Mr.  Schmidt  lives  .^  (=  Can 
you  to  me  perhaps  say  where  Mr.  Schmidt  lives 
{wohnt\  ?) 

5.  I  cannot  tell  you  precisely,  sir.  (=1  can  it  to  you 
{^[lineii\  not  precisely  [genau]  tell,  sir.) 

6.  Can  you  tell  me  if  Dr.  Berg  lives  in  this  house? 
{Literally  :  Can  you  to  me  perhaps  say  if  \ob\  Mr. 
Dr.^  Berg  in  this  house  [in  diesern  Hause]  lives  ?) 

7.  Yes,  sir,  he  lives  on  the  first  floor  {i7i  dem  ersten 
Stock). 

8.  Can  you  tell  me  if  the  doctor  is  at  home  ?  {Literally  : 
Can  you  to  me  perhaps  say  if  [ol)\  the  Mr.  doctor  at 
home  \zu  Hause]  is  ?) 

9.  That  I  cannot  tell  you  precisely.  (  =  1  can  it  to  you 
\_Ihneri\  not  precisely  [genau  or  hestimmt]  tell.) 

10.  Can  you  tell  me  at  what  o'clock  the  first  train  leaves 
for  Berlin  ? 

11.  I  can  tell  you  exactly. 


I)  The  Germans  are  very  polite  and  place  the  word  '  Herr^  before 
all  titles.  To  a  doctor  the)'  say:  '  Herr  Doctor';  to  a  professor, 
^  Herr  Professor' ;  to  a  general,  *  Herr  Gen»i-ar  {ghay-nay-rdhl').  But 
this  is  not  all  ;  they  transfer  even  the  husband's  title  to  his  wife  and 
say  to  a  doctor's  wife,  '  Frau  Doctor';  to  a  professor's  wife,  *  Frau 
Professor' ;  to  a  general's,  '  Frau  General .'  Uneducated  Germans 
always  say  :  '  Frau  Doc  tor  in  ;  Frau  Professoriti;  Frau  Generalin! 
thus  making  the  title  feminine. 


69 

2.  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  ^  sagen,  wie  viel  Uhr  es  ist 
{vee  feel  dor  es  ist)  ? 

3.  Ich  kann  es  Ihnen  {ee'-neti)  nicht  sagen. 

4.  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sagen,  wo  {voH)  Herr 
Schmidt  wohnt  {shmitt  vohnt)  ? 

5.  Ich  kann  es  Ihnen  nicht  genau  {ghe-now')  sagen,  mein 
Herr. 

6  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sageii,  ob  {op)  Herr 
Doctor  ^  Berg  in  diesem  Hause  wohnt  (doc' -tor  berg 
in  dee'-zem  how'-ze  vohnt)  ? 

7.  Ja,  mein  Herr;  er  wohnt  in  deni  ersten  Stock^  {dame 
air'-sten  sh'tock). 

8.  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sagen,  ob  der  Herr  Doctor"^ 
zu  Hause  ist  {tsoo  how'-ze  ist)  ? 


9- 


Ich  kann  es  Ihnen  {ee'-nen)  nicht  genau  {ghe-now') 

sagen. 
Ich  kann  es   Ihnen  {ee'-nm)   nicht  bestimmt  {be- 
I       sh'timtnt')  sagen. 

10.  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sagen,  um  wie  viel  Uhr 
der  erste  Zug  nach  Berlin  abgeht  {oom  vie  feel  dor 
dayr  air'-ste  tsooch  ndch  ber-leen'  dp'-gayt)  ? 

11.  Ich   kann  es  Ihnen  ganz  genau  sagen  {ee' -nen  gdnts 
■ghe-now'  zdh' -ghhi). 


2)  See  Note  2,  page  67. 

3)  The  German  and  French  houses  are  built  very  differently  from 
our  residences.  A  German  house  is  usually  75  feet  wide  and  150 
feet  deep,  and  consists  of  from  two  to  seven  stories.  It  would,  how- 
ever, be  erroneous  to  imagine  that  these  houses  resemble  our  tene- 
ment-barracks, or  even  the  French  fiats,  though  the  latter  are  more 
like  them. 


70 


12.  Can  you  tell  me  in  which  story  {in  welchem  Stock) 
Mrs.  Gartner^  lives  {woJmt)  ? 

13.  Certainly  {Ja  wohP)y  sir;  Mrs.  Gartner'^  lives  in  the 
second  story,  but  (aher)  she  is  not  at  home  (zu 
Haiise). 

14.  Can  you  tell  me  if  he  saw  my  uncle  on  /change 
(=  if  he  my  \meinen\  uncle  on  'change  [auf  der 
Borse]  seen  has  *) } 

15.  Yes,  sir,  he  saw  him  on   'change  (==:he  lias  him  on 

'change  seen). 

16.  Can  you  tell  me  at  what  price  he  has  bought  these 
goods  (=  at  what  price  [zu  ivelchem  Pi^eitic]  he  these 
goods  [  Waareti]  bought  has) .'' 

17.  That  I  cannot  tell  you  precisely;  I  think  {ich glaube) 
they  cost  500  marks  {fiXyifhun' dert  Mark). 

18.  Do  you  know  (wissen  Sie)  what  is  the  price  of  these 
goods  (=  what  the  price  [der  Freis]  of  these  goods 
is)  ? 

19.  What  is  the  cheapest  wholesale  price  {der  MVligste 
engros'  Preis)  of  these  goods  } 

20.  The  cheapest  A^holesale  price  {der  MVligste  engros' 
Preis)  at  which  I  can  give  you  these  goods  is  five 
hundred  marks  (=  at  which  \zu  loelcheni]  I  to  you 
these  goods  give  can^  is  five  hundred  marks). 


1)  Der  Gartner  rtieans  the  gardener  ;  der  Garten  (pi.  die  Garten),  the 
garden  ;  der  Blu'mengarten  {bloo  -men-gdr-tin),  the  flowergarden. 

2)  Ja  wohl  is  a  little  more  polite  than >«,  and  means  about  as  much 
as  our'^'^j,  «>.' 


71 

12.  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sagen,  in  welchem  Stock 
(vel'-^em  sh'tock)  Frau  Gartner^  wohnt  {/roui gayrt'- 
ner  vont)  ? 

13.  Ja  wohl"^  (^«// ?v/),  mein  Herr,  Frau  Gartner'^  wohnt 

in  dem  zweiten  (tsvi'-ten)  Stock,  aber  sie  ist  nicht  zu 
Hause  {ah'-ber  zee  ist  ni^t  tsod  ho7u*-ze). 

14.  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sagen,  ob  er  meinen  On- 
kel  auf  der  Borse  {owf*  dayr  bor'-ze)  gesehen  hat  ? ' 

15.  Ja  wohl,^  mein  Herr,  er  hat  ihn  auf  der  Borse  ge- 

sehen. 

16.  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sagen,  zu  welchem  Preise 

{tsod  veV-'^em  pri'-ze)  er   diese   Waaren  gekauft    hat 
(ayr  dee'-ze  vdh'-ren  ghe-kowft'  hat)  ? 

17.  Das  kann  ich  Ihnen  nicht  bestimmt'  sagen;  ich 
glaube  {gloiv'-be%  sie  kosten  flinfhundert  Mark 
{fiinf  hod n' 'der t  mark). 

18.  Wissen  Sie  {vis'-sen  zee)^  was  der  Preis  dieser  Waaren 
ist  {lids  dayr  price  dee^-zer  vdh'-ren  ist)} 

19.  Was  ist  der  billigste  engros  Preis  dieser  Waaren 
{vds  ist  dayr  biU-H^'-ste  dng-groh' price  dee'-zer  vdh'-ren)  ? 

20.  Der  billigste  engros  Preis,  zu  welchem  {dayrbil'-lP- 
ste  dng-groh' price  tsod  vel'-^em)  ich  Ihnen  diese  Waa- 
ren geben  kann^  ist  flinfhundert  Mark  {funf  hoon'- 
dert  mdrk). 


3)  See  Note  i,  page  66. 

4)  The  German  '  au*  is  always  pronounced  like  our  *  ow*  in  the 
leord  now,  brow^  &c. 


73 


21, 


^  Is  that  the  lowest  {das  genau'ste)  ? 

Is  that  the  cheapest  {das  du'sserste)  ? 

Is  that  the  lowest  price  {der  genau'ste  Preis)  ? 
.  Is  that  the  cheapest  price  {der  ctu'sserste  Preis)  ? 


22.  I  cannot  let  you  have  it  any  cheaper  {=  I  can  it  you 
not  cheaper  {biVliger']  give) ;  that  is  the  lowest  price. 

23.  Can  you  tell  me  what  o'clock  it  is  ? 

24.  Very  sorry,  sir  {das  tliut  mir  selir  leid)^  I  cannot  tell 
you  ;  I  have  not  my  watch  {meine  Uhr)  with  me  {bei 
mir). 

25.  It  is  one  o'clock  {ein  Uhr), 

26.  It  is  two  o'clock  {zwei  Uhr). 

27.  It  is  three  o'clock  {drei  Uhr), 

28.  It  is  four  o'clock  {vier  Uhr), 

29.  It  is  five  o'clock  {filnf  Uhr). 

30.  It  is  six  o'clock  {sechs  Uhr). 

31.  It  is  seven  o'clock  {sieben  Uhr). 

32.  It  is  eight  o'clock  {acht  Uhr). 

33.  It  is  nine  o'clock  {neun  Uhr).         * 

34.  It  is  ten  o'clock  {zehn  Uhr). 

35.  It  is  eleven  o'clock  {elf  Uhr). 

36.  It  is  twelve  o'clock  {zioolf  Uhr). 

37.  It  is  one  o'clock. 

38.  It  is  five  minutes  past  one  (=  after  one,  nach  eins% 
3Q.  It  is  ten  minutes  past  one  {nach  eins). 

40.  It  is  a  quarter  {eiyi  Viertel)  past  one. 


21. 


73 

1st  das  das  genauste  [ghe-now'-sie)  ? 

1st  das  das  ausserste  {oy' -ser-ste  )  ? 

1st  das  der  genauste  Preis  {ghe-now'-ste  price);  or, 

der  billigste  Preis  ? 
1st  das  der  ausserste  Preis  {oy' -ser-ste  price)  ? 

22.  Ich  kann  es  Ihnen  nicht  billiger  geben  {ee'-nen  nVt 
biV-lee-gher  ghay'-ben)  ;  das  ist  der  ausserste  Preis 
(oy' -ser-ste  price) . 

23.  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sagen,  wie  viel  Uhr  es  ist  ? 

24.  Das  thut  mir  sehr  leid  {das  toot  mere  zayr  lite) ;  ich 
kann  es  Ihnen  nicht  sagen  ;  ich  habe  meine  Uhr 
nicht  bei  mir  (ml'-ne  dor  nt^t  by  mere). 

25.  Es  ist  ein  Uhr  [ine  dor). 

26.  Es  ist  zwei  Uhr  {ts''vi  dor). 

27.  Es  ist  drei  Uhr  (dry  dor). 

28.  Es  ist  vier  Uhr  (feer  dor). 

29.  Es  ist  fiinf  Uhr  (funf  ddr), 

30.  Es  ist  sechs  Uhr  (zecks  ddr). 

31.  Es  ist  sieben  Uhr  (zee' -ben  ddr). 

32.  Es  ist  acht  Uhr  (dcht  ddr).. 
^^.  Es  ist  neun  Uhr  (noine  ddr). 

34.  Es  ist  zehn  Uhr  (tsayn  ddr). 

35.  Es  ist  elf  Uhr  (ailf  ddr). 

Tyd.   Es  ist  zwolf  Uhr  (tsvolf  ddr). 

37.  Es  ist  ein  Uhr  (ine  ddr). 

38.  Es  ist  fiinf  Minuten  nach  eins  (ndch  i'-nce). 

39.  Es  ist  zehn  Minuten  nach  eins  (tsayn  mee-ndd'-tH 
ndch  i'-nce). 

40.  Es  ist  ein  Viertel  (fir'-tel)  nach  eins. 


74 

41.  It  is  twenty  minutes  past  one.  {Literally :  It  is  ten 
minutes  to  \his\  half  two  \halh  zwei].) 

42.  It  is  twenty-five  minutes  past  one.  {Literally:  It  is 
five  minutes  before  half  two  [yor  halb  zwei].) 

43.  It  is  half-past  one.  (Literally :  It  is  half  two,  }ialh 
zwei. )  ^ 

44.  It  is  half-past  one  precisely.     (Literally:  It  is  just 

[gerade]  half  two.) 

45.  It  is  twenty -five  minutes  to  two.  (Literally :  It  is  five 
minutes  past  half  two.) 

46.  It  is  twenty  minutes  to  two  (zwanzig  Minuten  vor 
zwei), 

47.  It  is  a  quarter  to  two.  (Literally :  It  is  three  quarters 
of  two  l^drei  Viertel  auf  zwei].)  Or^  It  is  a  quarter 
before  two  (ein  Viertel  vor  zwei) ;  or^  It  is  a  quarter 
to  two  (ein  Viertel  zu  zwei). 

48.  It  is  ten  minutes  to  two  (=  before  two,  vor  zwei). 

49.  It  is  five  minutes  to  two  (=  before  two,  vor  zwei). 

50.  It  is  precisely  two  o'clock  (=  it  is  'stroke'  two, 
Schlag  zwei). 


3. 
I.   Can  you  tell  me  if  he  saw  my  clerk  on- 'change  (—  if 
he  my  clerk   [meinen  Commis]   on  'change  [auf  der 
Borse]  seen  has)  ? 


i)  In  the  same  way  the  Germans  say:  Es  ist  halb  drei,  it  is  half-past 
two.  Es  i<;t  halb^  vier,  it  is  half  past  three.  Es  ist  halb  fiinf,  it  is  half- 
past  four.  Es  ist  halb  seeks,  it  is  half-past  five.  Es  ist  halb  sieben,  it 
is  half-past  six.     Es  ist  halb  acht,  it  is  half- past  seven.     Es  ist  lialb 


75 

41.  Es  ist  2ehn  Minuten  bis  halb  zwei  (isayn  mee-ndo* -ten 
bis  hdlp  tsvi)  ;  <?/-,  Es  ist  zwanzig  Minuten  (isvdn'- 
tst^  mee-ndo' -ten)  nach  eins. 

42.  Es  ist  fiinf  Minuten  vor  halb  {for  hdlp)  zwei  ;  or^ 
Es  ist  fiinf  und  zwanzig  Minuten  nach  eins. 

43.  Es  1st  halb  zwei  ^  {hdlp  tsvi). 

44.  Es  ist  gerade  halb  {ghe-rdh' -de-hdlp)  zwei  ;  or^  Es  ist 
Schlag  halb  zwei ;  or,  Es  ist  genau  {ghe-now*)  halb 
zwei. 

45.  Es  ist  fiinf  Minuten  nach  halb  zwei  ;  or,  Es  ist  fiinf 
und  zwanzig  Minuten  vor  zwei. 

46.  Es  ist  zwanzig  Minuten  vor  zwei  {tsvdn'-tst^  mee-ndo'- 
ten  for  tsvi ). 

/  Es  ist  drei  Viertel  auf  zwei  {dry  fir' -tel  owf  tsvi), 

47.  \  Es  ist  ein  Viertel  vor  zwei  {ine  fir' -tel  for  tsvi). 
'  Es  ist  ein  Viertel  zu  zwei  {ine  fir' -tel  ts do  tsvi). 

48.  Es  ist  zehn  Minuten  vor  zwei   {tsayn  tnee-noo' -ten  for 

tS7'i). 

49.  Es  ist  fiinf  Minuten  vor  zwei  {for  tsvi). 

50.  Es  ist  Schlag  zwei  {sh'ldg  tsvi). 


3. 
I.  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht   {feel-ii^f)  sagen,  ob  er 
mtinen  Commis  (kom-mee')  auf  der  Borse  {bor'-ze) 
gesehen  hat.^ 


neun  {noine),  it  is  half-past  eight.  Es  Ut  halb  zehn,  it  is  half-past  nine. 
Es  ist  halb  elf,  it  is  half-past  ten.  Es  ist  halb  zwolf  it  is  half- past 
eleven.     Es  ist  halb  eins,  it  is  half-past  twelve. 


re 

2.  Yes,  sir,  he  saw  him  there  (=  he  has  him  there  [dort] 

seen). 

3.  And  did  he  give  him  the  package  (=  has  he  to  him 

[ihm]  the  package  [das  Packet]  given)  ? 

4.  That  I  cannot  tell  you   precisely.     I  only  know  that 

lie  saw  him  there  (=  I  know  only  lich  weiss  nur] 
that  he  him  there  [dort]  seen  has). 

5.  Can  you  go  to  the  North-German  bank  for  me 
(=  can  you  for  me  to  the  North-German  bank  [nach 
der  nord-deutscheJi  Bank]  go)  ? 

6.  Certainly  (ja  wohl)^  sir;  with  pleasure  {mit  Vergnu- 
(jen). 

^  7.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir;  can  you  please  direct  me  to 
the  North-German  depot  (=  excuse  me  [entschul- 
digen  Sie]y  sir ;  can  you  to  me  perhaps  say  how  [wie] 
I  to  the  North-German  depot  go)  ? 

8.  Go  straight  down  *  Frederic  Street'  ^  till  you  reach 
the  *  Linden'  ^  (=  go  you'"  the  Frederic  Street 
straight  down  [gerade  Mnunter]  till  [bis]  you  to  the 
Linden  \zu  den  Linden]  come). 

9.  Which  is  the  way  to  the  opera-house,  pray  (=  pray, 
how  goes  one  to  the  [nach  dem]  opera-house  [Opei'n- 
hause])  ? 

10.  Go  straight  down  the  Linden  (=  go  you  ^  the  Lin- 
den on/y  "  always  [nur  immer]  straight  down). 

11.  Which  is  the  way  to  the  royal  theatre,  please 
(—  pray,  how  goe^  one  to  the  royal  theatre  [7iacU 
dem  kdnigliche7i  Theater] )  ? 

i)  Names  0/  streets  are  always  given  with  the  definite  article,  though 
no  article  is  employed  in  English,  as:  I  live  in  Frederic  Street,  ich 
wohne  in  der  Friedrichsstrasse.  The  Friedrichsstrasse  and  Unter  den. 
Linden  are  two  of  the  most  fashionable  streets  in  Berlin. 

2)  In  the  imperative  mood  the  word  Sie  must  always  be  added, 


77 

2.  Ja,  mein  Herr,  er  hat  ihn  dort  gesehen. 

3.  Und  hat  er  ihm  {eem)  das  Packet  gegeben  {pdk-kayf 
ghe-ghay' -ben)  ? 

4.  Das  kann  ich  Ihnen  (ee'-nen)  nicht  bestimmt'  sagen. 

Ich  weiss  {vise)  nur  {ndor)^  dass  er  ihn  dort  gesehen 
hat. 

5.  Konnen  Sie  fur  mich  nach  {nii"^  ndch)  der  nord- 
deutschen  Bank  gehen  ? 

6.  Ja  wohl,  mein  Herr,  mit  Vergniigen  {fer-g'nii'- 
ghen), 

7.  Entschuldigen  Sie  (ent-shool' -dee-ghen  zee),  mein  Herr; 
.  konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sagen,  wie  {vee)  ich  nach 

dem  nord-deutschen  Bahnhof  gehe? 

8.  Gehen  Si'e^  die  Friedrichstrasse ^  {free'-dri^^-sh'trdh- 
se)  gerade  hinunter  (ghe-rdh' de  hi-noon* -ter)^  bis  Sie 
zu  den  Linden  ^  (tsod  dayn  Im'-den)  kommen. 

9.  Bitte,  wie  {vee)  geht  man  nach  dem  Opernhaus« 
{p* -pern-how-ze)  ? 

10.  Gehen  Sie  die  Linden  nur^  immer  gerade  hinunter 
(dee  lin'-den  noor  tm'-mer  ghe-rdh' -de  hi-noon'-fer). 

11.  Bitte,  wie  geht  man  nach  dem  koniglichen  Theater 

(kd'-mg-lt-^en  tay-dh'-ter)  ? 


though  in  English  the  simple  verb  is  used,  as  :  Write,  schreiben  Sie; 
go,  gehen  Sie;  tell  him,  sagen  6"/^  ihm  ;  ask  him,  fragen  Sie  ihn. 

3)  iV«r  cannot  be  translated  in  this  connection.  Literally  it  means 
only.     Compare  Note  2,  p.  58. 


78 

12.  I  really  cannot  tell  you  (=  that  I  can  to  you  really 
[wirklich]  not  tell).  I  am  a  stranger  here  myself 
(=1  am  here  self  [selbst]  strange  [fremd]). 

13.  What  does  this  man  say  (=  what  says  this  man)  ? 

14.  He  says  he  does  not  know  (er  weiss  nicht)  where  the 
royal  theatre  is. 

15.  Ask  (=  ask  you  [fragen  Sie])  this  policeman  {Poli- 
zisten) ;  he  surely  can  tell  us  (=  he  can  it  to  us  [uns] 
surely  tell). 

16.  Waiter  (Kellner),  bring  me  my  breakfast  (mQin 
FrIXhstiXck), 

1 7.  Waiter,  bring  me  my  breakfast  at  once  (gleich) ;  I  am 
very  hungry  {hungrig). 

18.  What  did  you  tell  him  }  or^  What  have  you  told  him 
(=  what  have  you  to  him  said) } 

19.  What  did  you  write  him  (=  what  have  you  to  him 
written)  ? 

20.  Why  (warum)  did  you  not  inform  him  (=  write  him) 
that  we  cannot  take  the  samples  (=  that  we  the 
samples  [die  Muster]  not  take  [nehmenl  can)? 

21.  Why  did  you  not  tell  him  that  he  lives  in  number  ten 
King  Street  (=  why  have  you  to  him  not  said 
that  he  in  number  [Nummer]  ten  in  the  \i7i  der\  King 
Street  [Konigstrassel  lives)  ? 

22.  Did  he  tell  you  in  which  story  (in  welchem  Stock)  he 
lives  ? 

23.  He  told  me,  but  I  forgot  (=  He  has  it  [es]  to  me 
said,  but  [aber]  I  have  it  forgotten  [vergessen]). 

24.  Can  he  read  this  letter  (=  can  he  this  letter  [die- 
sen  Brief  ]  read).-* 


79 

12.  Das  kann  ich  Ihnen  wirklich  {virk'-lP)  nicht  sagen  ; 
ich  bin  hier  {here)  selbst  fremd. 

13.  Was  sagt  dieser  Mann  {dee*-zer  man)  ? 

14.  Er  sagt,  er  weiss  {vise)  nicht,  wo  das  konigliche 
Theater  ist  {voh  das  ko* -nig-li-^ e  iay-dh' -ter  ist). 

15.  Fragen  Sie  {frdh'-ghen  zee)  diesen  Folizisten  {dee'-zen 
pd-Ue-tsis'-ten)  ;  er  kann  es  uns  bestimmt  sagen. 

16.  Kellner,  bringen  Sie  mir  mein  FriihstUck  {kel'-nir 
brin'-ghen  zee  mere  mine  fru'-s/itiick). 

17.  Kellner,   bringen    Sie   mir   mein    FriihstUck    gleich 

{fru'-sh'tuckgliy)  \  ich  bin  sQhr  huugvig  {zayr  hoon^ - 

x8.  Was  liaben  Sie  ihm  gesagt  ? 

19.  Was  haben  Sie  ihm  geschrieben  {ghe-shree'-ben)  ? 

20.  Warum  (vdh-room*)  haben  Sie  ihm  nicht  geschrieben 

{ghe-shree'-ben)^  dass  wir  die  Muster  {mods' -ter)  nicht 
nehmen  konnen? 

21.  Warum  haben  Sie  ihm  nicht  gesagt,  dass  er  in  Num- 
mer  zelm  in  der  Konigstrasse  wohnt  {in  noom'-mer 
tsayn  in  dayr  ko'-ni'^-shUrd-se  vohnt)  ? 

22.  Hat  er  Ihnen  {ee'-nen)  gesagt,  in  welchem  Stock  er 
wohnt  ? 

23.  Er  hat  es  mir  gesagt,  aber  ich  habe  es  vergessen  (//r- 
ghes'-scn). 

€4.   Kann  er  diesen  Brief  lesen  {dee'-zen  brief  lay' -zen)} 


80 

25.  No,  he  cannot  read  this  letter. 

26.  Why  not  ? 

27.  He  does  not  understand^  German  (=  he  understands 
\er  verstehf]  no  [kein]  German;  or.  He  understands 
not  German). 

28.  Can  you  read  this  book  (=  can  you  this  book  [dieses 
Buck]  read)  ? 

29.  No,  sir,  I  cannot  read  it ;  I  do  not  understand  Ger- 
man ( =  I  understand  not  German). 

30.  Do  you  understand"^  German  (=  understand  you  Ger- 
man)  ? 

31.  Do  you  understand  me  (=  understand  you  me  \r)iic}i^  ? 

32.  Do  you  understand  me  when  I  speak  German 
{=  understand  you  me  \mich'\  when  [wen7i]  I  Ger- 
man speak)  ? 

33.  I  understand  you  {Sie)  when  you  speak  slowly  and 
distinctly  (=  when  you  slowly  [langsam]  and  dis- 
tinctly [deutUch]  speak). 

34.  Please,  do  not  ^  speak  so  fast  (=  please,  speak  you 
not  so  fast  [schnell]). 

35.  You  speak  too  fast  {zu  schnen)y  sir.  I  really  cannot 
understand  you  (=  I  can  you  really  not  understand 
(verstehn). 

36.  Did  you  understand  me  (=  have  you  me  [mich] 
understood  [verstanden])  ? 


i)  Negations  in  German  are  expressed  without  the  auxiliary  verb 
to  do,  which  is  always  employed  in  English.  Thus  they  say :  Ich  ver- 
stehe  Sie  nicht,  I  do  not  understand  you  {=■  I  understand  you  not). 
Er  spricht  nicht,  he  does  not  speak  (=  he  speaks  not).  Sie  spr«chen 
nicht  deutlich,  you  do  not  speak  distinctly  (=  you  speak  not  distinctly). 


81 

2$.  Nein  {nine),  er  kann  diesen  Brief  (breef)  nicht  lesen. 

26.  Warum'  nicht? 

27.  Er  versteht  kein  {klne)  deutsch  ;  or,  Er  versteht  {fer- 
sh'tayf)  nicht  deutsch. 

28.  Konnen  Sie  dieses  Buch  (dee'-zes  booch)  lesen  ? 

29.  Nein  (nine),  mein  Herr,  ich  kann  es  nicht  lesen  ;  ich 
verste'he  nicht  deutsch. 

30.  Verstehen  Sie  deutsch  (fer-sh'tay'-hen  zee  doitsh)  ? 

31.  Verstehen  Sie  mich  ? 

32.  Verstehen  Sie  mich,  wenn  {ven)  ich  deutsch  spreche 
(doitsh  sh:pre*-^e )  ? 

33.  Ich  verstehe  Sie,  wenn  Sie    langsam   und   deutlich 

(Idng'-sdhm  dont  doyt'-liy)  sprechen. 

34.  Bitte,  sprechen  Sie  nicht  so  schnell  (zo  shnell), 

35.  Sie  sprechen  zu  (tsoo)  schnell,  mein  Herr.     Ich  kann 
Sie  wirklich  nicht  verstehn  ( fer-sKtayn^). 

2f>.   Haben  Sie  mich  verstanden  (fer-sh'tdn'-den)  ? 


2)  Questions  are  asked  without  the  use  of  our  auxiliary  verb  to  do. 
Thus  the  Germans  say  :  Verstehen  Sie  deutsch,  do  you  understand  Ger- 
man (understand  vou  German)?  Sprechen  Sie  englisch,  do  you  speak 
English  (=  speak  you  English)? 


82 

37'  Did  you  understand  the  conductor  (=  have  you  the 
conductor  [den  ^  Schaffner']  understood)  ? 

38.  Did  you  understand  what  the  conductor  said  (=  have 
you  understood  what  the  conductor  [^der^  Schaffner] 
said  has)  ? 

39.  Yes,  he  said  you  have  overweight  (=  yes,  he  has  said 
you  have  overweight  [UebergetvicJU]). 

40.  How  much  overweight  have  I  ? 

41.  He  says  the  train  does  not  stop  here  (=  he  says  that 
the  train  here  not  stops  [anhdlt]). 

42.  I  was  in  church  yesterday,  but  I  did  not  understand 
a  word  (=1  was  yesterday'  in  the  church  [in  der 
Kirche],  but  I  have  no  word  [kein  Wort]  understood). 

43.  Do  you  speak  German  (=  speak  you  German)  ? 

44.  I  speak  only  very  little  {nur  sehr  wenig)  German, 
but  (aher)  I  understand  {ich  verstehe)  almost  every- 
thing {fast  alles). 

45.  Can  you  read  German  (=  can  you  German  read  [le- 
sen] )  ? 

46.  I  can  read,  speak,  and  write  German  (=1  can  Ger- 
man read,  speak,  and  write  [schreiben]). 

47.  Where  (wo)  did  you  learn  German  (=  where  have 
you  German  learned  [gelernt])  ? 


i)  Note  the  objective  case,  '</?«*  Schaffner.  The  objective  case 
of  masculine  nouns  only  differs  from  the  nominative,  i.e.  Nom.  (f<rr; 
Ace.  den.  Feminine  and  neuter  nouns  remain  unchanged  in  the  ob- 
jective case,  i.e.  Nom.  die;  Ace.  die;  Nom.  das,  Ace,  das.  In  the 
plural  the  nominative  and  accusative  cannot  be  distinguished,  so 
that  only  the  objective  case  of  masculine  nouns  in  the  singular  has  a  ter- 
mination of  its  own,  i.e.  den. 


83 
37'    Haben  Sie  den  Scliaffncr  {shdf-ner)  verstanden  ? 

38.  Haben  Sie  verstanden,  was  der  Schafiner  gesagt 
[gke-zdgt')  hal  i 

39.  J  a  {ydh)^  er  hat  gesagt,  Sie  haben  Uebergewicht 
{u'-bh-ghe-vtyt). 

40.  Wie  viel  Uebergewicht  habe  ich? 

41.  Er  sagt,  dass  der  Zug  hier  nicht  anhalt  {an-'helt). 

42.  Ich  war  gestern  in  der  Kirche  (kir'-^e\  aber  ich 
habe  kein  Wort  {kine  vort)  verstanden. 

43.  Sprechen  Sie  deutsch  ? 

44.  Ich  spreche  nur  sehr  wenig  (ndor  zayr  vay'-nH) 
deutsch,  aber  {dh'-ber)  ich  verstehe  {fer-sh'tay'-he) 
fast  alles  (fast  ah' -lis), 

45.  Konnen  Sie  deutsch  lesen  [lay'-zen)  ? 

46.  Ich  kann  deutsch  lesen,  sprechen  und  {dont)  schrei* 
ben  (shri^'ben). 

47.  Wo  haben  Sie  deutsch  gelernt   (ghe-lernt')  ? 


2)  Nominative  case,  because  the  conductor  is  the  subject  of  the  sen- 
tenet*. 

3)  J^ie  adverb  of  place  comes  always  last.  We  say  :  I  was  in  chutch 
yesterday;  the  Germans  do  the  very  op;iosite,  and  say  :  I  vf2i%  yesterday 
in  church,  Ich  ivar gestern  in  der  Kirche.  We  say  :  Come  to  my  offi.ce 
to-monozu;  the  Germans:  Come  to-morrow  to  my  office,  Kommen  Sie 
morgen  nach  meinem  Bureau  (or  Comptoir  \kdm-two  dr\  or  kdm* 
to  r']).  ^-^ 


84 


GRAMMATICAL   REMARKS. 

Exercises  and   Words  used  in  Common  Conversation. 


1. 

Oonjugation  of  Verbs. 

General  Observations. 

1.  There  are  two  different  ways  of  conjugating  Ger- 
man verbs  ;  the  one  is  called  the  modern  or  regular  form, 
the  other  the  ancient  or  irregular  form.  All  the  verbs  are 
accordingly  divided  into  two  great  classes — 

1.  Regular  or  Modern  Verbs. 

2.  Irregular  or  Ancient  Verbs. 

2.  In  German  all  verbs  end  in  the  infinitive  in  *n,'  or 
rather  in  'ett.'^  By  removing  this  ending  w«  find  the 
root.  Ex. :  fe^-en  (zay'-hen),  to  see  ;  fauf^eu  {ko^v'-fen),  to 
buy  ;  fag^en  {zdh'-ghen),  to  say. 

Conjugation  of  the  Regular  Terb. 

I.  In  all  the  regular  verbs  the  vowel  (or  diphthong)  of 
the  radical  syllable^  remains  unchanged.  These  verbs  end 
in  Xhe  Imperfect  in  *te,'and  in  \\\q  Past  Participle  in  '  t.' 
Ex.: 


1)  Not  ending  in  *  cn  '  are  only  fcilt  {zlne),  to  be  ;  tl)Un  {toon),  to  do  ; 
and  infinitives  from  roots  of  n'ore  than  one  syllable  ending  in  '  I '  or 
'r,'  as  luanbeln  {van  -dcln),  to  walk  ;  Itianbern  {vdn'-dem),  to  wander. 

2)  The  radical  7'07i<er\s  always  found  (or  so  to  say,  inclosed)  in  the 
root.  Ex.  beife-eil  {/n-sen),  to  bite — the  radical  vowel  is  '  ci  ;'  fatl*en 
{fdh^-len),  to  fall — the  radical  vowel  is  '  a.' 


85 


Infinitive. 
fauf-cu,  to  buy. 
lob  en,  to  praise, 
Ueb=cn/  to  love. 


Imperfect. 
\6)  faufte,  I  bought, 
id)  Iob4c,  I  praised. 
\i\  X\thM,  I  loved. 


Past  Participle, 
getauf4,  bought. 
getob4,  praised. 
geUeb=t,  loved. 


Id)  fauf-c  {kow'-fe),  I  buy.' 
bu  fauf^ft  (kow'/st),  thou  buyst. 
er  J  he 

flC  y  tauf=t  {kow'/t),   she  ^  buys. 
e«  )  it 


^auf^en,  to  buy. 

Present  Tense. 

Voix  fauf-en  {kow-Ien),  we  buy. 

il,r  ImW       )  you  buy. 

@ie  fauf-en,     f 

fie  tauf^Ctt  {kow'fin),  they  buy. 


Imperfect  Tense. 

\i)  fou^te  {kowf-te),  I  bought.'*        tt)ir     !auf4en 
bu     !auf4eft      {kowf'-test\    thou 

boughtst. 
er  )  he 

fie  \  ^^"^^^  she  ^  bought, 

ed 


{kowf-te). 


bought, 
i^r  fauf4et,=^ 
(Sie  !auf=ten, 
fic     foiif4eii 

bought. 


(kowf-ten)^      we 

v  you  bought. 
{kowf-tin)y      thej' 


Perfect  Tense, 

\6)  \^QSit  gefauft  {ghe-ko%vft'),  I  have  bought 
bu  ^aft  gefauft,  thou  h^st  bought. 


i;  Pronounce  ;   lee -ben. 

2)  3d)  taufc  means  either  /  buy,  or  /  am  buying,  while  do  I  buy  ? 
is  simply  given  by  faufe  ic^?  do  you  buy  ?  faufeu  @ie?  &c. 

3)  The  forms  |()r  taiift,  (1)1'  fauftet,  ll)r  l)abt  gefauft  are  the  plural  of 
t\\  faufft,  bu  faufteft,  bu  l)a)'t  gefauft.  The  Germans  use  bu  and  il)i:  in 
the  family,  to  very  intimate  friends,  and  to  servants  at  d  small 
cliildrer..  They  are  not  used  in  common  conversation.  In  address- 
i'lsf  a  person  the  Germans  always  say:  ^lc  faufeu  ;  (^JC  taufteu  ;  v^ie 
l)abiMi  gt'tauft.  @ie  when  it  means  jj^^w  is  always  written  with  a  capital 
'  Iter,  while  id),  /,  is  never  written  with  a  capital,  except  at  the  be- 
ginning of  a  sentence. 

4)  3d)  fauftc  means  either  /  bought  or  I  was  buying^  while  did  he 
buy?  did  you  buy i  &.C.,  is  translated  simply  by  faufte  cr?  taufteil 
@te?  &c. 


86 


er  J  he 

fie  r  Ijat  gefauft,    she    \  has  bought 

eg  )  it 

ttjir  Ijdbni  gefauft,  we  liave  bought 

©ie  '^abei 

fie  l^aben  gefauft,  they  have  bought. 


en,      ) 


getouft,  you  have  bought. 


Words. 

'Die  5lleibung  {dee  kn'-dodng), 
ber  UebcrrodE  {a'-ber-rock),  ) 

ber  Uebcrjie^cr  {U'-ber-tsee-her),  f 

ber  9^o(f  {rock),  pi.  bie  9ib(fe, 
bie  SSefie  (wj'-//),  pi.  bie  ^efteit, 
bie  ^ofen  {ho'-zen)? 
ber  ^at  (/4<)^/),  Pi  bie  ^iite, 
bie  (Jrauate  {kra-vah! -te),  pi.  bie  drooa'ten, 
ber  ^ragen  {krdh'-gken), 
bog  ^einbe  {him'-ds),  pi.  bie  §entben, 
't(X%  Ober^embe  {o'-ber-hem~de), 
ba«  Safdjentuc^  {id'-shen-tdoch),  pi.  bie     ) 
Safdjentiidjer  {ta-shin.tuJer)\  ) 

bie  ^ofentrager^  {ho  -zen-tray-gher\ 
bie  ^itriimpfe  {sh'-trum'-pfe\ 
bie  oticfet  {sh'-lce-fel), 
bie  3d)u()e  {shoe -he), 
bie  ^antoffel  {pan-tof  -fel),  \ 

bie  §aiigfd)ut)c  {house  -skoe-hi),       J 
bie  ^anb)rf)U^e  {kdnt' -shoe'he\ 

ba§  Itleib  (/^/f^^),  pi.  bie  Meiber, 
bag  §au§!leib  {house -kllde\ 


The  dress, 

the  overcoat. 

the  coat, 
the  waistcoat 
the  tiousers, 
tht   hat  or  borjnei, 
the  necktie, 
the  collar, 
the  shirt, 
the  dress-shirt, 
the      pocket -handker 

chief, 
the  suspenders, 
the  stockings, 
the  boots, 
the  shoes. 

the  slippers. 

the  gloves. 

the  dress. 

the  raorning-dr*3* 


i)  See  Note  3,  p.  85. 

2)  Only  used  in  the  plural* 


87 


ber  Unterrorf  {ddn-tir.rock\  the  petticoat. 

ber  @d)Iafrocf  {shlaf  -tock\  the  wrapper. 

bie  Unteriacfe  {ddn'-ter-yake)^  the  flannel  waistcoat. 

bie  Unter^ofen  {pon -ter-hd-zSn\  the  drawers. 


Translate  the  following 

Exercise 

into  English,  and  then  render  it  without  assistance  into 
German : 

So  Ijabcn  ^\t  bicfen  Uebeqie^er  (overcoat)  gcfauft  ?  3c^ 
^obe  bie[en  Uebergie^er  geftern  getauft,-  a(^  id)  in  Sien  {veen^ 
Vienna)  juar.  ^oSitw.  (^tc  "^Q,^  ^(eib  gefel)en,  iDelc^e^  {vel'-^es^ 
which)  id)  geftern  gefauft  l)abe?  ^dnnen  (Sie  mir  tjielkid^t 
fagen,  ob  er  bie[en  §nt  unb  bicfe  Xafd)cntuc^er  bci  bem 
cnglijcften  taufmann  gefauft  l)at?  i)?ein»  mein  ©err ,  er  l)at 
fie  (them)  in  bem  fran^qi^d^en  {jrdn  tso' -zi-shen)  i^aben 
gefauft.  ®e^en  ®ie  ^eute  3)lorgen  ntd)t  au^?  3d)  mug 
(nwds=^m\xs\)  ^eute  au^gef)en  uub  etnige  ^leinigfeiten  {I'-nee-ghe 
klf-nU'kl-ten^  some  little  things)  fiir  meine  (SdjiDcfter 
faufen. 

2. 

Conjugation  of  Pab^n,  to  have. 

iuir  ^aben  {hah' -bin),  we  have. 

it)r  fiabt  ^  (/5^/^/^/),        )    you 

,  j    have. 


Id)  l)abc  {hdh'-bi),  I  have. 
bu  l)Qft  {hast),  thou  hast.* 
er  ^  he 

Ttc  (.  l)at  (Aa^),»     she  J.  has, 
CS  )  it 


@ie  l^aben  {hah' -ben), 

fie  I)Qben  {hah'-ben),  they  have. 


i)  Be  very  careful  to  give  the  full   sound  to   *  a  *  in   \\abt,  l)aft, 
^Qt,  &c. 

2)  The  form  *  i'^r'  is  not  used  in  common  conversation. 


88 


id)  tiattC  {hdt'-te)}  I  had. 

bu  l)atteft  {hdt'-tesl),  thou  hadst 

cu   1  he 

fie  >^\)aiit  {hdt'-te),  she  h  had. 

e§  ^  it 


Imperfect. 

n)ir  l^atten  (Jiaf-tin),  we  had 
ll)r  ^attet  {hdf -tet),'^     ) 
@ic  l^atten  {hat' -ten),    \ 
flC  l^atten  {hat' -ten),  they  had. 


you  had. 


Perfect. 


idi  liabe  ge'^obt  {ghe-hdbt'),  I  have 

had. 
bii  l)nft  geljabt,  thou  hast  had. 
cv  t)at  gel}abt,  he  has  had. 


tDir  l^aben  ge'^obt,  we  have  had. 
i^r  !)abt  gel)abt,'*       )    you  have 
@ic  ^aben  ge^abt,     )        had. 
fie  Ijaben  gel^abt,  they  have  had. 


id)  l)atte  ge^abt,  I  had  had. 

\>\x  t)atteft  gel)abt,  thou  hadst  had. 

ev  ^atte  ge^abt,  he  had  had. 


Pluperfect. 

hjir  I)atten  ge'^abt,  we  had  had. 

il)r  liattet  getjabV  )  ^  ^  ^  ^ 

>-  you  had  had. 

®ie  qatten  ge!^abt,  ) 

fie  fatten  ge^abt,  they  had  had. 


id^  tt)crbe  l^aben,^  l  shall  have, 
bu  trirft  ^aben,  thou  wilt  have, 
er  n)irb  \Q^tVi,  he  will  have. 


Future. 

it)ir  irerben  ^abcn,  we  shall  have. 
\\c  trerbet  ^aben,       )      you  will 
@ie  tt^erben  ^oben,     j        have, 
fte  tnerbcn  ^aben,  they  will  have. 


Second  Future. 
{(^  ttjerbe  gel^abt  ^aben,  I  shall  have  had. 
'tM.  hjirft  gel)abt  l^aben,  thou  wilt  have  had. 
er  njirb  ge^abt  l^aben,  he  will  have  had. 
xqxx  njerben  ge^abt  ^aben,  we  shall  have  had. 
il)r  merbet  ge^abt  ^ben, 
®ie  irerben  gct)abt  l)aben, 
fie  tDcrben  gel)abt  ^aben,  they  will  have  had. 


„( 


you  will  have  had. 


I)  See  Note  i,  p.  87.  2)  See  Note  2,  p.  87. 

3)  Pronounce  :    ich  vayr-de,  dod  virst,  ayr  virt,  veer  vayr-din^  %ii 
vayt'-den,  zee  vayr'-den. 


89 


bu  tuiirbcft  Ijaben, 
er  ttjiirbe  ^obcn, 
n)ir  tuiirbcn  baben, 
iljr  luiirbet  I)abcn, 
®ic  triirben  t)aben, 
fic  tuiirbcn  ^abcn, 

^abc  (bu) !  have  (thou) ! 

Present,   I)aben,  to  have. 

Present,  ^bcub,  having. 


First  Canditional. 
or       id)  ^citte,' 


I  should  have, 
thou  wouldst  have, 
he  would  have, 
we  should  have. 


bu  l)atteft, 

*  er  ^Qtte, 

'        \Q\x  fatten, 

i^rl)attct,      ) 

^.    ,  >•    you  would  have. 

*  fie  ^fittCU,  they  would  have. 
Imperative. 

(I^abet)  or  l^aben  @ie !  have  (you) ! 
Infinitive. 

Past.  0cl)abt  l^aben,  to  have  had. 

Participle. 

Past.  geljQbt,  had. 


Remarks   on  the  Grerman  Con- 
struction. 

"  The  German,  like  the  Latin,"  says  Professor  IV/titney, 
"admits  of  a  great  variety  in  the  arrangement  of  words 
in  sentences,  thus  affording  great  facilities  for  securing 
proper  emphasis  and  for  imparting  to  its  periods  the 
same  harmonious  flow  for  which  the  Latin  and  Greek 
classics  are  distinguished." 

It  must,  however,  be  acknowledged  that  the  German 
mode  of  construction  is  very  difficult,  awkward,  and 
involved.  The  logical  clearness  of  the  English  lan- 
guage is  entirely  lacking  in  the  German  .tongue. 

With  regard  to  the  order  of  words,  all  depends  whether 
the  sentence  be  i^  principal  or  a  dependent  one. 

1)  Pronounce:  ichvUrr -de,  dod  viirr -dest,  ayr  viirrdc^  veer  viirr -din 
zee  vUrr  -din,  zee  viirr'-dfn. 

2)  ich  hdt-te  (like  our  '  a '  in  hat),  doo  hdl'-test,  ayr  hdt'-ie,  &c. 


90 


Construction  of  Principal  Sentences. 

1.  In  its  ordinary  or  normal  arrangement^  the  German 
sentence,  like  the  English,  requires  the  subject  to  be  placed 
first,  then  follows  the  p?'edicate,  while  the  object  takes  the  third 

place,  provided  the  verb  stands  in  a  simple  tense. 

Subject.  Predicate.  Object. 

2>er  ^ater     T  fauft  cinen  Sftocf, 

The  father  buys  a  coat. 

S)er  ?el)rer  jc^reibt  einen  Srief. 

The  teacher  writes  a  letter. 

2.  If  the  verb  stands  in  a  compound  tense ^  the  auxiliary 
takes  the  second  place^  w^hile  the  participle  or  infinitive  takes 
the  last  place  in  the  sentence. 

Subject.  A  uxiliary.  Object. 


gjJein  iBruber 

l)at 

3d^ 

l^abe 

S)er  l^ef)rer 

liat 

2)er  3)icner 

n)irb 

Participle, 
gefel)en. 
gefouft. 
gejd^rieben. 
\Q.yx\t\\{infinitive\ 


3^ren  3>oter 
einen  §nt 
einen  iBrief 
ein  S3iUet 

Compare  the  sentences  of  the  first  lesson. 
3.  The    negation    'nid)t'   generally  follows   the   direct  ob- 
ject.    3d)  V^^  ^^^  ^^1^  tl  t  d)  t  ge(e[cn,  I  have  not  read  the 
book.    3)2ein  grcunb  iDtrb  ba^  gau^  n  i  d)  t  faufen,  My  friend 
will  not  buy  the  house. 

Construction  of  Dependent  Sentences. 

In  the  dependent  sentence '  the  verb  always  occupies  the  very 
last  place  of  the  whole  clause.    The  auxiliary  comes  always  last. 

A  dependent  sentence  may  always  be  known  by  the 
subordinate  conjunction  (as^  when,  while,  after,  &c.),  or  by 
the  relative  pronoun  {which,  who,  whose,  &c.),  which  stands 
at  the  head  of  it. 


i)  A  dependent  {or  subordinate)  sentence  is  an  addition  to  one  of  the 
members  of  the  principal  sentence  in  form  of  a  clause.  Such  de- 
pendent (or  subordinate)  clauses  begin  either  with  a  relative  pronoun 
or  with  a  subordinate  conjunction. 


91 


All  sentences,  therefore,  which  begin  with  the  subjoined  con- 
Junctions  or  relatives  are  dependent  clauses,  and  the  verb  must 
always  occupy  the  last  place  in  them.     Ex. : 

Principal  Sentence.  Dependent  Sentence. 

3ei)  l)obe  3l)ren  §errn  33ruber  gc^ 

jel)cn, 


^onncn  @ic  mir  DieHeid^t  fagen 


ttB  id)  geftern  in  bem  3Bartc[aaI 

iuttr. 
ob  §err  33raun  gu  §au|c  ifl  ? 


Compare  the  sentences  in  this  pamphlet. 
List  of  Relatives, 


which? 


XQtM^zx,  tt)clc^e,  hjetd^eg, 
bcr,      bie,       baS,       ) 

ft)a3  («i7/w.  and  a^rc),  what  ? 

n)a«  fiir  ein,  what  sort  of?   what 
kind  of? 

trier  {vayr)  {interrogative^,  who  ? 

tuen  {vain)  {interrogative),  whom  ? 


iDCffen  {ves'-sen),  whose  ? 
toem  {vaym\  to  whom  ? 
tDO  {vo),  where  ? 
tt)ann  (7^a«),  when? 
h)ie  (z//<?),  how  ? 
marum  {va-room'),  why  ? 


List  of  Conjunctions. 


qIS  {dhls),  as  ;  when, 
ba  {ddli),  as  ;   because. 
nad)bem  {nach-daym'),  after. 
U)Ql)renb  {vay'-rent),  while, 
c^e  {ay' -hi),  before. 
)citbem  {zite-(taym'),  since. 
bis  {bis),  until. 
ba§  (^aj),  that. 

Words 

lIDte  ©fenba^tl  (l* -zen-bahn), 

her  33a^nt)of  {bdhn'-hof), 

ba§  billet  {bll.ye't'),  pi.  bie  Sittc'te 

ba«  58itIet=SBiireou  {bil-yH'  hard'), 

bie  Ueberfrad^t  {u  -ber-fracht), 

baS  ©cpdcf  {ghe'.pick'), 

bcr  ©epacfjc^ein  {ghi-pick' -shine). 


because. 


bamit  {ddh-mit'),  in  order  that. 

rtieim  (7//«),  if  {conditional). 

ob   (<7^),  if  {interrogative), 

lueil  (z^//<f), 

ba  (^a/^), 

obgleic^  {op-glr^e'),      \  although  j 

objd^on  {op-shone'),      )     though. 


Railroad. 

the  depot ;  station. 

the  ticket. 

the  ticket-office. 

the  surplus,  overweight. 

the  luggage. 

the  luggage-check. 


92 


ber  SBartefaot  {vdr'-te-zddl),  • 

ber  perron  {per-rong), 

ber  SSaggon  (vdh-gong), 

'liQ^^  (Soupe  {koo-pay'), 

ber   ^^la^   (//a/j),   pi.  bic  ^^latjc 

iplet'-se), 
ber  (Scfpto^  {eck'. plats), 
ber    Bug    (/-f<?^^),    pL    i>ie   3uge 

itsughe), 

ber  ej-pre{3=3w9  {ex-press -tsddg\  \ 
ber  @d)neU5ug  {shnelt -isoog),       j 
ber '•^erfonen^ug  {per-zo-nen-tsoog), 
ber  Sonbufteur  {kon-ddok-tdr'),  ) 
ber  ®d)affner  {shdf-ner),  ) 

ber   ©epcicftragcr    { g he-pec k'-tray- 

gher\ 
bie  (Station  {sJi  tdh-tsydne'\ 
bag  S3uffet  (3«-///'), 
bie  2lbfal)rt  {dp'-fdrt\ 
"bd^  (Signal  {zig-ndhl'), 
^erren  {her'-ren\ 
2)amen  {ddh' -men). 


!Die  ajJaJjIjetten  {madl'-tsi-ten). 
\i(xi  grii^ftiicf  {fru'-sh'tuck), 
bag  aJtittageffen  {mW -tdg-es-sen\  \ 
bag  3Jlittagbrot  {mW -tdg-brdte),  ) 
\i(X^  2lbenbe[fen  {ah! bent-es-sen)  \ 
'iiOi^  5tbenbbrot  {dh -bent-brote),  \ 
ber  a'affee  {kdf-fay). 


the  waiting-room. 

the  platform, 

the  railway-carriage. 

the  railway-compartment.* 

the  seat. 

the  corner-seat. 

the  train. 

the  fast  train. 

the  accommodation  train. 

the  conductor. 

the  commissioner,  porter. 

the  station. 

the  buffet. 

the  departure. 

the  starting-bell. 

Gentlemen. 

Ladies. 


Meals. 

the  breakfast, 
the  dinner. 

the  supper, 
the  cofTee. 


i)  The  European  railway-carriages  are  quite  different  from  ours. 
Each  car  is  divided  into  six  or  eight  different  compartments,  the  seats 
being  opposite  to  each  other.  The  European  cars  are  not  nearly  as 
comfortable  as  our  own.  Owing  to  their  aristocratic  forms  of  govern- 
ment the  tickets  (and  compartments)  are  divided  into  first,  second, 
third,  and  fourth  classes. 


bcr  Xl)CC  {fay), 

cine  Xaffe  {tds'-se), 

eine  laffe  ^affcc  {kah'-fay\ 

cine  Xaffe  jl^ec  (/ay), 

bie  aJhlcf)  (;/n7y), 

bcr  3ucfer  (/j^^y&'->J/r), 

bos  ^rot  (<5r^/^), 

bie  53utter  {bddf-ter), 

bie  ^uppe  {zddp'-pi\ 

ba«  glcifd)  (//j/4^), 

boS  ©cmiife  {ghe-mu.zif\ 

bie  tartoffetn  {kdr-tdf -filn\ 

boS  ^atj  (za/j), 

bcr  ^feffer  {pfe/'-f^r\ 

ber  (gfrig  (*^y'-y»'y), 

bag  Det  (c--/^/), 

bag  3Jieffer  {mister),  pi.  bie  3JJe|- 

fer, 
bie  ®abel  {ghdk-'bel),  pi.  bie  ®a= 

beln, 
bcr  l^offct  {Idf-fir^,  pi.  bie  ?offc(, 
ber  XcUer  {tet-ler),  pi.  bie  2:eaer, 
bo8  ®Ia6  (.r/'^Jj).   pl-  bie  ©lajer 

ba3  (SoUOert  {kdd-vert% 

bie  @peifefarte  {sKpi-zi-kdr-t^), 


the  tea. 
a  cup. 

a  cup  of  coflfee. 
a  cup  of  tea. 
the  milk, 
the  sugar, 
the  bread, 
the  butter, 
the  soup, 
the  meat, 
the  vegetables. 
the  potatoes, 
the  salt, 
the  pepper, 
the  vinegar, 
the  oil. 

the  knife. 

the  fork, 
the  spoon, 
the  plate. 

the  glass. 

the  cover  (the  knife,  fork,  plate, 

spoon  and  napkin), 
the  bill  of  fare. 


Translate  the  following 

Exercise 

into  English,  and  then  render  it  again  without  assistance 
into  German  : 

^onnen  8ic  mir  t)ic(Ieid)t  fagcn,  um  n)ie  Diet  U{)r  bcr  erftc  3^9 

nac^  Berlin  abget)t?    Um  fec^«  U^r.    3ft  ba«  ein  •^3erfonen3ug 


94 

ober  {o'-der,  or)  em  8d^nel(jug?  ©a§  tft  eitt  ^erfoticnpg.  ^Dei 
(Scfinen^ug  ge^t  um  brei  iSiertet  auf  ac^t  bon  ^ier  {fdn  here)  ^. 
Unb  njann  trifft  er  in  ^Berlin  eitt  (trtfft  er  eitt  [/rz^/  ^j'r  inel, 
does  it  arrive)  ?  Uttt  ge^tl  U^r  5lbettb^  (ah* -bents,  in  the 
evening),  ^itte,  gebett  @te  tttir  eitt  billet  gtueiter  ^affe.^ 
gitr  bett  (Sd^ttelljug  ober  ^erfottettjug?  pr  bett'^Sc^ttefl^ug, 
bitte.  !Der  ^erfottettjug  fa^rt  {fayrt,  goes)  3U  (attgfattt  {tsdo 
Idng-sdhm,  too  slow)  Uttb  ^a(t  auf  }eber  ©tatiott  (every  station) 
att  (^(ilt  atl  \helt  dn\  stops). 


Did  you  see  my  brother-in 
law? 

I  saw  him  this  morning 
while  I  was  in  the  waiting- 
room. 


Exercise.^ 

I 


Have  you  my  brother-in-law 
seen  ? 

I  have  him  to-day  morning 
seen  while  I  in  the  waiting- 
room  was. 


3.     Can  you  tell  me  whether  he      3.     Can  you  to  me  perhaps  tell 
has  gone  to  Berlin? 


if  he  to  Berlin  gone  is 
(gcreift  ift  ]^ghe-rist  fj/])? 
I  believe  (ic^  gloube^),  he  is 
with  the  fast-train  gone 
(obgereift  \ap' -ghe-risi^). 
Know  you  when  he  back 
(juriicf      \tsod-ruck\      comes 

(fommt)  ? 
I    believe    he    comes    back      6.     I    believe     (id^    glaube)     he 
tomorrow.  comes    (fommt)    to-morrow 

back  (suriicf). 


I   believe   he   has   gone    by 
the  express-train. 

Do  you  know  when  he  will 
return  ? 


i)  The  German  second-class  carriages  are  as  good  as  the  first-class 
ones  in  England,  and  are  used  by  the  best  class  of  people. 

2)  As  the  German  construction   is   exceedingly   difficult,   I  have 
given  a  literal  English  version  for  all  English-German  Exercises. 

3)  au  is  pronounced  like  ou  in  house. 


^fic  3f{cist^f5#^t"f||stcm 


o  It;  K  M  ^  ]sr . 


FART  III, 


211. 

(Continuation!) 

1.  At  what  o'clock  does  the  first  train  leave  {or  start) 
for  Vienna  (  =  At  what  o'clock  goes  the  first  train  toif 
Vienna  {WienA,  off  \_ahy)} 

2.  The  first  train  leaves  at  nine  o'clock  (  =  The  first  train 
goes  at  nine  o'clock  off  ^). 

3.  When  'ioes  the  next  train  leave  for  Cologne  (  =  When 
\wann\  goes  the  next  \der  ndchste\  train  for  Cologne 
{Cohq  off-)? 

4.  I  really  do  not  know  (=:That  know  I  [iceiss  icK]  re- 
ally [tvirklicJi]  not). 

5.  Have  you  not  a  time-table  (  =  Have  you  no  [keinen] 
time-table  [Fahrplan])  ? 

6.  Here  is  the  latest  (=The  newest,  der  neuste)  time- 
table, sir.  I  will  see  at  once  when  the  next  train 
starts  (=1  will  [werde]  at  once  [gleich]  see  [nach- 
sehe7i]  when  the  next  train  goes  off '). 

7.  The  next  train  leaves  at  one  o'clock  (=goes  at  one 
o'clock  off'). 


i)  Abgehen,  to  leave,  belongs  to  the  so-called  separable  compound 
verbs.  These  verbs  consist  of  a  verb,  and  of  a  separable  prefix,  which 
may  be  detached  from  it.  This  separation  takes  place  in  \\\*t  present 
and  imperfect  tenses  of  the  indicative,  and  in  ihe  imperative.  The 
separable  prefix  is  then  placed  at  the  end  of  the  sentence.  We  con 
jugate,  therefore  : 

Present. 

ir  gehen  ab,  we  are  leaving. 


ich  gehe  ab,  I  am  leaving, 
du  gehst  ab,  thou  art  leaving. 
er  geht  ab,  he  is  leaving. 


sie  gehen  ab,  they  are  leaving. 


III. 

(  Continuation^ 

1.  Um  wie  viel  Uhr  {vie  feel  dor)  geht  der  erste  Zug 
nach  Wien  {veen)  ab  ^  ? 

2.  Der  erste  Zug  geht  um  neun  Uhr  {noyn  dor)  ab.* 

3.  Wann  {van)  geht  der  niichste  {nai'^'-ste)  Zug  nach 
Coin  {kd/n^)  ab"? 

4.  Das  weiss  {vise)  ich  wirklich  {virk'-lH)  nicht. 

5.  Haben  Sie  keinen  Fahrplan  {kt*-nen  fdhr* -pldhn)! 

6.  Hier  {here)  ist  der  neuste  {noy'-ste)  Fahrplan,  mein 
Herr.  Ich  werde  (z/^jr'-//d^)  gleich  nachsehen  (^/ry 
nach' -zay- hen) ^  wann  {^idn)  der  niichste  [nai^-ste)  Zug 
abgeht.' 

7.  Der  niichste  Zug  geht  um  ein  Uhr  (ine  dor)  ab.* 


Imperfect. 


ich  ging  ab  {ghing\  I  left ;  <?r,  I 

was  leaving, 
du  gingsi  ab  {ghingst),  thou  leftst. 
er  ging  ab  {ghing),  he  left. 


wir  gingen  ab  {ghin'-gken),  we  left 
ihr  gingt  ab  {ghlngt),  \  you 

Sie  gingen  Sib  {ghin'-ghen),  )  left 
sie  gingen  ab  "         they  left. 


Examples  :  Der  Zug  geht  ab,  the  train  leaves.  Der  Zug  geht  in  fiinj 
Minuten  {mee'-ndo  ten)  ab,  the  train  leaves  {or,  is  going  to  leave)  it. 
five  minutes.  Ich  gehe  heute  Abend  nicht  aw;  {hoy'-te  ah' -bent  nHi 
07t'se),  I  am  not  going  out  to  night  {or,  I  do  not  go  out  this  evening) 
7'his  separation  takes  place  \n  principal  sentences  only,  but  never  in  a 
dependent  clause 

2)  The  German  o  is  pronounced  like  our  '  ea'  in  '  early,'  only  much 
longer. 

2)  In  dependent  clauses  the  prefix  is  not  separated  from  the  separable 
compound  verb.    Compare  Note  i. 


98 

8.  What   time   is   it  now    (=  what    o'clock    is   it    now 
IJetzl])  ? 

9.  It  is  precisely  (Schlag)  eleven. 

10.  Is  your  watch  right  (=goes  your  watch  [Ih7^e  Uhr] 
right  [richtig])  ? 

11.  My  watch  is  right  to  the  minute  (=goes  to  the  min- 
ute [auf  die  Minute]). 

12.  Your  clock  (or  your  watch)  is  slow.    [Literally  :  Your 

clock  [Ihre  Ulir]  goes  after  \piach^\) 

13.  Your  watch    (or  your  clock)   is  two   minutes   slow. 

(Literally :  Your  watch  goes  two  minutes  after}) 

14.  Is  your  watch  not  too  fast?  (Literally:  Goes  your 
watch  not  ahead  \yor  *]  ?) 

15.  Certainly  (ja  loolil)^  my  watch  is  three  minutes  fast 
(=my  watch  goes  three  minutes  ahead  [?;o/"]). 

16.  At  what  o'clock  does  the  express-train  leave  for 
Leipzig  (  =  At  what  o'clock  goes  the  express-train 
[der  Schnellzug]  to  Leipzig  off  [«J])  ? 

17.  At  six  o'clock  in  the  morning  (or  at  six  a.m.)  (=at 
six  o'clock  early  [/rt«/i]). 

18.  At  what  o'clock  does  this  train  start  (=at  what 
o'clock  goes  this  train  off )  ? 

19.  At  what  o'clock  does  this  train  arrive  in  Dresden  (or 
reach  Dresden)  }  (Literally  :  At  what  o'clock  comes 
this  train  in  Dresden  at  [fljw]?) 

20.  This  train  leaves  here  at  half-past  two  and  is  due  in 
Dresden  at  seven  P.  M.  (Literally  :  This  train  goes 
at  half  three  o'clock  here  \hier\  off  and  comes  at  seven 
o'clock  of  the  evening  [Aie7ids]  in  Dresden  at  [a7i].) 


i)  Compare  Note  r  on  the  separable  verbs,  page  96.  This  peculiar 
German  phrase  we  have  to  explain  thus  :  Your  watch  goes  after 


99 

8.  Wie  viel  {vee  feel)  Uhr  ist  es  jetzt  {yetst)  ? 

9.  Es  ist  Schlag  qU  {ailf). 

10.  Geht  Ihre  Uhr  richtig  (r/^'-// y)  ? 

11.  Meine  Uhr  geht  auf  die  Minute  (mee-ndo'-te), 
13.    Ihre  Uhr  geht  nach  {ee'-re  dor  gay t  ndcfi)} 

13.  Ihre  Uhr  geht  zwei  Minuten  nsich.  [tsvt  mie-ndd' -ten 
fidch). 

14.  Geht  Ihre  Uhr  nicht  vor^  (fore)  ? 

15.  Ja  wohl,  meine  Uhr  geht  drei  Minuten  vor  {mi'-ne 
dor  gayt  dry  mee-nod' -ten  fore), 

16.  Um  wie  viel  Uhr  geht  der  Schnellzug  nach  Leipzig 

ab  {dayr  shneV -tsodgh  nach  lipe'-tst  ^  ap)  ? 

17.  Um  sechs  Uhr  frtth  {oom  zecks  dor  fru). 

18.  Um  wie  viel  Uhr  geht  dieser  Zug  ab? 

19.  Um  wie  viel  Uhr  kommt  dieser  Zug  in  Dresden  an 

{drays' -den  an)  ? 

20.  Dieser  Zug  geht  um  halb  drei  Uhr  hier  ab  {oom  hdlp 
dri  dor  here  dp)  und  kommt  um  sieben  Uhr  Abends 
in  Dresden  an  {pom  zee' -ben  ddr  ah' -bents  in  drays' -den 
dn). 


[nac/t),  i.e.,  the  correct  time.     Your  watch  goes  ahead  {vot)\  i.e.,  the 
right  time. 


100 

2  1.  Are  you  going  ^  o\x\.  to-nighf  }  {Literally:  Go  you  to- 
day evening  out  \]ieute  Abend  aus\  ?) 

2  2.  No,  sir,  I  am  not goifig'^  out  this  evening'^ ;  I  am  going 
to  stay  at  home  (=no,  sir,  I  go  to-day  evening  not 
out  ;  I  stay  \icli  Ueibe]  at  home). 

23.  By  (mit)  which  train  did  your  brother  come  {=  is' 
your  Mr.  brother  come  \gekomm,en'^)? 

24.  He  came  by  the  express-train  (=  He  is^  by  [niit]  the 
express-train  [dem  Schnellziige]  come). 

25.  Why  did  you  not  come  to  me  yesterday  afternoon 
(=  Why  are  you'  yesterday  afternoon  [Nachmittag] 
not  to  me  [zu  mir\  come)  ? 

26.  I  could  not  come  to  you  yesterday  afternoon ;    we 

were  very  busy  in  our  office  (=  I  could  \ich  honnte] 
yesterday  afternoon  not  to  you  \^zu  Ihneri]  come 
[kommen] ;  we  were  very  busy  [ieschdftigt]  in  our 
office  [in  unserem  Comptoir^). 

27.  Did  he  go  to  his  office  (=  Is  he'  already  \schon]  to 
his  \piacli  seinem\  office  gone  [gegangen])  ? 

28.  Yes,  sir,  he  went  to  his  office  at  eight  o'clock  (=  Ife 
is'  already  [scJion]  at  eight  o'clock  to  his  [nach  seinem] 
office  gone). 

i)  We  have  only  cne  form  for  iAe  present  tense  in  German  ;  thus, 
irh  gehe  means  either  /  erg  or  /  am  going  ;  er  SChreibt  {sh'ribt),  he 
ivrites  or  he  is  writing  ;  gelieil  Sie  ans,  do  you  go  out  or  are  you  going 
out  ? 

2)  ^\\\%  morning,  W\\%  evening  {\.o-n\g\i\)  \s  always  given  by  Iieute 
M'>rgen.}\fi\\\^  Abend.    (^Literally:  to-day 'cc\oxn\x\g,  /^-rf<3v  evening.) 

3)  Verbs  (especially  intransitive  veibs)  which  express  ^.motion  to  or 
from  z. place  are  conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  to  be,  sein  {zine),  as: 

Perfect.  Pluperfect^ 


ich  bin  gekommen,  I  have  come, 
du    bist    gekommen,    thou    hast 

come. 
er  ist  gekommen,  he  has  come. 
xvir  siftd  gekommen,   we-  have 

conie. 


ich  luar  gekommen,  I  had  come. 
du  ivarst  gekommen,  thou  hadst 

come. 
er  war  gekommen,  he  had  come. 
wir   waren   gekommen,  we    had 

come. 


101 

21.  Gehen  Sie  heute  Abend'  aus  {gay* -hen  zee  hoy'-te  ah*- 
bent  owse )  ? 

22.  Nein,  mein  Herr,  ich  gehe  heute  Abend '  nicht  aus 
{pwse^  ;  ich  bleibe  zu  Hause  {t^  blf-be  tsod  how'-ze). 

23.  Mit   welchem    Zuge  {vel-^em  tsdd*-ghe)  ist  '    Ihr  Herr 

Bruder  gekom'men  9 

24.  Er  ist*  mit  dem  Schnellzuge  gekommen  {shnel' -tsoo- 
ghe  g/ie-kom'  -men). 

25.  Warum    {vdh-rdom')    sind  Sie '    gestern    Nachmittag 

{ndch-mit' -tag)  nicht  zu  mir  {mere)  gekommen  } 

26.  Ich  konnte  *  gestern  Nachmittag  nicht  zu  Ihnen  \tsdd 
ee-nen)  kommen ;  wir  waren  sehr  beschaftigt  in  un- 
serem  Comptoir  {zayr  be-shef'-ti^t  in  don'-ze-rem  kom- 
tore'). 

27.  Ist '  er  schon  {shdne)  nach  seinem  Comptoir  gegangen 

{ghe-gdn' -ghen)  ? 

28.  Ja  wohl,  er  ist '  schon    um  acht    Uhr  nach  seinem 

{zi*-nem)  Comptoir  gegangen. 


Perfect. 
ihr  seid  {ztti)  \  gekommen,    you 
Sie  sind  |      have  come. 

sie  sind  gekommen,    they    have 
come. 


Pluperfect, 
ihr  wart    \  gekommen,  you  had 
Sie  waren  ^       come. 
sie   waren   gekommen,   they  had 
come. 


4)  Ich  konnte,  I  could  or  I  was  able,  is  the  imperfect  tense  of  Ich 
kann,  1  can.     It  is  thus  conjugated  : 

Imperfect. 

ich  konnte  {kdn'-tg),  I  could. 

du  konntest  {kon  -test),  thou  couldsL 

er  konnte  {kdn'-te),  he  could. 

wir  konnten  {kdn  -ten),  we  could. 

ihr  konntet   {kon'-tet),    [,^.,^^.,1,1 
o-      1  *        /i-  '  ^-  \    r  you  could. 

Sie   konnten  {kon  -ten),  )  ^ 

sie  konnten  {kdn -ten,  they  could. 


102 

29.  Is  your  employer  gone  (=  Is  your  Mr.  employei 
[Principal]  already  gone  off  \fortgega7igen] )  ? 

30.  He  has  just  gone  to  'change  (=  He  is  just  [soeben]  to 
the  exchange  [nach  der  Borse]  gone). 

31.  When  does  your  agent  leave  (=  When  travels  [reist] 
your  agent  [Agent]  otf  [ab]  )  ? 

32.  He  left  this  morning  by  the  first  train  (=  He  is  al- 
ready [schon]  to-day  early  [heute  fruh]  with  the  first 
train  [mit  dem  ersten  Zuge]  travelled  off  [abgereist]). 


2. 

If  it  is  any  way  possible^  I  should  like  to 
arrive  there  this  forenoon,  as  I  am  yery  anxious 
to  meet  a  business-friend  of  mine. 

If  it  is  any  way  possible,  I  should  like  to 
arrive  there  this  forenoon. 


1)  The  prefix  of  the  separable  verbs  is  separated  only  in  the  present 
and  imperfect  tense,  but  never  in  the  compound  tenses,  as :  perfect, 
pluperfect,  future,  and  conditional. 

2)  rlset  is  pronounced  in  one  syllable. 

3)  The  German  '  <? '  sounds  very  much  like  our  *  «'  in  but,  only 
much  longer. 


10;3 

29.  1st  Ihr  Herr  Principal  (prtn-see-paAl')  schon  forigegan- 
gen  ^  {fort' -ghe-gdn-ghen)  ? 

30.  Er  ist  soeben  {zd-ay'-ben)  nach  der  Borse  gegangen 
[bor'-ze  ghe-gdn'-ghen). 

31.  Wann  reist  Ihr  Agent  ab  {van  rlst  eer  dh-ghenf  dp)  ? 

32.  Er  ist^  schon  heutefriih  {shone  hoy'-te  frii)  mit   dem 
ersten  Zuge  abgereist  {tsoo'-ghe  dp'-ghe-riset)} 


2. 
Wenn   irgend   moKlicli,   so   moclite   icJi    noch 

v6n       irr'-ghent      mog'-liy^        z5       moy'-te         i>'         noch* 

heiite   Vormittag  dort   ankoiiiiiien,*  da   mir   selir 

hoy'-tfi       fore- mit'- tag*      dort        an'-kom-nien       dah    mere       zmx 

daran   liegt,  einen   meiner  Geschuftsfrcunde    zii 

dah-ran'      Igegt        r  n6n         ml'-n6r  gh6-sh6fis'-froyn-d6       tsOO 

treffen. 

tref-fen. 

Wenn   irgend   moglich,   so  mochte   ich   noch 

v6n        Irt'-ghgnt       mog'-liy^       z5       moy'-tS         I^       noch* 

heute  Tormittag  dort  ankommen. 

hoy'-tS       fore-mlt'tag      dort      an'-kom-mfin. 


4)  After  *a,  o,  u,  and  au,'  ch  is  sounded  like  the  Scotch  ch  in 
'  loch'  More  refined  Germans  say  :  Tag=tas:h  ;  Zug  =  ts05o:h.  The 
generality  of  people,  however,  pronounce  =tach  ;  isoc^ch.  ^r. 

5)  '-ug'  and  '  Of'  are  frequently  pronounced  like  '  ddch'  and  '  dih.' 
Compare  Note  4. 


104 
If 

any ;  some ;  ever  ;  any  way  {Irgend  is  mostly  joined  to 
some  other  word,  as  irgendwo,  somewhere  ;  irgend 
jemandy  some  one  or  any  one.) 

possible 

so  ;  then 

should  like 

I  should  like  to  or  I  would  like  to 

yet ;  as  yet ;  still 

to-day 

forenoon 

there 

arrive  or  to  arrive. 


I  arrive.  we  arrive, 

thou  arrivest.  you  arrive, 

he  arrives.  they  arrive. 


1.  If  any  way  {irgend)  possible,  I  should  like  to  start 
for  Vienna  to  day  (=If  any  way  possible,  then  \so\ 
should  I  to-day  still  to  Vienna  go  [reisen^. 

2.  That  is  impossible,  sir  (—That  is  not  possible). 

3.  The  last  train  left  half  an  hour  ago.  [Literally  :  The 
last  \letzte^  train  is  before  \yor^  a  half  hour  \einer 
halhen  Stunde]  gone  off  [abgegangen].) 


i)  The  German  'so'  in  this  connection  cannot  be  translated.  The 
rule  is  that  when  the  dependent  clause  precedes  the  principal  sen- 
tence, the  word  'so'  is  frequently  placed  at  the  head  of  the  principal 
phrase.  In  this  case  the  verb  follows  the  word  '  so,'  while  the  sub- 
ject  is  placed  after  the  verb,  as  :  JVenn  er  kommt,  so  gehe  ich^  if  he 
ccnries,  I  go. 


Wenn  (veti) 

irgend  (irr'-ghent)  (Irgendwo^  somewhere ;  irgend  jeman^ 
some  one  ;  irgend einer^  some  one,  &c.) 


moglich  [mog'-in) 
so  {zo)  ^ 

mochte  {mo^'-te) 
ich  mochte' 
noch  {nock) 
heute  {/wy'-te) 

Vormittag  (m.)  {fore-mti* -tag) 
dort  {dort) 

ankommen  {an'-kom-men).     (Separable  Compound  Verb 
The  Present  is  conjugated  : 

ich  komme  an.  wir  kommen  an. 

du  kommst  an.  Sie  kommen  an. 

er  kommt  an.  sie  kommen  an. 


1.  Wenn   irgend  moglich,  so  mochte  ich    noch    heute 
nach  Wien  {iJcen)  reisen  {ri'-zen). 

2.  Das  ist  nicht  moglich,  mein  Herr. 

3.  Der  letzte  {lets' -te)  Zug  ist  vor  (for)  einer  halben 
Stunde  abgegangen  (t'-ner  hdV-ben  sh! toon' -de  dp'-ghe 
ghdn'-ghen). 


2)  After  "  ich  mochte  "  the  infinitive  without  the  preposition 
zu  lollows,  as:  Ich  mochte  ausgehen,  I  should  like  to  go  oui 
Er  mochte  nach  Stuttgart  reisen,  he  would  like  to  go  to  Stuttgart. 


106 

4.  Can't  you  possibly  send  me  these  trousers  to-day 
(=Is  it  [es]  to  you  [Ihnen]  not  possible,  to  me  [rnir] 
these  trousers  [Ilosen]  still  [7^oc^]  to-day  to  send  [zu 
senden])  ? 

5.  I  am  very  sorry,  sir,  but  it  is  really  quite  impossible. 

{^Literally :  That  does  to  me  great  affliction  [das 
tlmt  mir  sehr  leid],  but  [aber]  it  is  really  quite  [ganz] 
impossible  \unmdgUc1i\.) 

6.  I  should  like  {icJi  mbchte  gern)  to  go  to  the  theatre 
(in  das  Theater)  to-night. 

7.  Good  day  (guten  Tag),  my  dear  (Ueier)  friend.  Did 
you  tell  your  brother  that  to-night  we  want  to  go  to 
the  theatre  (=Have  you  to  your  [Ihrein]  brother 
said  that  we  to-night  [hetite  Abend]  to  the  theatre  go 
will  [woUe7i])  ? 

8.  I  told  him  and  he  would  like  to  go  with  us  (=1  have 
it  [es]  to  him  [iJim]  said,  and  he  would  like  [er  modite 
gem]  with  us  to  go),  but  his  wife  is  ill  (krank),  and 
he  must  stay  with  her  (=and  he  must  [er  7nuss]  with 
her  [bei  ihr]  stay  \bleibe71]). 

9.  I  am  very  sorry. 

10.  I  should  like  to  be  able  to  speak  German  (=:  I  should 

like  German  to  speak  be  able  [Iconnen]),  but  it  is  a 
(eine)  very  difficult  [sehr  schwere)  language  {Sprache). 

11.  I  should  like  to  go  to  the  English  church  this  morn- 
ing and  hear  an  English  sermon  (=  I  should  like 
this  morning  [heute  Morgen]  to  the  [7iach  der]  Eng- 
lish church  [englischen  KircJie]  to  go  and  an  Eng- 
lish sermon  [eine  englische  Predigt]  to  hear  [horen]). 

i)  The  Germans  are  very  fond  of  employing  many  little  particles, 
as  :  schon,  already  ;  noch,  yet  ;  vielleicht,  perhaps  ;  irgend,  any,  &c., 
which  frequently  cannot  be  literally  translated  into  English,  neither 


107 


4.  1st  es  Ihnen  {ee'-nen)  nicht  moglich,  mir  diese  Hosen 
noch  *  heute  zu  senden  {tsod  zen'-den)  ? 


5.  Das  thut  mir  sehr  leid  {das  toot  mere  zair  lite)^  mein 

Herr,  aber  [ah'-ber)  es  ist  wirklich  ganz  unmoglich 
i^irk'-lV  gdnts  don-mog'-li^). 

6.  Ich  mochte  gern  (gairn)  heute  Abend  in  das  Theater 
{tay-dh'-ter)  gehen. 

7.  Guten  Tag  {goo' -ten  tdgh)^  mein  lieber  Freund  {lee'- 
ber  froynd).  Haben  Sie  Ihrem  {ee'-rem)  Bruder  ge- 
sagt,  dass  wir  heute  Abend  in  das  Theater  {tay-dh'- 
ter)  gehen  woUen  {vol'-len)  ? 

8.  Ich  habe  es  ihm  {eem)  gesagt,  und  er  mochte  gern 
{gairn)  mit  uns  {dons)  gehen,  aber  seine  Frau  {/row) 
ist  krank,  und  er  muss  bei  ihr  bleiben  {by  eer  bli'- 
ben). 

9.  Das  thut  mir  sehr  leid  {dds  toot  mere  zayr  lite). 

10.  Ich  mochte  gern  deutsch  sprechen  konnen  ;  aber  es 
ist  eine  sehr  schwere  Sprache  {sh'vay'-re  sh'prdh'-che). 

11.  Ich  mochte  gern  heute  Morgen  nach  der  englischen 
Kirche  {eng' -li-shen  kir'-^e)  gehen  und  eine  englische 
Predigt  horen  {eng' -It- she  pray' -di^ t  ho'-ren). 


can  their  use  be  learned  by  any  rules.  Pract'ce  and  conversation 
with  native  Germans  alone  can  assist  the  pupil  in  the  proper  use  of 
them. 


108 

12.  Since  I  am  in  Germany  I  have  not  heard  an  English 
sermon  (=  Since  [seitdem]  I  in  Germany  [Deulsch- 
land]  am,  have  I  no  [keine]  English  sermon  heard 
[geliort]). 

13.  I  should  like  to  start  by  the  first  train  to-morrow 
morning,  waiter  (=  I  should  like  to-morrow  mor- 
ning [inorgen  frilh]  with  the  first  train  to  travel  off 
[ahreiseii],  waiter  [A'eZZwer]). 

14.  My  employer  (tnein  Principal)  would  like  to  do  this 
business  (=  My  employer  would  like  this  business 
[dieses  Geschcift]  to  do  \7naclien\)' 

15.  Please,  tell  him  to  come  to  me  to-morrow.  {Literally: 
Please  [bitte\  tell  you  him  [i/wi]  he  might^  to-mor- 
row to  me  \zu  mir\  come ;  or^  Please,  tell  you  him 
that  he  to-morrow  to  me  come  might.) 

16.  Please,  tell  the  waiter  to  bring  me  my  breakfast. 
{Literally :  Please,  tell  you  to  the  waiter  \dem  Kellner] 
he  might  me  [mi>]  my  breakfast  bring;  or.  Please, 
tell  you  to  the  waiter  that  he  rae  my  breakfast  bring 
might.) 

17.  Please,  tell    him   to   bring   me   my  dinner  at   once. 

{Literally :  Please,  tell  you  him  [^ilini]  he  might  me 
[mir^  my  dinner  at  once  [^/etcA]  bring  ;  <?r,  Please,  tell 
you  him  that  he  me  my  dinner  at  once  bring  might.) 

18.  What  did  you  tell  him.'*  or,  What  have  you  told 
him.?  {Literally :  What  have  you  to  him  [/7^m]  said?) 

19.  What  did  you  write  him  (=  What  have  you  to  him 
written  [geschriehen])  ? 


i)  Observe  that  the  Germans  cannot  use  the  infinitive  after  verbs 
of  writing  y  telling,  begging,  requesting,  &c.  We  say:  I  told  him  to 
come.  The  Germans  must  give  this  simple  sentence  in  the  following 
way  : 


109 

12.  Seitdem  (zitedaym')  ich  in  Deutschland  {doitsh' -land) 
bin,  habe  ich  keine  englische  Predigt  gehort  {ki'-ne 
eng*  li-she  pray' -di  ^'t  ghe-hort'). 

13.  Ich  mochte  morgen  friih  mit  dem  ersten  Zuge  ab- 
reisen  {dp'-ri-zen),  Kellner. 


14.  Mein   Principal    (niine  prm-see-pdhl')    mochte    dieses 
Geschiift  machen  (dee'-zes  ghe-sheff  md'-chen). 


15- 


A 


f  Bitte,  sagen    Sie  ihtn^   er  mochte  ^   morgen   zu    mir 
I       kommen. 
Bitte,  sagen  Sie  ihm,  dass  er  morgen  zu  mir  kom- 
men mochte. 
Bitte,  sagen  Sie  dem  Kellner,  er  mochte  mir  mein 
Friihstuck  bringen  {nilne  fril' -sJi  tiick  brin'-ghen). 
Bitte,  sagen   Sie  dem  Kellner,  dass  er  mir  mein 
Friihstuck  bringen  mochte. 


17.    < 


^  Bitte,  sagen  Sie  ihm,  er  mochte  mir  mein  Mittag- 
essen  gleich  (gli^)  bringen. 
Bitte,  sagen  Sie  ihm,  dass  er  mir  mein  Mittagessen 
gleich  bringen  mochte. 
iS.  Was  haben  Sie  ihm  gesagt  } 

19.  Was  haben  Sie  ihm  geschrieben  {ghe-shree'-ben)} 


I  have  him  told  that  he  come         Ich    habe  ihm    gesagt,  dass  er 
might,  kommen  mochte; 

or:  I    have   him   told    he    might         Ich  habe  ihm  gesagt,  er  w<?<:^*^ 
come.  kommen. 

Compare  the  above  sentences  15  to  17. 


liO 


GRAMMATICAL   REMARKS. 

Exercises  and   Words  used  in  Common  Conversation, 


1. 


The  Auxiliary  Verb  S  m  n ,  to  be. 


ic^  bin,  I  am. 
bu  bift,  thou  art. 
er   ^  he    ^ 

fie  V  ift,    she  V  is. 
C8  )  it      ) 

i(^  mar  {var),  I  was. 
bu  niarft,  thou  wast, 
cr  ^  he 

fie  V  n)ar,    she  \  was. 

C8    )  it 


;.( 


you  are. 


Present. 

XOVC  ftnb  {ztnt\  we  are. 

i^r  jeib  {zite), 

®ie  fitib  (2/«/> 

jie  fmb  (zf///),  they  are. 

Imperfect. 

IDir  Waren  {vdh'-ren),  we  were. 

il)r  roart  {vahrt),  ] 

^  \  you  we 

@ie  ttJaren  {vdh'-ren),  ) 

fie  n)aren  {vak'-ren),  they  were. 


Perfect. 


i(^  IJin  gctDCJcn'  {ghe-vay' -zen\    I 

have  been.  ^ 

bu  Dift  geiDcfeil,  thou  hast  been. 
CC  i)t  gett)efen,  he  has  been. 


\X\X  fi«b  gemefen  {ghe-vay'-zen\  we 

have  been. 
Sie  finb  gcivcfen,  you  have  been. 
fiC  finb  gemefen,  they  have  been. 


Pluperfect. 


tc^  'max  getrefen,  I  had  been. 

bu  tDorft  gemefen,  thou  hadst  been. 

er  luar  gett)tfeii,  he  had  been. 


ttjir  troren  geiDcfen,  we  had  Keen. 
@ie  njareu  geioefen,  you  had  been, 
fie  marcn  gcjoefen,  they  had  been. 


i)  The  forms  with  *  i(iv '  are  used  only  to  very  intimate  friends. 

2)  Literally  :  I  am  been  ;  /  was  been,  &c.  The  pupil  must  be 
very  careful  to  commit  the  compound  tenses  of  the  auxiliary  f  e  i  U  in 
a  proper  manner,  as  we  say  :  /  have  been  ;  /  had  been,  &c. 


lU 


i6)  trcrbc  fein,'  I  shall  be. 
bu  iDirft  fein,  thou  wilt  be. 
cr  njirb  jein,  he  will  be. 


Future} 

tt)ir  merbcn  fein,  we  shall  be. 

il)r  ttjerbet  fein,     ) 

^.         .      f  .       \  you  will  be. 

@ie  tuerbcn  fein,    \ 

fic  ttjerben  jein,  they  will  be. 


Second  Future. 
Id^  ttjcrbc  getrcfen  jein,  I  shall  have  been, 
bu  mirft  getuejen  fein,  thou  wilt  have  been, 
cr  tt)irb  geiuefeu  fein,  he  will  have  been. 
lt)ir  ttjerben  geraefen  fein,  we  shall  have  been, 
i^r  njerbet  gettiefen  fein, 
@ie  ttJerben  genjefen  fein, 
fie  njerben  gewefen  fein,  they  will  have  been. 


„! 


you  will  have  been. 


First  Conditional, 
i(f|  ttjiirbe  fein,'       or    id^  n)are,'  I  should  be. 


bu  iDiirbeft  fein, 
cr  miirbe  fein, 
toir  miirben  fein, 
i^r  njiirbet  fein, 
@ic  tDiirben  fein, 
ftc  ttjiirbcn  fein, 


bu  wdreft,  thou  wouldst  be. 

cr  ttjcire,  he  would  be. 

tt)ir  njciren,  we  should  be. 

il)r  ttjciret,      ) 

y  you  would  be. 
@ie  ttjaren,   j 

fie  rociren,  they  would  be. 


id^  wiirbe  gertjefen  fein 
bu  roiirbeft  gcroefen  fein,  " 
cr  ttJiirbe  gemejcn  fein,  " 
Wir  wiirben  geroefen  fein,  " 
iljr  ttJiirbet  geroefen  fein,  " 
@ie  miirben  genjefcn  fein,  " 
fie  wiirben  gewefen  fein,    •' 


Second  Conditional. 

or  id^  mare  gemefen,  I  should  have  been. 


bu  ttiareft  geroefen,  thou  wouldst  have  been 
er  roare  geloefen,  he  would  have  been, 
njir  njdren  gettjefen,  we  should  have  been. 
il)r  ttjciret  gemefen,      )      you  would 
(Sie  ttjciren  gemefen,    j      have  been, 
fie  njciren  gemefen,  they  would  have  been. 


i)  Pronounce  :  i'^  vayr-de  zine,  doo    virst,  ayr  vtrt,  veer  vayr' -din^ 
ier  vayt ' -det,  zee  vayr'-den  zine. 

2)  Pronounce  :   i'^  vur-de  zine,  doo  viir'-dest  zine,  &c. 

3)  Pronounce  :  i^  vay'-re^  doo  vay'-rest,  ayr  vay'-ri,  &c. 


112 

Note  I.  There  is  and  there  are  answer  to  the  German 
e§  gtebt,  e§  ift,  c^  finb;  there  was  and  there  7vere,  c§  gab,  e3 
luar  ^r  e^  maren,  as:  There  are  animals,  c^  giebt  %\)mt  {es 
geept  tee' -re).  There  are  people,  e^  gtebt  Slt)xiZ  {loy' -te) . 
There  is  no  news,  e^  giebt  nid)t^  ^JcCUe^  (nPts  noy'-es). 

Note  2.  The  English  /  am  to  is  translated  id)  foH  ^?' 
mug  (w^V^) :  Charles  is  to  learn  German,  ^arl  f  oH  T)eutfd) 
lernen  (>^^r/  zdl  doitsh  ler'-nat). — He  is  to  be  quiet,  cr 
f  oU  {or  er  mufe)  rut)tg  fein  {roo'-hP  zlne). — He  is  to  go  to 
the  depot,  er  mug  {or  er  foU)  nacf)  bem  ^at)nl)of  gcljen. 

Note  3.   The  English  to  be  right  is  translated  in   Ger 
man,  9?ed)t  ^ab etl  (re^t  hah'  ben)  \  and  to  be  wrong,  Unred)t 
^aben  {don'-re^t  hdh'-ben).     Ex.:  You  «r^   right,  (Sie  ^a* 
ben  9icc^t.    I  am  wrong,  id)  ^abe  Unred)t.    I  w^j  wrong, 
id)  ^atte  Unred)t  {odn'-re^t). 


Words. 


X)a§  ©otel  (hd-tell'). 

ber  SBirt!)  {virt\  pi.  bie  2Birtl)e, 
bie  2Birtt)in  {vir'-tin), 
ber   2)iener   {dee-ner),    pi.   bie 
2)iencr, 

CiU  ^ettner  (/«<?  kel-ner), 

\iQi^  ©tubenmobc^en  {sKtoo-b^n- 

maid-y  en), 
ber  "i^ortier  {port-yeh!), 
ber  ^au8fned)t  {hozvs'-k'neyt). 


Hotel. 

the  landlord, 
the  landlady. 

the  servant, 
a  waiter. 

the  chambermaid. 

the  porter.' 

the  boots  ;  the  man  servant.* 


i)  2)cr  "iPortier  is  a  grand  man  in  a  German  hotel.  He  knows  the 
town  thoroughly;  can  give  every  information  in  regard  to  trains, 
steamboats,  &c. ;  he  settles  the  bills  of  the  cabman  ;  speaks  four  or 
five  languages.  &c 

2)  3)cr  §ail§fnecf)t  attends  »o  the  luggage  cleans  your  boots,  lights 
the  fires,  &c.  ''^ortier  and  .^au3tned)t  must  always  be  tipped  by  the 
traveller. 


113 


bcr  .^odf)  {koch), 

bie  ^oc^in  {ko.ytn\ 

bie  9?ed)nung  {n  y' -nddng), 

quittircu  [quit-tee  -rin), 
bic  Ouittung  {quit' -tddng\ 
bcr  ©pcifefaal  {sh'pi'-ze-zahf),      ^ 
baS  ®^eife,:5immcr   {sKpi'-ze-     v 

isim-mer),  ) 

ba6    j^rcmben^immcr    {frim'-den- 

tstm'-mer\ 
bag  SBo^njimmer  (vdkn'-tsim-mer), 
baS  ®c^Iaf dimmer   {sh  Idhf'-tslm- 

mer), 
bag  SBett,  pi.  bie  S3cttcn, 
fd^lafen  {sh'idh'-/en), 
SBie  t)abcn  ®ie  gcfd)Iafcn  ? 
baS  ^ett  mac^Cll  {md'-chen) 
inQd)cn  @ie  mein  33ctt ! 
Juidjfen  <©ie  {vlk'-sen  zee')  meine 

®tiefcl  {sKteefet), 
mad)en  @ic  mciu  3c"9  (/j-^^'y)  rein 

{rine\ 
tnadjeu  ®ic   mein    3^1"^^^^   ^^in 

(r/«^) ! 


the  cook. 

the  (female)  cook. 

the  bill. 

to  receipt, 

the  receipt. 

the  dining-room. 


the  parlor. 

the  sitting-room. 

the  bed -room. 

the  bed. 

to  sleep. 

How  did  you  rest  ? 

to  arrange  the  bed. 

make  my  bed  ! 

black  my  boots  ! 

brush  my  clothes  ! 

clean  my  room,  please  ! 


Translate  the  following 

Exercise 

into  English,  and  then  render  it  again  into  German  : 

5Bavum  t)aben  (Sie  mem  '^f\x^  (/sot^)  nic^t  rein  gcmacf)t, 
,^eUncr?  ^Ictlncr,  tDic^fen  <Bk  meine  Stiefel,  itnb  marfien  <Sie 
mein  ^euc]  gleic^  rein  (rme).  ^6)  merbe  mat  bem  nddjftcn  ^UQt 
nad)  9}Kind)en  {mun'-^m,  Munich)  abreifen.  9JMd)en  (Sie, 
bitte,  mein  dimmer  rein.  3)?ad)en  <3ie  mein  ^ett  gteirf).  3^) 
moc^te  ju  ^ett  ge^n.    3c^  bin  ie^r  miibc  {mu'-de,  tired).    ^^ 


114 

tDar  bie  gan^e  Jta6jt  (gdn'-tse  ndcht,  the  whole  night)  auf  \itl 
(5ifenbat)n  {i' -zen-bd/in,  railroad,  i.e.  journey),  ^dtltteu  ®ie 
biefe  T)epcfd)e  {day-pe'-she,  dispatch)  gteid)  ab[enben  (dp'-zen- 
den,  to  send  off)  ?  Um  inie  t)ie(  U!)r  gel)t  ber  (Sc^nedjug  nad) 
§anoDer  (/^<z-:^^'-/<?r)  ab?  Um  ^a(b  fcd)^.  ®ut  (well);  bann 
(then)  tueden  {vek'-ken,  wake,  call)  (Ste  mic^  um  brci  3Sierte( 
auf  funf  piinftlic^  {punct'-liy,  punctually),  unb  bringen  (Sie 
mir  mein  gruf)ftu(f  {fru'-shUak)  (2d)(ag  fiinf  U^r.  2Ba§  mim^ 
fc^en  {vun'-shen)  @ie  gum  (tsdojn)  grit^ftucf?  ^rtngeti  @ie 
{brin'-ghen,  bring)  tnir  einc  portion  ^  {port-syone')  £affee 
(kdh'-fay),  unb  fe^eu  (Sic  3U  (take  care,  look  out),  ba^  tnctU 
3eug  rein  gemad)t  (cleaned)  ift,  unb  meine  (Stiefet  getuic^ft  finb. 


2. 

Declension   of   Masculine    and 
Neuter  Nouns. 

Continuation    (cotnp.  page    52). 
Most  masculine  and  neuter  substantives  are  declined  after 
the  so-called  Primary  form  of  the  Strong  Declension, 
Nouns  of  this  class  have  the  following  inflections : 

1.  In  the  singular  they  add  e^  in  the  genitive.,  and  e  in 
the  dative.  This  latter  e  is,  however,  very  frequently 
omitted.  Ex.:  bcr  (So^n,  the  son;  be^  (So^n-e^,  of  the 
son;  beni(So^n-e,  to  the  son. 

2.  In  \\iQ  plural  they  add  e  in  all  cases ^  and  in  the  dative 
besides  the  e  an  n.  Ex.:  bie  (Sotjn-e,  the  sons;  ben 
@0^*nen,  to  the  sons. 

3.  Masculine  nouns  change  the  radical  vowels  a,  0,  and 

i)  People  usually  order  'elite  portion  Saffee/ '  eine  portion  2^ec.' 
A  *  'ilJoction '  includes  bread  and  butter,  '  a)iilc^brot  unb  Gutter.' 


115 

U  into  a,  '6,  and  il.     Ex.:  ^er  :53ac^  {bdch)^  the  brook; 

b  i  C  :53  d  C^  e  (bay'-^e),  the  brooks.     ^  e  r  (S  0  I)  U ,  the  son  ; 

b  i  e  @  b  I)  n  e ,  the  sons.      T)  C  r  gut  {hoot),  the  hat ;  b  i  C 

g  ii  t  C  {hii'-te),  the  hats. 

4.  Neuter  monosyllables,  i.e.  neuter  nouns  which  consist 

of  ^«^  syllable  only,  remain  unchanged  in  the  plural.     Ex. : 

T)  a  6  9)?  e  e  r  (?nayr),  the  sea ;  //.  b  i  C  3)?  e  e  r  ?  e  ,  the  seas. 

Observation  : — The  vowel  e  in  //^^  genitive  ending  e  ^  of  the 
singular,  as  well  as  the  ending  e  of  the  dative  singular, 
is  frequently  omitted,  especially  in  substantives  end- 
ing in  t  g ,  id),  (xi ,  and  ling.  Ex. :  !l)er  £dntg 
ko'-nP),)  the  king;  Ge7i.  be^  ^btlig=§,  of  the  king; 
JDat.  bem  Hbnig,  to  the  king. 

Examples. 

Singular. 
Nom.  ber  @ot)n,  the  son. 
Gen.     beg  @oI)n=t^,  of  the  son  {or 


the  son's). 
Z>a/.     bcm  @ol)n  f,  to  the  son. 
Ace.     bcil  SoI)n,  (lie  son. 


Plu7'al. 
bie  ©b^n-'C,  the  sons, 
ber  @o^n=c    of  the  sons  {or  the 

sons'), 
ben  @b^n-cn,  to  the  sons, 
bic  @o^n-c,  the  sons. 


Nom,   bog  3a{)r,  the  y(  ar. 
Gen.     beS  3ol)r=r^,  of  the  year. 
Dat.     bem  3at)r  f,  to  the  year. 
Aec.     bag  3ol)r,  the  year. 


bie  3a^r=e,  the  years, 
ber  3at)r-c,  of  the  years, 
ben  3at)r-tn,  to  the  years. 
bie  3a^r=f,  the  years. 


The  following  nouns  belong  to  this  declension : 

1.  All  masculine  and  neuter  77ionosyllabic  roots.  Ex. :  X)er 
%\Vi%  {floos),  the  river;  //.bie  g  I  ii  f  f  ^  e  {flu'-se).  "^ix^ 
^  d)  a  f  {shdhf),  the  sheep;  //.bie  @  C^  a  f  ^  e. 

2.  Nouns  with  ix  prefix.  Ex. :  ^cr  ^efc^f  {p^-f(^yl')', 
the  order ;  //.  b  i  C  :©  C  f  C  f)  I  ^  e.  D  a  ^  @  C  b  e  t  (ghe-bayt'), 
the  prayer;  //.  bic  (^  C  b  e  t.-  e.     Nouns  belonging  to  this 

2)  ff)  after  n,  0,  II  and  nil  is  sounded  harshly  like  eh  in  the  Scotch 
word  '  loeh;  but  after  d,  b,  \\  and  fi\\  it  is  pronounced  in  a  soft  man- 
ner, like  a  strongly-aspirated  h.  nil  sounds  like  ou  in  *  house / 
while  ttU  is  pronounced  like  oy  in  *  ^tTy.' 


116 


class  omit  the  e  in   the  genitive  and  dative  singular^  and 
form  simply :  Gen.  be^  •Q3efef)l  ^  «  ;  Dat.  bettt  ^efel)L 

3.  Masculine  nouns QMd\n^  in  ig,  id),  at,  ttlQ,  and  Htig. 
Ex. :  T)  e  r  ^  0  n  i  9  {ko'-niy),  the  king;  //.  b  t  e  ^  d  Tl  i  Q  =  e 
(ko'-?iee-ghe).  !Der  SJ^OUat  {mo'-ndt),  the  month;  //. 
bieSJ^onat-e.  ^er  gating  {hay' -ring),  the  herring ; 
bie  gdring-e.  !r)er  -SiingUng  {yung'-ling\  the 
youth  ;/>/.  bte^ii^OHng^e  {yUng'-lin-ghe).  These 
nouns  also  ^/«//  the  e  in  the  genitive  and  dative  of  the 
singular. 

4.  Nouns  of  foreign  origin  ending  in  a  I ,  an,  a  r ,  a  ft , 
t  e  r ,  or,  and  0  n.  Ex. :  !^  e  r  ^  a  ( a  ft  i^pd-lasf),  the 
palace;//,  bie  'ip  a  ( a  f t  e  {pa-lays' -te).  ^tx  general 
{ghe-nay-rdhl'\  the  general;  //.  'tiXt  (generate  {ghe-nay- 
ray'-le).  !D  C  r  ^  a  r  b  i  n  a  I ',  the  Cardinal  ;  //.  \ixt  ^  a  r  ^ 
bina'Ie.  T)cr  ^IbmtraC,  the  admiral ;  //.  'txt  21  b ^ 
mird'le.  T)er  Kaplan',  the  chaplain ;  //.  hit  ^  a  * 
p  I  a  '  n  e.  !iD  e  r  D  f  f  1 3  i  e  r  {d~fee-tseer'\  the  officer ;  //. 
bie    Dffisiere  (p-fee-tsee'-re). 

Exceptions. 

The  following  words  do  not  modify  the  radical  vowel 
in  the  plural : 


ber  ^rm,  the  arm. 

bcr  S^ag,  the  day. 

ber  @cl^u^,  the  shoe. 

ber  §unb  {hoont),  the  dog. 

ber  '>Punft  {poonkt),  the  point. 


bie  5lrme,  the  arms. 

bie  Sage,  the  days. 

bie  @(^ul)e,  the  shoes. 

bie  §unbe  {hddn-de\  the  dogs. 

bie  ^^unfte  {podnk'-te),  the  points. 


The   following  take   en   in   the   plural,  and    are  not 
modified  : 

bie     <8taotcn      {sh'tdh'-ten),      the 

states, 
bie  ©d^merjeu   {sh'mer'-tsen),   the 
pains. 


ber  (Staat  {sK'tdht),  the  state, 
ber  ©d^merj  {shmirts),  the  pain. 


117 

The  following  words  modify  the  radical  vowel,  and 
take  e  r  in  the  plural  : 


6ec  '3}lQnn  {man),  the  man. 
btt  afialb  {vahlt),  the  forest. 


bic  5}?dnncr  {men'-ner),  the  men. 
biC  ^dlbec  {vel'-dir),  the  woods. 


and   several  others  which  do  not  frequently  occur,  and 
which  I  therefore  omit. 

The  following  neuter  nouns  take  e  n  in  the  plural : 


bn^  5(ugC  [pw-ghi),  the  eye. 
bag  n)r  {ore),  the  ear. 
U^  »ctt;  the  bed. 
bag  «^nnb,  the  shirt. 


bic  5lugcn  {ow'-ghen),  the  eyes, 
bic  Dl)CCll  {o-ren),  the  ears, 
bic  ^Cttcn  (bet' -ten),  the  beds, 
bie  "^Cinbcn  {hem' -den),  the  shirts. 


The  Weak  Declension. 

To  this  declension  belong  : 

1.  All  masculine  substantives  ending  in  e,  as:  \i^X 
^aht  {k'ndh'-be),  the  boy;  ber  ^otc  {bo'-te),  the  mes- 
senger; bcr  grangofe  {frdn-tso^-ze),  the  Frenchman. 

2.  The  following  monosyllables  : 
bcr  §err,  the  gentleman, 
bcr  Shrift  {Christ)}  the  Christian, 
ber  §elb  (/^///),  the  hero, 
bcr  9^orr  {ndrr),  the  fool, 
bcr  53ar  (^<?ar),  the  bear, 
ber  9ier»  {nerf),  the  nerve. 


ber  3JJenjc^   {mensk),    man,    man- 
kind, 
bcr  ^rinj  {prince),  the  prince, 
ber  gii^^ft*  the  duke, 
ber  2:i}or  (/^r^'),  the  fool. 
ber  @raf  {grdhf),  the  count, 
ber  Oc^S  (t?^),  the  ox. 
3.  Adjectives  used  substantively,  as  : 


>)tx  5tltc  {dhl-tS),  the  old  man. 
ber  5Reifenbe  {n'-zen-de),  the  trav- 
eller. 


ber  ^ranfe  {kran   ke),  the  patient 

(the  sick  man), 
ber    @c(e{)rte     {ghe-layr -te ),     the 

scholar  (the  learned  man). 


i)  The  *  z"  is  pronounced  very  short. 


118 


4.   All  masculine  nouns  derived  from  other  languages, 
having  the  accent  on  the  last  syllable    (these  words  are 
mostly  derived  from  the  Latin  or  Greek)/  as: 
ber     @tubcnt     {sh'idd-dent'),     the      ber  ©olbot  {zdl-ddkt'),  the  soldier. 


ber  ^rafibent   {pray-zeedent'),  the 
president. 


student, 
ber    ''4Jt)llofop^    {fee-ld-zdfe'\     the 

philosopher. 

Observation: — The  inflection  of  this  declension  is  very 
simple.  All  the  cases ^  both  of  Singular  and  Plural^  are 
formed  by  adding  tl,  without  altering  the  vowel  in  the 
plural. 

Example. 


Singular. 
Nom.  ber   ^nabc   {k'ndh'-b^),  the 

boy. 
Gen.     beg  ^uabcn,  of  the  boy  ;  or, 

the  boy's. 
Dat.    bent  ^nabcn,  to  the  boy. 
Ace.    ben  ^nabcn,  the.boy. 


Plural. 

bie  ^noben,  the  boys. 

ber  ^nabcn,  of  the  boys ;  or,  the 

boys', 
ben  ^nabcn,  to  the  boys, 
bie  ^nabcn,  the  boys. 


Exercise. 

Can  you   tell  me  how  many      i.     Can    you    to    me    tell 
declensions    we    have    in 
German  ? 


how 
many  (t)iete)  declensions 
(S)ecUnationeu  [day-klee-nd- 
tsyo-nen\)  we  in  German 
(im  2)cutjc^en)  have  ? 

2.  Yes  ;  we  have  two  (jttJei)  de- 
clensions. 

3.  And  know  you  how  many 
conjugations  ((Soningatio- 
Iien     [^kon-ydo-gd-tsyd  -neni) 

we  in   German    (im  £eut- 
jc^en)  have  ? 

I)  Foreign  words  in  oT,  on,  aft,  or  r,  such  as  ©enerot,  Offtster,  &c., 
are  declined  according  to  the  so-called  Strong  Declension. 


Yes  ;  we  have  two  declen- 
sions. 

And  do  you  know  how  many 
conjugations  we  have  in 
German  ? 


f |e  Ifebt^trs^Ijaft-igs^m, 


FART  ir. 


IV. 

{Continuation^ 
1. 

20.  Why  have  you  not  told  him  to  bring  me  my 
supper  (=  Why  have  you  to  him  not  said  that 
he  me  \inir\  my  supper  \mein  A'bendessen\  bring 
might)  ? 

21.  Did  you  write  him  to  send  us  another  set  of  samples  ? 
{Literauy :  Have  you  him  \ilim'\  written  \(jesclirieben\ 
that  he  us  \uns\  another  set  \eine  andere  Collection\ 
of  {von\  samples  [Mustem]  send  might  ?) 

22.  Did  I  not  order  you  to  go  to  the  depot  at  once  (=  Have 
I  you  [Ihnen]  not  charged  [aiifgetragen]  you  might  at 
once  [gleich]  to  the  depot  go)  ? 

23.  Did  he  not  order  you  to  send  these  goods  to-day  to 
our  agent  (=  Has  he  you  \Iline7i\  not  charged  {anfge- 
trage7i]  you  might  these  goods  [Waaren]  still  [noch] 
to-day  to  [nn]  our  agent  [unseren  Agente^i]  send  off 
[adsende7i  or  abschicke7i])  ? 

24.  Who  is  there  (da)  ? 

25.  Mr.  Newman  {Neumann)  is  there  and  would  like  to 

speak  to  you  (=  you  \^Sie\  to  speak) ;  or,  Mr.  New- 
man is  there  and  wishes  {loilnsclit)  to  speak  to  you 
(=  you  to  speak). 

26.  Tell  Mr.  Newman  that  I  am  not  well  (  =  Tell  you 
Mr.  [Her^'fi]  Newman  that  I  nol  well  am). 

«7.  Tell  the  gentleman  that  I  am  not  well  and  that  I  can- 
not see  him  to-day  (  =  Tell  you  to  the  gentleman  [dem 
fferrn]  that  I  not  well  am  and  him  to-day  not  see  can). 


IV. 

(Continuation.) 

1. 

20.  Warum    haben    Sie  ihm  nicht  gesagt,  dass   er   mir 
mein  Abendessen  {ah' -bent-es-sen)  bringen  mochte? 


21.  Haben  Sie  ihm  geschrieben  {ghe-shree'-ben),  dass  er 
uns  eine  andere  Collection  von  Mustern  senden 
mochte  (das  ayr  dons  i'ne  an* -de-re  kol-iek-syone'  fon 
mods* -tern  zen' -den  7nd^'-te)} 

22.  Habe  ich  Ihnen  {ee'-nen)  nicht  aufgetragen  {pwf'-ghe- 
trd/i-ghen)y  Sie  mochten  gleich  nach  dem  Bahnhof 
gehen  ? 

23.  Hat  er  Ihnen   nicht  aufgetragen  {pwf -ghe-trdh-ghen)^ 

Sie  mochten  diese  Waaren  (vdh'-ren)  noch  heute  an 
unseren  Agenten  absenden  {ot  abschicken)  [an  don'- 
ze-ren  dh-ghen'-ten  dp'-zen-den  (or  dp'-shik-ken)]  ? 

24.  Wer  {vayr)  ist  d^'{ddh)} 

25.  Herr  Neumann  {noy'-mdn)  ist  da  und  mochte  Sie  spre- 
chen;  or,  Herr  Neumann  ist  da  und  wiinscht  {vunshi) 
Sie  zu  sprechen  {zee  tsoo  sh'pre'-^en). 

26.  Sagen  Sie  Herrn  Neumann,  dass  ich  nicht  wohl  bin 
{vol  bin). 

27.  Sagen  Sie  dem  Herrn,  dass  ich  nicht  wohl  bin   und 

ihn  heute  nicht  sehen  kann  {een  hoy'-te  nPt  zay'-hen 
kdn). 


122 

28.  I  am  not  well  atid  cannot  see  Mr.  Newman  (—  and 
can  Mr.  [Herrn]  Newman  not  see). 

29.  Tell  him  so,  waiter  (=Tell  you  him  [?7i?«]  that,  waiter). 

30.  Tell  him  that  I  am  not  well,  and  beg  him  to  come  to- 
morrow (=  Say  you  to  him  that  I  not  well  am,  and 
that  he  to-morrow  come  should  [ko7n7)2e)i  mochie]). 

31.  Tell  your  friend,  please,  to  come  to  me  to-morrow 

morning  at  a  quarter  to  ten.  {Literally  :  Please  tell 
you  to  your  [//irew]  friend  he  sliould  [er  moclite] 
to-morrow  early  YfriUi]  at  three  quarters  to  ten  \iirei 
Vtertel  auf  zehn]  to  me  [z2i  mir]  come.) 

32.  Why  did  you  not  request  him  to  come  to  me  at 
half-past  ten  (=  Why  have  you  him  [ihrn]  not  charged 
[aufgetrageii]  that  he  at  half  eleven  to  me  come 
should  [komme7i  mochie])  ? 

2^.  Did  I  not  order  you  to  bring  me  my  breakfast 
punctually  at  six  o'clock  ?  {Lllerally :  Have  I  you 
[Ihnen]  not  charged  [aiifgetrageii]  that  you  me  [mir] 
my  breakfast  at  six  o'clock  punctually  [piinktlicli] 
bring  should  [bringen  mochten]  7) 

34.  If  any  way  possible  see  him  to-day.  The  matter  is 
very  important  (=  If  any  way  possible  then  see  you 
him  still  to-day.  The  matter  \die  Sadie]  is  very  im- 
portant \wiclitig\). 

35.  I  should  like  very  much  to  put  the  matter  in  order 

(=  I  should  the  matter  willingly  [gem]  in  order  [in 
Ordmmg]  bring),  but  it  is  quite  {gnnz)  impossible 
(unmoglich)  to  see  him  to-day  (=  him  still  to-day  to 
see  [zu  sehen\). 


123 

28.  Ich  bin  nicht  vvohl  und  kann  Herrn  Neumann  nicht 
sehen. 

29.  Sag  en  Sie  ihm  das,  Kellner. 

30.  Sagen  Sie  ilim,  dass  ich  nicht  wohl   bin,  und  dass  er 

niorgen  k(juimen  mochte. 

31.  Bitte,  sagen  Sie  Ihreni  Freunde  {ee'-ran  froyn'-dc)^  er 
mochte  morgen  friih  um  drei  Viertel  auf  zehn  (oom 
drl  fir'-icl  owf  isayti)  zu  mir  kommen. 


32  Warum  haben  Sie  ihm  nicht  aufgetragen  {owf'-ghe^ 
trdh^'gheii)^  dass  er  um  halb  elf  zu  mir  kommen 
mochte  ? 

33.  Habe  ich  Ihnen  {ee'-nai)  nicht  aufgetragen,  dass 
Sie  mir  mein  Friihstiick  um  sechs  Uhr  ptinktlich 
{ijieer  7mne  friih' -sh' tuck  oom  zex  dor  piinct'-li^)  bringen 
mochten  ? 

34.  Wenn  irgend  moglich,  so  sehen  Sie  ihn  noch  heute. 

Die  Sache  (zd'-che)  ist  sehr  wichtig  {vi^'-ti">\) 


35.  Ich  mochte  die  Sache  gern  in  Ordnung  (6r*-dnddng) 
bringen,  aber  [dk'-ber)  es  ist  ganz  (gdnis)  un moglich, 
ilm  noch  heute  zu  sehen. 


124 

2. 

As  I  am  very  anxious. 

As 

to  me 

very 

thereon 

is  situated;  lies^ 

as  I  am  very  anxious 

I  am  very  anxious ;  it  is  of  importance  to  me  * 

it  is  nothing  to  me;  it  is  indifferent  to  me.* 


i)  Liegt  {leegt)  is  the  third  person  singular  of  the  present  tense 
of  lieqen  [lee'-ghen),  to  be  situated ;  to  lie,  as:  Coin  liegt  am  Rhein 
{Jioln  leegt  dm  rine)y  Cologne  lies  on  the  Rhine. — Xjiigen  {lii'-ghen)  on 
the  other  hand,  means  to  lie,  to  tell  a  falsehood. 

2)  Bs  liegt  mir  sehr  daran  is  an  impersonal  expression  which  is 
conjugated  in  the  following  way: 

Es  liegt  mir  sehr  daran,  I  am  very  anxious, 

Es  liesrt  dir  sehr  daran,  thou  art  very  anxious. 

Es  liea;t  ihm  sehr  daran,  he  is  very  anxious. 

Es  liegt  ihr  {ee'r)  sehr  daran,  she  is  very  anxious. 

E-^  liegt  uns  {dons)  sehr  daran,  we  are  very  anxious. 

f]s  liegt  Ihnen  {ee-nen)  sehr  daran,  you  are  very  anxious. 

Es  liegi  ihnen  {ee-nen)  sehr  daran,  they  are  very  anxious, 

3)  There  are  a  great  number  of  impersonal  expressions  or  verbs  in 
German  for  which  we  use  personal  expressions  or  verbs  in  English. 
rive  the  most  important  ones  here  : 

Es  lisgt  mir  sehr  daran,  I  am  very  anxious  ;  or,  It  is  very 

important  to  me, 

Es  liegt  mir  nichts  daran.  It  is  nothing  to  me;    it   is   in- 

different to  me. 

Es  thut  mir  sehr  leid,  dass. . ..,  I  am  very  sorry  that .... 

\es  toot  mere  zayr   lite    das), 

Es  ist  mir  lieb,  dass . . . .,  I  am  glad  that. . . .;  I  am  happy 

;  w  1st  mere  leip  dds\  '  that .... 


125 


2. 


Da  niir  sehr  daran  liegt 

dah   mere     zayr    dah-rSn'    Igggt 
Da  (dah) 
mir  (mere) 
sehr  (zayr) 
daran  (dah-ran') 
liegt  ^  (leegt) 
da  mir  sehr  daran  liegt 
es  liegt  mir  sehr  daran  " 
as  liegt  mir  nichts  daran.' 


Es  kommt  mir  vor  {ynere  fdr\ 
Es  scheint  mir  {shi -ni  mere), 
Mir  fehlt  nichts, 
Was  fehlt  Ihnen  {ee-nen)! 

Mir  ist  bange  {mere  Ut  bdnf-ghi), 
Es  freut  {froyt)  mich  sehr,  dass . ,, 
Es  verdriesst    mich    {fer-dreesf 

mi^),  dass  .  . .  ., 
Es  wundert  mich  {vddn'-dert  mfy), 
Es  versteht  sich  {fcr-shUayt'  zVs\ 
Es    hungert     mich     {Jiodn -ghert 

mn), 
Es  dilrstet  mich  {diir  stet  mi^)^ 
Es  friert  mich  {freert  mU), 
Es  reut  mich  {royt  miy), 

I  have  given  an  example  (see  Note  2)  how  impersonal  expressions 
which  take  the  dative  of  the  person  affected  are  conjugated.  I  add 
now  an  impersonal  verb  which  takes  the  person  affected  in  the  ac- 
cusative: 


It  seems  to  me. 

Nothing  is  the  matter  with  me. 
What  ails  you  ?  or,  What  is  the 

matter  with  you  ? 
I  am  afraid. 

I  am  very  happy  that .... 
I  am  vexed  {angry)  that .... 

I  wonder;  I  am  astonished  at . . . 
It  is  a  matter  of  course. 
I  am  hungry. 

I  am  thirsty. 
I  am  cold. 
I  repent. 


Es  freut  mich  (//'c>'/  w/y), 

Es  freut  dich, 

Es  freut  ihn  {een), 

Es  freut  sie  {zee), 

Es  freut  uns  {ddns\ 

Es  freut  Sie  {zee), 

Es  freut  sie  {zee). 


I  am  glad, 
thou  art  glad, 
he  is  glad, 
she  is  glad, 
we  are  glad. 
)'OU  are  glad, 
they  are  glad. 


126 

1.  I  am  very  anxious  to  learn  German  (=  German  to 
learn  [zu  lernen]). 

2.  My  brother  is  very  anxious  to  speak  German  very 
soon  (=  very  soon  [reclit  bald]  German  lo  speak. 

3.  Are  you  very  anxious  to  reach  Berlin  to  day  (=  still 
[noch]  to-day  to  [nach\  Berlin  to  come  \zu  hommen'])  ? 

4.  Yes,  it  is  very  important  to   me,  as   I  should  like  to 

see  my  father  (=as  I  my  [jneinen']  father  see  might 
[seJien  mo  elite]), 

5.  It  is  a  matter  of  indifference  to  me  whether  he  will 
pay  these  bills  or  not  (=  if  [oh]  he  these  bills  [diese 
Reclinungen]  pay  will  [bezahlen  will]  or  not  [oder 
nicJit]). 

6.  My  employer  is  very  anxious  to  buy  this  house  (=It 
is  to  my  employer  \7ne1nem  Principal^  very  anxious 
this  house  [dieses  Hans]  to  [zu]  buy). 

7.  Are   you    desirous    {or  anxious)    to   sell   this   horse 

(=this  horse  to  sell  [dieses  Pferd  zu  verkaufen])  ? 

8.  Can  you  tell  me  if  Mr.  Schmidt  arrived  by  this  train 
(=  Can  you  to  me  perhaps  tell  if  Mr.  Smith  [Herr 
Schmidt]  by  this  train  \init  diesem  Ziige]  arrived  is)  ? 

9.  It  is  a  matter  of  great  importance  to  me  to  see  him 
to-day  (  =  1  am  very  anxious  him  still  [noch]  to-day 
to  see). 

10.  I  am  very  glad  that  your  mother  is  well  again  (=  It 
rejoices  me  much  [es /rent  mich  sehr]  that  your  Mrs. 
mother  again  [wieder]  well  is). 

1 1.  How  is  your  father  (=  How  goes  it  to  your  Mr.father)? 

12.  Thank  you  very  much  (danke  school),  he  is  doing 
much  better  (=  it  goes  to  him  much  better  [viel 
besser]). 


127 

1.  Es  liegt  mir  sehr  daran,  deutsch  za  lernen  {^sdo  ler'- 
neti). 

2.  Es  hegt  meinem  Bruder  sehr  daran,  recht  bald  (bdhlt) 
deutsch  zu  sprechen  {tsod  sh'pre'-^en). 

3.  Liegt  Ihnen  sehr  daran,  noch  heute  nach  Berlin  zu 
kominen  {ber-leen'  tsod  kom' -men)  ? 

4.  Ja,  es  liegt  mir  sehr  daran,  da  ich  meinen  Vater 
sehen  {zay'-hen)  mochte. 

5.  Es  liegt  mir  nichts  daran,  ob  er  diese  Rechnungen 
{re'^^'-noon-ghen)  bezahlen  {be-tsdh' -Ihi)  will  oder 
{o'-der)  nicht. 

6.  Es  liegt  meinem  Principal  [prin-sce-pdhl')  sehr  daran, 
dieses  Haus  zu  kaufen. 

7.  Liegt  Ihnen  daran,  dieses  Pferd  (p/airt)  zu  verkau- 
fen  (fer-ko7ci'-fen)  ? 

8.  Konnen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  sagen,  ob  Herr  Schmidt 
(sh'?mt)  mit  diesem  Zuge  angekommen  ist  {dn'-ghe- 
kom-men  isf)  ? 

9.  Es  liegt  mir  sehr  daran,  ihn  noch  heute  [hoy'-te)  za 
sehen. 

10.  Es  f  rent  mich  sehr  {es  froyt  mis  zair),  dass  Ihre  Frau 
Mutter  wieder  {vee'-der)  wohl  ist.  * 

11.  Wie  geht  es  Ihrem  Herrn  Vater  ? 

12    Danke  schon,  es  geht  ihm  viel  {feel)  besser. 


13.  I  am  very  glad  of  it  (=that  rejoices  me  [freuf  mich] 
very). 

14.  I  am  very  glad  to  see  you  in  such  good  health  (  =  It 
rejoices  me  much  [es  freut  mich  sehr]  you  so  well 
to  see). 

15.  I  am  very  anxious  to  see  him  to-day,  as  he  is  going 
to  the  country  to-morrow  (  =  1  am  very  anxious  him 
still  [nocli]  to-day  to  see,  as  he  to-morrow  to  the 
country  [auf^s  Land]  goes). 

16.  I  am  very  anxious  to  be  at  my  office  before  the  post 
comes  in  (=1  am  very  anxious  at  my  office  to  be  \in 
meinern  Comptoir  zu  sei7i]  before  [ehe]  the  post  [die 
Post]  comes  [a7ikommt]). 

17.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir;  could  you  please  direct  me 
to  Frederic  Street  (=. Excuse  me,  sir;  could  you  to 
me  perhaps  [koimten  Sle  mir  vielleicht]  the  way  [den 
Weg]  to  the  Frederic  Street  [7iach  der  Friedrich- 
strasse]  give  [angehen])  ? 

18.  I  am  very  sorry;  I  am  a  stranger  here  (=:  That 
does  to  me  great  pain  [das  thut  mir  sehr  leid]  ,  1 
am  here  strange  [hier  fre7nd]). 

19.  I  am  very  sorry  you  did  not  come  last  evening  (  =  It 
does  to  me  great  pain  [es  thut  mir  sehr  leid]  that  you 
yesterday  evening  not  come  are  [gekomrnen  sind]). 

30.  I  am  very  sorry  that  your  sister  is  ill  (=  It  does  to 
me  great  pain  [es  thut  7nir  sehr  leid]  that  your  Miss 
sister  [Ihr  Frmileiti  SchTJoester]  ill  [kra7i]c]  is). 

i)  Konnten  Sie  ?  is  the  subjunctive  mood,  and  corresponds  to  oui 
^  Could  yon,  please  ?'  h  is,  of  course,  more  politt  than  'Konnen  Sie?' 
Can  you?     It  is  conjugated  : 

ich  kfinn'ie,         I  c   uld.  wir  konn'ten,     we  could. 

du  konn'test,       thou  could-t.  Sie  konn'ten,     you  coiild. 

er  konn'te,  he  could.  sie  konn'-ten,    they  could. 


129 

13-  Das  freut  mich  sehr. 

14.  Es  Ireut  mich  sehr,  Sie  so  wohl  zu  sehen. 


15.   Es  liegt  mir  sehr  daran,  ihn  noch  heute  zu  sehen,  da 
er  morgen  auf  s  Land  {pwf's  Idnt)  geht. 


\6,  Es  liegt  mir  sehr  daran,  in  meinem  Comptoir  [com- 
tore')  zu  sein  {zine),  ehe  {ay* -he)  die  Post  {post)  an- 
kommt. 

17.  Entschuldigen  Sie,  mein  Herr ;  konnten  Sie*  mir 
vielleicht  den  Weg  i^vaygh)  nach  der  Friedrichstrasse 
{free'-dny-sh'trdh-se)  angeben  (an' ~g hay-ben)} 


18.  Das  thut  mir  sehr  leid  {das  toot  mere  zayr  lite)  ;  ich 
bin  hier  fremd  {here  fremt). 

19.  Es  thut  mir  sehr  leid  {lite)^  dass  Sie  gestern  Abend 

nicht  gekommen  sind. 

20.  Es  thut  mir  sehr  leid,  dass  Ihr  Fraulein  Schwester 
krank  ist  {eer  froy' -line  sk'ves'-ter  krdnk  tst). 


The  indicative  of  the  imperfect  of  *  konnen'  is  formed  in  a  similar 
manner,  but  with  the  full  0  sound  . 

ich  konn'te,         I  could  wir  konn'ten,    we  could, 

du  konn'test,       thou  couldst.  Sie  konn'ten,    you  could, 

er  konn'te,  he  could.  sie  konn'ten,     they  could. 


130 

21.  How  is  your  father-in-law  ?  (=  How  goes  it  to  your 
Mr.  father-in-law  [Ihrem  Herrn  Schwiegervater]  ?) 

22.  He  is  very  ill ;  he  cannot  possibly  live  (=  he  can  im- 
possibly live  [ujimoglich  leben] ). 

23.  I  am  exceedingly  sorry  to  hear  you  say  so  (=  It  does 
to  me  excessive  pain  [es  thut  mir  unendlich  leid] 
that  to  hear  [zu  horen] ).  -. 

24.  I  should  be  very  glad  {or  happy)  if  you  could  come 
to  me  to-morrow  morning  (=  It  should  to  me  much 
rejoice  [es  solUe  micli  selir  fretie7i],  if  [tvenn]  you  to- 
morrow early  [morgen  fruh]  to  me  come  could). 

25.  I  should  be  very  glad  if  you  could  dine  with  me  {or 
at  my  house)  to-morrow  (=  It  should  me  much 
rejoice  [es  sollte  mich  sehr  fi^eueii],  if  [xve7in]  you 
to-morrow  by  me  [hei  mir\  at  noon  dine  could  [zu 
Miitag  speisen  hdnnteri]  ). 

26.  I  should  be  very  glad  if  you  could  go  to  Berlin  with 
me  (=^  It  should  me  much  rejoice  [cs  sollte  inich 
sehr  freuen]y  if  you  with  me  [ivenn  Sie  mit  mir^  to 
[nacJi]  Berlin  go  could  [reisefi  kdnnie?i]). 

27.  I  am  very  sorry  \es  thut  7nir  sehr  leid\  you  cannot  go 
to  the  bank  for  me  (=  that  you  not  for  me  [fur 
mich]  ho  the  bank  [7iach  der  Bank]  go  can). 

28.  I  am  glad  to  know  that  (=  It  is  to  me  pleasing  [es 
ist  mir  lieb]  that  to  know  [zu  luisseri]  ). 

29.  I  am  very  glad  you  have  come  this  evening  (=  It  is  to 

me  very  pleasing  [es  ist  mir  sehr  Iieb]  that  you  to- 
day evening  come  are). 

30.  I  should  be  very  glad  if  you  could  translate  this 
letter  for  me  |  =  It  would  be  to  me  very  pleasing  [es 
ware  mir  sehr  heb],  if  [wenn]  you  this  letter  [diesen 
Brief]  for  me  translate  [iXbersetzen]  could). 


131 

21.  Wie  gelit  es  (vie  gayt  es)  Ihrem  Herrn  Schwieger- 
vater  (ee'rim  herrn  sli  vee* -gher-fdh-ier^  t 

2  2.  Er  ist  sehr  krank  ;  er  kann  unmoglich  leben  {don- 
mog'lP'  lay' -ben). 

23.  Es  tiiut  mir  unendlich  leid  {oon-ent'-lP  Itte)^  das  zu 
luiren. 

24.  Es  sollte  {zoV-te)  mich  sehr  freuen  [froy'-en),  wenn 
(ven)  Sie  morgen  friih  zu  mir  kommen  konnten. 


25.  Es  sollte  mich  sehr  freuen  {froy'-en),  wenn  Sie 
morgen  bei  mir  (bi  mere)  zu  Mittag  speisen  konnten 
(tsod  mit'-idgh  sh'pi'-zen  konn'-ten). 


26.   Es  sollte  mich  sehr  freuen  [froy'-cn),  wenn  Sie  mit 
mir  nach  Berlin  reisen  {rf-zen)  konnten. 


27.  Es  tluit  mir  sehr  leid,  dass  Sie  nicht  fiir  mich  nach 
der  Bank  gehcn  konnen. 

28.  Es  ist  mir  lieb  {leep)^  das  zu  wissen  \tsdd  vts'-scn). 

29.  Es  ist  mir  sehr  lieb  {Jeep),  dass  Sie  heute  Abend 
gekommen  sind. 

30.  Es  wiire  {vay'-re)  mir  sehr  lieb  {leep),  wenn  Sie  diesen 
Brief  (dei'-zen  brief)  fiir  mich  Ubersetzen  konnten 
{u  ber-zet'-sen  kon'-tin). 


132 

31.  It  is  impossible  for  me  to  go  to  the  bank  to-day,  as 
I  am  not  well  (=  It  is  to  me  [mh']  not  possible  to- 
day to  the  bank  [nach  der  Bank]  to  go,  as  I  not  well 
[woJil]  am). 

32.  Are  you  not  well  ?  You  are  looking  pale  (=  you  see 
pale  out  [Mass  aics] ). 

33.  What  is  the  matter  with  you  {was  fehlt  Ihnen)  ?   You 

look  pale. 

34.  Your   brother-in-law    does    not    look    well   (=:  sees 

[sielit]  not  well  out). 

35.  What  IS  the  matter  with  your  father? 

36.  I  saw  him  on  'change  this  morning ;  he  looks  ill 
(=1  have  seen  him  to-day  morning  on  'change  \auf 
der  Borse]  seen ;  he  sees  Ysieht  \  ill  out). 

37.  Is  anythmg  the  matter  with  you  {Fehlt  Linen  etivas)  ? 
You  look  ill  (=  you  see  ill  out.) 

38.  Nothing  is  the  matter  with  me;  or,  There  is  not  any 
thing  the  matter  with  me.     {Mir  fehlt  nichts.) 

39.  I  cannot  come  to  you  to-day  (=1  can  to-day  not  to 
you  come). 

40.  Why  not  ?     Is  anything  the  matter  with  you  } 

41.  Yes,  I  am  not  well. 

42.  I  should  like  to  go  to  church  with  you  (=  I  should 
like  with  you  [mit  Ihnen]  to  the  church  \nach  der 
Kirche]  to  go),  but  I  am  not  well. 

43.  Good  morning,  sir.  How  do  you  do  .-*  (=  How 
goes  it  to  you  \2u1e  geht  es  Ihnen'\)  ? 


i)  '  Was  fehlt'  is  an  impersonal  expression,  and  must  be  alwayg 
construed  with  the  dative,  thus :  '  Was  fehlt  Ihrem  Hertn  Vater} ' 
(dative) 

2)  Heufe  Morgen  ;  heute  Abend  ;  heute  Nachmittag,  for  our  this 
morning  or  forenoon  ;  this  evening  or  to-night  ;  this  afternoon. 


138 


31.  Es  ist  mir   nicht   moglich   heute    (hoy'tt)   nach   der 
Bank  zu  gehen,  da  icli  nicht  wohl  bin. 


32.  Sind  Sie  nicht  wohl  ?     Sie  sehen  blass  aus  {bldss  oiis). 
7,7^.  Was  fehlt  Ihnen  ^  {faili  ee'-neti)  ?  Sie  sehen  blass  aus. 

34.  Ihr  Herr  Schwager  sieht  nicht  wohl  aus  {zeet  nVt 
vol  ous). 

35.  Was  fehlt  Ihrem  Herrn  Vater  ? 

36.  Ich  habe  ihn  heute  Morgen  ^  auf  der  Borse  (por'-ze) 
gesehen;  er  sieht  {zeet)  krank  (krdnk)  aus. 

37.  Fehlt  Ihnen  etwas  {ef-vas)  ?     Sie  sehen  krank  aus. 

38.  Mir  fehlt  nichts. 

39.  Ich  kann  heute  nicht  zu  Ihnen  kommen. 

40.  Warum  nicht  ?     Fehlt  Ihnen  etwas  (ef-vds)  ? 

41.  Ja,  mir  ist  nicht  v/ohl ;  or,  Ich  bin  nicht  wohl. 

42.  loh  mochte  gern  {gayrn)  mit  Ihnen  nach  der  Kirche 

{kirr'^ye)  gehn,  aber  mir  ist  nicht  wohl   (or  ich  bin 
nicht  wohl). 

43.  Guten  Morgen  {goo'-ten  mor'-ghen),  mein  Herr.     Wie 
geht  es  ^  Ihnen  {vee'  gayi  es  ee'-nen)} 


i)  The  impersonal  expression  *  Wie  s^eht  fs'  ?  is  always  construed 
with  iht  dative  case  (Compare  Note  2,  page  124).  Therefore  we  say  : 
'  IVie  geht  es  Ihrem  Herrn  Vater'  (masc.)  ? — Wie  geht  es  Ihrer  Frau 
Mutter  (fem.)? — Es  geht  ihm  (masc.)  nicht  gut.— Es  geht  ihr  (fern.) 
iehruhlecht  {shiest  =  badly). 


134 


GRAMMATICAL   REMARKS. 

Exercises  and  Words  used  in  Common  Conversation 
1. 

Declension  of  Feminine  Nouns. 

All  feminine  Nouns  remain  unchanged  in  the  singular. 
In  the  plural  : — 

1.  Monosyllabic  nouns,  i.e.  nouns  oi  one  syllable,  add 
e  in  all  cases,  and  in  the  dative  besides  the  e  an  n  =  ett. 
They  also  modify  the  radical  vowels  a,  0,  and  U.  Ex. : 
bie  §anb  (Jiant)^  the  hand;  pi.  bic  §anbe  {hen' -de)  \  \az 
^fJug  {nods),  the  nut  ;  pi.  bie  S^iiffe  {nils' -se). 

2.  Words  of  two  and  more  syllables  add  en,  and  do  not 
modify  their  radical  vowel.  Ex. :  'Hk  ^offnung  (hof- 
noong),  the   hope;  pi.  bie  ^offtlUTtgetl  {hof-noon-ghen)^  the 

hopes.— !Dte  ^ec^nung  {re^'-ndong)  the  bill;  W  9?e^nungett 

{re^'-noon-ghen)^  the  bills. 

Exceptions. 

1.  ^ie  3)?Utter  {modt'-ter),  the  mother,  forms  in  the 
plural  bie  W\\iitX  {mut'-ter)\  bie  Z^^itX  {toch'-ter)^  the 
daughter;  pi.  bie  2^dc^ter  {to^'-ter). 

2.  Words  of  two  and  more  syllables  ending  in  (  or  t 
in  the  singular,  add  only  n  in  the  plural.     Ex. :  bi^  <SaM 


135 


{gdh'-bel),  the  fork  ,    pi.  bie  ©abcltt  {gdh-'beln) ;  tie  gcbcr 
{fay' -tier),  the  pen  or  feather;  pi.  bie  gcbcnx  (fay'-dern). 

3.   The  following  monosyllabic  nouns  take  en  in  the 
plural : 

Singular. 

bie  %Xi  {art),  the  species,  sort, 
bie  gQt)rt  {/dhrt),  the  passage. 

bie  J^raii  {/row),  the  woman. 

bie  $orm,  the  form, 

bie  '^JfUc^tf  the  duty. 

bV  @d)(od)t,  the  battle. 

bie  @d)rift,  the  writing. 

bie  3d)iilb  {shddlt),  the  debt  ;  the 

fault, 
bie  Ut)r  {ddr),  the  watch, 
bie  3fl^l  {tsdht),  the  number. 


Plural. 

bie  ?lrten  {dr-ten),  the  sorts, 
bie  ^fl^l^ten    {fdhr'-ten),  the  pas- 
sages, 
bie  j^J^QUen  {frow'-in),  the  women. 
bie  ^ormeu,  the  forms, 
bie  ^f(id)ten,  the  duties, 
bie  @c^tod)tca,  the  battles. 
bie  @d)riften,  the  writings  ;  types, 
bie  ®d)u(bcn,  the  debts.  * 

bie  Ul)ren  {oo-rin),  the  watches. 
bie   Bfl^if"  {tsdh'-len),   the    num 
bers. 


Examples. 

Monosyllabic  Nouns. 

A^(r»;// 

bie  ^onb,  the  hand. 

bie  §dnbe,  the  liands. 

Gen. 

ber  §anb,  of  the  hand 

ber  ^dnbe,  of  the  hands. 

Dat. 

ber  ipanb,  to  the  hand. 

ben  ^duben,  to  the  hands. 

AiC. 

bie  §anb,  the  hand. 

blc  ^dtibe,  the  hands. 

Dissyllabi 

'V  Nouns, 

Norn. 

bie  9^ecf)uung,  the  bill. 

bie  $Rcd)uiingen,  the  bills. 

Gen. 

ber  9^ed)nung,  of  the  bill. 

ber  9Jccf)nungen,  of  the  bills. 

Dat. 

ber  9lcd)nimg,  to  the  bill. 

ben  9?ed)nungen,  to  the  bills. 

Ace. 

bie  9?ed)nung,  the  bill. 

bie  $Kec^nungcn,  the  bills 

i)  The  plural  of  this  word  is  very  frequently  used, 
debt  =  cr  ift  in  ©d^ulben  {shddl-din). 


Ex. :  He  is  in 


136 


Exception  {Sec.  2). 


Nom.  bic  ©abet,  the  fork. 
Gen.     bcr  %Qiht\,  of  the  fork. 
Dat.     ber  ^oSitX,  to  the  fork. 
Ace.    bie  @a0el,  the  fork. 


bie  ©obein,  the  forks, 
ber  ©obein,  of  the  forks, 
ben  ©abein,  to  the  forks, 
bic  ©abein,  the  forks. 


Exercise. 


I.  At  what  o'clock  do  you  usu- 
ally get  up  ? 


2.  I  usually  rise  at  six  o'clock. 

3.  Get  up  ;  it  is  late. 

4.  Get  up  ;  it  is  very  late.     The 
train  leaves  in  half  an  hour. 

5.  I  cannot  get  up  ;  I  feel  very 
ill. 

6.  What  is  the  matter  with  you  ? 

7.  I  have  a  headache. 

8.  I  am  very  sorry  for  that. 

9.  Will  you  have  a  physician  ? 


1.  At  what  o'clock  get  you  (fle^en 
®ie,  shUay'-hen  zee)  usually 
(geroo^nlid^,  ghe-vdn'-liy)  up 
(auf)? 

2.  I  get  (id^  ftc'^e)  usually  at  six 
o'clock  up  (QUf). 

3.  Get  you  up  ;  it  is  late  (fpcit, 
sh'payf). 

4.  Get  you  up  ;  it  is  very  late. 
The  train  goes  in  a  half  hour 
(iti  einer  ^alben  ®tuube)  off  (ab). 

5.  T  cannot  get  up  (oufftc^cn) ;  I 
am  very  ill. 

6.  What  ails  you  ? 

7.  I  have  a  headache  (^opfttJe^, 
kopf-vay). 

8.  That  does  me  very  pain. 

9.  Will  you  a (einen) doctor  have? 


3. 


Nouns  governed  by  Prepositions. 

I.  The  cases  of  nouns  are  so  frequently  governed  by 
prepositions,  that   at   least   a  part  of  them   should   be 


137 

learned  early.  A  complete  list  of  the  prepositions,  with 
the  cases  which  they  govern,  will  be  given  in  a  later 
lesson. 

2.  The  prepositions  may  govern  either  the  genitive, 
dative,  accusative,  or  both  the  dative  and  the  accusative. 


I.    Prepositions  goyerning  the  Genitive 


tt)al)renb  {vay-rent),  during. 
ttjegeu  {vay'-ghin),  on  account  of. 


Danish' tat), 

«  X.  /  w      ,     ,        f  instead  of, 
anftott  {an-shtdt'),       ' 


Examples. 

SBal^renb  beS  ©ommer^  tear  tc^  in  Berlin,  During 
the  summer  I  was  in  Berlin.  SKegen  beg  9?egen3 
fonnte  tc^  nic^t  tommen,  On  account  of  the  rain  I  could  not 
come.  5Inftatt  etneS  ^rtefe^  ^abe  ic^  telegrap^trt 
(te-le-grd'feerf),  Instead  of  a  letter  I  telegraphed. 


II-    Prepositions  governing  the  Dative. 

bei  {by),  at ;  by  ;  near. 
auS  {oivs),  out  of;  from. 


mit,  with. 

nad),  ^  after  or  to. 

eon  3  {/oj*'),  of;  frqjn  ;  by 

fcit  {zite),  since. 

JU '  {tsod),  at  or  to. 


gegeniiber,  {ghe-ghen-ii ^bir\  oppo- 
site to. 


i)  Old  verse  to  help  the  memory  : 

@cf)reib :  mit,  nnri),  ndrtift,  ncOft,  fnmmt,  bei,  fcit,  Uon,  ju,  juwibcrr 

C^'ntacqcn,  Uinncn,  nu^,  ftct«  mit  bcm  Dativ  niebcr. 
i.e.  With  these  prepositions  write  (jd)rcib)  always  the  third   case  (the 
dative),  and  never  (ttic)  the  fourth  (the  accusative). 

2)  After  verbs  denoting  motion  nad)  is  usually  employed  before 
the  name  of  a  place  or  country,  while  ^W  is  used  before  the  name  ot  a 
person.  Ex. :  CSr  gcl)t  nac^  ^ erli n.  ©r  ift  ju  ineinem  33rubel• 
gefomme^. 

3)  Of,  when  denoting /^jj^jj/^w,  is  rendered  by  the  genitive.  Ex.  : 
The  house  of  the  merchant,  '^^%  §OUg  be^  ^aufmanuS.  But  when  oj 
denotes  relation,  it  must  be  expressed  by  the  preposition  '  t>ou ' 
{fdn),     Ex.  :    I  have  it  <?/the  merchant,  ic^  ^abc  e8  Oon  bem  ^auf- 

maun. 


138 

Examples. 

Qd)  wax  tntt  metnetn  greunb  in  Sonbon.  dv  ge^t 
nad)  bem  ^at)nl)of.  3d)  ^^^^  ben  ^oman  Don  b  e  m 
beutfcf)en  ^aufmann  erl)a(ten  (received).  3^^  war  fcil 
c  i  n  e  m  M  o  n  a  t  (a  month)  nid)t  in  fcinem  Qan\c,  Sarmn 
finb  Sie  geftcrn  5lbcnb  nid)t  3  u  m  e  i  n  e  r  @  d)  tu  e  ft  e  r  gc== 
fommen  ?  (5r  l)at  biefen  9^ocf  b  c  i  b  c  m  f  r  a  n  5  0  f  i  f  d)  c  n 
®  d)  n  e  i  b  e  r  gefauft.  (5r  ift  nic^t  a  u  ^  bem  §  a  u  f  e  ge^ 
geiDefen.  (5r  wol)nt  {vdnf,  lives)  gegeniiber  ber  'iPoft 
{or :   b  e  r  ^]5  0  ft  g  e  g  e  n  U  b  e  r). 

Ill,  Prepositions  governing  Accusatire/ 

bnxd\  {(/odf-y),  through  ;  by  means 

of;  by. 
fiir,  2  for. 
O^ne  {o  ne),  without. 


gcgen  ^ay  -ghen),  against  ;     tow- 
ards 
tuiber  (vie-der),  against. 


Examples. 

3d)  bin  geftern  bnrd)  bie  (Stabt  gegangen,  (5r  \)(xi 
biefe  §anbfd)ul)e  fiir  meinen  (So{)n  gefauft.  (5r  !)at 
biefen  ^ud)  0  tj'^n  c  m  e  i  n  e  (5  r  I  a  n  b  n  i  6  {er-lowp'-nis,  per- 
mission) gcnommerf.  3d)  bin  gegen  ben  3Kinb  {vint, 
wind)  tjerannt.  (5r  l)at  ba^  id  i  b  e  r  meinen  iB  i  I  ( e  n 
{vil-'len,  will)  gemadjt. 


i)  Old  verse  to  help  the  memory  in  regard  to  Prepositions  govern- 
in^?  the  accusative  : 

S3ei :   X^uvd),  fiic,  oline,  mn,  fonbcr,  ger^en,  mibcr, 
@d)reib'  ftet§  ben  Accusativ  unb  n  I e  {nee)  ben  Dativ  nieber  {nn'-der). 
2)  ^ur,/<?;',   is  never  a  conjunction   in  German;  the  word  cor 
responding  to  the  English  conjunction /<?/•  is  bctttl. 


139 

IV.    Prepositions  governing  the  Dative  or 
Accusative.' 

The  following  nine  prepositions  take  the  dative  in  an- 
swer to  the  question  *  Where  ?  '  indicating  a  state  of  rest  in 
the  verb  (which  is  mostly  the  case). 

They  require,  however,  the  accusative  after  the  ques- 
tion '  Whither  ?  '  with  verbs  denoting  direction  or  ?fio/ion 
from  one  place  to  another. 


(    (with  dat.).  at. 

(    (vviih  ace),  to. 
auf  ("M'/),  on  ;   upon. 
IjintCV  {hin'-(er),  behind. 
,     (     (witti  dat.),  in  ;  at. 

(    (wuh  ace),  into. 


neben  {nay  -ben),  beside. 
Dor'  {for),  before  ;  ago. 
iibcr  {ii'-her),  over  ;  across. 
lUlter  (ddn'-/er),  under. 
5tuijd)cii  usvl'-shen),  between. 


Explanation. 

Cocln  Itcgt  an  ben  Ufern  (do' -fern,  shores)  bed  9?^eine« 
(rhi'-ties).  Cologne  is  situated  ((icgt)  on  the  shores  of  the 
Rhine.  You  ask:  'Where  is  Cologne  situated?'  The 
answer  must,  of  course,  be  in  the  dative,  as  it  is  made  in 
reply  to  the  question,  '  Where.'* '  and  because  the  verb  '  is 
situated '  indicates  >^^^/.  But '^enben  3ie  biefcn  ;J3rief  an 
mcincn  Onfel,'    Send   this   letter   to    my   uncle.     The 


3)  Old  veise  to  help  the  mrmory  : 

51  u ,  n  11  f ,  t)  i  n  t  c  r ,  n  c  b  e  n ,  in, 
Ufber,  iiiiter,  Dor  unb  3n)ifci)en 
^teljen  mit  Dern  Arcusativ. 
2IV11U  mail  frniicn  tniin  :  ir  0  t) '  n? 
yjiit  belli  Dai IV  [tel)'ii  ^i*  to, 
2)af3  iiiQii  iiiir  taim  fvagcn  :  m  0  ? 

I)  3n  and  Dor,  when  denoting  time,  always  take  the  dative. 


140 

question  now  is :  '  Whither  (or  where  to)  shall  I  send  the 
letter?  '  The  answer  must,  therefore,  be  in  the  accusa- 
tive, as  it  is  made  in  reply  to  the  question,  *  Whither?'  and 
because  the  verb  '  send '  indicates  motion  or  direction. 


Examples  with  the  Dative. 

(Sr  fte{)t  (sVtayt)  aw,  'i>tm  g^nfter  (dat.  neut.),  He  is 
standing  at  the  window.  !l)a§  ^ud)  (iegt  auf  bent  3:ifd)e 
(dat.  masc),  The  book  is  lying  on  the  table.  (5r  ftanb 
{sh'tdni)  I)  inter  ber  5lpre  (dat.  fem.),  He  was  standing 
behind  the  door.  SO^ein  ^ruber  ift  in  bem  !i?aben  (dat.  masc. ), 
My  brother  is  in  the  shop.  (Sr  fag  (zdhs)  neb  en  nttr 
(dat.  sing.),  He  was  sitting  beside  me.  (Sr^ar  t)or  einer 
(Stunbe  l)ier  (dat.  fem.),  He  was  here  an  hour  ago.  ^r 
iDO^nt  Uber  3l)T^en  (dat.  sing.).  He  lives  {or  dwells)  above 
you.  9^ein,  er  it)ol)nt  nnter  ntir  (dat.  sing.),  No,  he  lives 
below  me.  ®te  (Sad)e  (iegt  gn^ifdjen  mir  unb  ^'^nen  (dat. 
sing.),  The  matter  is  between  you  and  me. 


Examples  with  the  Accusative. 

3'c^  gel)e  an  ba§  genfter  (ace.  neut),  I  am  going  to  the 
window.  ?egen  <Sie  ba^  ^U(i)  auf  ben  !Iifd)  (ace.  masc). 
Put  the  book  upon  the  table,  ^reten  ®te  {tray' -ten  zee) 
I) inter  mid)  (ace  sing.).  Step  behind  me.  3)Mn  ^^ruber 
ift  in  ben  l^aben  gegangen.  My  brother  has  gone  into  the 
shop.  (Set3cn  {zet'-sen)  @ie  fi^  neb  en  i^n.  Take  a  seat 
(fe^en  @ie  fic^)  beside  him.  ©tellen  {sh'tel'-len)  (gte  e§  Dor 
bag  genfter.  Put  it  before  the  window.  3d^  ge^e  ubcr 
bte  ^riide,  I  go  over  the  bridge. 


14] 


Contraction  of  Prepositions  with  the  Definite 
Article. 

Some  of  the  prepositions  are  frequently  contracted 
with  the  last  letter  of  the  definite  article  into  one  word. 
They  are  : 


Dative, 

Accusative. 

an  bent 

into  am. 

an  ba«     into 

and. 

bei  bent 

*•      bcim  {pime). 

auf  \i(x^      " 

anfd  ipw/s). 

in  bent 

*'    int. 

bnrc^  \iQi%  " 

burc()d  idddrrs). 

Don  bent 

"      Dont  {fdm). 

fur  ba8      " 

fiicd. 

gu  bent 

"     junt  {tsddm\ 

in  baS       " 

ind. 

juber 

"      3UC  {tsoor). 

nm  bag      *' 

untd  (<?fJwj). 

t)or  baS 

"      UOC^  {fors). 

iiberbas    " 

iibCld  {ti'-birs). 

Conjugation  of  a  Regular  Verb, 

^auf^en,  to  buy. 


Present. 
\&i  fouf'-c,  I  buy  ;  I  am  buying ; 

I  do  buy. 
bu  tauf  ft,  thou  buyest. 
er  fauf  t  be  buys. 
n)ir  touf  en,  we  buy. 
il)r  fauf't, 
®ie  faufcn, 
fte  tauf -en,  they  buy, 


you  buy. 


Imperfect. 
id^  !auf=te,  I  bought  ;    I  was  buy 

ing  ;  I  did  buy. 
bu  fauf'-teft,  thou  boughtcst. 
er  tauf4e,  he  bought. 
n)ir  fauf-ten,  we  bought. 
i^r  tauf-tet, 
^ie  fouf-tcn, 
fte  fauf-ten,  they  bought. 


you  bought. 


142 


Perfect 

id)  ^be  flefauft,  I  have  bought, 

&c. 
bu  l)aft  ,qf!QUtt. 
cr  i)Qt  netouft 
trir  l)abeu  gcfouft. 
il)i-  Ijabt  gctouft 
@ie  l)abeu  qctauft. 
fie  ^aben  qcfauft. 


,,} 


^/W/  'Future. 
id)  iDerbe  !aufen,  I  shall  buy. 
bu  luirft  faufen,  thou  wilt  buy. 

er  itjirb  faufen,  he  will  buy. 
n)ir  raerben  !aufen,  we  shall  buy. 
i^r  werbct  taiifen,     )    you  will 
®ie  iDcrben  faufen,   )       buy. 
fie  tnerben  foufen,  they  will  buy. 

Second  Future. 
\^  werbe  gctauft  ^aben,   I   shall 

have  bought,  &c. 
bu  ttjirft  ge!auft  l)aben. 
er  ttJirb  getauft  ^aben. 
xo\x  merben  gefauft  ^aben. 
i^r  merbct  gefauft  '^aben. 
@ie  tDerben  gefauft  ^aben, 
fie  tDerben  gefauft  l)aben. 

Infinitive. 
Present,     fauf^cn,  to  buy. 
Perfect,     gefauft  f)oben,  to  have 
bought. 


.J 


Pluperfect. 
id^  ^atte  gefauft,   I   had  bought, 
&c. 

"^w  l)atteft  ;  elauft. 
er  l)atte  tjUauft. 
tt)ir  l)atten  gefauft. 
il)r  l)attLt  gefauft.      ) 
®ie  I)atten  gefauft.    ) 
fie  fatten  gefauft. 

First  Conditional, 
id)  luiirbe  faufeu,  I  should  buy. 
bu  iriirbeft  faufeu,  thou  wouldst 

buy. 
er  tuiirbe  faufeu,  he  would  buy. 
luiriDiirben  faufeu,  we  should  buy. 
i^r  iDiirbet  faufeu,     j  you  would 
®ie  miirben  faufeu,  \      buy! 
fie  roiirben  faufeu,  they  would  buy. 

Second  Conditional. 
id)  ttjiirbe  gefauft  l)aben,  I  should 

have  bought,  &c. 
bu  tt)iirbeft  gefauft ^^aben. 
er  tDiirbe  gefauft  l)abeu. 
tt)ir  wiirben  gefauft  ^ben. 
i^r  ttJiirbet  gefauft  ^aben.     ) 
@ie  tDiirbeu  gefauft  l^aben.  f 
fie  UJiirben  gefauft  ^aben. 

Participles, 
Present,  fauf-cnb,  buying. 
Past.        gcfouft,  bought. 


Sing. 


Imperative. 
fauf-c,  buy  (thou).  ]  Plur. 


fouf^en  ©ic,  buy  (you). 


%k^  ^m^tst[\\Hi\'^^^\^m, 


ClERM^ISr. 


PART    V. 


(  Continuation^ 

44.  Thanks,  I  am  very  well.  {Literally :  Thanks  nicely 
[danke  schon] ;  it  goes  to  me  very  good  [es  geht  mir 
sehr  {or  recht)  gut]  ). 

45.  How  is  your  father?  (=  How  goes  it  t'  your  Mr. 
father  ?) 

46.  How  is  your  uncle?  I  did  not  see  tii.n  for  some 
days.  (Literally:  How  goes  it  to  your  Mr.  uncle? 
I  have  him  in  the  last  days  \in  den  letzten  Tagen] 
not  seen.) 

47.  Thank  you  very  much  (danke  schon),  he  is  very 
well  (=  it  goes  to  him  very  well  [recht  gut]  ). 

48.  How  is  your  mother?  (Literally;  How  goes  it  to 
your  Mrs.  mother  [Ihre?^  Fran  Mutter]  )  ? 

49.  Thank  you  very  much  [danke  schon],  she  is  some- 
what better  to-day  (=  it  goes  to  her  [ihr]  to-day 
somewhat  better  [etwas  iesser]  ). 


1 
To  meet  a  business-friend  of  mine. 

A  (Accusative) 
of  mine  (Genitive) 
business-friends  (Plural) 
the  business 


V. 

{Continuation.) 

44.  Danke  schon  {ddn*-kc  shon),  es  geht  mir  {mere)  sehr 
gut  {goot)  [Es  geht  mir  recht  {re^t)  gut]. 

45.  Wie  geht  es  Ihrem  {ee'-rem)  Herrn  Vater  {fdh'Mr)  ? 

46.  Wie  geht  es   Ihrem    Herrn  Onkel  ?     Ich   habe   ihn 

{een)  in  den  letzten  {lets' -ten)  Tagen  nicht  gesehen. 

47.  Danke  schon,  es  geht  ihm  {eem)  recht  gut. 

48.  Wie  geht  es  Ihrer  {ee'-rer)  Frau  Mutter? 

49.  Danke  schon,  es  geht  ihr  {eer)  heute   etwas  besser 

{et'-vds  bes'-ser). 


1. 

Einen  meiner  Geschaftsfrennde  zu  treffen. 

I'-n6n        ml'-ngr         ghe-shgfts'-froyn-d6      tsOO     tr6f'-f6n. 
Einen  {i'-nen) 

meiner  {niV-ner) 

Geschaf tsf reunde  {ghe-shefts* -froyn-di ) 

Vs  Geschaft  {ghe-sheft'),  pi.  die  Geschafte. 


146 

the  friend 

one  of 

my  business-friends :  a 

business-friend  of 

mine 

to 

'' 

meet. 

I  meet,  or  I  am  meeting, 
thou  meetst,  &c. 
he  meets,  &c. 

we  meet, 
you  meet, 
they  meet. 

I.  I  am  very  sorry  (es  thut  mir  sehr  leid),  I  cannot  meet 
you  to-morrow  (=  that  I  you  to-morrow  not  meet 
can). 

2    Where  can  I  meet  you  (=you  meet)  ? 

3.  Can  you  meet  me  in  the  waiting-room  of  the  North- 

German  railway-station  at  a  quarter  to  eleven  to- 
morrow morning  (=:Can  you  me  [mich]  to-morrow 
early  at  three  quarters  of  eleven  in  the  waiting- 
room,  &c.,  meet)  ? 

4.  I  am  exceedingly  sorry,  sir  (das  thut  mir  unendlich 
leid,  mein  Herr),  but  it  is  impossible. 

5.  Where  did  you  meet  him  (  =  Where  have  you  him 

[jhri]  met  [getroffe7i])  ?^ 

6.  Did  you  not  tell  me,  that  you  met  him  at  the  Hamburg 
station  (=  Have  you  to  me  [mir]  not  said,  that  you 
him  [ihii]  at  the  [auf  dem]  Hamburg  station  [Ham- 
l)urger  BahnJiof]  met  have)  ? 

7.  I  am  very  anxious  [es  liegt  mir  sehr  darari]  to  meei 
this  gentleman  (=:this  [dieseri]  gentleman  to  meet) 


i)  The  Imperfect,  I  mety  is  thus  conjugated  in  German  : 

ich  traf  (/ffly^/),  I  met.  wir  trafen,         we  met. 

du  trafst,  thou  metst.  Sie  trafen,         you  met. 


147 


der  Freund  {froynd)^  pi.  die  Freunde 

einen  meiner  Geschaftsfreunde 

zu  {is do) 

treffen  {tref'-fen).     The  Present  is  conjugated: 
ich  treffe  {tref  -fe).  wir  treffen  {he f -fen). 

du  triffst  {in/st).  Sie  treffen  {tre/'-fen). 

er  trifft  (M/t).  sie  treffen  {tref-fen). 


1.  Es  thut  mir  sehr  leid  {lite),  dass  ich  Sie  morgen  nicht 
treffen  kann. 

2.  Wo  kann  ich  Sie  treffen  ? 

3.  Konnen  Sie  mich  morgen  frlih  um  drei  Viertel  auf 
elf  in  dem  Wartesaal  des  nord-deutschen  Bahnhofs 
treffen  ? 


4.  Das  thut  mir  unendlich  leid  {don-ent* -IP  lite),  mein 

Herr,  aber  es  ist  mir  unmoglich  {ddn-?ndg'-li"^) 

5.  Wo  haben  Sie  ihn  getroffen  {ghe-tro/'-fen)}'^ 

6.  Haben  Sie  mir  nicht  gesagt,  dass  Sie  ihn  auf  dem 
Hamburger  {ham'  -bdor-gher)  Bahnhof  getroffen 
haben  ? 

7.  Es  Uegt  mir  sehr  daran,  diesen  Herrn  zu  treffen. 


er  traf,  he  met.  sie  trafen,         they  met. 

I  have  met  means  ick  habe  getroffen. 


148 

8.  He  is  a  business-friend  of  mine  (=one  of  my  busi- 
ness-friends). 

9.  One  of  your  business-friends  wishes  to  speak  with 
you  (= wishes  [zvu7ischt]  you  to  speak). 

10.  Did  he  tell  you  his  name  (  =  Has  he  to  you  his  name 

[seine7i  Namen']  said)  ? 

11.  Yes,  sir,  his  name(5em  Name)  is  Charles  Peters  (-S^r/ 

Peters)^  and  he  says  he  should- like  to  see  you  about 
some  private  business  (=he  says,  he  might  [moMe] 
.  you  in  a  private  affair  [in  einer  Privatangelegenlieit] 
speak). 

12.  Tell  the  gentleman  it  is  impossible  for  me  to  see  him 

now.  I  am  very  busy.  {Literally  :  Say  you  to  the 
gentleman  [dem  Herr.n\  that  it  to  me  [mir]  impos- 
sible is,  him  [ihTi]  now  [jetzt]  to  see  [zu  seJmJ.  I 
am  very  busy  [beschdftigt]). 

13.  If  you  are  too  busy  now,  I  will  call  again  to-morrow 
morning  (  =  If  [wenn]  you  now  too  busy  [zu  lescMf- 
tigt]  are,  come  I  to-morrow  early  again  [luieder]). 

14.  I  called  at  Mr.  Voss's  three  times  yesterday  (=1  am 
yesterday  three  times  [dreimaT]  at  Mr.  Voss's  \hei 
Herrn  Voss]  been  [geweseii])} 

15.  And  did  you  meet  him  (  =  And  have  you  him  \ihn\ 
met  [getroffen])  ? 

16.  I  am  sorry  {es  thiit  mir  hid)  to  tell  you  that  I  did 
not  find  him  in  (=say  to  must  [sagen  zu  mussen\ 
that  I  him  not  at  home  \zu  Hause]  met  have). 


i)  The  Peifect  of  the  auxiliary  verb 'j-^r/w,  to  be*  differs  from  the 
French  and  English  by  being  conjugated  with  /  am,  instead  of  I 
have.  Thus  the  Germans — like  the  Italians — say  :  I  am  been;  I  zvas 
been^  &C. 


149 

8,  Er  ist  einer  meiner  Gescbaftsfreunde  {V-nir  mV-7iir 
ghe-shefts'  -froyn-de). 

9.  Einer     Ihrer    (ee'-rer)     Gescbaftsfreunde     wunscbt 
iviinsht)^  Sie  zu  sprechen. 

10.  Hat  er  Ibnen  seinen  [zi'-nen)  Namen  {ndh^-men)  ge- 
sagt ' 

11.  Ja,  mein  Herr,  sein  Name  ist  Karl  Peters  {^zme  ndh*- 
me  ist  kdrl  pay'-tcrs)^  und  er  sagt,  er  mochte  Sie  in 
einer  Privatangelegenheit  {^pree-vdf  -an-  ghe-lay' -ghen- 
kite)  sprechen. 

12.  Sagen  Sie  dem  Herrn,  dass  es  mir  unmoglich  ist,  ihn 
(ein)  jetzt  (^yaytst)  zu  cebn  (zain).  Ich  bin  sehr  be- 
scbaftigt  {be-shif-Wt). 


13.  Wenn  Sie  jetzt  zu  bescbaftigt  {he-she f -tV f)  sind, 
komme  icb  (kom'-me  i^)  morgen  friih  wieder  (z^//'- 
der). 

14.  Ich  bin  gestern  dreimal  {dry'-mdl)  bei  Herrn  Voss 
(foss)  gewesen  *  {ghe-vay'-zin). 

15.  Und  haben  Sie  ihn  getroffen  ? 

16.  Es  thut  mir  leid  {lite)  sagen  zu  miissen,  dass  ich  ihn 
(ein)  nicht  zu  Hause  {tsdo  how'-ze)  getroffen  babe. 


Perfect 
ich  bin  gewesen,  I  have  been.  wir  sind  gewesen,  we  have  been, 

du  hist  gewesen,  thou  hast  been.      Sie  sind  gewesen,  you  have  been, 
tr  ist  gewesen>      he  has  been.  sie  sind  gewesen,  they  have  beea 


150 


2. 
Hotel/ 

1.  Can  you  give  me  a  room  (=  Can  you  to  me  a  room 
[em  Zimmer]  give)  ? 

2.  Please,  show  me  your  rooms  (=show  you  [zeigen  tSie] 
to  me  your  rooms). 

3.  Please,  show  me  another  room   (=show  you  to  me 
another  \ein  anderes]  room). 

4.  Can  you  not  give  me  another  room  (=Can  you  to 
me  no  other  [kein  anderes]  room  give)  ? 

5.  I  do  not  like  this  room  (=This  room  pleases  me  not 
[Dieses  Zimmer  gefdllt  mir  nicht]). 

6.  I  like  this  room  very  much  (=This  room  pleases  me 

[mir]  very  well  [sehr  gut]). 

7.  Please,  give  {gtben  Sie)  me  another  room.     I  do  not 
like  this  one  (=This  [dieses]  pleases  me  not). 

8.  Show  the  gentleman  Number  7  (  =  Show  you  [zeigen 
Sie]  to  the  [dem]  gentleman  Number  [Nu7nmer\  7). 

9.  Please,  give  me  (=give  you  me)  a  room  on  the  first 
floor  (in  der  ersten  Etage). 

10.  How  much  do  you  charge  for  this  room  a  day 
(  =  How  much  take  you  [nelimen  Sie]  for  this  [dies] 
room  per  day  [pro  Tag])  ? 

11.  How  much  is  (hostel)  this  room  a  day  (pro  Tag)  ? 

12.  This  room  is  (kostet)  four  shillings  (Mark). 


i)  These  phrases  are  simply  a  collection  of  useful  sentences   and 


151 


HotelV 

1.  Konnen  Sie  mir  ein  Zimmer  geben  {ine  isim'-mh 
gay'-be?i)  ? 

2.  Bitte,  zeigen  Sic  mir  {tsz'-ghen  zee  mere)  Ihre  Zimmer 
(tsim'-rner). 

3.  Bitte,  zeigen  Sie  mir  {tsi'-ghen  zee  mere)  ein  anderes 
{an* -de-res )  Zimmer  {tstm'-mer). 

4.  Konnen  Sie  mir  kein  anderes  Zimmer  geben  [kine 
an' -de-res  tsim'-mer  gay' -ben)  ? 

5.  Dieses  Zimmer  gefallt  mir  nicht  {ghe-felt'  mere  ni^t). 

6.  Dieses  Zimmer  gefallt  mir  sehr  gut  {ghe/elt'  mere 
zayr  goat). 

7.  Bitte  geben  Sie  mir  ein  anderes  Zimmer.  Dieses 
(dee'-zes)  gefallt  mir  nicht. 

8.  Zeigen  Sie  (tsi' -ghen  zee)  dem  Herrn  Nummer  sieben 
(ndom' -mer  zee' -ben). 

9.  Bitte,  geben  Sie  mir  ein  Zimmer  in  der  ersten  Etage 
{or  im  ersten  Stock)  {in  dayr  air'-sten  ay-ta-je  ;  or, 
tm  air'-sten  shUok). 

10.  Wie  viel   nehmen  Sie  (vie  feel  nay -men  zee)  fiir  dies 
Zimmer  pro  Tag  {dees  tsim'-mer  pro  tdgh)  ? 

11.  Wie  viel  kostet  {kos'-tet)  dieses  Zimmer  pro  Tag?_ 

12.  Dies  Zimmer  kostet  vier  Mark  {feer  mark). 


do  not  represent  questions  and  answers  between  a  landlord  and  a 
traveller. 


152 

13-  Inclusive  of  attendance  (=Is  the  service  [die  Bedie- 
nung]  included  [mit  ei7ibegriffen\)  ? 

14.  No,  attendance  is  not  included  (=:the  attendance, 
&c.). 

15.  How  much  is  (kostet)  the  attendance? 

16.  Attendance  is  reckoned  at  one  shilling  a  day  (=The 
attendance  costs  one  shilling  [JfarAr]  daily  \tdglich'\. 

17.  Well   {schd7i),  I  will    take   this    room  (==  I  will  this 

room  take  [nehme7i]). 

18.  Please,  bring  up  my  luggage,  and  pay  the  cab 
(  =  bring  you  my  luggage  [meine  Sachen]  up  [her- 
auf],  and  pay  you  the  cab  [die  Droschke]). 


3. 
Why   do   you    not    like    the   English    goods 

which   I  sent   you  yesterday,   and   how  can  your 

clerk  say  (or  assert)  they  are  too  dear,  when  he 

has  not  eyen  looked  at  them? 


Why    do   you    not   like    the    English    goods 
which  I  sent  you  yesterday? 


153 

13-  1st    die    Bedienung   {be-dee* -noong)   mit   einbegriffen 
{ine* -be-grif-fen)  ? 

14.  Nein,  die  Bedienung  ist  nicht  mit  einbegriffen. 

15.  Wie  viel  kostet  die  Bedienung  {be-dee'ndong)  ? 

16.  Die  Bedienung  kostet  eine  Mark  taglich  {tayg'-li^). 

17.  Schon  (shon),  ich  will  dieses  Zimmer  nehmen  {nay'- 
men) . 

18.  Bringen  Sie  meine  Sachen  herauf  {zd'-chen  he-rowf) 

und  bezahlen  Sie  die  Droschke  {be-tsdh'-len  zee  dee 
drosch'  -ke\. 


3. 
Warnm  gefallen  Ihnen  die  englischen  Waaren 

vah-r66m'   gh6-fa'-l6n     6g'-nen   dC5     eng'-ll-sh6n       vah'-rfin 

nichty  welche  ich  Ihnen  gestern  gesandt  habe,  nnd 

niyt  vel'yg        iy      56'n6n    gh6s'-tern    ghS-zSnt'     ha'bfi      66nt 

wie  kann  Ihr  Commis  behaupten,  dass  sie  zu  theuer 

veS      kan     ggr      k6m-mee'     b6-houp'-t6n     dass   zee  tsOO     toy'gr 

siiid,  wenn  er  sie  sich  noch  nicht  einmal  angesehen 

sint        v6n     air  z65      ziy       noch      nFt     Ine-mahl' in'-ghg  zay-hen 

hat? 

hat? 

Warnm  gefallen  Ihnen  die  englischen  Waaren 

vah-rOom'    ghe-fa'-l6n     Ce'  n6n    dCe      6ng'-li-sh6n        va'-r6n 

nicht,  welche  ich  Ihnen  gestern  gesandt  habe? 

niyt        vei'-yg     V    ee'-ne^   ghgs'-tem   ghe-zant'  hah'-be  ? 


154 

Why 

to  please 

it  pleases  me  ;  I  like* 

how  do  you  like  it  ? 

the 

English* 

goods  ;  merchandise 

tJie  English  good  • 

which 

I 

to  you 

yesterday 

sent 

have. 


1,  How  do  you  like  the  English  goods?      {Literally: 

How  please  \t6\  you  the  English  goods  ?) 

2.  Why  do  you  not  like  Germany  (= Why  pleases  it  \io\ 
you  not  in  Germany)? 


1)  '  Es  gefdllt  mir'  I  like,  it  pleases  me,  belongs  to  the  so-called 
impersonal  verbs.     Compare  Note  i,  page  124. 

2)  Adjectives   descriptive   of   a   nationality,  as:    '  englisch,  fraiu 


155 

Warum  {vdh-room') 

gef alien  {gJie-fa'-len) 

es  gefallt  niir  {es  ghe-felt'  mere)  * 

wie  gefallt  es  Ihnen  {ci'-neti) 

die  (dec)  (Plural  of  the  Definite  Article) 

englisch  ^  {eng'-lish) 

Waaren  {vdh'-ren)  (Only  used  in  the  plural) 

die  englischen  Waaren 

vvelche  {vel'-^e)  (Plural  of  welcJier^  welchc,  welches) 

ich  (/>)  {^Fch  is  always  written  with  small  letters,  except 
at  the  beginning  of  sentences) 

Ihnen  (ee'-nen) 

gestern  [ghes'-tern) 

gesandt  {ghe-zdnt')  (Past  participle  of  senden  \zen'-den\,  to 
send) 

habe.' 


1.  Wiegefallen  Ihnen  {ghc-fd'-lrn  ee'-nen)  die  englischen 
Waaren  ? 

2.  Waruni  gefallt  es  Ihnen   niclit   in  Deutschland  (ghc' 
felt'  es  ee'-nen  nP'/  in  doits li  -Idnt)  ? 


zosisck,  detitsch^  &c.,  are  always  wriilen  with  small  letters,  except  at 
the  beginning  of  sentences. 

'^  The  auxiliary  verb   is  placed  la«t  in  all  d'^pendent  sentences. 
Compare  Grammatical  Remarks,  p.  90. 


156 


GRAMMATICAL  REMARKS. 

Conjugation  of  Regular  Verbs. 

Note  I.  The  English  mode  of  conjugating  the  verb  to 
he  with  the  addition  of  a  Part.  pres.  cannot  be  rendered 
literally  in  German,  but  the  corresponding  tenses  must 
be  given,  as : 

Pres.     I  am  learning,  ic^  t  e r u  e  ;  he  is  learning,  er  I  e  rn  t,  &c. 
Impf.    I  was  learning,  ic^  I  e  r  n  t  e ;  he  was  learning,  er  I  e  r  n  t  e,  &c. 
Perf.      I  have  been  learning,  id^  \)0,\iZ  gelenit,  &c. 

Note  2.  Interrogative  form:  Do  I  praise?  lobe  id)? 
Does  he  praise?  tobt  ev?  Did  I  praise?  lo bte  id^  ;  or 
l)abe  id) , , ,  gelobt?  Did  you  praise?  (obten  (Ste;  or, 
l^aben  8ic  gelobt? 

Negative :  I  do  not  praise,  i(^  lobc  .  .  .  ntd)t  He  does 
not  praise,  er  (obt  .  .  .  nic^t  I  did  not  praise,  \^  (obte  .  .  . 
nid)t ;  or,  id)  \^^\it . . ,  nid)t  gelobt  Do  not  praise,  (oben 
<Sic  nid)t 

Note  3.  Verbs  of  the  Weak  Conjugation  form  their  Im- 
perfect by  adding  t  C  to  the  root,  as  :  !  a  U  f-eit^id)  !auf  - 1  e  ; 
Ueb^ett  =  i^  lieb^te;  ban!=ett  =  ic^  banf-te. 

In  the  Past  Pai'ticiple  they  prefix  the  syllable  ge  to  the 
root  and  add  a  t  to  it,  as :  fauf-eti  =  ge-fauf -t ;  Ueb-eti 
=  13  c  s  Hcb  'i\\i  an  f^en  =  g  e  -  battf  -- 1. 

Note  4.  The  following  verbs  do  not  prefix  the  syllable 
Q  C  in  the  Past  Participle  : 


15  r 


a)  Verbs  ending  in  ircn  (ee'-ren)  or  ierctl  {ee'-ren)^2is\ 


Infitiitive. 
regieren  {re-ghee  -re n),  to  govern. 
Qbbivcu  {aJ-dee  -ren),  lo  add. 
jpQjicreil  {slipat.ee -ren),  to  walk. 


Past  Participle. 
rcgiert  {re-gheeri),  governed, 
abbirt  {ad  deert'),  added, 
jpajiert  {sh'pa-t.eert'),  walked. 


b)  Verbs  having  the  prefixes  be,  gc,  cut,  cmp,t)er, 
gcr,  as: 

befuc^t  {be-zodcht'),  visited, 
erlangt  {er-langt'),  obtained. 
Uerfuc^t  {fer-zoocht),  tried, 
tjermeitt  {fer-vi-lt\  staid. 


bcfuct)Cll  {be-zoo-chen),  to  visit. 
CVlQligcn  {er-ldn  -ghen),  to  obtain. 
t)crjud)cn  {fer-zod-chen),  to  try. 
Dcnueilcn  {/er-vi'-leti),  to  stay. 
t)ertl)cilen  (///-//'-//«),  to  distrib 
ute. 


tJert^eilt  {/er-n'-lt),  distributed. 


Note  5.  In  compound  verbs  whose  prefix  is  separable  the 
syllable  ge  of  the  Past  Participle  is  placed  between  the 
prefix  and  the  verb  itself^  as  : 


abveifcn  {dp' -ri-zen),  to  leave. 
fort|c^i(!en      {fdrt'-shlk  ken), 
send  off. 


to 


Qbgercift  {ap' -ghe-tl-st),  left, 
fortgcfc^icft  {fdrt'-ghe-shikt),   sent 
off. 


Note  6.  Compound  verbs   whose  prefix  is  inseparable  do 
not  take  the  syllable  g  C  in  the  Past  Participle^  as : 


untcrfuc^en  {ddn-Hr-zod-chen),  to 
examine. 

untcrric^teil  {ddn-tir-rV' -ten),  to 
instruct. 

iibcrjctjen  {a-bir-zitf -sin),  to  trans- 
late. 


unterflld)t  {don-ter-zoocht'),  exam- 
ined. 

unterrid)tet  {ddn-tir-rP'  m),  in. 
structed. 

iiberfe^t  {u-bir-zitst'),  translated. 


Conjugate  in  the  same  manner : 


licben  {lee'-bM),  to  love  ;  to  like. 

Icbcn  {lay -bin),  to  live. 

^olen  {hd-Un),  to  fetch  ;  to.  go  for. 


^d)i(!en  {shik'-kin),  to  send. 
banfcn  {dan -kin),  to  thank, 
(egen  {lay'-ghin),  to  put ;  to  place 


158 


The  Subjunctive  Mood. 


C)aben,  to  have. 
J^resent. 
\6)  l)Obe,  I  may  have, 
bu  l)nbfft,  thou  mayest  have, 
er  l)nbc,  he  may  have. 
h)ir  Ijaben,  we  may  have. 
@ie  ^aben,  you  may  have. 
flC  !)aben,  they  may  have. 

Ifnperfect, 
id^  ^dttC,  I  might  have, 
bu  pttcft,  thou  mightest  have, 
er  pttc,  he  might  have. 
Xo'ix  fatten,  we  might  have. 
®ic  ptten,  you  might  have. 
fie  fatten,  they  might  have. 

Future. 
i(^  ttjerbe  ^aben,  I  shall  have. 
\i\\  wccbcjl  ^aben,  thou  wilt  have, 
er  iDci'bc  I)aben,  he  will  have. 
tt)ir  h)crben  ^oben,  we  shall  have. 
@ic  tt)erben  l^aben,  you  will  have, 
fie  tuerben  ^aben,  they  will  have. 

Perfect. 
i(^  l^abe  ge'^abt,  I  may  have  had. 
bu  l)nbcftge^Qbt,  thou  mayest  have 

had. 
er  Oabc  ge^obt,  he  may  have  had. 
njir  t)aben  ge^abt,  we  may  "     " 
®ie^abenge^abt,you  "    "     *' 
jie  ^aben  ge^obt,  they  '•    ••     ** 


@cin,  to  be. 

Present. 
id^  fci  {zt),  I  may  be. 
bu  fcicft  {zi-est),  thou  mayest  be 
er  fci  {zi),  he  may  be. 
)t)ir  fcicn  {zi-en),  we  may  be. 
®ie  fcicn      "        you  may  be. 
fie  fcicn         "        they  may  be. 

Imperfect. 
id)  ranre  {vay'-te),  I  might  be. 
bu  tDiireft  thou  mij-htest  be. 
er  U)Qre,  he  might  be. 
inir  iDciren,  we  might  be. 
@ie  trareu,  you  might  be. 
fie  ludreu,  they  might  be. 

Future. 
\^  trerbe  fein  {zine\  I  shall  be. 
bu  ttJCVbcfl  feiu,  thou  wilt  be. 
er  iDcrbe  fein,  he  will  be. 
tuir  ttJerbeu  fein,  we  shall  be. 
@ie  hJerben  fein,  you  will  be. 
fie  merben  fein,  they  will  be. 

Perfect. 
i(^  fci  gettjefen,  I  may  have  been. 
bu   fcicft    gemefen,    thou    mayest 

have  been, 
er  fci  getDcfen,  he  may  have  been. 
n)ir  fcicn  gettjefen,  we  "    *'      '* 
@ie fcicn gettjefen, you"    •*      *• 
ftc  fcicn  genjefen,  they  "    "      " 


159 


Pluperfect. 
id)  l)dttc  nel)abt,  I  might  hare  had. 
bu  l)dtte)'t  gcl)abt,  thou   mightest 

liavc  had. 
cr  l)dttc  flc()abt,  he  uiighthave  had. 
mir  l)ntteu  gcl)nbt,  we  "     " 
©icl)dttcugcl)abt,  you '*     " 
fic  l)dtteu  get)abt,  they  "    " 


Pluperfect. 

id)  tudve  gemejen,  I  might 
bu     ludieft     geiDcjen,     thou 

inig  test 
er  rodve  genjeicu,  he  might 
x^'vc  iudicii  gciDcfen,  we  might 
@ie  tDdi'en  gctuejen,you    " 
fie  lUQVcu  gciDcjcn,  they     " 


^aufen,  to  buy. 


id)  faufe,  I  may  buy. 

bu  taufcft,  thou  mayest  buy. 

cr-faufc,  he  may  buy. 


Pt  esent. 

tt)ir  taufeu,  we  may  buy. 
@ie  faufen,  you  may  buy. 
fte  taufeu,  they  may  buy. 


i(^  fouftf,  I  might  buy. 

bu  foufteft,  thou  mightest  buy 

cr  touftc,  he  might  buy. 


Imperfect. 

trir  fouften,  we  might  buy. 
@ie  toufteu,  you  might  buy 
fte  faufteu,  they  might  buy. 


Future. 


id)  roerbc  taufeu,  I  shall  buy. 
bu  tDcrbcit  taufcn,  thou  wilt  buy. 
cr  UJcrbc  taufeu,  he  will  buy. 


n)ir  tperben  taufeu,  we  shall  buy. 
®ie  njerbeu  XoaxSm,  you  will  buy. 
fte  njcrben  taufcn,  ihey  will  buy. 


Perfect. 

id)  \\<3i\it  gefouft,  I  may  have  bought, 
bu  finbfft  getauft,  thou  mayst  have  bought 
cr  hnbc  gcfauft,  hq  may  have  bought. 
\o\x  I)abeu  getauft,  we  may  have  bought. 
@ie  t)oben  getauft,  you  may  have  bought, 
fte  ^abcn  getauft,  they  may  have  bought 


160 


Pluperfect. 
id^  ^dtte  gefauft,  I  might  have  bought, 
bu  ptteft  getoiift,  thou  mightest  have  bought, 
er  ^dtte  getauft,  he  might  have  bought, 
wir  Ijatten  getauft,  we  might  have  bought. 
@ie  l)otten  gcfauft,  you  might  have  bought, 
jic  fatten  gefauft,  they  might  have  bought. 


3. 

Conjugation  of  a  Reflective  Verb. 

(Sic^  freuen,  to  rejoice. 

Infinitive.  Participle. 


jtd^  freuenb,  rejoicing, 
fid)    gefrcut   Ijabenb,   having   re- 
joiced. 


Pres.    ftd^  freuen,  to  rejoice. 
Perf.    fic^  gefreut  Ijabcn,  to  have 
rejoiced. 

Imperative. 
Sing,    freue  bid),  rejoice  (thou). 
Plur.    (freuet  e  U  d) ,  rejoice  [ye]). 

frcueu  @ie  \'\^,  rejoice  (you). 

Present. 


ic^  freue  m  i  d) ,  I  rejoice,  &c. 
bu  freueft  b  i  (^. 
er  freut  \  i  d). 


h)ir  freueu  u  n  8 ,  we  rejoice,  &c, 
il)r  freuet  e  u  (^.     ) 
@ie  freuen  f  i  c^.    ) 
fie  freueu  f  i  c^. 

Imperfect. 
id)  freutc  m  i  d^ ,  I  rejoiced.  I  er  freute  f  i  d). 

\iyx  freuteft  bic^.  I  tuir  freuten  u  n  8 ,  &c. 

Perfect. 
i(^  ^abe  nt  i  c^  gefreut,  I  have  rejoiced, 
bu  ^oft  b  i  (^  gefrcut,  &c. 


161 


Pluperfect. 
i(^  ^attc  mic^  gefreut,  I  had  rejoiced, 
bu  ^attcji  b  i  cf)  gefveut,  &c. 

First  Future. 
ic^  tt)crbe  m  i  d^  freucn,  I  shall  rejoice, 
bu  roirjl  b  i  rf)  freuen,  &c. 

S  cond  Future. 
i(^  ttjcrbc  in  i  c^  gefreut  ^oben,  I  shall  have  rejoiced, 
bu  ttjirfl  b  i  d)  gefreut  Ijoben,  &c. 
First    Conditional. 
id^  miirbe  nt  i  c^  freueu,  I  should  rejoice, 
bu  miirbeft  b  i  d)  freuen,  &c 

Second  Conditional. 
ic^  tt)iirbe  mic^  gefreut  l)Qben,  I  should  have  rejoiced, 
bu  ttjiirbeft  b  i  dj  gefreut  fjabcn,  &c. 


The  Adjective. 


1.  The  German  adjective,  like  the  English,  is  not  de- 
clined and  remains  unchanged  whenever  it  is  used  as  a 
predicate.     In  this  case  its  place  is  after  the  verb,  as : 

2) i  ef  e r  !2)iener  {dee-nit^  ift  olt,  this  servant  is  old. 
2)  i  ef  e  2)ame  {ddh'-mi)  ift  alt,  this  lady  is  old. 
2)  i  e  f  e  8  ^(eib  {klUe)  tft  ott,  this  dress  is  old. 
2)i  ef  e  §utc  {hu'-te)  fmb  olt,  these  hats  are  old. 

2.  When  the  adjective  is  used  attributively^  i.e.y  when 
qualifying  a  noun,  \t  precedes  the  noun  to  which  it  relates, 
and  agrees  with  it  in  gender^  number,  and  case. 

2)  e  c  tt  1 1  e  2)icner,  the  old  servant. 
2)  I  c  a  1 1  e  2)ome,  the  old  lady. 
2)  a  8  0  1 1  e  ^leib,  the  old  d ress. 
2)  i  e  a  1 1  e  n  ^ute,  the  old  hats. 


162 


3-  The  attributive  adjective  has  three  different  forms  of 
declension  : 

First  Form  :  when  preceded  by  the  Definite  Article. 
Second  Form  :  when  preceded  by  the  Indefinite  Article. 
Third  Form  :  when  it  stands  without  any  Article. 

First  Form. 

TJie  Adjective  preceded  by  the  Definite  Article. 

Adjectives  preceded  by  the  definite  article,  or  by  any 
pronoun  declined  like  the  definite  article  (comp.  p.  46), 
take  the  inflections  of  ih.Q  weak  declension  (see  p.  117),  viz., 
in  the  7iomi native  singular  e,  in  ail  other  cases  etl. 

Exception  :  Tlie  accusative  singular  of  the  feminine 
and  neuter  gender  is  always  the  same  as  the  nominative. 


N. 


G. 


D. 


Examples. 

Masculine. 
Singular. 

ber  gut=c  S3ruber,  the  good 

brother, 
bes  gut  cii  S3vuber§,  of   the 

good  brother, 
bem  gut^cu   33rubcr,  to    the 

good  brother, 
ben  gut-en  S3ruber,  the  good 

brother. 


Plural. 
bie    gut=cu    33ruber,     the    good 

brothers, 
ber  gut'cn   33ruber,  of  the  good 

brothers, 
ben  gut=cn  S3rubeni,  to  the  g<;od 

brothers, 
bic    gut-cn    ^riiber,     the    good 

brothers. 


Feminine. 


N.  bie  fd)on=e  S)ame,  the  beauti- 
ful lady. 

G.  ber  fd)i3n=cn  3)Qmc,  of  the 
b(  autiful  lady. 

D.  ber  jd)ou  en  S)ame,  to  the 
beautiful  lady. 

A.  bie  fcl)bn-c  2)ame,  the  beauti- 
ful lady. 


bi^  f(f)i3n=cn  !5)amen,  the  beautiful 
ladies. 

ber  jd)(3n=cn  3)amen,  of  the  beau- 
tiful ladies. 

ben  fc^i)n-rn  2)Qmen,  to  the  beau- 
tiful ladies. 

bie  fd)on=cu  2)amcn,  the  beautiful 
ladies. 


163 


Neuter, 


N. 


G. 


bo8  flein-e  ^iub,^  the   little 

child. 
bc§   ttctu^cn  filibeg,    of   the 

lilile  child, 
bcm    flcin  en   tiube,  to  the 

little  child. 
ba«   tlein  c    ^iub,    the    little 

child. 


bic   flciit^cn   ^inbcr,*    the    little 

children, 
ber  flein-cn  ^inbcr,  of  the  little 

children, 
bcu  tlcin-cn  ^inbcrn,  to  the  little 

children, 
bie    flein-cn    ^inbcr,     the    little 

children. 


With  a  Prononn. 


N.  biejcS  neu=c  §au«,^  this  new- 
house. 

G.  bic|c«  ncu=cn  ^aujeS,  of  this 
new  house. 

D._  bicfem  ncu  en  ^aiije,  to  this 
new  house. 

A.  bicfc^  neii  c  §aii§,  this  new 
house. 


biefe  neu^cu  ^ciufer,'*  these  new- 
houses. 

biefer  neu=^cn  §aiifer,  of  these  new 
houses. 

biefcu  ueii-cn  ^ciufern,  to  these 
new  houses. 

biefe  ncu  en  ijaujcr,  these  new 
houses. 


N  ie  I.  Observe  that  the  terminations  of  the  adjective 
are  not  the  same  as  those  of  the  article  or  the  noun. 

I\ote  2.  The  inflection  is  the  same  for  two  or  more 
adjectives,  ^.^.,  ber  jim^e,  reid)e  Slaufmann  (ydcn'-ghe,  rr-^e 
koirf'-mdn)^  the  young,  rich  merchant. 


Exercise, 


[.   How  do  you  like  the  French 
goods  I  sent  you  yesterday  ? 


I.  Hovv  do  the  French  goods 
(lease  you  wh'cli  I  'o  you 
ycsif  rday  sent  have  ? 


i)  Pronounce  *  kll'-ne  kint' 

2)  Pronounce  ' /^//'-«/«  kin'-der* 

3)  Pronounce  *  dee' -zes  noy'-e  hows.' 

4)  Pronounce    die -ze  noy -en  hoy -zer.^ 


164 


2.  Do  you  think  that  I  can  give 
this  book  to  this  little  boy  ? 

3.  This  poor  old  man  is  ill. 
You  must  send  him  to  the 
German  hospital. 

tf.  Why  did  you  not  take  the 
pretty  little  room  which  the 
young  waiter  showed  you 
yesterday  ? 

5.   Because  I  did  not  like  it. 

6  But  do  you  not  think  it  very 
cheap  ? 

7.  J*  is  very  cheap  indeed. 

8.  Will  you  go  to  church  to- 
day? 

9.  To  which  church  do  you  in- 
tend going  ? 

ID.  I  will  go  to  the  German 
church. 

11.  Then  I  cannot  go  with  you. 

12.  And  pray,  why  not  ? 

13.  Because  I  do  not  understand 
German. 

14.  Then  I  shall  go  to  the  Eng- 
lish church,  because  I  must 
go  to  some  place  of  wor- 
ship. 


4. 


9- 


II. 


14. 


Think  you  (glaubcn  (Sie)  that 
I  this  book  to  this  little  boy 
give  can  ? 

This  poor  (arme)  old  man  is 
ill  (fronf).  You  must  him  to 
(na(^)  the  (bem)  German  hos- 
pital (§0§pitat')  send. 
Why  have  you  the  (bog)  pret- 
ty (l^iibfd)e)  little  room  not 
taken,  which  (ha^)  the  young 
waiter  to  you  yesterday 
shown  (ge^eigt)  has  ? 
Because  it  to  me  (mir)  not 
pleased  has. 

But  find  you  it  not  very 
cheap  ? 

It  is  indeed   (in  ber  Xljai  = 
/dAi)  very  cheap. 
Will  you  (tDoUen  ®ic)  to-day 
to  the  church  (noc^  ber  ^irc^e) 
go? 

To     (nadi)    which    (welc^er) 
church  will  you  go. 
I  will  to  the  (nac^  ber)  Ger^ 
man  church  go. 
Then  (bonn)  can  I  not  with 
you  (mit  3l^nen)  go. 
And  why  then  (benn)  not? 
Because  I  no  (!ein)  German 
understand. 

Then  (bann)  shall  I  to  the 
English  church  go,  because 
I  to  some  (noc^  irgcnb  citier) 
church  go  must. 


16ft 

Second  Form, 

The  Adjective  preceded  by  the  Indefinite  Article. 
Adjectives  when  preceded  by  the  Indefinite  Article,  or 
oy  tlie  pronouns  me  in,  bciu,  fein,  unfcr,  ^^x,  i^r, 
differ  in  their  inflection  only  in  the  nominative  case,  mascu- 
line  and  neuter,  and  in  the  accusative  n  uter,  because  in 
these  cases  the  indefinite  article  eitl  has  no  particular 
termination  to  indicate  the  gender  of  the  noun.  In  these 
cases  the  adjective  takes  the  respective  terminations,  viz.: 

Table  of  the  Inflections, 

Masculine.  Neuter.  Plur. 


Nom. 

-cr. 

Nom.  and  Ace. 

-t%. 

-en. 

G.,  D.,  and  Ace. 

-en. 

Gen.  and  Dat. 

-en. 

-en. 

Examples. 

Mase.   N.  ein  gefd)ic!t=cr'  2)?ann,  a  clever  man. 

G.  ein-f^  gefd)icft  en  9J?ann=c^,  of  a  clever  man. 

D.  i\\\t\\\  gefcl)icft  en  2)?ann-e,  to  a  clever  man. 

A.  ein=cn  0efd)icft-en  2)knn,  a  clever  man. 

Fern.     N.  ein-c  iung  e  S)ame,  a  young  lady. 

G.  ein-er  jung  en  ®ame,  of  a  young  lady. 

Z>.  ein=ec  jung  en  %omt,  to  a  young  lady. 

A.  cin^e  iung  e  5)Qme,  a  young  lady. 

Neut.     N.  ein  jc^orf^cg '  5IReffer,  a  sharp  knife. 

G.  ein=eiJ  fd)avf^en  aj^efferg,  of  a  sharp  knife. 

D.  cin=em  fci)arf  en  3Jfeffer,  to  a  sharp  knife. 

^.  ein  t(^arf-c^  2Jieffer,  a  sharp  knife. 


i)  gefdl)i(ft  {j^he-shikt'),  clever  ;  the  endings  for  the  three  genders 
woiiJd  therefore  be:  *  Gin  gefd)i(ft-ct  3J?onp  ;  eine  gejd)icft-c  ^5'^^"  t  ^i^ 
gefd)i(ft  eeJ  liinb.' 

2)  fd/arfe^  =shdr'-fes. 


166 

Sing.    N.  ntein  ncB=ct '  ®o^n,  my  dear  son. 

6*.  tnem=c^  Iieb=cn  @oI)n=e^,  of  my  dear  son 
D.  meiiucm  Ueb  cii  ^o^u=e,  to  my  dear  son. 
A.  mcin  en  Ueb  en  Soljn,  my  dear  son. 

Plur.     N.  3^V  C  gut  en  ^inbcr,2  yoir  good  children. 

G.  3t)V  CI*  gut  en  ^tubcv,  of  your  good  children. 
D.  31)1*  en  gut  en  ^inbcru,  to  your  good  children. 
A.  3t)V=e  gut  en  ^tiubcr,  your  good  children. 

Note.     If  preceded  by  !ein,  no  or  none,  the   adjective 
is  inflected  in  the  same  manner. 

Exercise. 

52?aren8ie  nid)t  neulic^  («/-//>',  the  other  day)  tntt3()rem 
grdulein  ®d)n)efter  in  bem  fonigUdjen  {ko-nig-li-^en,  royal) 
^()eatcr?  ^%  mx  moUten  {vol- -ten,  wished)  uM  einmal  ein 
eni3liK()e3  Stiicf  (piece)  Don  @l)afe|peare  anf  einer  beutfdjen 
^ii()ue  {bu-ne,  stage)  anfe^en.  9Jnn  {rwdn,  well),  unb  n)ie 
l^at  e^  3^)^^!^  gefallen?  Sir  fonnten  natiirlid)  {nd-iur'-/P\  of 
course)  nid)t  ade^  {dh'-ih,  everything)  t)erftel)en,  aber  id) 
mnj3  fagen,  bag  mir  ba§  (Spiel  {sJCpeel,  playing,  acting)  ber 
bent|d)en  ®d)anfpider  {shou'-sJCpeeUr^  actors)  beffcr  gefdHt, 
a(^  bax^  bcr  (Sngldnbcr.  Unb  n)o  ^abcn  ©ie  gcftem  3$ormittag 
3ngebra.i)t  {tsoo'-g/ie-brde/it,  passed,  spent)  ?  ©eftern  itjaren 
lutr  in  bcr  (Sanft  3ot)annc^*£ird)e  {zdnkt yo-hdn'-nes-kir-^e,  St. 
John's  Church)  unb  l)orten  {/idr'-ten,  heard)  eine  au^ge^eid)^ 
nete  {ous'-ghe-zU-ne-te,  excellent)  ^rebigt  {pray'-dPt,  ser- 
mon). Unb  fonnten  (Sie  atk^  t)erftei)en?  3ebe^  Sort  (z-^v/, 
word).  (Sic  miffcn  ja  (indeed),  baj  ic^  jcben  2)^orgen  bie 
^ibet  (3^>"  '-bel,  bible)  in  bcutf^cr  (gprac^e  (cfe  (lay'-ze,  read), 
unb  id)  bUt  baf)Cr  {dd^hair\  therefore)  int  ©tanbc  {im  sh'tdn- 
de,  capable),  bcn  (^otte^bicnft  {got'-ies-deenst,  divine  service) 
ju  ocrfte^en. 


i)  Ueber  =  lee'-b?r. 

2)  ^inber  =  kln-dir. 

3)  Pronounce  '  ou '  like  ou  in  house. 


J'-'^' 


f  Ije  3{ebt(}r$^lt8ft-$gst<iit» 


OERM^N. 
PART    VI. 


168 


VI. 

{Continuation.) 

3.  I  like  Germany  quite  well;  but,  of  course,  not  as 
well  as  England  (=It  pleases  [to'\  me  quite  well 
[ganz  gut\  in  Germany  ;  but,  of  course  [or  naturally] 
[naturlicli]  nrt  as  well  as  [.so  gut  als]  in  England). 

4.  Where  do  you  like  it  better,  in  America  or  in  Eng- 
land (= Where  pleases  it  \to'\  you  better,  in  America 
[A7nerikd]  or  [oder]  in  England)  ? 

5  Of  course,  I  like  England  best,  because  I  was  born 
there  (=^[^<:']  me  pleases  it  naturally  [naturlich'i  in 
England  the  best  [am  I)este7i]y  because  [weil]  I  there 
born  am  [geboren  Uv^), 

6.  I  was  at  the  theatre  last  evening,  and  saw  Edwin 
Booth  as  Hamlet  (  =  1  was  yesterday  evening  in  the 
[im  *]  theatre,  and  have  E.  Booth  as  [als\  Hamlet 
seen). 

7.  How  did  you  like  his  acting  (=How  has  [tol  you 
his  acting  [sein  8pieT\  pleased)  ? 

3.  Very  well.  I  think  he  plays  this  difficult  role  with 
great  understanding.  (Literally  :  Very  good.  I  find 
[ichfinde]  that  he  this  difficult  role  [diese  schwierige 
Bolle]  with  great  understanding  [7nU  grossem  Ver- 
stdndniss]  plays  [spielt]). 


1G9 


VL 

{Continuation.) 

3.  Es  gefallt  mir  ganz  {gdnts)  gut  in  Deutschland,  aber 
natiirlich  {nd-tiir* -li^)  nicht  so  gut  als  in  England 
(eng'-idnt), 

4.  Wo  gefallt  es  Ihnen  besser  {bes'-sir)^  in  Amerika  {ah- 
may' -ree-kdh)  oder  in  England  ? 

5.  Mir  gefallt  es  natiirlich  (nd-tUr'-lP)  in  England  am 
besten  {dm  bes'-ten)  well  {;vile)  ich  dort  geboren  bin 
(ghe-bo'-ren  bin). 

6.  Ich  war  gestern  Abend  im  *  Theater  (tdy-dh* -ter)  und 
habe  Edwin  Booth  als  Hamlet  gesehen. 


7.  Wie  hat  Ihnen  sein  Spiel  {ztne  sh'peet)  gefallen? 


8  Sehr  gut,  ich  finde  {ftn'-de\  dass  er  diese  schwierige 
Rolle  {shvee* -ree-ghe  7'dV-le)  mit  grossemVerstandniss 
{gro' -sem  fer-sh' tend' -7iis)  spielt  {sJipeelt). 


i)  *  Im*  is  contracted  out  o{  '  in  dem.*      Thus   the  Germans  say 
'  vom*  instead  of  '  von  dem.* 


1'70 

9.  Do  you  like  him  better  than  Irving  (  =  Pleases  he  [/<?] 
you  better  than  [besser  ah]  Irving)  ? 

10.  You  know  I  am  an  American,  and  I  must  say  I  pre- 
fer my  countryman  Booth  to  Irving  (=You  know 
indeed  [ja]  that  I  an  American  [ein  Amerikaner] 
am,  and  I  must  [ich  7miss]  say  that  [fo]  me  my  coun- 
tryman [7nem  Landsmann]  Booth  better  pleases  than 
[als]  Irving). 

11.  How  do  you  like  the  new  novel  (=How  pleases  [/<?] 
you  the  new  novel  [der  neue  Roman])  ? 

12.  Of  which  (von  welchem)  novel  are  you  speaking 
(= speak  you)  ? 

13.  We  are  speaking  (or  talking)  of  George  Eliot's 
latest  novel  {vo7i  dem  neusten  Roman  von  George 
Eliot). 

14.  I  did  not  read  it  (=1  have  him  \ih7i\  not  read.  ['  Him' 
because  it  refers  to  der  Roman,  masc.]). 

15.  I  am  just  now  so  very  much  occupied  with  my  stud- 
ies that  I  have  no  time  for  the  perusal  of  novels. 
{Literally :  I  am  momentarily  [augenblicklich]  so 
very  ^  with  my  studies  occupied  [init  meinen  Studien 
beschdfiigt],  that  I  no  time  [keine  Zeit]  have  novels 
to  read.) 

16.  On  which  subjects  are  you  occupied  .5*  {Literally  : 
With  what  sort  of  studies  [riiit  was  fur  Studien]  are 
you  occupied.?) 

17.  Just  now  I  am  busy  with  the  study  of  the  German 

language  (  =  1  am  just  now  [augenblicklich]  with  the 
study  \jnit  dem  Studium]  of  the  German  language 
[der  deutschen  Sprache]  occupied). 


171 

g.  Gefiillt  er  Ihnen  besser  als  Irving? 

10.  Sie  wissen  ja  {zee  vts'-sen  yah),  dass  ich  ein  Ameri- 

kaner  {ah-may-ree-kdh* -ner)  bin,  und  ich  muss  (moos) 
sagen,  dass  mir  mein  Landsmann  {Idnts' -vidti)  Booth 
besser  gefiillt  als  Irving. 

11.  Wie  gefiillt  Ihnen  der  neue  Roman  {noy'-e  ro-mdhn')  ? 

12.  Von  {/on)  welchem  Roman  sprechen  Sie? 

13.  Wir  sprechen  von  {/on)  dem  neusten  {tioys'-ten)  Ro- 
man {ro-mdhn')  von  {/on)  George  Eliot. 

14.  Ich  habe  ihn  nicht  gelesen  {ghe-laV -zen), 

15.  Ich  bin  augenblicklich   {ou-ghen-bllck! -li^)    so    seh. 

mit  meinen  Studien  beschaftigt  {sh'too'-dyen  be-sch^y 
it^t),  dass  ich  keine  Zeit  {kf-netsite)  habe,  Roman* 
zu  lesen  {ro-mdh'-ne  tsoo  lay'-zeti). 


16.  Mit  was  fiir  Studien  {sh'too'-dyen)  sind  Sie  beschaftigt. 
{b^-shef-tiyt)} 

17.  Ich  bin   augenblicklich   mit  dem    Studium    {sh'too*- 

dyodni)  der  deutschen  Sprache  {sh'prdh'-ehe)  beschaf- 

tigt. 

i)  Instead  of    'very  much'  the  Germans  simply  say  *■  sehr*  i.e. 
very. 


172 

1 8.  Do  you  find  {finden  ;S'/e)  the  German  language  (^te 
deutsche  Spraclie)  very  difficult  (schwer)  ? 

19.  I  find  the  German  language   much   more    difficult 

(viel  schwer er)  than  (als)  the  English. 

20.  The  construction  (die  Construction)  of  the  German 
language  is  very  difficult  for  English  people  (=is 
for  us  English  [fur  uns  E7igldnder'\  very  difficult). 

21.  And  the  article  (der  Artihel)  and  the  declensions 
{die  Dedinationen) — what  do  you  think  of  them  (hal- 
teii  8ie  von  denen)  ? 

22.  The  article  is  so  very  difficult  {so  schtver)  that  it 
seems  impossible  for  an  Englishman  to  learn  {or 
master)  it  (=:that  it  for  an  Englishman  [filr  einen 
U7igldnder'\  impossible  seems  [scJieint]  him  *  to  learn 
[zu  erlernenl). 

23.  I  sent  you  some  English  goods  yesterday  (=  I  have 
to  you  yesterday  some  [einige]  English  goods  sent). 

24.  The  goods  you '  sent  me  yesterday  do  not  please  me 
at  all  (  =  The  goods,  which  ^  you  to  me  yesterday 
sent  have,  please  [to]  me  not  at  all  [ganz  und  gar 
nicht]). 

25.  Did  you  send  the  telegram  which  I  handed  you  this 
forenoon  (  =  Have  you  the  telegram  [die  Depeschel 
sent  off  {algesandtif  which  I  to  you  to-day  morning 
given  have)  ? 

26.  How  do  you  like  the  German  samples  which  I  sent 
you  a  few  days  ago  (  =  How  please  [to\  you  the  Ger- 
man samples  [Prohen\  which  I  to  you  before  some 
days  \vor  ei7iige7i  Tagen]  sent  have)  ? 

i)  '  /Ti'w,  i/in,'  because  it  refers  to  '  der  Arliker  (masc). 


173 

1 8.  Finden  Sie  {ftn'-den  zee)  die  deutsche  Sprache  selir 
schwer  (shvayr)  ? 

19.  Ich  finde  {H  fin' -de)  die  deutsche  Sprache  viel  {feel) 
schwerer  (shvay'-rer),  als  die  englische  {eng'-li-she). 

20.  Die  Construction  {con-strddk-tsydne')  der  deutschen 
Sprache  ist  ftir  uns  (oons)  Englander  {eng'-lhi-der) 
sehr  schwer  {zayr  shvayr). 

21.  Und  der  Artikel  (dr-tee' -kle)  und  die  Declinationen 
(day-clee-nd-tzyo' -nen)^  was  halten  Sie  von  denen  {fon 
day'-nen)  ? 

22.  Der  Artikel  ist  so  schwer  (dair  dr-tee'-kk  istzoh  shvayr) 
dass  es  filr  einen  Englander  unmoglicli  scheint 
{shint),  ihn*  zu  erlernen  {een  tsod  er-ler'nen). 


23.  Ich  habe  Ihnen  gestern  einige  (i-nee-ghe)  englische 
Waaren  gesandt. 

24.  Die  Waaren,  welche^  Sie  mir  gestern  gesandt  haben, 
gefallen  mir  ganz  und  gar  nicht  (gdnts  dont  gar  ni^t). 


25.  Haben  Sie  die  Depesche  {day~pe* -she)  abgesandt, 
welche  ich  Ihnen  heute  Morgen  gegeben  habe  {ghe- 
gay' 'ben  hah' -be)  ? 

26.  Wie  gefallen  Ihnen  die  deutschen  Proben  {pro'-ben)^ 
welche  ich  Ihnen  vor  einigen  Tagen  (for  i'-?iee-ghen 
tdh'-ghen)  gesandt  habe  ? 

2)  We  are  in  the  habit  of  often  omitting  the   relative  pronoun,  but 
the  Germans  can  never  do  so. 


174 

27.  I  sent  you  some  samples  yesterday.  How  do  you  like 
them  (=:how  please  they  [to]  you)  ? 

28.  How  do  you  like  this  soup  ( Wie  schmecht  ^  Ihnen  diese 
Suppe)  ? 

29.  I  do  not  like  the  coffee  {Der  Kaffee  schmecht  mir 
nicht)  of  which  you  sent  me  a  sample  yesterday 
(=The  coffee,   of  which  [von  welchem]  you  to  me 

-   yesterday  a  sample  [eine  Probe]  sent  have,  tastes  to 
me  not). 

30.  Please  send  me  another  and  better  sort  (  =  Send  you 
to  me  please  [gefdlligst]  another  and  better  sort  [eine 
hessere  Sorte]). 

31.  How  do  you  like  German  cooking  (  =  How  tastes 

to  you  the  German  cooking  [Kilche])  ? 

32.  I  do  not  like  German  cooking  as  well  as  English 

(=The  German  cooking  tastes  to  me  not  so  good  as 
[tuie]  the  English). 

33.  I  do  not  like  this  roast  beef  (=This  roast  beef  [dieser 

Rinderbraten]  tastes  to  me  not). 

34.  It  is  not  prepared  in  the  English  fashion  (= He''  is 
not  after  English  fashion  [nach  englischer  Manier] 
prepared  [zubereitet]). 

35.  Please  do  my  beefsteak  in  the  English  style.  I  do 
not  like  German  cooking  (=  Please  prepare  my 
beefsteak  after  English  fashion  [toy  The  German 
cooking  tastes  [to]  me  not). 


i)  How  do  you  like?  in  reference  to  food,  must  always  be  trans- 
lated by  :  *  Wie  schmeckt  Ihnen'  literally  :  how  tastes  to  you  ? 


175 

27-  Ich  sandtc  (zdn'-fe)  Ihnen  gestern  ein'igc  (I'-nce-g/te) 

Proben.     Wie  gefallen  sie  Ihnen  ? 
26.  Wie  schmeckt^    (shmekt)  Ihnen  diese  Suppe  {dee*-zi 

zoop'-pe)  ? 
29.  Der  Kaffee,  von  dem  Sie  mir  gestern  eine  Probe  ge- 

sandt  haben,  schmeckt  mir  nicht. 


30.  Senden  Sie  mir  gefalligst  {ghe-fel'lHst)  eine  andere 
und  bessere  Sorte  (i'-ne  dn'-de-re  dont  bes*-se-re 
zor'-te). 

31.  Wie  schmeckt  Ihnen  die  deutsche  Kiiche  {kii'-^e)} 

32.  Die  deutsche  KUche  schmeckt  mir  nicht  so  gut,  wie 
(vee)  die  englische  {eng'-li-she). 

33.  Dieser  Rinderbraten  {rin*  der-brdh-ien)  schmeckt  mir 
nicht. 

34.  Er '  ist  nicht  nach  englischer  Manier  zubereitet  {eng'- 
li-sher  mdh-neer'  tsod^-be-rl-tet). 

35.  Bitte,  bereiten  {be-rV-ten)  Sie  mein  Beefsteak  nach 
englischer  Manier  zu  {mdh'-tieer  tsoo).^  Die  deutsche 
Kiiche  schn;eckt  mir  nicht. 


2)  Er,  he,  because  it  refers  to  ^  drr  Rinderbraten  *  (masc). 

3)  Bereiten  Sie  zu,  prepare  ;  a  separable  verb.      Compare  Note  1* 
page  96. 


176 

And  how  can  your  clerk  say  they  are  too 
dear  I 

And 

how  ^ 

can 

your 

clerk 

assert ;  say 

that 

they 

too 

dear 

are. 


i)  Behaupten,  to  assert.  The  imperfect  is  formed  regularly  by 
adding  '  te  (compare  p.  141),  Ich  behauptete  {be-howp' -ti-ti\  I  as- 
serted, while  the  past  participle  does  not  take  the  syllable  ^^,  but 
forms  simply  '  behauptet,'  asserted.  I  have  asserted,  ich  habe  bekaup- 
tet.  The  rule  is  that  all  verbs  having  an  unaccented  prefix  h^ioxQ 
them  do  not  take  the  syllable  ' ge'  in  the  past  participle.  Such  pre- 
fixes are  :  be,  emp,  ent,  er,  ver,  zer^  ge,  miss,  voll,  wider  and  hinter. 
Ex.: 


177 


Und  w!e  kann  Ihr  Commis  betaanpten^  dass 

6dnt      v€€        k^n       eer      kom-meg'       b6-houp'-t6a       dEs 

sie  zu  theuer  siad? 

zee  tsOO     toy-er       zlnt. 
Und  {dont) 

wie  (vee) 

kann  (^i;?) 

Ihr  (eer) 

Commis  {kom-mee') 

behaupten  ^  (be-houp* -ten) 

dass  (^<iy)* 

sie  (2<?/) 

zu  (/y^<?) 
theuer  (foy'-er) 
sind  (ztnt). 


belohnen,  to  reward.  /w/.  ich  be-lohnte.  Part,  be-lohnt. 

verkaufen,  to  sell,  ich  ver-kaufte.  ver-kauft. 

zerstfiren  {tsir-sh'td'-ren),  to  destroy,    ich  zer-storte.  zer-stort. 

vermiethen  {/Jr-tnee'-ten),\.o  let.  ich  ver-miethete.      ver-miethet. 

2)  Z),^^  (spelled  with  one  s  only)  means  'M<r '  ^definite  neuter  arti- 
cle),  while  dass  (spelled  with  double  s)  means  thai  (conjunction). 


178 

1.  How  can  you  assert  this  (=  this  assert)  ? 

2.  My  clerk  asserts  that  you  said  you  would  not  pay 
this  bill  under  any  circumstances  (=tliat  you  said 
had  [hdtten  ^]  you  would  this  bill  under  no  circum- 
stances [unter  keinen  Umstdnden]  pay). 

3.  I  never  dreamt  of  saying  such  a  thing ;  or,  It  never 
occurred  to  me  to  say  such  a  thing.  {^Literally :  It 
is  to  me  not  at  all  \^gar  nicht\  occurred  [eingef alien] 
that  to  say.) 

4.  If  your  clerk  says  so,  he  does  not  tell  the  truth 
(=  If  your  clerk  that  asserts,  then  [so  ^]  says  he  not 
the  truth  [die  Wahrheit]). 

5.  What  an  idea !  (=What  occurs  to  you  [  Was  fdllt 
Ilmen  ein]  !) 

6.  It  just  occurs  to  me  that  I  have  to  write  a  letter  to 

Fiirst  and  Co.  (=  There  occurs  to  me  [da  fdllt  mir 
ein\  that  I  a  letter  [einen  Brief]  to  [an]  Fiirst  and 
Company  [Compagnie]  to  write  have). 

7.  The  idea  strikes  me  ;  or.  It  occurs  to  me  (=  Da  fdllt 
mir  etwas  [something]  ein). 


t)  The  Silbjlinctive  Mood  is  used  after  verbs  which  indicate  pos- 
sibility, uncertainty,  doubt,  fear,  desire,  as  :  scheiiieu  {shV-nen),  to  ap- 
pear or  to  seem  ;  fiirchteil  {fury'-ten),  to  fear  ;  WUnsclien  {vun'-shen), 
to  wish  ;  wollen  (yol'-len),  to  want,  to  be  determined  ;  belehlen  (J)e- 
fay'-len),  to  command,  to  order  ;  bitten  {bit'-ten),  to  beg,  to  request, 
&c. 

Es  scheint,  als  ob  i^as  if)  ex  abgereist  sei  {zi).  It  seems  he  left. 

Ick  7uunsche,  dass  Sie  wieder  {vee-der)  wohl  7vdren,\  wish  you  were 
well  again. 

Ich  befahl  ihm,  dass  er  zu  Ihnen  ginge,  I  ordered  him  to  go  to  you. 

Ichbat^n,  dass  er  mir  das  Buch  gdbe,  I  requested  him  to  give  me 
the  book. 

About  the  formation  of  the  Subjunctive  Mood  compare  the  Gram- 
matical Remarks,  Part  V. 

2)  When  the  principal  sentence  is  preceded  hy  the  dependent  clause  the 
(ollowing  constructions  take  place  : 

a)  The  principal  sentence  must  either  be  introduced  by  the  un* 


179 

1.  Wie  konnen  Sie  das  behaupten  ? 

2.  Mein  Commis  behauptet,  dass  Sie  gesagt  hdtten^  Sie 
wiirden  diese  Rechnung  unter  keinen  Umstanden 
bezahlen  {zee  vur'-den  dee'-ze  re  ^'-noofig  don'-ier  kf-nen 
oom' -sh' ten-den  be-tsdh* -leti). 

3.  Es  ist  mir  gar  nicht  eingefallen  {ine'-ghe-fd-len)^  das 
zu  sagen. 


4.  Wenn  Ihr  Commis  das  behauptet,  so  *  sagt  er  nicht 

dieWahrheit  {vdhr'-hite). 

5.  Was  fallt  Ihnen  ein  {fellt  ee'-nen  tne) !    [Idiomatic  Ger- 

man phrase  for  our'  What  an  idea! '  Compare  p.  141.] 

6.  Da  fallt  mir  ein,  dass  ich  einen  Brief  {brief)  an 
Flirst  und  Compagnie  {kom' -pdn-yee)  zu  schreiben 
{sJirV-ben)  habe. 

7.  Da  fiillt  mir  etwas  {et'-vds)  ein.  (Idiomatic  German 
phrase.) 


translafable  particle 

V  rb  ;  or, 
b)  The  nominative  is 

tence,  as  : 
Dependent  clause. 
Wenn  er  das  behauptet, 

Wenn  Sie  mir  das  gleich 
gesagt  hatten, 

Ah  ich  in  London   war, 


Da  ich  ihn  nicht  person' 
lich  kenne. 


*  SO  *  and  the  subject  be  placed  after  tJie 
placed  after  the  verb  in  the  principal  sen- 


Principal  sentence. 

so  sagt  er  nicht  die 
Wahrheit, 

so  ware  ich  nichi 
nach  Berlin  ge- 
reist, 

habe  ich  die  K6'- 
nigin  von  Eng- 
land gesehen, 

so  kann  ich  Ihnen 
nichts  uber  ihn 
sagen, 


If  he  says  so  he  tells 
the  untruth. 

If  you  had  told  me  so 
at  once  I  should  not 
have  gone  to  Berlin. 

I  saw  the  Queen  of  Eng- 
land while  I  was  in 
London. 

As  I  do  not  know  him 
personally,  I  cannot 
tell  you  anything 
about  him. 


180 

8,  While  I  was  at  the  English  restaurant  yesterday,  a 
gentleman  approached  me  and  inquired  if  you  were 
at  Berlin  (=  While  I  yesterday  in  the  English  res- 
taurant [in  der  englischen  Eestauration]  was,  came  a 
gentleman  to  me  [zu  mir]  and  asked  me  [mich]  if 
you  in  Berlin  were  [wdren]). 

9.  And  what  answer  did  you  give  him  (=  And  what 
have  you  to  him  [ihm\  answered  [gea7itwortet\}} 

10.  Why  did  you  answer  him  thus?  (=  Why  have  you 
to  him  [ihni\  that  answered  ?) 

11.  Why  do  you  not  answer  ?  (=  Why  answer  you  [ant- 
worten  8ie\  not  ?) 

12.  I  cannot  reply  to  this  question  (=  To  this  question 
[auf  diese  Frage]  can  I  not  reply  [anhuorteri])- 

13.  He  asserted  that  he  met  you  "  Unter  den  Linden  ** 
last  night  (=  He  has  asserted,  that  he  you  yesterday 
evening  "  U^iter  den  Linden"  met  had).  ["  Unter 
den  Linden  "  is  the  most  fashionable  street  in  the 
German  capital.] 


j  How  do  you  do  ? 
I  H, 


^4- 

How  are  you  }     [These  are  idiomatic   expressions 

which  cannot  be  translated  literally,  and  which  must    - 
be  learned  by  heart.] 


i)  When  any  word — except  the  nominative — commences  any  sen- 
tence, the  following  construction  takes  place  : 

a)  In  sitnple  tenses  the  subject  must  be  placed  after  the  verb  ; 

b)  In  compound  tenses  the  subject  must  be  placed  after  the  auxiliary 
verb  ;  as  : 

Auf  diese  Frage  kann  ich  nicht  antworten,  This  question  I  cannot 

answer. 
Morgenkann\{^  zu   Ilinen  kommen,  aber  heute  nicht,  To-morrow 

I  can  come  to  you,  but  not  to  day. 
Diesen  Brief  habe  ich  nicht  geschrieben,  This  letter  I  did  not  write. 
Nach  Berlin  werde  ich  iibermorgen  reisen,  To  Berlin  I   shall  go  day 

after  to-morrow. 
2)  Sich  bejinden   (be-flfn'-den)  belongs  to   the   so-called    reflective 


181 

8.  Als  ich  gestem  in  der  englischen  Restauration  {res- 
to-rdh-tsyone')  war,  kam  ein  Herr  zu  mir  und  fragte 
mich,  ob  Sie  in   Berlin  {ber-lien^)  wdren  {yay*-ren)} 


9.  Und  was  haben  Sie  ihm  {eem)  geantwortet  ( ghe-dnf- 
vor-tet)  ? 

10.  VVarum  haben  Sie  ihm  (eem)  das  geantwortet  ? 

11.  Warum  antworten  Sie  (dnf-vor-ten  zee)  nicht  ? 

12.  Auf  diese  Frage    (frdh'-ghe)  kann  ich^   nicht  ant- 
worten (ant'  -vor-ten). 

13.  Er  hat  behauptet,  da^  er  Sie  gestern  Abend  "  Unter 
den  Linden"  (oon'-ter  dayn  lin'-d^n)  getroffen  hatte. 


-! 


Wie  geht  es  Ihnen  ? 

Wie  befinden  Sie  €\cW{vee  be-fin*-d^n  zee  zP)> 


verbs.  When  the  action  of  a  verb  returns  upon  the  subject  from 
which  it  proceeds,  the  verb  is  called  rejiective  or  reflected.  Such 
verbs  are  always  conjugated  with  two  pronouns,  one  for  the  subject 
(nominative),  the  other  for  the  object  (accusative).  This  reflective 
form  is  very  extensively  employed  in  German,  whilst  the  English 
prefer  the  active  or  passive  voice  of  simple  verbs.  Reflective  verbs 
form  their  compound  tenses  with  haben.  Though  we  shall  have 
occasion  to  make  some  further  remarks  upon  these  verbs,  I  give 
their  conjugation  now.     Compare  p.  125. 

Present. 


Singular. 
ich  befinde  mich  {be-fln'-dimiy), 

I  am  {literally:  I  find  myself),  &c 
du  befindest  dich  {be-ftn  -dest  dU) 
er  befindet  sich  (be-fln'-det  ziv). 
sie  befindet  sich. 

The  verb  'sich  befinden*  is  mostly  used  in  connection  with  the 
state  of  a  person's  health. 


Plural. 
wir  befinden  uns,  we  are 
ibr  befindet  euch(M*y)  ) 
Sie  befinden  sich.  J 

sie  befinden  sich. 


182 


GRAMMATICAL   REMARKS. 
Third  Form  of  Adjectives. 

Adjectives  without  any  Article. 
When  adjectives  accompany  nouns  without  oeing  pre- 
ceded  by   an    article   or   by  a  pronoun   they   take   the 
terminations  of  the  article,  thereby  indicating  the  gen- 
der of  the  nouns  which  the  adjectives  qualify. 


Examples. 

N. 

Masc 
Singular. 
rot^=CC  SSein,'  red  wine. 

uline. 

Plural. 
rotl^^C  SScinc,  red  wines,  &c. 

G. 

rott)=cn  SBein.c^,^  of  the  red 
wine,  &c. 

rot^=ec  SScine. 

D. 

rot^=nn  SSein. 

rotl)=en  SBcinen. 

A. 

rot^^cn  SSein. 

rotl)^c  SBeine. 

Feminine, 

N. 

n)arm=C  @U|3pe  {var-'me  zoop' - 
pe),  warm  soup,  &c. 

iwarm^C  @u^pen,  warm  soups,  &c. 

G. 

n)arm=ec  @uppe. 

ft)Qrm=cv  ©u^pen. 

D. 

njarm-cc  @uppe. 

tuarm-cn  @u|)peu. 

A. 

tt)arm=c  ®uppe. 

iuarnt^c  @uppen. 

Neuter. 

N, 

frifd)=eS   {fn'skis),    SSaffer, 
fresh  water,  &c. 

frif(^=c  (Stcr  (o'^'-Zr),  fresh  eggs, 
&c. 

G. 

frifd)=cn  SSaffer^. 

frifc^-cv  (Sier. 

D, 

frtf(^=em  SBaffer. 

frifrf)^cn  (Siern. 

A. 

frifrf|=cg  SBaffer. 

frifdi^c  (gier. 

1)  rott)er  =  td'-ter ,  '  th'  always  sounds  like  /'  in  German.  The 
new  orthography  omits  the  *  h '  after  the  '  /,'  except  in  words  which 
are  derived  from  the  Greek. 

2)  For  euphony's  sake,  and  to  avoid  repetition  of  '  S,'  the  Genitive 
ends  in  '  eu  *  in  the  masculine  and  neuter. 


183 


Additional  Remarks  on  the  Adjectives. 

I.  Adjectives   denoting    natiotiality   have  generally   tlie 
ending  ifd),  and  are  written  with  a  small  letter;  eg.: 


amcvifani jrf)  (a-may-  ree-kah -nlsh), 
American. 

bairifd)  {bi'-rish).  Bavarian. 

bduijd)  {day'-nish),  Danish. 

bcutfd)  [doitsh),  German. 

irtdilbifd)  {Ir  -len-dish),  Irish. 

itatienifd^  {ee-tahl-ye  -nish\  Italian. 

normegifi^  {ndr-vay'-ghlsh),  Nor- 
wegian. 

6jlrcid)ifc^  {ds'-trl-yish),  Austrian. 

polnifd)  (pdl'-nish),  Polish. 

englifc^  (ing'-llsh),  English. 


fronjoflfd^  {frdn-tso-zlsh\  French, 
griec^ifd)  {^rie'-^lsh),  Greek. 
l)oEanbifd)  {hot-len-dish),  Dutch. 
portug  teftfd^        (por-tdo-ghee'-ztsh), 

Portuguese. 
preugifd)  {proy'-slsh\  Prussian. 
rufftfc^  {rdo-sish),  Russian, 
jdc^flfd^  {zik'-sish),  Saxon. 
fd)tt)ebifd|  {shvay'-dish),  Swedish, 
fponifc^  {sh'pdh'-nish),  Spanish. 
tur!if(^  {turr'-klsh),  Turkish. 


2.  The  adjective  ^  0  (^ ,  high,  when  used  as  an  attribute, 
changes  d)  into  a  simple  ^  ;  e.g.,  ber  I)  0  I)e  !itl)Urm  (tddrm)^ 
the  high  steeple  ;  bcr  I)  0  I)  e  "^^^rci^  {price)^  the  high  price. 

3.  Adjectives  in  German  may  be  used  as  substantives. 
They  have  the  same  inflection  as  other  adjectives,  but 
are  written  with  a  capital  letter;  e.g,y  ©n  ©clc^rt^er 
(ghe-layr'-ter),  a  learned  man;  cinC'8  ©cle^rt-en,  of  a 
learned  man.  (5in  T)CUtf(^er  {doit' -sher),  a  German  ;  bte 
^eutfc^  =  e  n ,  the  Germans. 

4.  After  etma^  (et'-vds),  something;  nicf)t§  {jiUts), 
nothing;  t)iel  (/<^^/),  much  ;  tD  cnig  (z^^y-^i'^'),  little;  and 
me()r  {mayr),  more,  adjectives  used  substantively  take 
the  neuter  ending;  e.g.,  ettt>a§  (^Ut-C ^  (//'-z^^z^ ^^;^'-^<^j), some- 
thing good;  ntc^t^  5^eu=C^  (jiPts  nof-es)  nothing  new,  i.e., 
no  news. 


184 

5-  Most  German  adjectives  are  used  as  adverbs  withoui 
changing  their  form,  2is :  (Sr  fpri(f)t  gut,  he  talks  well. — 
(5r  fdjreibt  ft§(ed)t  {sh'le^t),  he  writes  badly. 

6.  Adjectives  receive  a  negative  meaning  by  prefixing 
the  particle  un  (English  un,  dis,  &c.);  e.g.:  glUdlid)  (glUck'- 
It^),  happy;  ung(U(f(id)  (don'-glUck-liy),  7^«happy;  el)r= 
tic^  {ayr'-W),  honest ;  UUel^rlid)  {don' -ayr-li^)  dishonest. 

Note,  In  like  manner  the  prefix  ab  is  used  with  par- 
ticiples ;  e.g..,  genetgt  {ghe-nigt'),  inclined  ;  ab'geneigt,  dis'm- 
clined. 

Comparison  of  Adjectives.  ^ 

1.  The  comparison,  in  German  as  in  English,  is 
effected  by  two  degrees,  the  comparative  and  superlative. 

2.  The  comparative  is  formed  by  adding  the  termination 
C  r ,  and  the  superlative  by  the  ending  e  ft  or  ft  to  the  positive 
form  of  the  adjective.  (The  vowels  a,  0,  U  are  changed 
in  most  monosyllables  into  ij,  i),  U.  There  are,  however, 
many  exceptions  to  this  rule.) 


,  Positive. 

fd^bn  {shon), 

beautiful. 

flarf  {shUdrk),  ) 
strong.         j 

cbcl  {ay' -del),    ) 
noble.  j 

reic^  (n-y),  rich. 


Comparative. 

fd^o'ncr,       more 
beautiful. 


ftar'fct,  stronger, 


ebtct,  nobler. 

reid^ct     {n'-yer), 
richer. 


Superlative. 
ber    (bie,   \iQii)  fcI)ouftc,    the 

most  beautiful,  or 
am  fd^onften,  most  beautiful, 
ber   (bie,    bo§)    ftcirtftc,    the 

strongest,  or 
cm  ftQvfften,  strongest, 
ber  ebelftc,  the  noblest,  or 
om  cbelften,  noblest, 
ber  reid^ftc,  the  richest,  or 
am  reic^fteu,  richest. 


185 

Observation  : — The  vowel  C  of  the  ending  eft  is  commonly 
dropped,  except  when  the  final  sound  of  the  adjective  is  a 
lingual  letter  (b,  t,  «,  %,  fd),  3,  ft),  as :  bcr  fc^on^te,  the 
most  beautiful ;  but  ber  breit^eftc  (bri^ -teste) ^  the 
broadest ;  ber  fUg^efte,  the  sweetest. 


3.  The  first  form  of  the  superlative  bcr  (bic,  bo§)  reicl)ftc, 
the  richest  ;  ber  (bie,  ba6)  fdjonfte,  the  most  beautiful,  is 
the  attributive  form  of  the  superlative,  and  is  otily  used 
when  followed  by  a  noun  (which,  however,  may  also  be 
understood),  as:  ^r  ift  ber  reic^fte  3J?ann  in  ber  (3tabt, 
he  is  the  richest  man  in  town.  3^)  ^^ibe  i^m  \i^^  f  I  e  i  n  ft  e 
3itnmer  gegeben,  I  have  given  him  the  smallest  room. 
3*^  ^abc  i^m  '^tv.  ^oc^ften  "^xtx^  be^a^lt,  I  have  paid  him 
the  highest  price. 


4.  The  second  form   am  reici^ften,  am  fc^bnftenv 

&c.,  is  invariable.  This  form  is  called  the  adverbial  form^ 
and  is  used  after  the  auxiliary  verb  fein;  it  always 
stands  at  the  end  of  a  sentence,  as  :  ($r  ift  am  ung(iicf(id)ften 
{odn'-glUck-li^-sten),  he  is  most  unhappy.  (S^  U)are  mir  am 
liebften  (leep'-sten),  I  should  like  it  best. 


5.  Another  adverbial  form  of  the  superlative  is :  0  u  f  ^ 
bcfte,  in  the  best  manner;  auf  §  f(^5nftc,  in  the  finest 
manner,  &c.  (The  use  of  this  adverbial  form  is  not  so 
common  as  that  with  am.) 


186 

Irregular  and  Defective  Comparisons. 

The  following  adjectives  are  irregular  in  their  com- 
parison : — 

Positive, 
gut  {godt),  good. 
tjod)  {hoch),  high. 
Iial^  {ndh\  near. 
Diet  {feel),  much. 


toenig  {vay'-niy\  little 


Comparative, 
beffer  {bes'-ser),  better. 
\)0\)tX  {ho -her),  higher. 
na^er  {nay  -her\  nearer, 
me^r  {mayr),  more. 
Weniger  {vay' -nee-gher), 
minbcr  {mln'-der) 


less. 


Superlative. 

bcr  befle,  am  beften,  the  best. 

ber  pd^fte  {hdy'-ste),  om  ^o^ften,  the  highest. 

ber  nat^fte  {nayy'-ste),  om  nac^ften,  the  nearest. 

ber  meifte  {mt-ste),  am  meiften,  the  most. 

am  ttJeniqftcn  {vay  -nu' -sten),    )     ,     , 

'     the  least. 


n\    \ 


am  miubeften  {min -de-steii) 

6.  Sometimes  the  word  aUcr  {d'-ler)  is  prefixed  to  the 
superlative,  to  give  intensity  and  emphasis,  as :  ber 
allerbeftc  {d-ler-bes'-te),  the  very  best;  ber  allererfte 
{d-ler-airs^-te),  the  very  first;  etn  aUerliebfte^  3J^abd)cn 
(Ine  d-ler-leep'-stes  maid'-^en),  a  most  charming  girl. 

The  absolute  superlative  is  often  expressed  by  !^  oc^  ft, 
it b  e  r  a U ^  {U-ber-oas'),  \z\)X  {zair),  and  (i U §  e r  ft  {py'-serst^) 
corresponding  to  our  '  most,  extremely,  or  exceedingly ; 
as  :  Da§  ift  eine  I)  o  cf)  ft  n)id)tige  9fiarf)rtd)t  {vP'-tee-ghe  ndch'- 
rt^t)^  that  is  most  important  news.  (Sr  ift  eiu  f  e^r  (tebett^* 
iriirbiger  9}^ann  {lee' -bens-vUr-dee-gher  mdn)^  he  is  a  very 
amiable  man.  @r  iDar  (iu^erft  aufgebrai^t  (oy'-serst  ouf- 
ghe-brdcht)y  he  was  exceedingly  angry. 


187 

8.  As  —  as  is  rendered  in  German  by  cbetlfo — alS 
{ay-'ben-zo — dhls)  or  e  b  e  tl  f  0 — U)ic  {ay'-ben-zo — vee)  and  not 
80— as,  by  n  i  c^  t  f  o — a  U  or  n  t  d)  t  f  o — tu  i  c.  Ex. :  gr  ift 
cbenfo  jung  aU  vi),  or  luic  ic^,  he  is  as  young  as  I. 
@ic  mar  n  i  d)  t  f  o  gebilbet  {ghe-bW -det)  a  U  cr,  she  was  not 
as  cultivated  as  he. 

The  English  the — the  is  rendered  by  j  e — b  e  ft  0  {yay — 
de'-std).  The  more  you  talk,  the  less  he  does,  j  e  me^r  @ie 
fprcd;cn,  b  e  ft  o  toeniger  t^ut  er. 


Conjugation  of  Strong  Verbs. 

There  are  about  150  verbs  which  are  formed  after  the 
so-called  strong  conjugation. 

Verbs  of  the  strong  conjugation  form  their  Imperfect 
by  dropping  en  or  n  of  the  Infinitive^  and  by  changing 
the  vowel  of  the  root,  as:  gin  ben  {fin' -den),  ic^  f  anb 
(/«;/«);  to  find,  I  found.  §  elf  en,  tc^  ^Cllf;  to  help, 
I  helped. 

Their  Past  Participle  is  formed  like  that  of  the  weak 
verbs,  only  terminating  in  c  n  instead  of  t,  and  very 
frequently  the  radical  vowel  is  changed,  as:  Sittbcn^ge- 
fun  ben  (ghe-fddn'-den)\  to  find,  found.  §e(fen,  ge* 
1^  0  I  f  e  n  (g  he- ho  I* -fen)  ;  to  help,  helped. 

The  Subjunctive  Mood  of  the  Imperfect  tense  is  formed 
by  modifying  the  voivel  of  the  Indicative  (a  into  a  ;  0  into 
b  ;  U  into  u)  and  adding  the  terminations  of  the  Presem 
Subjunctive,     (Compare  the  paradigm.) 


188 


2:  rag  en  (trah'-ghen),  to  carry. 

Indicative.  Subjunctive. 

Present. 


ic^  trnge  {trah'-ghe\  I  carry, 
bll  trdgit,  thou  carriest. 
er  trdgt,  he  carries, 
tuir  trngcu,  we  carry. 
@ie  tragcn,  you  carry, 
fie  tragcn,  they  carry. 


i^  trug  {trdogh),  I  carried, 
bu  trugit,  thou  carried  St. 
ec  trug,  he  carried. 
Xoxx  trugcn,  we  carried. 
@ie  trugcn,  you  carried, 
fie  trugcn,  they  carried. 

Imperative. 
tragc,  carry  (thou) 
trag(c)t,  carry  (you), 
tragcn  ®ie,  carry  (you). 


id^  trngc  itrdh'-ghe),   I  may  carry 
bu  tragcft,  thou  mayest  carry, 
er  tragc,  he  may  carry. 
tt)ir  tragcn,  we  may  carry. 
@ie  tragcn,  you  may  carry. 
fie  tragcn,  they  may  carry. 
Imperfect. 

id^  triigc  {trU-gki),  I  might  carry, 
bu  triigcft,  thou  mightest  carry, 
er  frugc,  he  might  carry, 
tuir  trugcn,  we  might  carry. 
@ie  trugcn,  you  might  carry, 
fie  trugcn,  they  might  carry. 
Infinitive.  Participle. 

Pres.  tragcn,  to  carry.    Pres.   tragcnb,  carrying. 
Past,  gctragcn,  carried. 


^rec^en  {bre'-^en),  to  break. 

Present.  Imperfect. 


ic^  brcc!^c,  I  break. 

bu  bric^ft  {^brPst),  thou  break  St. 

er  bric^t  {brl^t),  he  breaks. 

trir  brcd)en,  we  break. 

@ie  brcd)en,  you  break. 

fte  brcd)en,  they  break. 

Perfect. 

Pluperfect. 


id)  bra(^  {brack),  I  broke. 

bu  brac^ft,  thou  brokest. 

er  brac^,  he  broke. 

tt)ir  brad^en,  we  broke. 

®ic  bracken,  5'ou  broke. 

fie  brad^en,  they  broke. 
t(^  "^abe  gebrodien  {ghe-bro  -chen),  I  have  broken, 
id^  l^atte  gebrod^en,  I  had  broken. 


First  Future,    id)  XOtxht  brcd)eu,  I  shall  break. 

Second  Put.      id)  ttJcrbe  gebrcd^en  \\a\)iXi,  I  shall  have  broken. 

Imperative.       \iX\6),  brcc^t,  brcd^eu  @ie,  break  (thou,  you). 


189 

The  strong  verbs  change  their  radical  vowel  in  the 
Indicative  mood  of  the  Itnperfect  into  o,  i,  0,  or  U,  and  in 
the  Subjunctive  mood  into  ii,  i,  a,  il.  Hence  we  have 
four  classes  of  strong  verbs.  The  Past  Participle  has 
either  the  same  vowel  as  the  Imperfect  tense,  or  the 
same  as  that  of  the  root,  or  else  different  from  both,  as 
is  shown  in  the  following  table : 


lass. 

Imperfect. 

Past  Participle. 

I. 

0. 

0. 

3. 

i,ie. 

\,  ie. 

3. 

a. 

u  oro. 

4- 

u,  a,  ie  (i). 

radical  vowel 

First  Class. 

The  First  Class  comprises   those  strong  verbs   which 
change  their  radical  vowel  into  a  long  or  short  0. 
I.   0  long. 

Infinitive.  Imperfect. 

bicgcn  {bee'-ghin),  to  bend  bog,  bent 

fliegcn  {flee'-ghen\  to  fly  flog,  flew 

iDlcgcn  {vee'-ghin),  to  weigh  ft)Og,  weighed 

fiicrcn  {/ree-ren),  to  freeze  fror,   froze 

Dcrlicren  ( fir-lei' -ren\  to  lose  Derlor,  lost 

bietcn  {bee -tin),  to  off^er  bot,  offered 

fIic^en(yf//-/4t'w),toflee  flo^,  fled 

gicI)CU  {tsii''hin\  to  draw  jog  {tsog),  drew 

t(()»)orcn  {shvo-rin),  to  swear  fd^lDor,  swore 

lugcn  (/«'  ghen\  to  lie  log,  lied 

(to  tell  a  falsehood) 
bctrfigciF  (bi-tru-gMn\\.o  deceive  bctrog,  deceived 


Past  Part. 
gcbogen,  bent 
geflogen.  flown 
gctuogen,  weighed 
gefroren,  frozen 
toerlorcii,  lost 
gcbotcn,  offered 
gcf{ol)cn,  fled 
gcbogen,  drawn 
gcfd)Uioren,  sworn 
gclogen,  lied 

betrogen,  deceived 


190 

2.  0  short, 

fd)lcOen  {shee-sin),  to  shoot         fd)ot3,  shot  gcfd^offctt,  shot 

gie^en  {ghee -sen),  to  pour            gofe,  poured  gegoffcn,  poured 

geuicj3eu  {^ he- nee -sen),  to  enjoy  geuo^,  enjoyed  genoffen,  enjoyed 

[d)Ue^eu  {shle-e'-sen),  to  shut         f(f)toB,  shut  gefd)loffen,  shut 

\iZxWit^tn  {fer-dree  -sen),  to  vex  t)erbro§,  vexed  t>erbvoffen,  vexed 

ried)eu  {ree  yen),  to  smell              rocf),  smelled  geroci^en,  smelled 

fec^ten(//y'//«),to  fight               fod)t,  fought  gefoc^ten,  fought 

Observatio?i. — Most  verbs  of  the  First  Class  have  ie  for 
their  radical  vowel. 


Exercise. 

^edner,  bringen  (Ste  mtr  fdfc^e^  SBaffer.  Sie  gefaden  S^tten 
tie  fdimar^en  ©ofen,  XQtX^t  ^^x  ©err  :^ruber  gefouft  ^^oX'^ 
®uten  SJ^orgen,  meitt  ©err.  SSie  ge^t  e§  3^nen?  T)an!e,  e^ 
ge^t  mir  recf)t  gut.  Unb  tuie  get)t  e§  3^rem  fleinen  (So^ne?  (g^ 
gel)t  i^m  etwa^  beffer,  aber  er  fann  noc^  nidjt  (not  yet)  au«^< 
ge^en.  SKa^  t)at  i^m  gefe^lt?  (gr  l)atte  fi^  fe^r  erfdltet  {er- 
kel'-tet,  taken  cold),  ^prec^ett  @ie  englifd}?  3d)  fpre^c 
nur  gebroc^en  {ghe-brd'-chen,  broken)  englifd).  ^6)  t)erftel^e 
aber  faft  (almost)  jebe^  SSort,  ba§  ic^  pre  (^^^'-z-/,  hear). 

Words. 

T)a8  ©otel  {hd-teir\  Hotel. 

eln  3i^"^^^   i^   (Srbgefd^o§   (f«^  \ 

tslm'-mer  im  airt' -ghe-shos),         \  a  room  on  the  ground-floor, 
cin  3intmer  im  parterre  {impdrter),  ) 
bieXreppe(/r^/-//),pl.bie  jtrep^en,     the  staircase. 
cine    Steppe    ^oc^     {t-ne   trep'-pe     up  one  flight  of  stairs  (on  the  first 

hoch),  floor), 

jmei   Xreppeu  ^oc^  {tsvi  trep'-pin 

hdch),  on  the  second  floor. 


f  ^(  Jj>bt<[r3#lt-Sj)$i?m. 


GJE  R  M  A  IS 


PAliT     I'll. 


VII. 

{Continuation,) 

15.  How  is  your  father  ? 

16.  Thank  you  very  much,  my  father  is  ve'}  veil  (of  ^  is 
doing  finely  ;  or^  is  in  excellent  health). 

17.  If  I  do  not  feel  better  to-morrow  morning  ( Wenu  ich 
micli  morgen  f'^ilh  niclit  lesser  oejinde),  jou  must 
send  for  a  physician  (=  then  [so]  must  you  a  phys- 
ician [eijien  Afzl\  got  \Jiolen\). 

18.  My  dear  friend  !  how  glad  I  am  \o  see  you  \  {—  how 
rejoices  it  me  [rninh]  you  to  see  !) 

19.  These  goods  are  much  too  aear  ;  I  cannoi  take  them 
(=  I  can  them  [sie]  not  take  \7ielmie7i\) ■ 

20.  I  cannot  take  these  materials  at  this  price  (=  I  can 
these  goods  [diese  Staff e]  at  this  price  [zu  diesem 
Preise]  not  take). 

21.  This  (dieser)  price  is  by  far  too  dear  (viel  zu  ilieuer). 

You  must  give  me  the  goods  at  a  lower  figure  (=You 
must  to  me  \mir]  the  [de7i]  goods  cheaper  [MUiger] 
give). 


I.  The  student  ought  to  learn  the  principal paris  of  mUssen,  to  be 
obliged. 


Present. 
I  must. 
ich  muss. 


Imperfect. 
I  was  obliged. 
ich  mnsste. 


Imperfect  Subj. 
I  should  be  obliged. 
ich  miisste. 


VII. 


{Continuation^ 


Wie  geht  es  Ihrem  Herrn  Vater  ? 
Wie  befindet  {be-fin' -de,,)  sich  Ihr  Herr  Vater? 
Danke  schon,  es  geht  meinem  Vater  recht  gut(^^J/) 
Mein  Vater  befindet  {be- fin' -de t)  sich  recht  gut. 
17.  Wenn  ich  mich  morgen  friih  nicht  besser  befindc 
{be-fin'-de)^  so  miissen*  Sie  einen  Arzt  {dhrtst)  holer 
{ho'-len). 


18.  Mein  theurer  Freund  {toy'-rer  froynt),  wie   freut   es 
mich,  Sie  zu  sehen  ! 

19.  Diese  Waaren  sind  viel  {feel)  zu  theuer.     Ich  kann 

sie  nicht  nehmen  {nay' -men). 

20.  Ich  kann  diese  Stoffe  {sh'tof'-fe)  zu  diesem  Preise 
{prt*'Ze)  nicht  nehmen. 

21.  Dieser  Preis  {dee'-zer  price)  ist  viel  zu  theuer.     Sie 
miissen  mir  den  Stoflf  billiger  {bil'-lee-gher)  ;  geben. 


Present, 
du  miisst. 
er  niiiss. 
wir  mttssen. 
Sie  mttssen. 
sie  mttssen. 


Imperfect. 
du  miisstest. 
er  musste. 
wir  mussten. 
Sie  mussten. 
sie  mussten. 


Imperfect  Subj. 
du  miisstest. 
er  miisste. 
wir  mijssten. 
Sie  mussten. 
sie  mttssten. 


194 

22.  I  cannot  reduce  it  a  penny  (=  I  can  to  you  [Uinen'] 
even  not  \auch  nicht]  a  penny  leave  off  [^einen 
Pfennig  ahlassen]). 

23.  I  cannot  take  these  goods,  if  you  cannot  give  them 
to  me  at  a  cheaper  price  (=  If  you  to  me  \7nir^ 
these  goods  not  at  a  cheaper  price  [zu  einem  bil- 
h'geren  Preise]  give  can,  then  [so]  can  I  them  [sie] 
not  take). 

24.  I  am  very  sorry  (das  tJiut  mir  sehr  leid),  but  I  really 
cannot  give  them  any  cheaper  (==  but  I  can  them 
[sie]  to  you  [Ihnen]  really  not  cheaper  give). 

25.  Then  I  must  buy  the  goods  somewhere  else.     I  can- 

not make  use  of  them  at  this  price  (=  Then  (dann) 
must  I  the  goods  somewhere  else  [anderswo]  buy. 
I  can  them  [sie]  at  this  price  [zu  diesem  Preise]  not 
use  [praucJien]). 

26.  Don't  you  need  anything  else  {sonst  nichts)  ? 


2. 
If  he  has  not  eyen  looked  at  them. 


If 
he 


i)  Ein  Pfennig  is  the  smallest   German   coin.     The   Germans 
reckon  now  by  Mark  and  Pfennige.     Eing  Mark  has  100  Pfennige. 


195 

22.  Icli  kann  Ihnen  auch  nicht  einen  Pfinni^  {pf^.n'-nP) 
ablassen  (dp'-ids-sen). 

23.  Wenn  Sie  mir  diese  Waaren  nicht  zu  einem  billigeren 
(bil'-lee-ghe-ftn)  Preise {prV-ze) geben  kcinnen, so  kaiin 
ich  sie  nicht  nehmen. 


2\,  Das  thut   mir  sehr   leid  (lite)^  mein   Herr,  aber   ich 

kann  sie  Ihnen  wirklich  nicht  billiger  (bir -lee-gher) 

geben. 
25.   Dann    muss   ich   die   Waaren    anderswo  {an! -ders-vo) 

kaufen.    Ich  kann  sie  zu  diesem  Preise  nicht  brauchen 

{brow' -chin). 


26.  Brauchen  Sie  sonst  nichts  ? 


Wcnn   er   sie   sich   noch    gar    nicht    einmal 

vSn        air      z55        zl^         nOch        gar  nFt         Ine-'mahl 

angesehen    hat? 

an'-gh6-zay-h6n    hat. 

Wenn  [ven) 
er  {at?') 


A   Afark  is  about  as  much  as  25  cents ;  one  Pfennig  is  therefore 
the  fourth  part  of  ;i  cent. 


196 
them 

himself.^ 

still  (cannot  be  translated  in  this  phrase) 

even 

not 

once 

not  even 

looked  at ' 

has. 


Please  look  at  this  silk  (=  look  you  yourself  [sick] 

this  silk  [diese  Seide]  at).' 

It  is  the  best  piece  we  have  in  stock  (=  the  best  piece 

which  \das  beste  Stiick  das  ^)  we  in  stock  \auf  Lager] 

have). 


i)  '  Sick' \s  a   so-called  reflective  personal  proncurit   and    signifies 
not  only  himself,  but  is  the 

Dative,        \    .  ,  I  himself,  herself,  itself.  \  For  all  -^  Genders, 

Accusative, )  ^'^    (yourself, yourselves, themselves.  ] Singular  &=  Plural 
2)  *'  Angesehen  "  is  the  past  participle  oi  ansehen,  to  look  at.     The 
simple  verb  sehen,  to  see  or  to  look,  is  conjugated  in  the  following 
manner: 

Imperfect. 
ich  sah  {zdh),  I  saw, 

«&c. 
du  sah  St  {zdhst). 
er  sah  [zdh). 
wir  sah  en  {zd!  -hen)  we 

saw,  &c. 
Sie  sahen  {za  -hen). 
sie  sahen  {za! -hen). 


Present. 
ich    sehe    {zay'-he),    I 

see,  &c. 
du  si  eh  St  (zeJsf). 
er  sieht  {zJi'f). 
wir  sehen  {zay  -hen)viQ 

see,  &c. 
Sie  sehen  {zay'-hen). 
sie  sehen  {zay'-hen). 


Perfect. 
ich  habe  gesehen  ^^ghi- 
zay'-hen),      I    have 
seen,  &c. 

Pluperfect. 
ich  hatte  gesehen,  I 
had  seen,  &c. 


All  other  tenses  are  formed  regularly. 


197 

s'le  {see)  (ace.)     (The  nominative  ^ //ley,'  B.nd  the  accusa- 
tive '  ^/lem,'  are  one  and  the  same  word,  i.e.  *  sie  '). 

sich  ^  {zP') 
noch  {ndcK) 
gar  {gar) 
nicht  («/y/) 
einmal  {ine'-mahl) 
noch  gar  nicht  einmal 
angesehen "  {an' -ghe-zay-hen) 
hat  (>^t?/). 


1.  Bitte,  sehen  Sie  sich  diese  Seide  {zi'-de)  an. ' 

2.  Es  ist  das  beste  Stiick  {sh'tUck)  das*  wir  auf  Lager 
{owf  Idh'-gher)  ha  ben. 


3)  Sich  ansehen,  to  look  at,  examine,  is  one  of  the  few  reflective 
verbs  which  take  the  reflective  pronoun  in  the  dative  case.  It  is 
thus  conjugated  : 

wir  sehen  uns  an,  we  are  look- 


ich   sehe   mir  an,  1  am  looking 

at,  &c. 
du  sichst  dir  an. 
er  sif'ht  sich  an. 
sie  sieht  sich  an. 


ing  at,  &c. 
Ihr  seht  euch  an. 
Sie  sehen  sich  an. 
sie  sehen  sich  an. 


The  pupil  must  not  forget  that  ansehen  is  a  separable  verb.  Com- 
pare p.  125. 

4)  Instead  of  the  relative  pronoun  7velcher,  welche,  welches^  which, 
the  Germans  frequently  use  der,  die,  das.  The  relative,  as  we  have 
already  seen,  may  often  be  omitted  in  English,  but  in  German  it 
must  always  be  expressed. 


198 

3-  Look  at  me  !  (=  Look  you  me  [mich]  at !) 

4.  I  was  "  Unter  den  Linden  "  yesterday,  and  looked  at 
the  celebrated  monument  of  Frederick  the  Great 
(==  I  was  yesterday  "  Unter  den  Linden  "  and  have 
me  [w4'r^]  the  celebrated  monument  \da8  herulimte 
Monument]  of  Frederick  the  Great  \yon  Friedrich 
deni  Grosseii]  looked  at). 

5.  Did  you  see  the  Cathedral  {or  dome)  at  Cologne  on 
your  journey  down  the  Rhine  (==  Have  you  your- 
self \sicli\  on  your  Rhine-journey  [auf  Ifirer  Rhein- 
reise]  the  dome  at  Cologne  [den  Dorri  zu  Coehi] 
looked  at)  ? 

6.  I  have  seen  it '  several  times  (=  I  have  me  [m/r]  him 
several  times  [mehrere  Male]  looked  at). 

7.  And  how  do  you  like  {Und  wie  gefdllt  Ihnen]  the 
Cathedral  at  Cologne  (der  Coelner  Dom)  ? 

8.  I  do  not  like  it  as  well  as  Westminster  Abbey  (=not 
so  good  as  [als]  the  Westminster  Abbey  [die  West- 
minster A  btei]). 

9.  But  Westminster  Abbey  is  not  built  in  such  grand 
style  as  the  Cologne  Cathedral  (==  But  the  West- 
minster Abbey  is  not  in  so  grand  style  built  [in  sc 
grossartigem  Style  erbaut]  as  the  Cologne  Cathe- 
dral). 


i)  Mir,  because  according  to  Note  3,  p.  197,  stcA  ansehen  governs 
the  dative. 

2)  The  most  celebrated  Prussian  king  of  the  last  century. 

3)  In  English,  all  inanimate  objects  and  abstract  ideas  are  «^«/d'^  but 
in  German,  as  we  have  already  noticed,  they  may  be  either  masculine, 
feminine,  or  neuter.  Hence  the  pronoun  answering  to  the  English 
it  must  in  German  be  of  the  same  gender  as  the  noun  for  which  i*^ 
stands;  thus,  to  the 'question,  Where  is  your  pen?  the  German 
answers,  Sie  ist  hier,  and  not,  as  we  say,  //  is  here  ;  because  pen  is 
a  noun  of  the  feminine  gender  in  German  ;  thus  also  to  the  ques- 


199 

3.  Sehen  Sie  mich  an  ! 

4.  Ich  war  gestern  '  Unter  den  Linden  '  und  habe  mir* 
das  beriihmte  Monument  {be-riihtn' -te  md-nod-merit') 
von  Friedricii  dent  Grossen"^  {/on  freed' -ri^  dame gros'- 
sen)  angesehen. 


5.  Haben   Sie  sich  auf  Ihrer   Rheinreise    {rhine' -ri-ze) 
den  Dom  zu  Coeln  angesehen  ? 


6.  Ich  habe  mir  ihn '  mehrere  Male  (may -re-re  mdh'-le) 
angesehen. 

7.  Und  vvie  gefallt  Ihnen  der  Coelner  Dom  ? 

8.  Nicht  so  (zo)  gut  als  die  Westminster  Abtei  (dp-tt ). 


9.  Aber  die  Westminster  Abtei  {dp-tt)  ist  nicht  in  so 
grossartigem  Style  erbaiit  (zo  grds'-dr-tee-ghem  sh'tee  '- 
le  er-bowt')  als  der  Coelner  Dom. 


tion,  Where  is  your  hat  ?  the  answer, // is  in  my  room,  would  be 
in  German,  Er  ist  in  meinem  Zimmer,  because  Hut  is  masculine. 
With  the  accusative  case,  therefore,  we  have  to  say,  Have  you  seen 
M<f  Cathedral  ?  Yes,  I  have  seen /'/.  Haben  Sie  rfV«  Dom  gesehen  ? 
Ja,  ich  habe  ihn  gesehen  ;  because  it  refers  to  den  Dom  (mascu- 
line). Wollen  Sie  diese  Weste  kaufen  ?  Ja.  ich  will  sie  kaufen. 
We  must  say  'sie'  (her),  because  it  relers  to  die  Weste  (fem.). 
In  XMe  plural,  however,  there  is  no  change,  as  there  is  only  one  form 
to:  all  three  genders,  vii,  j-i>.  Wollen  Sie  diese  Waaren  kaufen? 
Nein,  ich  will  sie  nicht  kaufen. 


200 

10.  Quite  true,  but  I  prefer  Westminster  Abbey  for  the 
reason  that  it  possesses  so  much  historical  interest. 
{Literally :  There  \d(i\  have  you  indeed  \freilicli\ 
right  \Reclit\ ;  but  the  \die\  Abbey  pleases  me  there- 
fore] \deslial})\  much  better,  because  \weil\  she  ^  so 
much  historical  interest  \so  viel  historisches  In- 
teresse]  possesses  [hesitztyj. 

11.  Did  you  see  St.  Paul's  Church  in  London?  [=  Have 
you  yourself  the  St.  Paul's  Church  [die  St .' Pauls- 
kirche]  in  London  looked  at'?) 

12.  One  can  see  you  are  a  German  (=  One  can  it  in  you 
see  [Man  kann  es  Ihnen  ansehen],  that  you  a  German 
[ein  Deutscher]  are). 

13.  One  can  see  {or  recognize)  it  at  the  first  glance 
(=  One  can  it  [in]  you  [Ihneri]  at  the  first  glance  [auf 
den  ersteii  BlicTc]  see  [anselien]). 

14.  One  can  see  you  are  not  well  (=  One  can  it  in  you 

see  [Ihiien  anxeheii]  that  you  not  well  are). 

15.  Don't  you  think  (Finden  Sie  7iicht)  he  resembles  his 
father  (=  that  he  to  his  father  [seinem  Vatei']  re- 
sembling [dlmlicJi]  looks)  ? 

16.  This  picture  {dieses  Bild)  does  not  resemble  you  ;  or^ 
does  not  look  like  you  (  =  looks  to  you  [//me?i]  not 
resembling  [dhnlic1i\). 

17.  I  saw  at  a  glance  {auf  den  ersteyi  BlicTc)  you  were 
Mr.  Lehmann  (=  that  you  Mr.  Lehmann  were 
[ludren']).*' 


1)  The   Germans   say  :    Ich   habe    Recht,  I  am  fight.— Ich  habe 
Unrecht  {don -re  ^t),  I  am  ivrong. 

2)  Sie,  because  it  refers   to  die  Abtei  (fem.).     Compare  Note  3, 
p.  199. 


201 

10.  Da  haben  Sie  freilich  (fri'-lt^)  Recht ;'^  aber  die  Abtei 
gefallt  mir  desshalb  {des' -hdhlp)  viel  besser,  well  {ink) 
sie"  so  viel  historisches  Interesse  besitzt  {hts-to'-ri- 
shes  in-te-res' -se  be-zitst'). 


11.  Haben   Sie  sich  die  St.   Paulskirche  {zdnkt  powles*- 
kir^e)  in  London  angesehen  ? 

12.  Man  kann  es  Ihnen  ansehen,  dass  Sie  ein  Deutscher 

{doit'-sher)  sind. 

13.  Man  kann  es  Ihnen  auf  den  ersten  Blick  (owf  dane 
air\  ''ten  blick)  ansehen. 

14.  Man  kann  es  Ihnen  ansehen,  dass  Sie  nicht  wohl  sind. 

15.  Finden   Sie  nicht  {fin' -den  zee  nPf)^  dass  er  seinem 
Vater  ahnlich  sieht  {ayn'-li^  zeet)  ? 

16.  Dieses  Bild  sieht  (btU  zeet)  Ihnen  nicht  ahnlich  {ayn'- 
IP). 

17.  Ich  sah  {zdh)  auf  den  ersten   Blick,  dass  Sie  Herr 
Lehmann  waren  {lay' -man  vay'-ren).*' 


3)  Sich  etwas  ansehen  signifies   "to  look  at  a  thing,"  «.<r.,  to  ex 
amine  it. 

4)  Compare  Note  3,  page  197. 


18.  You  resemble  your  mother  very  much  {=  You  look 
to  your  Mrs.  mother  so  like  [Ihrer  Fnnc  Mutter  so 
dhiilicJf]). 

19.  Who  put  my  room  in  order  (=  Who  has  my  room 
clean  made  [reui  gemacht])  ? 

20.  Pauline.  That  is  like  her  (  =  That  looks  to  her  [ihr] 
like  [dhiilich]). 

21.  That's  just  like  you  (=That  looks  to  you  like  [Ihnen 
ahnlich]) ! 

22.  You  do  not  look  well  (  =You  look  not  well  out). 

23.  Your  uncle  (  =  Mr.  uncle)  looks  like  an  Englishman 

(=:looks  as  [tvie]  an  Englishman  out).^ 

24.  It  looks  like  rain  (  =  It  looks  after  rain  [7iach  Regeii] 
out). 

25.  It  looks  as  if  it  were  going  to  rain  (=  It  looks  out, 
as  if  [als  ob]  it  rain  would  [regnen  tvilrde]). 

26.  Don't  you  think  {Finde?i  Sie  nicM)  this  bonnet  looks 
very  pretty  (=  that  this  bonnet  \duser  Hnt]  very 
pretty  [hiibsch]  looks  [aussieht])? 

37.  I  think  {Ich  finde)  this  hat  is  very  becoming  to  you 
(=  that  you  in  this  hat  [in  diesem  Hut]  very  pretty 
look  [hiibsch  aussehen]). 


i)  Compare  Note  3,  page  197. 


203 
i8.  Sie  sehen  Ihrer  Frau  Mutter  so  ahnlich. 


19.  Wer  hat  mein  Zimmer  rein  geniacht  {tsim'-mer  ritie 
ghe-mdcht')  ? 

20.  Pauline  i^pow-lee'-ne).     Das  sieiit   ihr  {zeet  eer)  ahn- 
lich. 

21.  Das  sieht  Ihnen  ahnlich  I 

22.  Sie  sehen  nicht  wohl  aus.  * 

23.  Ihr  Herr  Onkel  sieht  wie  ein  Englander  (eug'-len-der) 
aus.^ 

24.  Es  sieht  nach  Regen  (ndch  ray'-ghcri)  aus. 

25.  Es  sieht  aus,  als  ob  es  regnen  i^rayg  neti)  wiirde. 

26.  Finden  Sie  nicht  {fin -den  zee  7iPi),  dass  dieser  Hut 
(hodi)  sehr  hiibsch  {hupsh)  aussieht  ? 

27.  Ich    finde   (ftn'-de),   dass  Sie    in    diesem    Hut   sehi 
hiibsch  aussehen. 


204 


GRAMMATICAL   REMARKS. 

Verbs  of  tJie  Strong  Conjugation. 


Second  Class 

. 

The     Second 

Class     comprises 

those     verbs     which 

change  their   radical   vowel   into 

i  (i  short)  or  into  i  e 

(i  loj^g). 

^          I .  t  short. 

Infinitive. 

Imperfect. 

Past  Part. 

^feifen.  to  whistle 

^fiff,  whistled 

gepfiffen,  whistled 

{pfi'fen) 

(//(/) 

Kghe-pfif  fen) 

greifen,  to  seize 

griff,  seized 

gegriffeu,  seized 

{gri-fen) 

{grif) 

{ghe.grif -fen) 

fneifen,  to  pinch 

fniff,  pinched 

Qe!niffen,  pinched 

{Ji-ni-fen) 

{k^.nif) 

{ghek'.nlf-fen) 

\  cif^en,  to  bite 

bt§,  bit 

gebiffen,  bitten 

{bi-sai) 

{bis) 

(^ghe-bis -sen) 

relBeu,  to  tear 

ri§,  tore 

geriffen,  torn 

{risen) 

{rls) 

{ghe-ris  -sen) 

flleict)en,  to  resemble 

gtid),  resembled 

geglic^en,  resembled 

{gli-yen) 

{gli^) 

{ghe-gli.-3en) 

ft)eid)en,  to  yield 

tnirf),  yielded 

gciric^en,  yielded 

{vi-^ett) 

{vl^) 

{ghe-vi'-^en) 

gleiten,  to  glide 

gtitt,  glided 

geglitten,  glided 

{gli-ten) 

^glit) 

{ghe-glW -ten) 

reiten  {ri'-ten),  to  rid 

e     ritt,  rode 

geritten,  ridden 

(on  horseback) 

{rit) 

(^ghe-rit' -ten) 

fd)reiten,  to  stnde 

jcl)ritt,  strode 

gefdjritten,  stridden 

{shii  -iett) 

{shrlt) 

{ghe-shrit' -ten) 

ftreitett,  to  strive 

ftritt,  strove 

geftritten,  striven 

{sh'tri-ten) 

{sh'trit) 

{ghe-sKtrit'-ten) 

leiben,  to  suffer 

Utt,  suffered 

getitten,  suffered 

{li'-den) 

{lit) 

{ghe-lW -ten) 

fd^neiben.  to  cu». 

\c^ttitt,  cut 

gefd^uitten,  cut 

{shni'-den) 

{shnlt) 

{ghe-shnit'-tiii) 

205 


Infinitive. 

bleibcn,  to  remain 
{bli'-ben) 

rciben,  to  rub 
{ri  -ben) 

jdjreibcn.  to  write 
{shri'-ben) 

trcibcn  to  drive 
{tri'-ben) 

ntcibcn,  to  avoid 

{mi' -den) 
fc^ciben,  to  part 
{shi'den) 

flcigcn,  to  ascend 
{sh'ti  -gheti) 

fd)ireigen,  to  be  silent 
(shvi  -ghen) 

Ici^cn,  to  lend 
{lihen) 

0ebeil)en.  to  thrive 
{ghe-di  -hen) 

fd^cinen.  to  appear 
{shi-n^n) 

irci^cn,  to  show 
{;vi-zin) 

prcifcn,  to  praise 

{pri'-zen) 

jc^reicn,  to  cry 
{shri'-in) 

fpeien,  to  spit 
{sh^pi-en) 


2.     tC. 

Imperfect. 

blicb,  remained 
{bleeb) 

ricb,  rubbed 
{reib) 

fc^ricb,  wrote 
{shieeb) 

trieb,  drove 
{ii  ecb) 

mieb,  avoided 
{meed) 

fd^ieb,  parted 
{sheed) 

ftieg.  ascended 
{sJiteeg) 

jd^iuicg,  was  silent 
{shveeg) 

\\t\),  lent 

gebie^   thrived 
{ghe-dee) 

f(f)icn,  appeared 
{sheen) 

tt)ie§,  showed 
{vies) 

pricS,  praised 
{pries) 

jci^ne,  cried 
{shrie) 

fpic,  spit 

{sh'pa) 


Fast  Fart, 

geblieben,  remained 
{gJie-b/ee-ben) 

gericbcii,  lubbed 
{ghi-rce  ben) 

gefd)ricben,  written 
(  gh  e-s  h  1  ce  -ben) 

getricbcit,  driven 
{ghe-tiie-bin) 

g.cmicbcn,  avoided 

( R  ^le-inei  -den) 
gefd)iebcn.  parted 

( ghe  s hie  -den) 

geftiegeii,  ascended 
( ghe-sh'  lii'-ghen) 

gefd)lt)icgcn,  been  silent 
( ghe-shvii'  -ghen) 

geUe^cn, lent 

{ghi-lie'-heii) 
gcbiel^en,  thrived 

( ghe  da' -h in) 
gcfrf)ienpn,  appeared 

{ghi-shii'-nin) 

gctDiejen,  showed 
{ghi-vii'-zen) 

gepriefen,  praised 

(  ghi-prii'-zin) 

gejd}ricen,  cried 

{ghe  shrii' -in) 

gefpicen,  spit 

{ghi-sh'pa'-in) 


Observation. — All  verbs  of  the  Second  Class  have  et  for 
their  radical  vowel  ;  those  which  change  it  into  i  short, 
double  the  consonant  after  it,  except  rf)  and  g. 


206 


Third  Class. 

The  Third  Class  comprises  those  verbs  which 
change  tlieir  radical  vowel  in  the  Imperfect  tense  into  a, 
and  ill  lae  Past  Participle  into  U  or  0. 


Infinitive. 

binben,  to  bind 
{bin-den) 

finben,  to  find 

{fin 'den) 

hjinben,  to  wind 
{vin'-den) 

bringen,  to  press 
{drin  -ghen) 

getingen,  to  succeed 
{ghe-lin'-gh^n) 

ningen,  to  sound 
{klin  -ghen) 

ftngen,  to  sing 
{zin  -ghen) 

jpringen,  to  spring 
{sh'prin'-ghen) 

jttJingeu,  to  compel 
{tsvin  -ghen) 

ftnfen,  to  sink 
{zin -ken) 

trinfen,  to  drink 
{trin  -ken) 


I.     a  and  u. 

Imperfect. 
banb,  bound 

fanb,  found 

tt)anb,  wound 

brang,  pressed 

gelang,  succeeded 

flong,  sounded 

jang,  sung 

f prong,  sprung 

jnjang,  compelled 

fan!,  sank 

tran!,  drank 


Past  Part. 

gebunben,  bound 

(  g he-boon  -  den) 

gefunben,  found 
( ghe-  f don -den) 

geioiinben.  wound 

( ghe-voon  -den) 

gebrungcu.  pressed 

( ghe-di'oon '  -ghen) 

gcluniieii.  succeeded 
( ghe-loon  -ghen) 

gefhingen,  sounded 

( g  he- k  loo  a '  ghen) 

gefuiigen,  sung 
( ghe-zoon-glien) 

gefprungen,  sprung 
{ghe  sh' prod n  -ghen) 

gcjtDungen,  compelled 

(  ghi-tsvoon '  -ghen) 

gefnnfen,  sunk 
(  ghi-zdon'  -ken) 

getrunfen,  drunk. 
{ghi-troon'  -ken) 


2.     a  and  0. 

Infinitive.  Imperfect.      Past  Part.  Imperative. 

brecf)en,  to  break        bracf|,  broke    gebrod^en,  broken  brid^,  break 
{bie-'Sen)  {bn's) 

fted^en,  to  sting  jiad^,  stung      geftoc^cn,  stung  fli(^,  sting 

{sh'ti'-y/n)  {sh'm) 


207 


Infinitive. 

Itnperfect. 

Past  Part, 

Imperative. 

fprcd)cu,  to  speak 

Iprad),  spoke 

gcjprod)cu,  spoken 

fprirf),  speak 
i^sliprV) 

^clfen,  to  help 

^alf,  helped 

gc{)olfen,  helped 

I)ilf,  help 

gel  ten  (^ayl'-ten), 
to  be  worth 

gait, 
was  worth 

gcgolten, 
been  worth 

0ilt. 

be  worth 

jc^elten,  to  scold 

jd^Qlt,  scolded 

\  gcfd)olteu,  scolded 

fcl)ilt,  scold 

ftcrbcu,  to  die 

ftarb,  died 

gcftorben,  died 

ftirb,  die 

luevbcii,  to  sue 

luarb,  sued 

gcroorben,sued 

ttJirb,  sue 

oerbcrbcn  {/er-          ocrbarb, 
der'-ben),  to  perish  perished 

uerborben, 
peiished 

Dcrbirb, 
perished 

tDerfen,  to  throw 
{vayr'-/en) 

roarf,  threw 

gemorfen,  thrown 

iDirf,  fhrow 

treffen,  lo  hit 

traf,  hit 

getroffcn,  hit 

triff,  hit 

ncl)mcn,  to  take 

nobm,  took 

gcuommen,  taken 

nimm,  take 

ftel)lcu,  to  steal 

ftnl)l,  stole 

gefto^len,  stolen 

ftiebl,  steal 
{sh'teel) 

befel)(cn. 
to  command 

befall, 
commanded 

befol)ten, 
commanded 

befie^I  {bi-fieT), 
command 

bcgiuucu,  to  begin 

beganu.  begar 

\  bcgonnen,  begun 

fiiincn,  to  muse 
{zhi'-nen) 

jauil,  mused 

gejouuen,  mused 

gciDiiinen  {gh^-vin- 
fien),  to  gain 

•  gclDfluu, 
gained 

geironnen, 
gained 

f(^n)immen  {shvim- 
men),  to  swim 

fd)it>atnitt, 
swam 

gefd)tt)ommen, 
swum 

Observation. — All  verbs  of  the  Third  Class  have  i  or  C 
for  their  radical  vowel;  those  which  have  t,  take  i  or  ic 
in  the  second  and  third  persons  sing,  of  the  Present  In- 
dicative, and  in  the  singular  of  the  Imperative,  as : 

ncl)men,  to  take  ;  id)  ncbme,  bit  nimmft,  er  nimmt ;  nImm ; 

ftct)len,  bu  ftic^lft,  er  fticl)lt,  fticl)l ; 

jprcc^en,  to  speak  ;  bu  fprid)ft,  er  jprid)t ;  jpric^. 


208 


Fourth  Class. 

The  Fourth  Class  comprises  all  those  verbs  which 
have  in  the  Imperfect  tense  u^  a,  or  ie  (t),  and  retain 
their  radical  vowel  in  the  Past  Participle. 


Infinitive. 
fal)ren,  to  ride  (in  a 
carriage) 

graben,  to  dig 
{grdh'-ben) 

td)lQgen,  to  beat 
{sh'ldh'-ghen) 

tragen.  to  carry 
{trdh'-gken) 

laben,  to  load 
{Idh'-den) 

tt)ofrf)en,  to  wash 

{vd'-ihen) 
n)ac^fen,  to  grow 

{vdk'-sin) 

geben,  to  give 
{gay -ben) 

treten,  to  tread 
{tray -ten) 

tefcn,  to  read 
{lay'-zen) 

\t\)tn,  to  see 
{zay'-hen) 

gejd)el)cn  {gke-shay'- 
hen),  to  happen 

effen.  to  eat 

meffeit, 
measure 

bitten,  to  beg 

fi^en  (z/z'-j/w),  to  sit 

Uegen,  to  lie 
{lee -g hen) 

fommcu,  to  come 


Imperfect. 
fu^r,  rode 
{/dor) 

grub,  dug 
{groob) 

fd)lug,  beat 
{shloog) 

tritg.  carried 
{trdog) 

tub,  loaded 
{lodd) 

njufd),  washed 

{voosh) 
tDUd)S,  grew 

{vooks) 


Past  Part. 
gefa^reu,  ridden 

gcgraben,  dug 

gefd^Iagen,  beat 

getrogen,  carried 

gelaben,  loaded 

gett)ajd)cu,  washed 
{ghe-va  -shen) 

gett)ad)fen,  grown 
{ghe-vdk'-sen) 


gab,  gave 

trat,  trod 

lag,  read 

fa^,  saw 

geicfjaf), 
happened 

a^  {ds\  ate 

ma^, 
measured 

bat,  begged 

fafe  izds),  sat 

lag,  lay 

fattt,  came 
{kdhni) 


gegebcu,  given  gib,  give 

{ghe-gay  -ben) 

getreteu,  trodden     tritt,  tread 


getefen,  read 

gefe^en,  seen 

gefd)el)cn,      ' 
happened 

gcgeffeu,  eaten 

gemeffen, 

measured 

gebeten,  begged 
gefeffeu,  sat 
gelegen,  lain 

gcfommen,  come 


Ueg,  read 
fie^,  see 


ife,  eat 
measure 


209 


Infinitive. 
blafen,  to  blow 
faUen(/a/i -//»).  to  fall 
broten,  to  roast 
rat^cii,  to  advise 
{rd-tin) 

tialtcu.  to  hold 
{^hahl-teti) 

fd)lafen,  to  sleep 

laffen,  to  let 

^ongcn,  to  hang 

fangen,  to  catch 

iQufcn,'  to  run 
{low'-fin) 

rufcn,  to  call 
{too -fen) 

^eifecn,  to  call 
{hi'S^n) 

llpgea,  to  push 


Imperfect, 
blicS  {blees),  blew 
fiel  {feet),  fell 
briet  {breet),  roasted 
rietl),  advised 
{reet) 

^ielt,  held 
{he'elt) 

fd)Uef  {shle'ef),  slept 

lic§  {lees),  let 

^iug,  hung 

ftng,  caught 

lief,  ran 
{Icef) 

rief,  called 
{reef) 

l^ie§,  called 
{hees) 

flic6  {shtees),  pushed 


Past  Part, 

geblajeu,  blown 

gefotten,  fallen 

gebraten,  roasted 

gcvQt^en,  advised 
{ghe-rd-tSn) 

ge^alteu,  held 

gcjc^lafeu,  slept 
gelaffen,  let 
gel^angen,  hung 
gefongen,  caught 
getaufen,  run 
{ghe-low  -fen) 

gcrufen,  called 
(  gki-  rod' -fen) 

get)ei{3cn,  called 
{ghe-hi'-sen) 

gefto^en,  pushed 


Observation. — The  verbs  of  the  Fourth  Class  which  have 
Q  for  their  radical  vowel,  modify  this  letter  into  a  in  the 
second  and  third  persons  singular  of  the- Present  Indica- 
tive :  bu  fal)rft,  er  fd^rt ;  bu  fdllft,  er  fdllt.  The  verbs 
la  U fen  and  ft O  gen  modify  au  into  du  and  0  into  o:  bU 
Idufft,  er  Iduft;  bu  ftbgeft^  er  ftdgt  Those  with  the 
radical  vowel  e  take,  like  the  verbs  of  the  Third  ClasSy  X 
or  te  in  the  second  and  third  persons  singular  of  the 
Present  Indicative  and  in  the  singular  of  the  Imperative. 
The  verb  effett  takes  in  the  Past  Participle  g  between  the 
prefix  ge  and  the  root;  as:  ic^  cffe,  bu  x^i,  er  igt  ;  ic^ 
\)^U  gcgcffen. 

A  few  verbs  properly  belonging  to  the  weak  conjuga- 


l)  Pronounce  the  German  qu  like  '  ow'  in  '  how* 


210 


tion  change  their  radical  vowel  e  into  a  in  the  Imperfect 
Indicative  and  Past  Participle.     These  are  : 


Present. 
brenneH;  to  burn 
femien,  to  know 
nennen,  to  name 
renncn,  to  run 
fenben,  to  send 
Wenbcn,  to  turn 


Impef'fect. 
branntc,  burned 
tannte,  knew 
nannte,  named 
ronnte,  ran 
fanbte,  sent 
ttJaubte,  turned 


Past  Participle. 
gebramit,  burnt 
gefaunt,  known 
genaunt,  named 
geronnt,  run 
gefanbt,  sent 
gemanbt,  .turned 


But  they  retain   their 
Subjunctive : 

Imperfect  Indicative. 
id)  brannte,  I  burned 
id)  tamite,  I  knew 
'\^  immite,  I  named 
id)  vannte,  I  ran 
id)  faubte,  I  sent 
ic^  wanbtc,  I  turned 


radical   vowel  in  the  Imperfect 

Imperfect  Subjunctive. 
id)  brenntc,  I  might  burn 
id)  fenute,  I  might  know 
id^  nennte,  I  might  name 
id^  rennte,  I  might  run 
ic^  fenbete,  I  might  send 
i(^  toenbete,  I  might  turn 


Irregular  Conjugation  of  Verbs. 

The  following  verbs  do  not  follow  the  rufes  either  of 
the  weak  or  the  strong  conjugation,  and  are,  therefore, 
called  irregular : 

1.  fbnncn,  can  ;  iiiDflCn,  may  ;  biivfcn,  to  be  allowed  ;  miiffClt,  must  ; 

follcn,  shall  ;  Woflcil,  will. 

2.  ^t\)tX{,  to  go  ;  ftcl)en,  to  stand. 

3.  Unnfjcn,  to  bring  ;  bcuFcn,  to  think; 

4.  tljiin,  to  do  ;  njiffcn,  to  know. 

5.  iucibcn,  to  become. 


211 


I. 
Modal  Auxiliaries. 

Present.  Imperfect 

Indicative.  Subjunctive.  Indicative.        Subjunctive. 

Principal  Parts :  fonnen,  foimtf;  gePount. 


I  can 

I  can 

I  could 

I  could 

id)  tann 

id)  fonne 

id)  fonntc 

\^  fijnntc 

bu  fannft 

bu  fi3nnefl 

bu  tonntcft 

bu  fonntc  ft 

cr  tanu 

cr  !ounc 

er  fonnte 

cr  fijnnte 

n)iv  fonnen 

n)ir  fijnnen 

tt)ir  fonnteu 

tuir  fi3nntcu 

if)v  fbnut 

il)r  tounct 

\\\x  fonntct 

i^r  fonntct 

fie  tijuucn 

fie  fonnen 

fie  fonnteu 

fie  fbnnten 

Present. 
Indicative.  Subjunctive. 

Principal  Parts  :  lllCj^Cn,  inorf)tC,  gcmOfljt. 
I  might 


Imperfect. 
Indicative.         SuBjUNCTiVEi 


I  may 

td^  mag 
bu  mogfl 
er  mag 
mir  mijgen 
it)r  mbgt 
fie  inogen 


I  may 

id)  mbge 
bu  mbgcft 
cr  miige 
tt)ir  mogcn 
il)r  moget 
fie  mogcn 


id)  mod)te 
bu  mod)tcft 
cr  mod)te 
mir  mod)tcn 
it)r  mod)tct 
fic  mod)tcn 


I  might 
id)  mbd)tc 
bu  mbd)teft 
er  mbd)te 
iDir  mod) ten 
it)r  mbd)tct 
fie  mod) ten 


I  am  allowed 

id)  barf 
bu  barffl 
er  barf 
h)ir  biirfen 
if)r  biirft 
fie  biirfen 


Principal  Parts 

I  be  allowed 
id)  biirfe 
bu  biirfe j^ 
er  biirfe 
hJir  biirfen 
i^r  biirfct 
jte  biirfen 


biirfen,  buiftc,  nf^nrft 

I  was  allowed        I  were  allowed 


id)  burfte 
bu  burftefl 
cr  bnrftc 
n)ir  bnrftcn 
il)r  burftet 
ftc  bnrftcn 


id)  biirfte 
^w  biirftcft 
cr  biirfte 
tt)ir  biirften 
i^r  biirftet 
fie  biirften 


312 


Principal  Parts  :  miiffcn,  ntu^tc,  gCtltuft, 


I  must 

I  must 

I  was  obliged 

I  were  obliged 

icf)  mu^ 

idj  miiffe 

id)  mu^te 

id)  miiBte 

bii  mu^t 

bu  miiffeft 

bu  mu^teft 

bu  miif3teft 

er  mu^ 

er  miiffe 

er  mu§te 

cr  miifete 

tt)ir  niiiffen 

Wiv  miiffen 

mir  mn^ten 

mir  muBten 

i^r  miifet 

il)r  miiffet 

t^r  mn^tet 

i^r  mii^tet 

fie  miiffen 

fie  miiffen 

fie  mu^ten 

fie  miijjten 

Principal  Parts: 

foflcn,  foHte,  gcfoUt 

I  shall 

I  shall 

I  should 

I  should 

ic^fott 

id)  foEe 

id)  foUte 

id)  follte 

bu  foUft 

bu  foUeft 

bu  follteft 

bu  follteft 

cr  foil 

er  folle 

er  follte 

er  fottte 

tuir  foUen 

njir  follen 

n)ir  fottten 

mv  follten 

i^v  fotlt 

iljv  foUet 

i^r  foUtet 

i^r  folltet 

fie  follen 

fie  follen 

fie  follten 

fie  fottten 

Present.  Imperfect, 

Indicative.        Subjunctive.  Indicative.         Subjunctive. 

Principal  Parts  :  UJOHcn,  ttJoKtC,  gcnjollt. 


I  will 

I  will 

I  would 

I  would 

id)  n)ill 

id)  it)oUe 

id)  tt)olltc 

id^  trollte 

bu  n)illft 

\iv<.  UJoUeft 

bu  n)ottteft 

bu  ujottteft 

ernjill 

er  tt)olle 

er  ujolltc 

er  itJoHtc 

XQix  ttJoUen 

lt)ir  n)otlen 

njir  tt)ollten 

n)ir  it)ollten 

il)r  iDollt 

t^r  tt)ollet 

il)r  iDoUtet 

il)r  trolltet 

fie  ttjoUen 

fie  ttJoHen 

fie  it)ollten 

fie  troUten 

Imperative. 

ttjotte,  tt)ollt,  be  willing. 

- 

II. 

Present  Infinitive. 

Imperfect. 

Past  Participle. 

ge^en, 

to  go 

ging,  went 

gegongen,  gone 

fle^cn, 

to  stand 

ftanb,  stood 

geftonben,  stood 

213 


Indicative. 
Fresefit. 


ii)  gctjc  {gay'-h^),  I  go 
bu  gel)ft,  thou  goest 
cr  ge^t,  he  goes 
h)ir  gcl)en,  we  go 
t^r  ge^t,  you  go 
tic  ge^n,  they  go 


id)  fte^e  {shUay'-hi),  I  stand 
bu  ftel)ft,  thou  standst 
er  ftel)t,  he  stands 
hjir  ftcl)en,  we  stand 
il)r  ftet)t,  you  stand 
ftc  fte^cn,  they  stand 


Imperfect. 

Id)  ging  {ghing),  I  went  id)  flanb,  I  stood 

bu  giugft,  thou  wentst   -  bu  ftaubft,  thou  stoodst 

cr  ging,  he  went  er  ftaub,  he  stood 

luir  giugen,  we  went  tDir  ftaubcu,  we  stood 

it)r  gingt,  you  went  i^r  ftaubet,  you  stood 

fie  giugen,  they  went  fic  ftanbcn,  they  stood 


Imperative, 


)Cf  Oe^tf  go  (thou,  you) 


tte^c,  flc^t,  stand  (thou,  you) 


i(^  ge^c,  I  may  go 


Subjunctive. 
Present. 

ic^  ftel^e,  I  may  stand 


Imperfect. 
i(^  giuge,  I  might  go  ic^  ftaube,  I  might  stand 

®cl)en  and  ftc^cn  are  weak  in    the  Present  and  its 
derivatives,  and  strong  in  all  other  forms. 


Words. 

!D  a  6  ©  0 1  e  ( {hd-tell').  Hotel. 

brci  Xrcppcn  ^od)  {dn  trep'-p^n  hoch),  on  the  third  floor. 


^inQUfgel)eu  {hl-nouf  gay-hen). 


to  go  {or  walk)  upstairs. 


X 


214 

3(^  ge^e  ^inauf,  I  am  going  upstairs.' 

l^eruutcrge^en  {ke-rddn' -ter-gay-ken),  to  walk  downstairs. 

3d)  gel)e  l)erunter,  I  am  going  downstairs 

eine  >e5tufe  {sh'too-fe),  pi.  tie  ©tufen,  a  step. 


A  Letter. 

^txVxn,  'i^tn  Ifteu  {air'-sten)  ^attUOr  {yah' -nod-are). 
§errn  SBi({)eIm  ^acr  in  Drc^ben. 

@eel)rtcr  ©err  {ghe-ayr  ter—Ci^2iX)  ! 

3ti  -53eanttt)ortun(} '  ^\)xt^  ir»ert{)en'  ^ricfe^  tiotn  13.*  Decem- 
ber '  bcef)re  id)  mtd)/  3l)nen  mit^ut^eilen/  bag  e^  3l)rem  ©errn 
<Sol)ne  bebeutenb  *  beffer  gel)t  unb  bag  cr  {d)on  morgen  b-a^  '^xxa- 
:ncr  uer(a[feu '  !ann.  8ie  braudjen  [ic^ '°  alfo  feiTtettDegen  "  !eine 
(gorge ''  ^u  mad}en.^' 

@kid)3eitig  '*  f)abe  i^  bie  (S^re/'  (2ie  ^u  benad)ric^tigen,"  "i^o.^ 
ic^  bie  mir  gefanbten  Saaren ''  uoKftcinbig  '*  unb  mit  circa ''  fiinf 
unb  gman^ig  ^rocent'"  ©etuinn"  t)er!auft  t)abe.  T)en  ^etrag ''* 
ab3iiglicf) ''  meiner  Unfoften'*  fiige  id)  bei''  unb  oerbleibe'" 

§od)ac{)tung^iioir 

$Ricf)arb(S(^mii)t 

i)  '  3(^  gel^e  l^inouf  *  is  a  so-called  separable  verb.  Compare  Note 
I,  p.  96.  '  3(^  ge^c  ^eruntcr '  belongs  to  the  same  class  of  verbs 
See  p.  96. 

2)  be-dnt' -7)or  tddng,  reply.  3  )  vayr'-ten,  esteemed.  4)  dri'-tsayn-ten, 
thirteenth.  5)  ^aj-r/w'-^/r,  December.  6)  I  have  the  honor.  i)mii- 
tsoo-ti-len,  to  inform.  8)  be-doy'-tent,  very  much.  9)  fer-ld'-sen,  to 
leave.  10)  brou-chen  zich,  you  need  not.  ii)  zi-net-vay-ghen,  on  his 
account.  12)  zdr'-ghe,  care.  13)  to  make  ;  ®ie  braud)en  fid)  feinet= 
tt)egen  feinc  @orge  ju  madden,  you  need  not  give  yourself  any  care  on 
his  account.  14)  gll'^e'-tsi-tiy,  at  the  same  time.  15)  ay -re,  honor. 
16)  tsod  be-ndcJi-riy-tee-ghen,  to  inform.  17)  tie  mir  gefonbten  SBaaren, 
the  goods  sent  me.  18)  fdll'-sh'ten-diy ,  fully,  entirely.  19)  tsir-kdh, 
about.  20)  pro-cent' ,  per  cent.  21)  ghe-vin' ,  profit.  22)  be  itdch' , 
amount.  23)  dp'-tsiig-hy,  less.  24)  don-kos-ten,  expenses.  25)  I 
inclose.  26)  tjerbleibc  ^OC^aci^tung^DoU  {fer-bli-be  hoch'-ach-tdongs- 
foil),  remain  truly  or  respectfully.  This  is  the  usual  mode  of  ending 
German  letters. 


^h  i^mi^utf\)iii'^imm. 


GhERMAN 


PART    VIII. 


VIIT. 

FOUNDATION  SENTENCE. 
I  should  like   to  make  some   purchases   to^ 

morrow  morning,  and  would  be  yery  much  ob- 
liged to  you,  if  you  would  (do  me  the  favor  to) 
give  me  the  names  of  the  best  firms  in  town.^ 


1. 
I  should    like  to  make  some   purchases   to- 
morrow morning. 


i)  This  sentence,  which  is  somewhat  over-polite,  I  have  selected 
purposely  to  accustom  the  pupil  to  the  various  forms  of  polite 
speech  used  by  Germans,  and  also  because  it  is  characteristic  of  ihe 


VIII. 

FOUNDATION    SENTENCE. 
Ich  mochte  gern  morgen  friih  einige  Einkiiuf 

V       moy'-te      gayrn  mor'-gh6n     frii        I'-neg-gh6  Ine'-ko7-ft 

maclien    und  wiirde  Ihiien  sehr  verbunden  sein, 

roah'-chen     66nt     vUr'-d6      gg'-n6n      zayr       f5rb66n'-d6n      zine 

wenn  Sie  mir  den  Gefallen  thaten,  mir  die  Namen 

vfin      z€6    mgre   dane  ghg-fah'-lga     tay'-t6n     mgre  dgg  ii2h'-ingn 

der  besten  hiesigen  Firm  en  aufznschreiben.^ 

dayr  bgs'-tSa  hgg'-zgg-gbga  fir'-mgn      owf-tsOO-shil'-bgli. 


Ich  mochte  gern  morgen  friih  einige  Einkanfc 

V       mQy'-tg     gayrn    mor'  ghgn     fril    I'-ngg-ghfi  Ine'-koy-ffe 


machen. 

mah'-chgn. 


use   of    the   Subjunctive  Mood.      Compare  Grammatical   Remarks 
in  next  part. 


218 

I  should  like  to 

gladly;  willingly 

I  should  (very  much)  like  to 

to-morrow 

early 

to-morrow  morning' 

some 

purchases 

make.' 


i)  The  infinitive  of  ich  mochte  is  mos^en.  Mdgen  is  an  auxiliary 
verb,  and  has  different  significations,  viz.:  ^ptay,  to  be  allowed  ;  to 
like  a  thing.'     It  is  conjugated  in  the  following  manner: 


Indicative. 

ich  mag  {mdhg\  I  am  allowed  ; 

I  may. 
du  magst,  thou  art  allowed, 
er  mag.  he  is  allowed, 
wir  mogen  {mo-ghen\  we  are 

lowed. 

SiemSgen.[y°"^^«^"°^^^- 
sie  mogen,  they  are  allowed. 


Present. 


Subjunctive. 


al- 


ich  moge  {nw-ghe),  I  may  be  al- 
lowed, 
du  mogest.thou  mayst  be  allowed, 
er  moge,  he  may  be  allowed, 
wir  mogen,  we  may  be  allowed. 


sie  mogen,  they  may  be  allowed 


Imperfect. 


ich  mochte  {moch'-te),  I  was  al- 
lowed ;  or,  I  might,  &C. 

du  mochtest. 

er  mochte. 

wir  mochten,  we  were  allowed  ; 
or,  we  might,  &c. 

Sie  mochten. 

sie  mochten. 


ich  mochte  {mdy'-te),  I  might  be 
allowed,  &c. 

du  mochtest. 

er  mochte. 

wir  mochten,  we  might  be  al- 
lowed, &c. 

Sie  mochten. 

sie  mochten. 


219 

Ich  mochte  ^  {mo^'-te)    (Conditional   of  *  ich  mag'  [ntdg\ 

I  may  ;  or^  I  like) 

gern  (gayrn) 

ich  mochte  gern 

morgen  {mor'-ghiti)  {Der  Morgen  [the  morning]  sounds 
the  same,  but  is  always  written 
with  a  capital  letter) 

fruh  {fru) 
*morgen  friih* 
einige  {{I'-nie-gki) 

Einkaufe  {tne' -koy-/i  )  (Plural  of  *^  aer  Einkauf) 
machen.* 


Perfect.  Pluperfect. 


ich  habe  gemocht  {gki-mocht^,  I 

have  been  allowed,  &c. 
du  hast  gemocht. 
er  hat  gemocht,  &c. 


ich  hatte  gemocht,  I  had  been 

allowed,  &c. 
du  hattest  gemocht. 
er  hatte  gemocht,  &c. 


First  Future.  First  Conditional. 


ich  werde  mogen,  I  shall  be  al- 
lowed, &c. 


ich  wiirde  mogen  ;  or  usually ,  ich 
mochte,  I  should  be  allowed ; 
I  should  or  would  like,  &c. 
Mogen  is  frequently  used  in  the  sense  of  like,  prefer,  oi  choose; 
e.g.,  /ch  mag  es  nicht,  I  do  not  like  it ;  Ich  mochle  es  haben,  I  would 
like  to  have  it.  It  is  never  used  to  render  the  interrogative  form  of 
may;  e.g.,  May  J?  (French,  oserais-je ?)  is,  in  German,  Darf  ich? 
Mogen  in  the  sense  of  konnen,  as  used  in  the  old  German,  and  even 
by  Luther,  has  become  obsolete.  (Compare  Eberhard's  Synonymicai 
Dictionary,  No.  969.) 

2)  In  the  same  manner  the  Germans  say :  heute  Morgen^  this  morn- 
ing, or  forenoon  ;  heute  Abend,  to-night,  or  this  evening  ;  gestem 
Abend,  last  night,  ^^r  evening. 

3)  Machen,  to  make.  The  imperfect  is  ich  machte,  and  the  past 
participle  gemacht.  Machen  in  its  general  meaning  agrees  with  our 
to  make,  or — if  we  may  be  pardoned  for  introducing  an  American- 
ism— with  to  fix.  Thus  the  Germans  say:  Machen  Sie  das  Bett, 
arrange  ihe  bed  ;  Machen  Sie  sich  Ihr  Hoar,  comb  your  hair  ;  Was 
machen  Sie  ?  how  do  you  do  ?  &C. 


220 

1.  I  should  like  to  make  my  purchases  at  this  shop  {in 
diesem  Geschdft). 

2.  Would  you  not  like  to  do  your  shopping  at  this 
establishment  {in  diesem  Laden)  ? 

3.  I  should  like  to  go  {z^l  reisen)  to  Paris  with  you 
(=:with  you  to  Paris  to  go). 

4.  He  would  like  to  buy  a  new  dress  for  his  sister. 
Can  you  not  accompany  him  (=  Can  you  not  with 
him  go)  ? 

5.  I  should  like  to  accompany  {hegleiten)  him,  but  this 
forenoon  it  is  really  quite  impossible  (=:but  it  is  to 
me  this  morning  really  quite  impossible). 

6.  Tell  the  postman  to  give  you  the  registered  letter 
(  =  Say  you  to  the  postman  [dem  Brieftrdger~\j  he 
might  you  the  registered  letter  [den  eingeschriehenen 
Brief  ^  give). 

7.  The  postman  says  he  cannot  do  so  (=  he  could  that 

not  do  [thun]).  He  must  give  the  letter  to  you 
personally  (=  He  must  the  [den]  letter  to  you  per- 
sonally [personlicli]  give). 

8.  What  are  you  going  to  do  to-night  ?  {Literally  : 
What  will  you  [loollen  Sie]  then  ^  to-night  make  ?) 

9.  I  do  not  know  indeed  (  =  1  know  it  really  not  yet 

[noch  nicJit]). 

10.  My   sister   would   like  to   go   to   the   theatre    {in's 

Tlieater),  but  I  do  not  care  to  do  so  (  =  but  I  have  no 
inclination  for  it  [keine  Lust  dazu]). 

11.  Would  you  not  like  to  take  a  walk  with  me?  {Lit- 
erally:  Would  you  not  have  [Hdtten  Sie  7iicht] 
inclination  [Lust]  with  me  to  go  out  [auszuge- 
Jien])  ? 


221 

1.  Ich  mochte  gern  meine  Einkaufe  in  diesem  Geschaft 

(ghesheft')  machen. 

2.  Mochten  Sie  nicht  Ihre  Einkaufe  in  diesem  Laden 
machen  ? 

3.  Ich  mochte  gern  mit  Ihnen  nach  Paris  {pdh-rees') 
reisen  {rt-zen), 

4.  Er  mochte  ein  neues  Kleid  {klite)  fUr  seine  Schwester 
kaufen.     Konnen  Sie  nicht  mit  ihm  {eem)  gehen  ? 

'  5.  Ich  mochte  ihn  gern  begleiten  {be-glt-teti)^  aber  es  ist 
mir  wirklich  {virk'-li^)  heute  Morgen  ganz  unmog- 
lich  {gdnts  don-mog' -iP'). 

6.  Sagen  Sie  dem  Brieftrager  {breef  -tray-gher)^  er 
mochte  Ihnen  den  eingeschriebenen  {Ine' -ghe-shree-be- 
fUn)  Brief  geben. 

7.  Der  Brieftrager  sagt,  er  konnte  das  nicht  thun  {toon), 
Er  muss  den  Brief  Ihnen  personlich  geben  {per- 
zohn'-li^  gay' -ben). 

8.  Was  wollen  Sie  denn^  {vds  vol'-len  zee  den)  heute 
Abend  machen  ? 

9.  Ich  weiss  {vise)  es  wirklich  noch  nicht. 

10.  Meine  Schwester  mochte  in's  Theater  {iay-dh' -ter) 
gehen,  aber  ich  habe  keine  Lust  dazu  {kt-ne  loost 
ddh-isdd'). 

11.  Hatten  Sie  nicht  Lust  mit  mir  auszugehen  (ows'-tsod- 
gay-hen)  ? 


I)  Cannot  be  translated  in  this  connection. 


222 

12.  No,  thanks,  I  do  not  feel  well  {Ich  fiihle  mich  niclit 
wolil). 

13.  I  should  prefer  to  stay  at  home  to-day  (=  I  should 
like  to-day  rather  [/c/i  mochte  heute  Ueber]  at  home 
to  stay). 

14.  What  are  you  doing  ? 

15.  How  is  1  your  father? 

16.  Why  did  you  not  clean  (or  arrange)  the  room  this 
morning  (heute  friih)  ? 

17.  Please  clean  my  clothes  (mein  Zeug)  at  once,  as  I 
must  go  out  (=as  \dd\  I  go  out  [ausgeheri]  must). 

18.  I  must  make  some  purchases  for  my  family  (fiir 
meine  Familie). 

19.  Yesterday  my  wife  made  the  acquaintance  of  a  very 
interesting  young  English  lady.  (Literally :  My 
wife  [meine  Frau]  has  yesterday  the  acquaintance 
[die  Belcanntscliaft]  of  a  [einer]  very  interesting 
young  English  lady  [sehr  inter essanten  jungen  Eng- 
ldnderin\  made.) 

20.  I  should  very  much  like  to  make  the  acquaintance  of 
this  gentleman. 

21.  Will  you  have  the  kindness  to  introduce  me  to  him  ? 
(Literally  :  Will  you  the  kindness  \die  Freundlich- 
keiti  have,  me  to  him  to  introduce  [mich  ihm  vorzu- 
stellen]  ?) 

22.  I  have  the  honor  (die  Ehre),  sir,  to  introduce  to  you 
my  friend  Mr.  B.  from  London;  Mr.  B.,  Mr.  D. 
(Literally :  Sir,  I  have  the  honor  [die  Ehre']  to  you 
my  [meifien]  friend  B.  from  [aus]  London  to  intro- 
duce [vorzustelle^i]  ;  Mr.  B.,  Mr.  D.) 


223 

12.  Nein,  danke  sehr.     Ich  fiihle  mich  nicht  wohl  (vo/il). 

13.  Ich  mochte  heute  lieber  {lie'-ber)  zu  Hause  bleiben 
{tsod  how'-ze  bit -ben). 

14.  Was  machen  Sie  denn  da? 

15.  Was  macht^  Ihr  Herr  Vater  ? 

16.  Warum  haben  Sie  das  Zimmer  nicht  heute  friih  rein 
gemacht  {rine  ghe-mdcht')  ? 

17.  Bitte,  machen  Sie  mein  Zeug  {tsoi^)  gleich  rein,  da 
ich  ausgehen  muss. 

18.  Ich  muss  einige  Einkaufe  fiir  meine  Familie  (/ah- 
meel'-ye)  machen. 

19.  Meine  Frau  hat  gestern  die  Bekanntsrhaft  (be-kdnt'- 
shdft)  einer  sehr  interessanten  jungen  Eiigliinderin 
{in-ter-res-sdii  -ten  yoon'-ghen  eng'-len-der-in)  gemacht. 


20.  Ich  mochte  gern  die  Bekanntschaft  dieses  Herrn 
machen. 

21.  Wollen  Sie  die  Freundlichkeit  (froynt'-in-ktte) 
haben,  mich  ihm  vorzustellen  {eem  for' -tsod-sJi  til' - 
len)  ? 

22  Mein  Herr,  ich  habe  die  Ehre  {ay'-re),  Ihnen  meinen 
Freund  B.  {bay)  aus  London  vorzustellen  :  Herr  B. 
{bay),  Herr  D.  {day). 


«)  Idiomatic  German  phrase,  mostly  used  in  regard  to  people  in 
hsid  health. 


224 

23.  I  am  very  glad  to  make  your  acquaintance  (=your 
honored  acquaintance  [^Ihre  werthe  Bekanntschaft] 
to  make). 

24.  Highly  pleased  to  make  your  acquaintance  (=  It  is 
to  me  a  great  honor  \eine  grosse  Ehre]  your  honored 
acquaintance  to  make). 

25.  I  am  sure  you  are  very  kind  {sehr  freundlich)  \  but 
the  {die)  honor  is  quite  (ganz)  on  my  side  [meiner- 
seits).     [A  standing  German  phrase.] 


2. 

And  would  be  yery  much  obliged  to  you. 

And 

would ;  or  should 

to  you 


very* 


obliged ' 

be ;  or,  to  be. 


i)  The  Germans  say  always  :  Ich  bin  Ihnen  j^/^r  verbunden,  I  am 
very  much  obliged  to  you. 

2)  Verbunden  is  the  past  participle.  The  infinitive  is  vetbinden. 
All  tenses  are  inflected  regularly,  except  the  imperfect,  which  forms 


326 

23-   Es  freut  mich  sehr,  Ihre  werthe  {vayr'-te)  dekannt 
schaft  zu  machen. 

24.  Es  ist  mir  eine  grosse  EFire,  Ihre  werthe  Bekannt 
schaft  zu  machen  ;  or^  Es  gereicht  i^ghe-rPt')  mir  zur 
grossen  Ehre,  Ihre  werthe  Bekanntschaft  zu  machen. 

25.  Sehr  freundlich  {froynt' -It  ^),  aber  die  Ehre  ist  gan^ 
meinerseits  {mi' -ner-zitse). 


TJnd  wiirde  Ihnen  sehr   verbunden   sein. 

60nt      vUr-d6     e€'-n«n      zair       f6r-bddn'-d6o     zine. 
Und  {do fit) 
wiirde  {viir'-de) 
Ihnen  {e^-nen) 
sehr  *  {zair) 

verbunden'  {fer-bddn!-den) 
sein  {zim) 


ich  vfrband,  du  verbandst,  er  verband,  &c.  Verbinden  means  literally 
to  bind  up,  to  bandage,  e.g.,  Der  Arzt  verbindet  den  Kranken,  the 
physician  is  bandaging  the  patient. 


226 

1.  I  am  very  much  obliged  to  you  (=1  am  to  you  very 
obliged). 

2.  I  am  very  much  obliged  to  you  for  your  kindness 
(=1  am  to  you  for  your  kindness  [/ttr  Hire  Freund- 
Uchkeit]  very  obliged). 

3.  I  should  be  very  much  obliged  to  you,  if  you 
would  take  this  box  to  the  post-office  for  me  (  =  1 
should  to  you  very  obliged  be,  if  you  this  box  [diese 
Schachtel]  for  me  to  the  post  carry  would  [tragen 
wurderi]). 

4.  My  brother  would  be  very  much  obliged  to  you  if 
you  would  introduce  him  to  this  lady  (=:My  brother 
would  to  you  very  obliged  be,  if  you  him  to  this 
lady  [dieser  Dame]  introduce  would  \yorstellen  tviir- 
den\). 

5.  Will  you  do   me  the  favor  to  dine  with  me  to  mor- 

row (=  Will  you  to  me  \mir\  the  favor  make  [das 
Vergnuge7i  machenl  to-morrow  with  me  \bei  mir]  to 
dine  \zu  speise7i\)  ? 

6.  I  am  very  much  obliged  to  you  for  your  kind  in- 
vitation, but  I  must  leave  by  the  first  train  to- 
morrow (  =  1  am  to  you  very  obliged  for  your 
kindness  [fiir  Hire  Freundlichkeit]  ;  must,  however 
\aber\  to-morrow  by  the  \mit  derri]  first  train  leave 
\abreise7i\). 

7.  Tell  Mr.  B.  that  I  am  greatly  obliged  to  him,  but 
that  I  cannot  go  out  to-day.  {Literally  :  Say  you  to 
Mr.  B.  [Herrn  B.]  that  I  to  him  \ihm'\  exceedingly 
\ungemein'\  obliged  were  [ware];  that  I,  however 
[aber]y  to-day  not  go  out  could  [nicM  ausgehen 
konnte].) 


227 

1.  Ich  bin  Ihnen  sehr  verbunden  {fer- boon' -den). 

2.  Ich  bin  Ihnen  flir  Ihre  Freundlichkeit  i^froynt'-li^- 
kite)  sehr  verbunden  {fir-boon' -den), 

3.  Ich  wiirde  Ihnen  sehr  verbunden  sein,  wenn  Sie 
diese  Schachtel  {shdch'-tel)  fiir  mich  nach  der  Post 
tragen  wiirden  (trdh'-gin  vur'-den). 


4.  Mein  Bruder  wiirde  Ihnen  sehr  verbunden  sein, 
wenn  Sie  ihn  dieser  Dame  vorstellen  wiirden  (for'- 
sh'tel-len  vur'-difi). 


5.  Wollen    Sie    mir     das    Vergniigen    {fir-gnii'-ghen) 
machen,  morgen  bei  mir  zu  speisen  {sh'pi'-zen)} 


6.  Ich  bin  Ihnen  sehr  verbunden  fiir  Ihre  Freundlich- 
keit {froynt''lP-kite)y  muss  aber^  morgen  mit  dem 
ersten  Zuge  abreisen. 


7.  Sagen  Sie  Herrn  B.  {bay)y  dass  ich  ihm  ungemein 
{don' -g he-mine)  verbunden  ware  {vay'-ri)^  dass  ich 
aber  heute  nicht  ausgehen  konnte. 


i)  Aber—Wke  the  English  however— IzVgs  frequently  the  second 
place  in  the  sentence. 


228 

8.  I  should  be  much  obliged  to  you  if  you  were  to  go 
with  me.  I  must  make  some  purchases  (=  I  would 
to  you  very  obliged  be,  if  you  with  me  went  [gingen]. 
I  must  some  purchases  make). 

9.  I  am  very  sorry  indeed,  but  I  am  obliged  to  make  a 
journey  to  Homburg  (=:That  does  to  me  very  great 
pain  [das  thut  niir  ungemein  leid] ;  I  am,  however 
[jedoch\  obliged  [gezwufigen]  a  journey  [eine  Reise] 
to  Homburg  to  make). 

10.  He  has  travelled  a  great  deal,  but  he  likes  Germany 
best  (==He  has  many  journeys  \yiele  Eeisen]  made, 
but  it  pleases  [fo]  him  in  Germany  [Deutschland^ 
the  best  [am  iesten]). 

11.  Did  you  make  the  acquaintance  of  this  interesting 
gentleman  during  your  travels  (=Have  you  the  ac- 
quaintance of  this  interesting  gentleman  [dieses  in- 
teressanten  Herm]  during  your  journey  [auf  Ihrer 
lieise]  made)  ? 

12.  If  you  wish  to  learn  to  speak  German  you  ought 
to  make  the  effort  to  frequently  converse  with  Ger- 
mans. {Literally :  If  you  gladly  [gern\  German  to 
speak  learn  would  [wenn  Sie  gem  deutsch  sprechen 
lernen  woUen],  then  [so]  must  you  the  effort  [den, 
Versuch]  make  very  much  [recht  viel]  with  Germans 
to  converse  [sich  zu  unterhalten]). 

13.  To-day  I  have  made  an  attempt  at  conversing  with 
your  German  friend  {=  I  have  to-day  the  attempt 
[den  Versuch]  made  [me=mich]  with  your  German 
friend  to  converse  [7nich  mit  IJirem  deutschen 
Freunde  zu  unterhalten]). 


229 

8.  Ich  wiirde  Ihnen  sehr  verbunden   sein,  wenn  Sie  mit 

mir  gingen  {ghin'-ghen).      Ich  muss  einige  Einkaufe 
machen. 

9.  Das  thut  mir  ungemein  (oon'-ghe-mine)  leid,  ich  bin 
jedoch  gezwungen  ^  {ye-doch'  ghe-tsvoon' -ghen)^  eine 
Reise  {ri'-ze)  nach  Homburg  zu  machen. 


10.   Er  hat  viele  Reisen  (ri'-ze?i)  gemacht,  aber  es  gefallt 
ihm  in  Deutschland  am  besten. 


II.  Haben  Sie  die  Bekanntschaft  dieses   interessanten 
(tn-ii-reS'Sdn' -ten)  Herrn  auf  Ihrer  Reise  gemacht } 


12.  Wenn  Sie  gern  deutsch  sprechen  lernen  wollen,  so 
miissen  Sie  den  Versuch  {fer-zooch')  machen,  recht 
viel  {feel)  mit  Deutschen  sich  zu  unterhalten  {don- 
ter-hdht  -ten). 


13.  Ich   habe   heute   den  Versuch   {fer-zodch')  gemacht, 
mich  mit  Ihrem  deutschen  Freunde  zu  unterhalten 
ddniir-hd/U'-ten), 


I)  T  am  obliged,  in  the  sense  of  I  am  forced,  must  be  given  by  Ich 
bin  gezwungen,  or  Ich  bin  gendthi^t  {ghl-no-tVt\ 


?ao 


GRAMMATICAL    REMARKS. 

Irregular  Yerbs. 


Present  Infinitive, 
bringen,  to  bring 
benfen,  to  think 


III. 

Imperfect. 
l)raci)te,  brought 
bad^te,  thought 


Past  Participle, 
gebrac^t,  brought 
gebad^t,  thought 


Id^  bringe,  I  bring 
bu  bringft,  thou  bringst 
er  bringt,  he  brings 
tt)ir  bringen,  we  bring 
i^r  bringt,  you  bring 
jie  bringen,  they  bring 

\i)  brad^tc,  I  brought 
bu  brod)teft,  thou  broughtst 
er  brad^te,  he  brought 
n)ir  brad)ten,  we  brought 
i^r  bracelet,  you  brought 
fie  broc^ten,  they  brought 

briiige,  bringt,  bring  (thou, 


Indicative. 
Present, 

id)  benfe,  I  think 
bu  bentft,  thou  thinkst 
er  bcn!t,  he  thinks 
ttJir  benfen,  we  think 
i^r  ben!t,  you  think 
f  e  benfen,  they  think 

Imperfect, 

'\6)  bad)te,  I  thought 
bu  boc^teft,  thou  ihoughtst 
er  badjte,  he  thought 
trir  bQc^ten,  we  thought 
i^r  bad^tet,  you  thought 
fie  bad^ten,  they  thought 

Ijnperative. 
you)      benfe,  benft,  think  (thou,  you) 


Subjunctive. 

Present. 
id^  bringe,  I  may  bring  id^  benfe,  I  may  think 

Imperfect. 
id^  brac^te,  I  might  bring  ic^  bac^te,  I  might  think 


231 


IV. 

Present  Infinitive. 

Imperfect.               Past  Participle^ 

t^un,  to  do 

tl^at,  did                          QCt^an,  done 

Wiffen,  to  know 

n)U^te,  knew                  Qeirufet,  known 

Indicative. 

Present. 

id)  tt)ue  {too-i),  I  do 

ic^  XOtX^  {vise),  I  know 

bu  t^uft,  thou  doest 

bu  Xoti^i,  thou  knowst 

cr  tf)iit,  he  does 

er  tot\%  he  knows 

xo'xx  t!)un,  we  do 

njir  rt)i[fcn  {vis'-sin\  we  know 

i^r  t^ut,  you  do 

il^r  tt)i^,  you  know 

fic  tl^un,  they  do 

|tc  njiffcn,  they  know 

Imperfect. 

id)  tl)at  (/a/i/),  I  did 

\i)  ttju^te  {vdds'-te),  I  knew 

bu  t^atft,  thou  didst 

bu  iDiifeteft,  thou  knewst 

cr  t^at,  he  did 

er  ttJU^te,  he  knew 

\mx  tt)atcn,  we  did 

njir  mufjtcn,  we  knew 

i^r  tI)Qtet,  you  did 

i^r  tDufetet,  you  knew 

fie  t^Qten,  they  did 

fte  tt)ufeten,  they  knew 

Imperative. 

t^u(e),  t^ut,  do  (thou. 

you)               tt)iffe,  ttJifet,  know  (thou,  you) 

Subjunctive. 

Present. 

\6)  WjWt,  I  may  do 

\^  ttJiffc,  I  may  know 

Imperfect. 
i(^  tptc  {tay'-te),  I  might  do  \^  h)ii§te  {vus'-ti),  I  might  know 

3Biffcn  answers  to  the  English  ^«^a/ in  the  sense  of 
to  be  aware  J  but  it  can  never  be  used  in  the  sense  of  *  to 
be  acquainted  with  a  person.'     *  I  knOW  this  man'  must  be 

given  by  3c^  fctiue  biefeti  3JZann, 


232 


Present  Infinitive. 

ttJerben,  to  become 
i^vayr'  -deti) 


V. 

Imperfect. 

tDurbe  (twarb),  became 
{vodr-de ) 


Past  Participle, 

gemorbeu,  become 
{ghe-vor'-den) 


INDICATIVE. 

\6)  inevbe,  I  become 
bu  tt)irft,  ihou  becomest 
er  IDirb,  he  becomes 
h)ir  roerben,  we  become 
i^r  tnerbet,  you  become 
ftc  tDerben,  they  become 


Subjunctive. 


Present. 


id^  tt)erbe,  I  may  become 
bu  tnerbeft,  thou  mayest  become 
er  roerbe,  he  may  become 
tDir  tuerben,  we  may  become 
i^r  ttjerbet,  you  may  become 
fie  hjerben,  they  may  become 


Imperfect. 

id)  njurbe  (tt)arb),  I  became  id)  railrbe,  I  might  become 

\i)X  murbeft  (lt)arbft),  thou  becamest  bu  ttJiirbeft,  thou  mightest  become 

er  tDUrbe  (roarb),  he  became  er  iriirbc,  he  might  become 

n)ir  tt)urbcn,  we  became  tt)ir  miirben,  we  might  become 

i^r  rt)urbet,  you  became  il^r  iriirbet,  j'ou  might  become 

jie  tuurbeu,  they  became  fie  ttJiirben,  they  might  become 


Imperative. 


Infinitive. 


Participle. 


ttJerbe, 
ttjerbet, 


be- 


Pres.  hjerben,  to  become    Pres.  rcerbenb,  becoming 
Perf.  getttorben  fein,  to      Per/,  gettjorben,  become 
have  become 


At  the  end  of  the  *  Meisterschaft  System '  an  alphabet- 
ical list  of  all  strong  and  irregular  verbs  will  be  found  j 
it  gives  the  Present  Infinitive,  the  Imperfect,  and  the 
Past  Participle.  The  learner  will,  therefore,  have  no 
difficulty  in  finding  the  Infinitive  mood  of  any  verb. 


233 

Separable  Verbs. 

1.  Separable  Verbs  consist  of  a  verb  and  of  a  separable 
prefix  which  may  be  detached  from  it,  as :  auS'-geljCtl,  to 
go  out ;  iDeg'=ge{)cn  {veg* -gay-hen)^  to  go  away ;  an'-fangeu 
(an'-fdn-ghen)j  to  begin. 

2.  The  prefixes  are  detached  in  the  Present,  Imperfect, 
and  in  the  Imperative,  but  only  in  principal  sentences,  e.g., 
Ffes.  ^&^  g  c  ^  e  ^cute  nidjt  a  u  S',  I  do  not  go  out  to-day. 
Imperf.  (SJingcti  <Sie  geftern  au^'?  Did  you  go  out  yes- 
terday? Imper.  ©e^eti  (Sie  Tutt  ttiir  au^'!  Go  out  with 
me ! 

3.  In  subordinate  sentences  which,  as  we  have  seen, 
begin  with  a  relative  promun  or  a  subordinate  conjunc- 
tion (see  p.  90),  and  which  require  the  verb  to  be  placed 
at  the  end  of  the  clause,  the  prefix  cannot  be  separated 
from  the  verb;  e.g.,  'Der  9}?ann,  wclcf)cr  jct?t  fort'gcl)t, 
the  man  who  is  now  leaving  {i.e.,  going  aw.iy)  SBeUTt 
8ic  l)eute  \C\6)i  au^'gel)en,  if  you  do  not  go  out  today. 
21 1  ^  id)  geftcrn  au^'ging,  as  I  went  out  yesterday. 

4.  The  prefix  gc  of  the  Past  Participle  stands  always 
between  the  particle  prefixed  to  the  simple  verb  and  the 
verb  itself;  e.g.,  ab'^djreibcn,  ab'=g e-fd^rieben ;  au^'=gel)en, 
au^'s  g  e -gangen.  The  same  rule  applies  also  to  the 
preposition  311,  when  it  is  required  in  the  Infinitive  ; 
e.g.,  (S^  ift  Ieid)ter  etroa^  an'^ju^fangen  at6  auf'=3u4orcn,  it  is 
easier  to  commence  a  thing  than  to  stop. 

5.  The  accent  in  separable  verbs  is  always  on  the  prefix^ 
as:  ab'^olen,  to  call;  an'fe^cn,  to  look;  a u «<'fii^rcn,  to 
carry  out;  f  ort'fd)t(fen,  to  send  away. 


234 

Conjugation  of  a  Separable  Terb. 
2lbfci^reiben>  to  copy. 

Infiniiive. 
a  B'fd^reiben  and  a  b'gufc^reiben,  to  copy. 

Participles. 
Prcs.    a  b'jc^reibenb,  copying.         Past,    a  b'gcjd^ricbcn,  copied. 

Imperative. 
fc^reibc— a  b,  copy  (thou).  fd^reiben  @ic— a  b,  copy  (you). 

Present.  Imperfect. 

\^  f(^reibc— a  b,  I  copy  i(S^  fd^ricb— a  b,  I  copied 

bu  jd)reibft— a  b,  thou  copiest  bu  fc^riebft— a  b,  thou  copiedst 

cr  jc^reibt— a  b,  he  copies  er  jc^rieb— a  b,  he  copied 

n)ir  fd^veiben— ab,  we  copy  Xo\x  fd^rieben— ab,  we  copied 

®ie  fd^rciben— a  b,  you  copy  @ie  fd()rieben— ab,  you  copied 

jte  fd[)reiben— a  b,  they  copy  fic  jd^rieben— a  b,  they  copied 

/^zVj/  Put.  id)  hjerbe  q  b'fd^rcibcn,  I  shall  copy,  &c. 

First  Cond.  td^  iDiirbe  a  b'|d)reiben,  I  should  copy,  &c.  ^ 

Perfect.  id^  ^obe  a  b'gefd^ricben,  1  have  copied,  &c. 

Pluperfect.  \^  l)ottc  0  b'gefc^rieben,  I  had  copied,  &c. 

Second  Put.  id^  tDcrbe  0  b'gefd^rieben  l)aben,  I  shall  have  copied. 

Second  Cund.  ic^  ttJurbe  a  b'gejc^riebcn  ^aben,  I  should  have  copied. 


Simple  Separable  Particles. 

1.  oB,  off:  ob'rcijcn,  to  set  out ;  Pres.  id^  reijc  — ob  ;  Imp.  i(^  reifle 

—a  b  ;  Perf.  id)  bin  o  b'gereifl.  Thus  :  a  b'ne^mett,  to  take 
off  ;  a  b'jd^tagen,  to  refuse  ;  a  b'raeic^cn  {ap'-vi-ven),  to  de- 
viate. 

2.  an,  at :  a  n'fotnmett,  to  arrive  ;  Pres.  id^  fomme— a  n  ;  Imp.  \6)  !atn 

—an;  P^rf.  td^  bin  a n'gefommen.     Thus:  an'fangen,  to 


235 

begin;  Q n'ncftmcn,  to  accept;  an'jic^en  {an -tsie-hin),  to 
put  on  ;  auflcibcn  {dn'-kli-din),  to  dress  ;  Fast  part,  ait'- 
gcHeibct. 

3.  QUf,  up  :  a u f fteljen,  to  get  up;    Pres.  i(^  (le^c  —  a u f ;    Imp.  ic^ 

ftanb— auf;  Perf.  \^  bin  a u f gcftonbcn.  Thus:  auf'^ol* 
ten,  to  detain  :  auf'^6ren,to  cease;  Q  u  f'mQd)cn,  to  open. 

4.  aud,  out:  ausgc^en,  to  go  out;  Pres.  id)  gel)c— au  8 ;  Imp.'x^ 

ging— 0U8;  Perf.  i^  bin  ouS'gcgangcn.  Thus:  au8'=> 
laffen,  to  leave  out ;  an  S'gcbcn,  to  spend  (money)  ;  q  u  6'= 
jprcc^cn,  to  pronounce. 

5.  Dei,  at:  )ot\\{t\)tXi{bi'-sh:tay-hen){pat\  to  assist;  bei'tragen,  to 

contribute. 

6.  bar:     b  or' ftetten,  to  represent ;  b  a  r'bringen,  to  offer;  bor'tt)un, 

to  Slate. 

7.  fin  :     c  i  n'ffi^rcn  {ine -fu-ren)  (with  the  prep,  bei  or  in),  to  intro- 

duce ;  e  i  n'taben  {tne'-ldh-den),  to  invite  ;  P.  p.  t'x  n'getaben. 

8.  fort:    fort'fat)ren,  to  go  on,  to  proceed;  fort'tragen,  to  carry 

off;  fort  boucm,  to  last  ;  f  ort'je^cn,  to  continue. 

9.  I)fc:     ^c  r'bringen,  to  bring  here  (hither). 

10.  l)ciin:    \)  c  i  m'fommcn  {hlme  -kom-men),  to  come  or  return  home. 

11.  I)in :     I)  i  n'ftcUen,  to  put  down  ;  I)  in'gel)en,  to  go  there. 

12.  Ipg :     I  0  8'lQlfcn.  to  let  loose  ;  1  og'reifecn  {los'-n-sen),  to  tear  off. 

13.  mit,  with  :  m  i  t  t^itcn  {mlt'  tl-leri),  to  communicate,  to  impart,  to 

tell ;  m  i  t'tttirfen,  to  co-operate  ;  m  i  t'ne{)men,  to  take  with 
(you). 

14.  na^,  after  :  n  a  d^'Ioffen,  to  subside,  to  abate  ;  n  a  d^'folgen,  to  fol- 

low (after)  ;  nac^'Ioufcn,  to  run  after. 

15.  nirt>tr,  down  :  n  i  c  b  C  r'legcn  {nee-dir-layghin),  to  lay  down. 

16  tjor :  D  0  r'pellcn  {/ore'-sh'tel-l^)  (Dat.),  to  introduce,  to  present ; 
t)  0  r'lefen.  to  read  to  somebody  ;  t)  0  r'fommen  {fore-kom- 
min\  to  occur,  to  appear. 

17.  Jofrt.  away:   nj  e  g'netjmen,  to   take  away;   hieg'bleibcn,  to  stay 

away. 

18.  5U,  to  :  g  n'mac^en  {tsoo  -mdh-chen),  to  shut  ;  g  u'fd)Uc^en  {tsdo'-shlee- 

sin),  to  close,  to  lock  ;  gn'Iaffcn,  to  admit ;  gu'bringen,  t<? 
spend  (time) ;  Per/.  \6)  ^abc— g  u'gebrac^t  (spent). 


2;?  3 


The  following  verbs,  which  were  formerly  written  as 
two  separate  words,  must  be  treated  as  separables : 


Infinitive. 
feljCfc^tagen  '  {fayl -shlah-ghen),  to 

fail,  miscarry. 
freifpved)en    {fri.sh'prei-en),    to 

acquit. 
gIeid)'fommen  {gHye'-kdm-men),  to 

equal. 
feft'fe^en,  to  fix,  appoint. 
Iieb'l)aben  {leep' -hah-ben),   to  love. 
ftill'frf)iyeigert     {sh'  till'  -shvi-ghen), 

to  be  silent, 
ftatt'fiiiben,  to  take  place. 
lt>al)V'ne^men   {vahr -nay-men)^    to 

perceive. 


Pres. 

id^  fd^Iogcfe^I. 

id)  fpred^cfrcu 

id^  fommc.  .gtcid^ 

ic^  jetjcfeft. 
id^  I^QbcUeb. 
ic^  fc^toeigcftitt 

\i)  finbcftatt. 
id^  nel^mc.  .wa^r 


Part.  Past, 

\t\)\  g  e  fd^Iagcn. 

frei  g  e  fproc^en. 

gtei(^  g  c  !ommcn 

feft  g  e  fe^jt. 
Uebge^Qbt. 
ftiU  g  c  fc^miegcn. 

jlatt  g  e  funben. 
n^a^r  g  e  nommen 


Exercise. 

^^  reifc  ttod^  l^eutc  ^Ibenb  ab  ;  ^jadeti  <Sie  balder  aUc  tneine 
@ad)en  citi  (pacfen  (Sic  eitt,  pack  up),  ©r  fatn  gefterti  Ibenb 
um  je^ti  U^r  ^ier  att.  SKann  fangt  bae  (Sottcert  an  (fangt  an, 
begins)?  So  fangt  unfere  Section  {lek-syone',  lesson)  an? 
@ie  ^at  nod^  ntd)t  angefangen  {dn'-ghe-fan-ghen),  \\6)  anjn^ 
fleibcn  (to  dress),  ^ittc,  Heibcn  Sic  fic^  fofort  {zo-fort\  at 
once)  an.    Steven  @ie  anf  (get  up,  arise) ;  e8  ift  f^on  fe^r 


i)  When  spelled  separately,  the  first  three  verbs  have  a  different 
meaning,  viz.:  fe^t  fd^Iagen,  to  strike  false,  to  miss  one's  blow;  frei 
fpred)en,  to  speak  in  a  frank  manner  ;  gleid^  fommctt,  to  come  directly 
(at  once). 


237 

fpdt.  Urn  n)ie  Diet  U^r  finb  ©fe  t)cute  frit^  aufgeftanben  ?  3^^ 
ftc^e  geiuoljulid)  (usually)  urn  ficben  Ut)r  auf.  ^ittc,  mad)en 
@ic  ba§  genfter  auf  (mac^en  (Sie  auf,  open),  ^arum  mac^en 
©ie  nid)t  ba§  genfter  auf?  (5^  ift  fd)r  fd)tt)u(  (close,  sultry)  in 
btefem  3^^^^^.  Slber  fo  madjen  <Sie  bod)  bie  5:^iire  gu  (tnadjcn 
@ie  gu,  close,  shut) ;  cS  gie^t  gang  entfe^Uc^  (there  is  a  fearful 
draft).  2Bo  gcl)en  ®ie  ^eutc  5Ibenb  l)tn?  5Bic  mir  mcln 
:S3ruber  ntitt^eilt  (tells),  giebt  man  l}eute  tin  neuc^  8tiicf  im 
fonig(id)en  2:()eater,  unb  tuenn  c^  3^)tten  redjtift,  luoUcn  iDir  gu* 
fammen  (together)  Ijinge^cn.  ^^ei(en  (Sie  biefe  *iRad)ric^t  (in- 
formation, news)  §errn  ^raun  fofort  tnit,  unb  fagen  <Bk 
it)m,  bag  id)  mein  ^efte-S  t^un  werbe,  i()m  beigufteljcn  {bi'-tsod- 
sh'tay-hen^  to  assist,  help).  (5^  fommt  mir  t)or  (it  seems  to 
me),  a(0  ob  er  ^^ncn  biefe  5lbreffe  nid)t  auffd)reiben  mod)te. 
^itte,  giet)en  8ic  3t)re  (Stiefel  au«  (gie^en  (Sie  au«,  take  off)  ; 
ber  ^ellner  mbc^te  fie  je^t  rein  mad)en,  tueit  ber  Berliner  (Sd)nel(* 
gug  fc^on  um  t)ier  U^r  frii^  abge^t. 


Exercise. 

SBUrbcn  @tc  mir  ben  ©efaflen  t^un,  bicfen  ^rief  fiir  mid) 
abjufi^reiben?  3d)  mlirbe  il)n  mit  33ergniigcn  abfd)reiben,  tncnn 
ic^  nid)t  au§gel)cn  miigte,  um  einige  ($infaufe  gu  mad)en.  ^ommt 
e§  3l)ncn  nid)t  t)or,  ats  ob  ^cntanb  (some  one)  obcn  (upstairs) 
auf=  unb  abginge  (is  walking  up  and  down  or  to  and  fro)? 
^itte,  fteden  @ie  mic^  3^^rem  greunbe  t)or.    ^iegt  3f)nen  fe^r 


238 

baran,  feine  ^e!anntfd)aft  gu  mac^cn?  tonnten  ©te  mir  ))kU 
idd)t  fagen,  an  rvddjtm  Xage  biefe  geierlidifeit  {fV-er-lP'-kite) 
ftattfinbet?  ^ie  geierlic^feit  ftnbet  morgen  \Mt  ^a^  t^ut 
mir  rec^t  (eib ;  bann  !ann  id)  ni(i)t  ()mgef)en.  Unb  n)arum  benn 
nic^t  ?  SD^cttt  :53ruber  fommt  erft  (only)  iibennorgen  (the  day 
after  to-morrow)  t)on  feiner  9^eife  pritcf,  unb  id)  mag  ot)ne  it)n 
(without  him)  nid^t  au^ge^ett.  SBer  t)at  3^nen  biefe  9f?ac^rid)t 
mitgett)ei(t?  gerr  ^.  t^eilt  mir  foeben  {zo-ay'-bm)  mit,  bag 
ber  §err,  tt)eld)ett  luir  geftern  im  SKartefaat  be«  ©amburger 
^a^nt)of^  gefe^eti  ^aben,  einer  ber  erften  l)iefigen  ^rofefforen  ift 


Words. 


ber  ^lur  {floor), » 

ein    35orber5immcr    \jne  fdr' -der- 

tstm'-mer), 

ein   ^iuterjimmcr    {ine   hin'-ter- 

tsim'-mer), 
bag  i^C^ft^^  {fen'-siir\ 
einf cnftrig  {ine -fen-stri  y) 
groeifcnftrig  {tsvi  -fen-striy), 
einc  SBo'^uung  {voh' -nddng), 
eiue  SSo^nung  nel^men  {nay -men), 
eiiie  SBo^nung  mief^en  {mee'-ten), 
bie  S!Wiett)e  {mee'-te), 
moblirte  3iii^nier  {md-bleir  -te), 
unmoblirte  3intn^er  {don -md-bleer- 


the  landing. 
a  front  room. 

a  back  room. 

the  window. 

with  one  window. 

with  two  windows. 

a  set  of  rooms,  apartments. 

to  take  apartments. 

to  hire  a  dwelling, 

the  rent. 

furnished  rooms. 

unfurnished  rooms. 


i)  ber  ^Xvct  is  pronounced  like  oo  in  boot 


t  ^ebi<}t$^I(8ft=$g$fp. 


OERMAN" 


FART  IX. 


IX. 

{Continuation. ) 


14  So  I  have  heard,  and  my  friend  tells  me  that  you 
conversed  quite  fluently  (=  That  have  I  already 
{sclioii^  heard,  and  my  friend  tells  me  \7nir\  that  you 
quite  fluently  \ganz  Jliessend]  conversed  had  [dass 
Sie  sich  ganz  Jliessend  unterhalten  hdtten]). 

15.  Much  obliged  for  your  kind  compliment  {filr  Ihr 
gutiges  Compliment). 

16.  I  don't  care  (=  Ich  mache  mir  nichts  daraus).  [Idio- 
matic phrase.] 

17.  I  do  not  care  much  about  this  loss  (=1  make  to  me 
not  much  \ich  mache  mir  nicht  viel]  out  of  this  loss 
[aus  diesem  Verlusf]). 

18.  No  matter  ;  or^  Never  mind  (=:That  makes  nothing, 
i.e.  no  difference  [das  maclit  nichts]).  • 

19.  He  does  a  very  good  business*  in  Erigland  (=  He 
makes  very  good  business  [sehr  gute  Geschdfte]  in 
England). 


i)  In  this  lesson,  as  in  the  previous  parts,  I  have  given  a  great 
many  idiomatic  expressions  which  cannot  be  translated  literally 
from  one  language  into  the  other.  The  knowledge  of  these  phrases 
is  most  important,  and  I  advise  all  students  to  pay  particular  atten- 
tion to  them.  Only  frequent  repetitions  will  produce  mastery.  Ich 
mache  mir  nichts  daraus,  i.e.  I  make  (or  give)  no  trouble  to  myself 
(Ich  mache  mir  nichts)  on  account  of  it  (daraus). 


IX. 

{Continuation.') 

1. 

14.  Das  habe  ich  schon  gehort ;  und  mein  Freund  sagt 
mir,  dass  Sie  sich  ganz  fliessend  {Jlee's$nt)  unter- 
halten  batten 


15.  Sehr  verbunden  fiir  Ihr  giitiges  Compliment  (ghii'- 
tee-ghes  com-plee-ment'). 

16.  Ich^mache  mir  nichtsdaraus*  (^(£?^r^7aj^').    [Idiomatic 
phrase.] 

17.  Ich  mache  mir  nicht  viel  aus  diesem  Verlust'  {fer- 
loost'). 

18.  Das  macht  nichts  !  * 

19.  Er  macht  sehr  gute  Geschafte*  (ghe-sh^f-te)  in  Eng- 
land. 


2)  Ick  mache  mir  nicki  viel  aus  diesem  Verlust,  i.e.  I  give  to  myself 
not  much  trouble  (Ich  mache  mir  nicht  viel)  on  account  of  this  loss 
(aus  diesem  Verlust). 

3)  Das  macht  nichts,  i.e.  that  makes  nothing  {or  no  difference). 

4)  The  Germans  say  :  Geschafte  nisielieii  (nicht  thun).  Did  you 
do  business?  must  always  be  translated  by:  Haben  Sie  Geschafte 
{\A\xx.)  s^emacht?  In  a  similar  manner  the  Germans  say  :  Wie  gehen 
die  Geschafte?  (plur.)  how  is  business  ? 


242 

20.  Did  you  do  a  good  business  whilst  you  were  in 
Munich  ?  (=  Have  you  good  business  made,  whilst 
you  in  Munich  [Miinche^i]  were  ?) 

21.  Much  obliged  for  your  kind  inquiry,  but  at  present 

business  is  bad  everywhere  (=  Much  obliged  for 
kind  inquiry  (giltige  Naclifrage\^  but  the  business 
\die  Geschdfte]  are ^oingYgehen]  momentarily  [migen- 
Uichlicli]  everywhere  \ul)eralT\  bad  [schlecht]). 


If  you  would  do  me  the  fayor. 

If 

you  ,  - 

to  me 

the  (Accusative  Singular  of  the  Masc.  Definite  Article) 

favor 

would  do. 


1.  Will  you  do  {or  grant)  me  a  favor?  (=  Will  you  to 
me  a  favor  do  ?) 

2.  Why  will  you  not  do  me  this  favor?  (=Why  will  you 
to  me  not  this  favor  do  ?) 


i)  Sie  thciten  is  the  subjunctive  mood  of  the  present  tense.  The 
verb  thun  {tddn),  to  do,  is  irregular  in  the  imperfect,  viz..  ich  that 
{tdht),  and  in  the  past  participle ^^M««  {gke-tdkn),  done.  Tbe  sub- 
junctive present  is  inflected  : 


243 


20.  Haben  Sie  gute  Geschiifte  gemacht,  als  Sie  in 
Mlinchen  {miin'-^en)  waren  ? 

21.  Sehr  verbunden  fiir  glitige  Nachfrage,  aber  die 
Geschiifte  gehen  augenblicklich  Uberall  schlecht 
{ou'-ghen-blkk'-liy  U-ber-dhl'  shiest). 


2. 

Wenn  Sie  mir  den  Gefallen  thaten. 

v6n       zee     mere  dane  ghg-fahl-lSn  tay'-ten. 

Wenn  {;ven) 

Sie  {zee) 

mir  (mere) 

den  {dane)  (Accusative  Sing,  of  der) 

Gefallen  {ghe-fah'-len) 

thaten  '  {tay'-ten). 


1.  Wollen  Sie  mir  einen  Gefallen  thun  {toon)  ? 

2.  Warum  wollen  Sie  mir  diesen  Gefallen  nicht  thun  ? 


ich  thate  (fny'./^X 
du  thatesi  {tay'-iest). 
er  thate  {tay'-te). 


wir  thaten  Uav-t?n). 
Sie  thaten  (tav'-tcn). 
sie  thaten  {tay'-ten). 


244 

3.  Please  do  me  the  favor  of  translating  this  French 
letter  for  me  (  =  Please  do  you  to  me  the  favor,  and 
translate  you  [ubersetzen  Me]  this  French  letter  [die- 
sen  franzosischen  Brief]  for  me). 

4.  I  should  very  much  like  to  do  you  this  favor,  but  it 
is  quite  impossible  (=  I  should  to  you  this  favor 
very  gladly  [sehr  gem]  do,  but  it  is  quite  impossible 
[ganz  unmoglich]). 

5.  What  is  to  be  done  ?  (=  What  shall  one  [soil  man] 
there  do?  or.  What  is  there  to  be  done  ?) 

6.  I  cannot  do  anything  in  this  affair  (=1  can  in  this 
affair  \in  dieser  Angelegenlieit]  nothing  at  all  [gar 
nichts]  do). 

7.  I  would  be  very  much  obliged  to  you,  if  you  would 
{or  could)  do  me  this  service  (=1  should  to  you 
very  obliged  be,  if  you  to  me  this  favor  did  [tlidten]). 

8.  That  is  no  matter  (=  That  does  nothing). 

9.  That  is  not  to  the  point  (=  that  does  nothing  to  the 
matter  [zur  Sache]). 

10.  Sorry  as  I  am,  I  cannot  do  you  this  favor  (=  Though 
pain  it  to  me  does  [so  leid  es  mir  thut]^  so  can  I  to 
you  this  favor  not  do  [nicht  thun  or  nicht  erweisen]) . 

11.  Do  it  on  my  account  {=  Do  you  it  to  me  for  love's 
sake  [zur  Liehe]). 

12.  Do  not  do  so  (=  Do  you  it  not). 


Idiomatic  Expressions  with  To  Do. 

13.  That  will  do  (=  That  is  enough  [genug\  or  So  it  is 
right  [recht],  or  That  suffices  [gentigt]). 


245 

3-  Bitte,  thun  Sie  mir  den  Gefallen,  und  ubersetzen 
{u' -ber-zet' -sen)  Sie  diesen  franzosischen  i^frdn-tso' -zU 
shen)  Brief  fUr  mich. 

4  Ich  mochte  Ihnen  diesen  Gefallen  sehr  gern  thun, 
aber  es  ist  ganz  unmoglich. 


5.  Was  soil  man  {zoll  man)  da  tftun  ?  or^  Was  ist  da  zu 
thun  ?   [Idiomatic  phrase.] 

6.  Ich  kann  in   dieser  Angelegenheit  (an' -ghe-lay-ghen- 
hlte)  gar  nichts  thun. 

7.  Ich  wiirde  Ihnen  sehr  verbunden  sein,  wenn  Sie  mir 
diesen  Gefallen  thaten  {or  thun  konnten). 

8.  Das  thut  nichts. 

9.  Das  thut  nichts  zur  Sache  {zdh'-che). 

10.  So  leid  es  mir  thut,  so  kann  ich  Ihnen  diesen  Ge- 

fallen nicht  erweisen  (er-vt'-zen). 

1 1 .  Thuen  Sie  {too' -en  zee)  es  mir  zur  Liebe  {tsoor  lee' -be). 

« 

12.  Thuen  Sie  {too' -en  zee)  es  nicht. 


Idiomatic  Expressions  with  To  Bo. 

13.  Das  ist  genug  {gM-nodgh') !    {or  So  ist's  recht !   or 
Das  geniigt !) 


246 

14.  That  will  not  do.  {^Literally :  That  goes  not,  or 
Therewith  \damii\  is  it  not  done.) 

15.  That  will  never  do  (=  That  goes  not  at  all  \d%irchaus 
nicht\). 

>  Your  letter  will  do  much  with  him  (=will  much  with 
him  \hei  ihm]  produce  [ausrichten]). 

17.  I  can  do  nothing  with  him  (=  nothing  with  him  pro- 
duce [bei  ihm  ausrichten^. 

18.  She  could  do  nothing  with  him  (=  nothing  with  him 
produce  [bei  ihm  ausrichten]. 

19.  I  shall  not  have  anything  more  to  do  with  this  man 
(=1  will  nothing  more  [mehr]  with  this  man  to  do 
have  [zu  thun  or  zu  schaffen  haien]). 

^^.  1  have  done  with  him.  {Literally  :  I  give  him  up, 
[auf],  or  I  am  with  him  ready  [fertig].) 

21.  Now  I  have  done  with  you  forever  (=  Now  it  is  with 
us  [mit  tms~\  forever  out  [auf  immer  aus'\). 

22.  I  have  done  with  him  (=1  will  nothing  more  of  him 

know  [von  ihm  wissen]). 

23.  Are  you  done  (=  ready  [fertig])  ? 

24.  Please  go  to  the  Post-office  as  soon  as  you  are  don£ 
writing  (=  Please  go  you  to  the  post  as  soon  as  [so- 
bald]  you  with  writing  [mit  Schreiben]  ready  are). 

^5.^  Is  my  coat  done  (ready)  } 

26.  When  will  my  black  dress  be  done?  (=  When  will 
my  black  dress  [mein  schwarzes  Kleid]  ready  become 
[werden]  ?) 

27.  Your  black  silk  dress  (Ihr  schioarzseide^ies  Kleid) 
will  be  done  to-morrow  morning  without  fail  (=  be- 
comes [wird]  quite  sure  [ganz  bestimmt]  to-morrow 
early  ready). 


247 

14-  Das  geht  nicht !  {or  Damit  {ddh'-mit)  ist  es  (^r  ist's) 
nicht  gethan  !) 

15.  Das  geht  durchaus  nicht  {door^-ouse'  nPt). 

16.  Ihr  Brief  wird  viel  bei  ihm  ausrichten  {pwse'-rt^-ten), 

1 7.  Ich  kann  nichts  bei  ihm  ausrichten. 

18.  Sic  konnte  nichts  bei  ihm  ausrichten. 

19.  Ich  will   nichts  mehr  mit  diesem    Menschen  {men'- 
shen)  zu  thun  haben  {or  zu  schafifen  \shd*-fen\  haben). 

20.  Ich  gebe  ihn  auf  (^^r  Ich  bin  mit  ihm  fertig  \_f^r''ti^Yi, 

21.  Jetzt  ist  es  mit  uns  auf  immer  aus. 

22.  Ich  will  nichts  mehr  von  ihm  wissen  {pis* -sen), 

23.  Sind  Sie  fertig  (/?V-//y)? 

24.  Bitte,  gehen  Sie  nach  der  Post,  sobald  {zo-bdhlt')  Sie 
mit  Schreiben  {shrV-ben)  fertig  sind. 

25.  Ist  mein  Rock  fertig  ? 

26.  Wann  wird   mein  schwarzes  Kleid   {shvdr*-tses  klite) 
fertig  werden  ? 

27.  Ihr  schwarzseidenes  Kleid  (shvdrts  zV-de-nes  klite)  wird 
gapz  bestimmt  morgan  friih  fertig. 


248 

28.  Is  it  done?     Yes,  just  done  (=  ready). 

29.  Waiter,  give  me  a  plate  of  roast  beef  (eine  Portion 
Rinderhraten). 

30.  Do  you  want  it  well  done^  or  rare?  (=  Wish  you  him 
well  roasted  {gut  durchgehraten\  or  English  ?) 

31.  This  meat  (dieses  Fleisch)  is  not  done  (ist  nicht  genug 
durcUgehrateny  or  ist  7iicht  gar). 

32.  How  do  you  do  ? 

33.  What  are  you  doing  there  (=  making  then  there 
[denn  da])  ?  - 

34.  What  can  I  do  for  you  ?  (=  Wherewith  [womif]  can 
I  you  serve  [Ihnen  diene7i]  ?) 

35.  How  is  your  brother  doing  in  England  ?  (=How  gets 
[tvird]  your  Mr.  brother  in  England  ready  ?  or  How 
comes  your  Mr.  Brother  in  England  ahead  [voran]  ?) 

36.  Thanks,  he  is  doing  very  nicely  (==he  gets  [wird]  very 
well  [recht  gut]  ready,  or  he  comes  very  well  ahead). 

37.  Are  you  getting  on  well  with  your  English  studies  ? 
(=  Come  you  with  your  English  studies  (mit  Ihren 
englischen  Studieii]  well  ahead  ?) 

38.  Thanks,  I  am  doing  tolerably  (=1  come  pretty  well 
[ziemlich  gut]  ahead  [voran  or  vorwdrts]). 

39.  I  have  done  my  best  for  him,  and  he  is  still  not  satis- 
fied (=1  have  my  most  possible  \7iiein  Moglichstes, 
i.e,  my  utmost)  for  him  done,  and  he  is  yet  \doc}i\ 
not  satisfied  \zufriedeyi\). 

40.  Have  done  !  (=  Make  [you]  an  end,  or  Leave  [you] 
off !     Literally  :  Hear  you  up  \]idren  Sie  auf]  !) 


i)  These  idiomatic  expressions  ought  to  be  committed  to  memory 
very  thoroughly.  Of  course,  a  literal  translation  of  them  is  im- 
possible ;  for  this  very  reason  they  present  an  almost  unsurmount- 
able  difficulty  to  those  uiiable  to  visit  Germany.     Most  grammars 


249 

28.  1st  es  fertig?     Ja,  gerade  {ghc-rdh'-de)  fertig. 

29.  Kellner,  geben  Sie  mir  eine  Portion  Rinderbraten 
{por-tsyofie'  rin  -dcr-brdh-tcn) . 

30.  Wiinschen  Sie  ihn  gut  durchgebraten  (door^'-ghe- 
hrdh-ten)  oder  englisch? 

31.  Dieses  Fleisch  {fliesJi)  ist  nicht  genug  durchgebraten 

{or  Dieses  Fleisch  ist  nicht  gar). 

32.  Wie  befinden  Sie  sich  ?  {or  Wie  geht  es  Ihnen  ?) 

33.  Was  machen  Sie  denn  da  ? 

34.  Womit  {vo-mti')  kann  ich  Ihnen  dienen  {dee'-nen)  ? 

35.  Wie  wird  Ihr  Herr  Bruder  in  England  fertig  .'*  {or 
Wie  kommt  Ihr  Herr  Bruder  in  England  voran 
\for-dn'\  ?) 

36.  Danke  schon,  er  wird  recht  gut  fertig  {or  Er  kommt 
recht  gut  voran). 

37.  Kommen  Sie  mit  Ihren  englischen  Studien  {sh'too'- 
dyen)  gut  voran.? 

38.  Danke  sehr,  ich  komme  ziemlich  gut  {tseem'-lV  goof) 
voran  {or  vorwarts  \for'-vayrts^. 

39.  Ich  habe  mein  Moglichstes  {mog* -W -sUs)  filr  ihn  ge- 
than,  und  er  ist  doch  nicht  zufrieden  {tsod-free'-den). 


40.  Machen  Sie  ein  Ende !  (or  Horen  Sie  auf  !)  * 


and  vocabularies  pay  no  attention  to  the  idiomatic  expressions.  But 
as  the  idioms  of  a  language  form  so  to  say  its  very  spirit,  it  will  be 
seen  how  highly  important  is  a  perfect  mastery  of  them.  !  must 
therefore  beg  teachers  and  pupils  to  pay  particular  attention  to  them. 


250  ^ 

3. 
To  write  down  the  names  of  the  best  firms 

in  town. 

To  me 

he 

the  name 

the  names 
of  the 
the  best 

in  town  (There  is  no  adjective  in  the  English  language 
corresponding  to  the  German  adjective  der 
hiesige) 
he  firm  ;  the  firms 

of  the  best  firms  in  town  (or  in  this  place) 

to  write  down  (Separable  compound  verb  in  German) 


Present. 
I  write  down.  we  write  down, 

thou  writest  down.  you  write  down, 

he  writes  down.  they  write  down. 

to  write  down  ^  (The  pupil  ought  to  study  the  rules  on 
the  Separable  Compound  Verbs,  p.  233  ) 


i)  The  preposition  '  zu*  when   required  in  the  infinitive,  must  al- 
ways be  placed  between  the  separable  prefix  and  the  verb  ;  e.g.,  auf- 


261 


Mir  die  Namen  der   besten   hiesigen   Firnien 

mere      des    nali'-mfin    dayr     bes'-i6a   hee'-zee-ghSn   fir'-mgn 

aufzuschreiben. 

owfe'-tsOO-shrl-bgn. 

Mir  {mere)  (Dative  of  ich) 

die  (^<?/)  (Plural  of  the  definite  article;  only  one  form 
for  all  three  genders) 

der  Name  (dayr  ndh'-me )  (The  word  is  declined  by  the 
the  weak  declension) 

die  Namen  (dee  ndh'-men) 

der  (dayr)  (Genitive  plur.) 

der  beste,  die  beste,  das  beste  (Irregular  superlative  of 
gut,  good) 

der  hiesige,  die  hiesige,  das  hiesige  (hee'-zee-ghe) 


die  Firma  (fir'-md/i)\  pi.  die  Firmen  (fir' -men) 

der  besten  hiesigen  Firmen 

aufschreiben  (oufe'-shrt-ben)    (Separable  compound  verb) 
Thus  conjugated  in  the 
Present. 
ich  schreibe  auf.  wir  schreiben  auf. 

du  schreibst  auf.  Sie  schreiben  auf. 

er  schreibt  auf.  sie  schreiben  auf. 

aufzuschreiben  *  (owfe' -tsdo-shri-ben). 


zu-schreiben,  ab-zu  schreiben,  fort-zu-rei«:en,  &c.     Compare  Gram* 
matical  Remarks  on  the  Separable  Corfipound  Verbs,  page  233. 


252 

1.  Please,  write  down  the  address  of  this  gentleman 
(= Write  you  to  me  the  address  [die  Adresse]  of  this 
gentlem?n  kindly  [gefdlligst]  down). 

2.  Did  you  note  down  the  names  of  the  best  firms  in 
town,  for  me  (=  Have  you  to  me  the  names  of 
the.  best  firms  in  town  written  down  [aufge- 
schrieben])  ? 

3.  As  soon  as  I  have  finished  this  letter,  I  will  note  the 
addresses  down  for  you  (=As  soon  as  [sowie]  I  with 
this  letter  ready  [fertig]  am,  will  I  to  you  the  ad- 
dresses note  down  [aufschreiben]). 

4.  Please  do  me  the  favor,  and  note  the  street  down, 
in  which  this  lady  lives  (  =  Please  do  you  to  me  the 
favor,  and  write  you  to  me  the  street  down  in  which 
[in  welcher]  this  lady  dwells  [wohnt]). 

5.  I  should  be  very  much  obliged  to  you,  if  you  would 
do  me  the  favor  to  write  these  words  down  for  me 
{=to  me  these  words  to  write  down  [rnir  diese  Worte 
aufzuschreibefi]). 

6.  I  am  afraid  [ic/i  fiirchte]  I  shall  forget  [vergessen] 
what  you  said  to  me  just  now  (=  w^hat  you  to  me 
just  now  said  have). 

7.  Do  me  the  favor  to  write  it  down  (=  Do  you  to  me 
the  favor,  and  write  you  it  to  me  down). 

8.  Do  you  know  {kennen  Sie)  this  firm  ?  ^ 

9.  No,  sir,  this  house  is  not  known  to  me  (=  is  to  me 
not  known  [bekannf]). 


1)   To  know,  in  reference  io persons,  is  expressed  hy'  kennen.'  Ex.: 
Do  you   know  his  clerk  ?    Kennen  Sie  seinen  Commis  ?     I  do  not 


253 

1.  Schreiben  Sie   mir   die   Adresse   (ah-dres'-se)    dieses 
Herrn  gefiilligst  {ghe-fet -IPst)  auf. 

2.  Haben  Sie  mir  die  Namen  der  besten   hiesigen  Fir- 
men  aufgeschrieben  (owfe'-ghe-shree-ben)  ? 


3.  Sowie  (zoh-vee')  ich  mit   diesem   Briefe   fertig   bin, 
werde  ich  Ihnen  die  Adressqn  aufschreiben. 


4.  Bitte,  thun  Sie  {toon  zee)  mir  den  Gefallen,  und 
schreiben  Sie  mir  die  Strasse  auf,  in  welcher  diese 
Dame  (ddh'-me)  wohnt. 

5.  Ich  wiirde  Ihnen  sehr  verbunden  sein,  wenn  Sie  mir 
den  Gefallen  thaten,  mir  diese  Worte  aufzuschrei- 
ben. 

6.  Ich  fiirchte  {fiir^'-te)^  ich  werde  vergessen  (fer-ghes'- 
sen)  was  Sie  mir  soeben  {zd-ay'-ben)  gesagt  haben. 

7.  Thun  Sie  mir  den  Gefallen  und  schreiben  Sie  es  mir 
auf. 

8.  Kennen  Sie  diese  Firma  ?  ^ 

9.  Nein,  mein  Herr,  dieses  Haus  ist  mir  nicht  bekannt 
(be-kdnfy  "^ 


know  him,  Ich  kgnm  ihn  nicht.     To  knoiv  in  this  sense  is  always 
synonymous  with  '  to  be  acquainted  with.' 


254 

10.  Would  you  do  me  the  favor  to  make  inquiries  re- 
specting it  (=  Will  you  to  me  perhaps  the  favor  do 
to  inquire  about  it  [sich  nach  ihm  (about  it)  zu  er- 
ku7idigen\)  ? 

11.  I  have  made  inquiries  respecting  this  man,  and  am 
told  that  he  is  possessed  of  a  very  large  capital 
(=1  have  about  this  man  inquired  [m/c^  nach  diesem 
Manne  erlcundigt\  and  hear  [Aore]  that  he  a  very 
large  fortune  \ein  sehr  grosses  Vermogen]  possesses 
[besitzt]). 

12.  He  is  one  of  the  first  merchants  in  town  {einer  der 
ersten  Mesigen  Kaufteute). 

13.  How   do  you   like   life   here   (=  das  hiesige   Leben 

[life])  ? 

14.  Give  me  a  local  newspaper  {eine  hiesige  Zeitung)  ;  I 
should  like  to  see  the  advertisements  (=  I  should 
like  \ich  7}idcht6  gern]  the  advertisements  [die  An- 
noncen]  to  read  \lese7i\). 

15.  I  should  like  to  engage  a  German  clerk  (=a  German 
clerk  [^Commis^  to  engage  \engagire7i\). 

16.  Please  write  an  advertisement  for  me  for  the  local 
paper  (=  write  you  me  an  advertisement  for  the 
paper  here  [//ir  die  hiesige  Zeitung']  down  \auf]). 

17.  I  shall  make  inquiries  about  you  from  a  firm  in  town 
(~I  shall  myself  [mich]  at  a  firm  here  [bei  einer  Me- 
sigen Firma]  after  you  inquire). 

18.  In  the  meanwhile  (in  der  Zwischenzeit)  please  note 
your  address  down. 


265 

10.  Wollen  Sie  mir  vielleicht  (fee-lPf)  den  Gefallen 
thun,  sich  nach  ihm  zu  erkundigen  (er-koon' -dee- 
ghen)  ? 

11.  Ich  habe  mich  nach  diesem  Manne  erkundigt  {er- 
kddn'-di^t)y  und  hore,  dass  er  ein  sehr  grosses  Ver- 
mogen  besitzt  ( fer-mo'-ghen  de-zttst'). 


12.  Er  ist  einer  der  ersten  hiesigen  Kaufleute  (Irregular 
plural  of  '  der  Kaufmann  '). 

13.  Wie  gefallt  Ihnen  das  hiesige  Leben  ? 

14.  Geben  Sie  mir  eine  hiesige  Zeitung  (/«'-/^^«^) ;  ich 

mochte  gern  die  Annoncen  {dn-nong' -sen)  lesen. 


15.  Ich  mochte  gern  einen  deutschen  Commis  engagiren 
( an-gdh-jee'  -ren) . 

16.  Bitte,  schreiben  Sie  mir  eine  Annonce  fiir  die  hiesige 
Zeitung  auf. 

17.  Ich  werde  mich  bei  einer  hiesigen  Firma  nach  Ihnen 
erkundigen. 

18.  In  der  Zwischenzeit  (tsvi' -shen-tsite)  schreiben  Sie  mir 
gefiilligst  Ihre  Adresse  auf. 


256 


GRAMMATICAL   REMARKS. 

£xercises  and   Words  used  in  Common  Conversation. 


The  Subjunctive  Mood. 

The  Subjunctive  Mood  must  be  employed  in  German 
after  the  conjunctions  iDentt,  if,  ob,  whether,  if;  al^ 
njenn  or  aU  ob,  as  if. 

Examples. 

'  SBenn  er  fetbft  ba  getuefen  iDcirc,  fo^  ptte  bteS ntd^t  ge* 
fc^e^en  tdnnen.  If  he  had  been  there  himself,  it  could  not 
have  happened.  Setttt  ®ic  frii^er  gefommen  tDciren,  fo 
f)  a  1 1  e  n  ©ie  metne  <Sd)tDagertn  getroffen.  If  you  had  come 
sooner,  you  would  have  met  my  sister-in-law.  ^^  fie^t 
au§,  a(§  ob  e^  regnen  ti^ijrbe.  It  looks  as  if  it  were 
going  to  rain.  (Sr  fiet)t  au^,  al§  ob  er  untDO^I  to  are.  He 
looks  as  if  he  were  ill. 

2.  The  conjunction  ttJetttt  maybe  omitted;  neverthe- 
less the  verb  must  be  placed  in  the  subjunctive.  As  in 
English,  the  verb  stands  in  such  instances  at  the  very 
beginning   of   the   sentence.     §dtte   tc^   @db  get)abt,  fo 


i)  @o  often  serves  to  connect  the  subordinate  clause  with  the 
antecedent,  when  the  sentence  begins  with  \i(\.,  no(^betrt,  obflleic^,  ob* 
^c^on,  obrt)ot)t,  tDCil,  trenn,  or  tt)te  ;  but  it  cannot  be  translated  into 
English  and  may  be  omitted  even  in  German  ;  e.g.  3)a  er  bi§  fe^t 
nid)t  flcfommeu  ift,  iverbe  id)  nicf)t  Idngcr  marten.  SBeit  @ie  eS  faflen, 
miife  irf)  eg  gloubeu.     SBcnn  ber  tnobe  flei^ig  ift,  fami  er  oiel  leruen. 


267 

tpilrbe  id)  3^ncn  3^rc  9?ecfinun9  fc!^on  (dttgft  bejaljlt  l^aben. 
If  I  had  had  any  money,  I  would  have  settled  your  bill 
long  ago  ()d)on  Icingft),  gdttcn  ^it  ein  ^urdjbiUet  nac^ 
Berlin  gcnommen,  fo  wiirben  8ie50  Mo.  greigcpacf  ge^abt 
^aben.  If  you  had  taken  a  through-ticket  to  Berlin,  you 
would  have  had  50  kilo.  free,  ^attt  e  r  mir  ba^  gleirf) 
Qcfoqt,  )o  iDurbe  ic^  i^m  nicf)t  einen  fo  groben  ^ricf  gefdirie^s 
ben  ^obcn.  Had  he  told  me  so  at  once,  I.should  not  have 
written  him  such  a  rude  letter. 

3.  The  subjunctive  is  also  frequently  employed  after 
the  conjunctions  bamit,  that,  in  order  that,  and  ha^ 
m'lt  n t c^ t , lest.  ®et)en  3te  gleic^  3U  i^tn,  b a m i t  er e« fobdb 
ui^  mbgiid)  tu  i  f  f  e .  G o  to  him  at  once,  that  he  may  know 
it  (cr  cd  njiffe)  as  soon  as  possible,  (gc^rciben  ^Bk  i{)m  ba«, 
bamit  er  nic^t  fomme.    Write  him  this,  lest  he  come. 

Exercise. 

1.  If  you  had  bought  the  goods      i.   If  you  the   goods  which  I  to 

I  showed  you  fast  Saturday,  you  last  Saturday  showed  (gc* 

you  might  have  made  50  per  jcigt)  have,  bought  had,  then 

cent.  would  you  50  per  cent  gained 

(Ocrbient,  fer-demt')  have. 

2.  If  I  had  known  that,  I. surely      2.  If  I  that   known  (gctDii^t)  had, 

would  have  done  so.  then  would    I   it  surely   (be= 

fiimmt)  done  have. 

3.  I  should  have  come  to  town      3.   Had  you  to  me  but  (nur)  tele- 

at  once,  had  you  telegraphed  graphed,   then    should    I   at 

to  me.  once  to  the  town  (na(^  ber 

®tabt)  come  be. 

4.  She  speaks  so  loud  on  pur-      4.  She  speaks  with  purpose  (mit 

pose  that  every  one  might  3ibfid)t)  so   loud,  that   every 

hear  her.  one  her  hear  might 


258 

5-  The  old  sailor  walks  as  if  he  5.  The  old  sailor  (3JJatrofe)  goes 

were  lame.  as  if  he  lame  (lo^m)  were. 

6.  The   boy  acts  as  if  he  were  6.  The  boy  does  as  if  he   slept 

asleep.  (fc^Uefe). 


Subjunctive  after  certain  Yerbs. 

1.  After  verbs  of  advising^  bagging ^  commanding,  wishing, 
permitting,  hoping,  fearing,  &c.,  the  verb  in  the  dependent 
sentence  beginning  with  'tiOi^,  stands  (or  ought  to  stand) 
in  the  subjunctive.  Ex. :  bitten  8ie  3^ren  ©erm  SSater. 
bag  er  3^nen  ba^  ^uc^  gebe.  Beg  your  father  to  give  you 
the  book.  ^^  rat()e  nid)t,  \io!^  er  nad)  5lmeri!a  g  e  ^  e .  I  do 
not  advise  that  he  should  go  to  America.  ^itufc^Ctt  ^\Z, 
bag  id)  ben  Iqt  l)0len  (  af  f  e?  Do  you  wish  me  to  send  for 
the  physician  ? 

2.  After  befel^Ien  (to  command  or  to  order)  and 
fag  en  (to  tell)  the  auxiliaries  foK,  foHte,  or  ntocf)te 
must  be  used.  ^^  befall,  bag  bie  8c^u(er  im  3^^^^^ 
bleibcn  foil  ten:  1  ordered  the  pupils  to  remain  in  the 
room.  3}er  ^onig  befall,  bag  man  eine  ^riicfe  baucn 
foUte.  The  king  commanded  a  bridge  to  be  built. 
After  the  verb  to  tell  (fagen),  our  infinitive  must  also  be 
translated  by  f  0  ( I ,  f  0  (I  t e ,  or  m 5 C^i e .  Ex. :  (^agen  Sic 
i^m,  bag  er  fontmen  foil  (or  mod)te).  Tell  him  to  come. 
<Sagen  (Ste  bem  ^ellner,  bag  er  mein  DJiittagbrot  gleid) 
bringen  m  b  ^  t  e .  Tell  the  waiter  to  bring  my  dinner  at 
once. 

Exercise. 

(Sagen  (Sie  i^m,  er  mbc^te  g(ei^  nac^  bem  ^^^a'^n^of  ge()en 
unb  nad)fel}cn,  ob  all  mein  ©epcicf  aufgegcben  fei.'    -3d}  fiird;tcte 


259 

fc^on  cjcftcrn,  bag  cr  c§  nidjt  rirf)tig  abrcffirt  !)attc,  unb  id)  glaubc 
nid)t,  bag  man  c^  auf  bcm  ^a^nI)of  anne^men  iuirb.  3d) 
wimfd)te,  (gie  gtngen  gteic^  t)m,  bamit  man  e§  mit  bem  nad)ften 
3u9  nd)tig  abfenbe.  @(aubtcn  8ie  nid)t  and),  bag  er  franf  fei  ? 
!l)a^  ift  abcr  gar  ntd)t  bcr  gaU  (case);  bcnn  er  fdjrcibt  mir 
focben,  bag  er  nur  be^^alb  (for  that  reason)  geftern  ntd)t  ge^ 
fommen  mare,  xodi  er  eine  fe^r  tt)ic^ttge  5^ad)rid)t  er^atten  Ijattt, 
bic  e^  notl)n)enbig  {note' -ven-diy ,  necessary)  mac^tc,  '^a%  er  3U 
§aufc  blicbe  (blee'-be,  remained).  3d)  ^abe  il)m  geratl)en, 
ta^  cr  tin  ^riuatlogi^  net)men  moc^te.  3^  ^)offte,  bag  er 
meinen  ^at)^  {rdht,  advice)  befolgen  (follow)  tt)urbe.  gaben 
(Sic  i^m  nic^t  gefagt,  bag  er  telegrap^ircn  fodtc,  wenn  h)ir  ben 
^Irjt  nic^t  ju  ©aufc  trafcn  ?  (S6  tt)Urbc  mir  fc^r  Icib  t^un,  tDcnn 
er  mcin  (Sd)reibcn  Dom  le^tcn  SO^ontag  nid)t  crl)altcn  ^cittc,  bcnn 
id)  ttjcig,  bag  er  baS  ®elb  ^od)ft  niJt^ig  brauc^t  (as  he  needs  the 
money  very  badly). 


Subjunctiye  in  the  Indirect  Narration, 

I.  When  relating  or  quoting  in  an  indirect  manner 
what  has  been  said  or  thought,  the  verb  of  the  dependent 
sentence  is  generally  placed  in  the  Subjunctive  Mood, 
This  takes  place  after  the  verbs  fagcn,  er!(dren,  to 
declare;  anttt)Orten,to  answer,  be^aupten,to  main- 
tain, state;  glaubenorbcnfcn,  to  think;  i)ermnt^en 
{fir-mod* -ten)  y  to  suppose;  cr  J  a  1)1  en  {er-tsay'-len),  to 
relate  or  tell,  &c,,  when  used  in  the  imperfect.  Ex. :  (5r 
f a g t e  mir,  bag  feine  OJiutter  franf  n? a r c  (or  fei)  ( —  bag  fie 
^opfwc^  ^dtte  or  1)  a  be).  He  told  mQ  (that)  his  mother 
was  ill  (had  a  headache).     3c^  glaubte  nid)t,  bag  Sie 


260 

fo  gut  beutf(^  fprad^cn.  I  did  not  think  you  spoke  Ger- 
man so  well.  (Sr  be^auptcte,  bag  er  c^  nid)t  mac^en 
!  0  n  tt  t  C  (or  f  0  n  n  e).  He  declared  that  he  could  not  do  it. 
3c^  Dermut^ete,  ba§  er  nirfjt  fo  arm  n)dre  a(§  er  fagte. 
I  supposed  him  not  so  poor  as  he  made  out  to  be. 

2.  This  is  also  the  case  when  an  indirect  question  is 
asked  in  the  imperfect  tense.  (5r  fragte,  tDe^^alb  tDtr 
nic^t  getommen  itjdrenorfeien.  He  asked  why  we  had 
{did)  not  come.  SJiati  fragte  mic^,  ob  tc^  fie  ! e n n e . 
I  was  asked  whether  I  knew  her. 

Note.  When  such  assertions  have  not  the  nature  of 
quotations^  but  are  statements  in  the  present,  perfect,  or 
future,  the  indicative  must  be  used.  Ex. :  (ir  g  (  a  U  b  t 
(er  fagt,  &c.),  bag  er  Unrest  ^at  (that  he  is  wrong).  ^^ 
f  ra  g  e  btc^  3um  (e^ten  SD^al,  ob  bu  ge^en  h)  t  ( I  ft  ober  ntd^t.  I 
ask  you  for  the  last  time  whether  you  will  go  or  not. 
©r  ID  t (( nic^t  gfauben,  bag  fetn  ^ruber  :53anquerott  gemacf)t  ^at. 
He  will  not  believe  that  his  brother  failed. 

3.  As  in  English,  the  conjunction  \iQi^  (that)  can  be 
omitted.  The  order  of  the  words  is  then  the  same  as  in 
English;  the  verb  not  going  to  the  last.  (Sr  fagte, 
fctne  3Jiutter  to  d  r  e  Iran! ;  fie  ^j^iit  ^opfroe^,  (g  r  b  e  ^  a  u  p  =» 
tete,  er   fbnnte  es  nid)t  tnad)en. 

4.  The  present  and  imperfect  of  the  subjunctive  are  in- 
differently used.     It  is,  in  fact,  a  matter  of  euphony. 

5.  The  subjunctive  is  sometimes  used  to  express  a 
command  or  wish^  as  :  Sang  (ebe  ber  ^dtttg  !  Long  live  the 
king !  @ott  fegne  @ie!  God  bless  you  !  O  bag  er  fame! 
Oh,  that  he  would  come !  ^dtte  ic^  tf)n  boc^  nie  gefc^eu ! 
Would  I  had  never  seen  him  ! 


261 

Note.  The  English  let  with  the  third  person  {him^  her, 
thftn)  is  rendered  either  by  the  third  person  of  X\\q present 
subjunctive,  as  in  the  above  sentences,  or  by  foUett.  We 
may  say  as  well:  Let  him  do  his  duty,  ^r  foH  feitie 
"^Pflic^t  t^un ;  or,  (5r  t^ue  fcine  "iPflic^t.  Let  him  (her)  take 
his  (her)  share.  (Sr  (fic)  f  0  ( I  feiticn  (il)ren)  5lnt^ci(  nc^tncn  ; 
or,  (5r  (fie)  nc^mc  feinen  (i^ren)  5(nt^ei(. 

o.  As  in  English  the  imperfect  subjunctive  is  often  used 
instead  of  the  conditional.  Ex.:  (5^  ID  are  fc^abe,  iDetttt 
er  ntc^t  fame.  It  were  or  would  be  a  pity  if  he  did  not 
come. 


Words. 


bcr  Scppic^  {tep'-pt^\  pi.  bie  Xcp^ 

the  carpet. 

pirf)c, 

bcr  gufeteppi(^  {/oos -tep-pn), 

the  mat. 

bcr  %\\6)  {nsh\  pi.  bie  ^ifc^c, 

the  table. 

bcr  @d)reibtif(^  {shrype'-tlsh\ 

the  writing-tabie,  desk. 

bie  2;iic^becfe  {tish'-d^k-ke). 

the  table-cover  (cloth). 

bcr  (Stu^l  {sh'tool),  pi.  bie  ©tu^lc, 

the  chair. 

bcr  i?c^nflut)I, 

the  arm-chair  (fauteuiiX 

\i(X%  <Bo\(x{zo  fdk). 

the  sofa  (couch). 

bo8  S3ett,  pi.  bie  S3ctten, 

the  bed. 

\>a^  SBettflcftctt  {betf -ghi-shmt). 

the  bedstead. 

bie  SDfjQtra^c  {mdh-irdt'-si), 

the  mattress. 

bie  S3ettbc(fc  {bett-diik  ki\ 

the  counterpane. 

tuoUcne  3)edtcn  {vot-U-ni  dik-kin. 

blankets. 

literally  'woolen'), 

gin  eofcn  {ldK.kin\ 

a  sheet. 

reine  ?af en  (rf '-»/  Idh'-kiti), 

clean  sheets. 

ciii  ^opftiffcn  {kdpf  -kis-sen). 

a  pillow. 

262 


Pill  ^eilfiffeil  {klle-kls-sen), 

bev  ^'(eiber[(^ranf  {kit -der  shrank), 

Die  ipafen  {hah' -ken), 

auf^dugeu, 

ipdngen  @ie  3I)re  Meiber  ouf, 

Da-  ®pieget  {sh'pee-ghei), 

bei-  SBafc^tifd)  {vdsh'-tlsh), 

fic^  mafc^en, 

^avum   l^aben  @ie  fic^  nic^t  ge= 

wafd^eu  ? 
iH?afd)eu  @ie  fid)  3^r  ©efid^t  (^/5/- 

2^)7')  unb  bie  ^cinbe. 
ba§  2Bafd)be(fen  {vdsh! -bek-ken), 
bev  SBaffcrfrug  {krddg\ 
bie  ^eife  {zi'-fe\ 
eiu  @tu(f  @eife, 
ber  @eifnapt  {zife -napf), 
ber    Soitettentifc^    {to-ah-let' -ten- 

tish\ 
bie  ^ommobe  {kdm-mok'-di), 
bie  <®(^llblabe  {shoop' -lah-de), 
ein  §anbtU(^  {hdnd'-tddch), 

\x6)  bie  ^cinbe  abtrodfnen  (a/'- 

eiu  i8ab  (/5a/^^, 

bie  53aben3Qnne   {bah! -de-vdn-ni), 

ber  ^a^n  {hdhn\ 

ben  §a^n  oufbre^en   (pufe'-dray- 

hen), 
ber  Ofen  {o-fin), 


a  bolster. 

the  wardrobe. 

pegs. 

to  hang  up- 

nang  up  your  clothes. 

the  mirror  (looking-glass). 

the  washstand. 

to  wash. 

Why  have  you  not  washed  your 

self> 
Wash  your  face  and  hands. 

the  basin. 

the  waier-jug  (pitcher). 

the  soap. 

a  cake  of  soap. 

the  soap-dish. 

the  bureau. 

the  chest  of  drawers, 
the  drawer, 
a  towel. 

to  dry  one's  hands. 

a  bath. 

a  bath-tub. 

the  tap. 

to  turn  the  tap  on. 

the  stove.' 


i)  They  have  a  peculiar  kind  of  stove  in  Germany,  which  is 
heated  by  wood.  The  stoves  are  mostly  made  of  porcelain,  and  are 
often  ornamented  in  a  very  elaborate  manner.  There  are  no  open 
fireplaces  in  Germany. 


^\lt  %th\^n4\Hi\=^p^m, 


a  K  R  M  A  isr 


J' ART  X 


X. 

(  Continuation^ 
1. 

Familiar  Expressions  and  Idioms.* 

1.  What  is  your  name  ?  "^ 

2.  What  iS  the  name  of  the  gentleman  ^Ui  ;frhom  you 
were  at  the  station  yesterday  forenoon  (  =  with  whom 
you  yesterday  morning  at  the  station  were)  ? 

3.  Do  you  know  this  gentleman's  name? 

4.  What  do  you  call  that  ...   in  English  ? 

5.  What  is  the  r!:-.igli3h  for  .  .  ,   ' 

6.  What  were  you  saying  (=what  sa'd  you)  ? 

7.  I  asked  how  this  object  {dieser  Oegenstand)  is  called 
in  English  (=is  in  Englisn  called)  ? 

8.  Would  you  be  kind  enough  to  tell  me  {ivdren  8ie 
woJil  so  giltigy  mir  zu  sagen),  what  is  the  meaning  of 
this  word  in  English  {=  what  this  word  in  English 
signifies)  ? 

9.  I  did  not  quite  understand  what  you  were  saying 
(  =  what  you  said). 

10.  You   speak  too  fast,  sir.     Will   you  please   speak  a 
little  slower  (etwas  langsamer). 


i)  These  familiar  phra<;es  and  idioms  should  be  commiUed  to 
memory  by  frequent  repetitions. 

2)  IVie  heissen  Sie?  What  is  your  name?  How  are  you  called? 
Ich  heisse  Karl,  My  name  is  Charles  ;  or,  I  am  called  Charles.  Wie 
heisst  diese  Station?  What  is  the  name  of  this  station  ?  Wie  heisst 
das  auf  deutsch?  How  do  you  call  this  in  German  ? 


{Continuation.) 

1. 
Familiar  Expressions  and  Idioms." 

1.  Wie  heissen  Sie  {ht-sen  zee)  ?  ' 

2.  Wie  heisst  {hist)  der  Herr,  mit  welchem  Sie  gestern 

Morgen  auf  dem  Bahnhof  waren  ? 

3.  Wissen  Sie,  wie  dieser  Mann  {or,  dieser  Herr)  heisst  ? 

4.  Wie  heisst  das  .  .  .  auf  englisch  ? 

5.  Was  bedeutet'  {be-doy'-tet)  das  .   .  .  auf  englisch? 

6.  Wie  sagten  Sie?  or^  Was  beliebt  {be-leept')  ? 

7.  Ich  fragte,  wie  dieser  Gegenstand  {ghay' -ghen-sh' tdnt) 
auf  englisch  heisst? 

8.  Waren  Sie  wohi  so  giitig  (imy'-ren  zee  vohl  zo  gti'-tn). 
mir  zu  sagen,  was  dieses  Wort  {vort)  auf  englisch 
bedeutet  {be-doy'-tet )  ? 

9.  Ich  habe  nicht  recht  verstanden  {fer-sh'tdn'-den),  was 

Sie  sagten. 
10.  Sie  sprechen  zu  schnell  {shnell),  mein  Herr;  wollen 
Sie  gefalligst  {ghe-fet -li^st)  etwas  langsamer  spre- 
chen {et'-vds  Idng-sdh-mcr  sh'pre'-'^hi). 


3)  Was  bedeutet  das?  What  is  the  meaning  of  this?  What  does 
this  mean  <7r  signify  ?  Was  bedeutet  dieses  Wort?  What  is  the 
meaning  of  this  word  ? 


266 

II.  Did  you  understand  me  ? 

12  I  did  not  understand  one  word  {ein  Wort),  when  you 
were  speaking  German  with  the  conductor. 

13.  Do  you  speak  German  ? 

14.  I  speak  but  broken  German  {nur  gebrocJien 
deutsch). 

15.  I  speak  it  sufficiently  ( genilgend)  to  get  on  {umfertig 
zu  loerden). 

16.  Do  you  know  any  German  ?  ^ 

17.  I  understand  it  betier  than  I  speak  it. 

18.  You  want  practice.     [Idiomatic  German  phrase.] 

19.  What  I  want  is  practice  ;  but  I  speak  it  sufficiently 
(genug)  to  make  myselt  understood  {um  micli  ver- 
stdndlich  zu  machen), 

20.  I  have  not  practice  enough. 

21.  I  wish'  I  had  {ich  lidtte)  more  practice. 

22.  I  wish'  I  had  (hdtte)  more  opportunity  (Gelegenheit) 
to  talk  German  (deutsch  zu  sprechen). 

23.  I  have  no  opportunity  {es  fehlt  mir  an  Gelegenheit) 
to  converse  {or  to  talk)  with  Germans  {inich  mit 
Deutschen  zu  unterhalten). 

24.  Why  do  you  not  converse  with  my  sister-in-law  ? 
she  speaks  German  quite  fluently  (ganz  Jliessend 
deutsch), 

25.  I  am  afraid  (ich  filrchte)  of  making  blunders  in 
speaking  {Fehler  im  Sprechen  zu  machen). 


I)  Literally:  Can  you  German?  In  the  same  way  the  Germans 
say:  Konnen  Sie  franzosisch?  Do  you  know  any  French  ?  Konnen 
Sie  englisch?     Do  you  know  anv  English?     The  student  must  be 


267 

11.  Haben  Sie  mich  verstanden  ? 

12.  Ich  habe  niclit  ein  Wort  verstanden,  als  Sie  mit  dcm 
Schaffner  deutsch  sprachen  {sftprdh' -cheti). 

53.  Sprechen  Sie  deutsch.^ 

14    Icii  spreciie  nur  gebiochen  {ghe-bro-chen)  deutsch. 

15.  Icli  spreche  geniigcnd  [ghe-nU'-ghent),  um  fertig  zu 
werden  (/<?>'-/;>■  tsoo  vayr'-deri). 

16.  Konnen  Sie  deutsch  ?^ 

17.  Ich  verstehe  es  besser,  als  ich  es^preche. 
iS.  Es  fehlt  Ihnen  an  Uebung  {ii'-bdong). 

19.  Es  fehlt  mir  an  Uebung,  aber  ich  spreche  genug  {ghe- 
twdg),  um  mich  verstandiich  zu  machen  {fer-sliteni' - 
li^  tsod  mdh'-chen). 

20.  Ich  habe   nicht  Uebung  genug;  or,  Es  fehlt  mir  an 

Uebung. 

21.  Ich  wiinschte*  {vunsh'-te),  ich  hatte  mehr  Uebung. 

22.  Icli  wiinschte,  ich  hatte  mehr  Gelegenheit  (gke-lay'' 
ghen/iite),  deutsch  zu  sprechen. 

23.  Es  fehlt  mir  an  Gelegenheit  (ghe-lay'-ghen-hite),  mich 

mit  Deutschen  zu  unterhalten  [tsod  oontcr-hdhl'  -thi). 

24.  Warum  unterhalten  Sie  sich  nicht  mit  meinerSchvva- 
gerin  {s/i'vay'-ghe'rin)  ?  Sie  spricht  ganz  fiiessend 
deutsch  {gdnts  Jlee'-sent  doitsJi) ;  or^  Sie  spricht  ganz 
gelaiifig  [ghe-loy' -fi^)  deutsch. 

2^.  Ich  filrchte,  Fehler  (/^y-//r)  im  Sprechen  zu  machcii. 


c-reful  to  distinguish  between   '  Kennen  Sie?'  do  you  know  ?  i.e., 
arc  you  acquainted  with?  and  'Konnen  Sie?'  which,   with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  above  phrases,   means  can  vou?  are  you  able? 
2)  Ich  wiinschte  is  tiie  Subjunctive  Mood. 


268 

26.  You  ought  {Sie  sollten)  to  converse  frequently  {Jidu- 
fig)  with  Germans,  and  hear  them  speak  {und  lioren, 
toie  sie  reden). 

27.  Let  us  speak  nothing  but  {nur)  German. 

28.  My  brother  has  studied  the  German  language  for  a 
long  time  {lange)  and  understands  it  thoroughly 
(grilndlicli);  or,  My  brother  has  applied  himself 
for  a  long  time  to  the  study  of  the  German  lan- 
guage, &c.  ^ 

29.  He  speaks  it  as  well  as  his  native  tongue  (=  He 
speaks  her  just  as  fluently  as  \ehenso  fliessend  wie]  his 
mother-tongue  [seine  Mutter sprache]). 

30.  You   really  speak  German  perfectly  {=  You  speak 

really  excellent  [ausgezeichnet]  German). 

31.  You  pronounce  very  well. 

32.  Do  you  not  think  (or,  Are  you  not  of  the  opinion) 
that  he  pronounces  very  well  ? 

S3.  You  do  not  pronounce  badly  (schlecht). 

34.  I  think  (ichjifide),  he  pronounces  very  badly  {=  that 
he  very  badly  pronounces). 

35.  You  have  a  good  pronunciation  (eine  gute  Aus- 
sprache). 

36.  You  do  not  pronounce  this  word  distinctly  enough 
{deutlich  genug). 

37.  You  put  a  wrong  accent  [Sie  legen  einen  falschen  Ac- 
er nf)  on  this  word. 

38.  Put  the  correct  accent  [Legen  Sie  den  riclitigen  Ac- 
cent) on  this  syllable  (Silhe). 

39.  Do  me  the  favor  to  correct  me  [mich  zu  verhessern) 
when  I  make  mistakes  (Fehler). 


269 

26.  Sie  sollten  (zdl'-thi)  haufig  {hoy'-fi^)  mit  Deutschen 
sprechen  und  horen,  wie  sie  reden  {ho'-ren  vie  zee 
ray'-dcti). 

27.  Lassen  Sie  uns  nur  {Id' -sen  zee  dons  noor)  deutsch 
sprechen. 

28.  Mein  Bruder  hat  die  deutsche  Sprache  {sh'prdh'-che) 
lange  studirt  {Idn'-ghe  sh' too-deert')  und  versteht  sie 
griindlich  {griint'ii^)  ;  ^r, aus  dem  Grunde  {groon'-de). 


2Q.  Er  spricht  sie  ebenso  fliessend,  wie  seine  Mutter- 
sprache  (ay'-bhi-zo  flee'-sent  vee  zi'-ne  modt'-ter- 
sh'p/dh-ehe). 

30.  Sie  sprechen  wirklich  ausgezeichnet  deutsch  {ous-ghe- 
tsi^'-net  doitsh). 

31.  Sie  sprechen  sehr  gut  aus. 

32.  Finden  Sie  {ftn'-den  zee)  nicht,  dass  er  sehr  gut  aus- 

spricht  ? 

33.  Sie  sprechen  nicht  schlecht  (shiest)  aus. 

34.  Ich  finde  {fin'-de)^  dass  er  sehr  schlecht  ausspricht. 

35.  Sie  haben  eine  gute  Aussprache  {ous' -sK prdh-chi), 

36.  Sie  sprechen  dies  Wort  nicht  deutlich  {doyt'-lH)  ge- 

nug  aus. 

37.  Sie  legen  {idy'-ghen)  einen  falschen  Accent  {fdhV- 
shen  dk-sent')  auf  dieses  Wort. 

38.  Legen  Sie  den  richtigen  Accent  {ri^'-tee-ghen  dk-sint') 
auf  diese  Silbe  {zil'-be). 

39.  Thun  Sie  mir  den  Gefallen,  mich  zu  verbessern  {fer- 
bes'-sern)^  vvenn  ich  Fehler  mache. 


270 

4©.  Please  repeat  your  question  (=  repeat  you  me  your 
question  [wiederholen  Sie  mir  Hire  Frage]), 

41.  Please  repeat  {Wiederlioleti  Sie  gefdlligst)  what  you 
said  just  now  (=  what  you  just  now  [soeben]  said 
have). 

42.  I  was  asking  you  ii  ,  .  .  ?  or  I  inquired  if  ...  ? 

43.  He  asked  you  if  you  could  do  him  the  favor  to  go  to 
the  bank  for  him  (=  if  you  him  perhaps  the  favor 
do  could,  for  him  to  the  bank  to  go)  ? 

44.  He  asked  me,  if  the  doctor  were  ^  at  home? 

45.  You  want  to  know  {or  You  desire  to  know)  whether 
(ob)  I  have  ^  read  this  letter  ? 

46.  That  was  my  question. 

47.  That  is  what  I  asked  (=  For  that  \darum\  asked  I 
you  just  now  [gerade]). 

48.  Pray,  answer  my  question. 

49.  To  this  question  {or  To  such  a  question)  I  can  give 
no  answer  (=  can  I  not  answer). 

50.  That  is  true  {ivaJir). 

51.  Quite  correct  {or  Of  course  \das  versteht  sicli]), 

52.  That  is  so. 

53.  Excuse  me,  sir,  that  is  a  mistake  {ein  IrrtJium). 

54.  I  think  you  are  mistaken  {8ie  irren  sicli). 

55.  This  is  Mr.  D.'s  address,  if  I  am  not  very  much  mis- 
taken (=  If  I  am  not  much  [.se/^r]  mistaken,  then 
[s6\  is  this  \dies]  the  address  of  \yon\  Mr.  D.). 

56.  Are  you  not  mistaken? 

57.  If  he  asserts  that,  he  is  mistaken  (=  then  [50]  is  he 
mistaken). 


271 

40.  Bitte,  wiederholen   Sie  {vee-der-ho' -len  zee)  mir  Ihre 

Frage  {frdh'-ghe). 

41.  Wiederholen  Sie  gefalligst,  was  Sie  soeben  {zd-a/- 
ben)  gesagt  haben. 

42.  Ich  fragte  Sie,  ob  .  .? 

43.  Er  fragte  Sie,  ob  Sie  ihm  vi^lleicht  den  Gefallen  thun 

konnten,  fiir  ihn  nach  der  Bank  zu  gehen  ? 

44.  Er  fragte  mich,  ob  der  Herr  Doctor  zu  Hause  sei  ^{zi)  ? 

45.  Sie  wiinschen    (vUn'-shen)    zu  wissen,  ob  ich  diesen 

Brief  gelesen  hatte  (or  habe)  ?^ 

46.  Das  war  meine  Frage. 

47.  Darum  [ddh'-rdom)  fragte  ich  Sie  gerade  (^^<?-ra^'-tf/). 

48.  Bitte,  beantworten  Sie  {be -ant' -v  or -ten  zee)  mir  doch 

meine  Frage. 

49.  Auf  diese  Frage  kann  ich  nicht  antworten 

50.  Das  ist  wahr  {vdr). 

51.  Ganz  richtig  ;   or  Das  versteht  sich  {fer-sJi  tayt'  zi^). 

52.  Das  ist  so. 

53.  Entschuldigen  Sie  {ent-shooV -dee-ghen  zee),  das  ist  ein 

Irrthum  (trr'-todm). 

54.  Ich  glaube,  Sie  irren  sich  (P'  glou'-be  zee  ir'-ren  zt^). 

55.  Wenn  ich  mich  nicht  sehr  irre,  so  ist  dies  die  Adresse 
von  Herrn  D.  {day), 

56.  irren  Sie  sich  nicht  ? 

157.  Wenn  er  das  behauptet,  so  irrt  er  sich. 

i)  Subjunctive  Mood.     Comp.  Gram.  Rem.  on  the  Subj.  Mood. 


272 

58.  I  am  afraid  {ich  furchte),  you  are  mistaken. 

59.  I  assure  you  (ich  versichere  Sie)  I  am  not  mistaken. 

60.  Will  you  have  the  kindness  {die  Freundlichkeit]  to 
pass  me  the  salt  (=  me  \inir\  the  salt  to  pass  [zu 
reichen])  ? 

61.  Will  you  have  the  kindness  (die  Gilte)  to  pass  me  the 
pepper  (=  me  the  pepper  to  give  [zu  geheti])  ? 

62.  Please  have  the  kindness  {die  Gilte  or  die  Frcund- 
lichkeit)  to  pass  me  the  butter  (=  me  the  butter  to 
pass). 

63.  Be  so  kind  as  {or  Be  kind  enough)  to  pass  me  the 
butter  (=  Be  you  then  [dock]  so  good  [so  gut  or  so 
freundlich]  and  pass  you  to  me  the  butter) 

64.  Have  the  kindness  to  tell  him  so. 


FOUNDATION    SENTENCE. 
Do  you   think  I  can  get  a  nice  sitting-room 

for  myself,  and  a  small   bedroom  for  my  son  at 

this   hotel   for  thirty  shillings  a  week,  or  would 

you  advise  me  to  engage  private  lodgings? 


i)  The  G  "^rmn  au  is  pronounced  like  our  ' ou*  in  the  words  our, 
hour,  house,  noun^  &c. 


27a 

58.  Ich  fiirchte,  dass  Sie  sich  irren  {or  Ich  fdrchte,  Sie 
irren  sich). 

59.  Ich  versichere  Sie  {fer-zt'-^ere  zei)^  ich  irre  mich  nicht. 

60.  WoUen   Sie  die    Freundiichkeit  {froynt'-iP-kite)   ha- 

ben,  mir  das  Saiz  zu  reichen  {ri'-^en)  ? 

61.  WoUen    Sie   die    Giite   haben,    mir   den  Pfeffer  zu 

geben  ? 

62.  Bitte,  haben  Sie  die  Giite  {or  die  Freundiichkeit),  mir 

die  Butter  zu  reichen  {boot'-tlr  tsoo  rV-^  in), 

63.  Seien  Sie  {zV-en  zee)  doch  so  gut  {or  Bitte,  seien  Sie 
so  freundlich  \_froynt* 4i^)  und  reichen  Sie  mir  die 
Butter. 

64.  Bitte,  seien  Sie  so  freundlich,  ihm  das  zu  sagen  ;  or 
und  sagen  Sie  ihm  das ;  or  Haben  Sie  die  Giite,  und 
sagen  Sie  ihm  das. 


FOUNDATION  SENTENCE. 
Glauben   Sie,   dass   ich   ein   hiibsches   Wohn- 

glou'-b6n  •      zSe        das         I^        Ine  hiip'-shgs         v5hn'- 

zimmer  fiir  mich  selbst  uad  ein  kleines  Schlaf- 

tslin-m5r       ftir         miy  zelpst      56nt     Ine      kll'-nes        shlaf- 

zimmer   fiir   meinen   Sohn  in  diesem   Hotel   fiir 

tslm-m6r      fiir         ml'-n6n         zone       In      dSS'-zem      hO-tSl'       fiir 

dreissig  Mark  pro  Woche  bekommen  kann,  oder 

drl'-siy  mark       pro       v6'-ch6        b6-k5m'-mgn         kin        0'-d5f 

wiirden  Sie  mir  rathen,  in  einer  Privatwohnung 

viir'-den      zec    mere      ra'-t6n       In      l'-n6r    pree-vaht'-v0h-n66ng 

Lo^is  zu  nehmen? 

lO-jee'   tsOO    nay'-m6n. 


274  X 

1. 
Do  you  think  I  can  get  a  nice  sitting-room 

for  myself,  and  a  small  bedroom  for  my  son  at 

this  hotel  for  thirty  shillings  a  week? 


Do  you  think  ?  (do  you  believe  ?  are  you  of  the  opinion  ?) 

the  belief  {or  the  faith) 

I  do  not  believe  it  {or  I  do  not  think  so) 

how  can  you  believe  such  a  thing  ?  (how  can  you  enter- 
tain such  an  idea  ?) 

that  (Conjunction) 

I 

a 

pretty 

that   is  not  nice  of  you  !    I  had  not  expected  this  from 

the  sitting-room  [yo^  0 

to  dwell  {or  to  live) 

where  do  you  live  ? 

a  pretty  {or  nice)  sitting-room 

for  (Preposition)  (The  conjunction/^^  is  rendered  only 

me  [by  denn) 


275 
1. 

Glauben   Sie,   dass   ich   ein   hiibsclies   Woliii- 

glou'-b6n       zee         das         P        Ine         hUp'-sh6s  vOhn' 

zininior   fiir  niich  selbst  und  eia  kleiiies  Selilaf- 

tsi  n-inC'r       fiir         1111^         zClpst      66nt     Ine       kll'  nes       shlaf- 

zimmer   fiir   ineinen   Sohn   in   diesem  Hotel   fiir 

t>iin-mSr       fiir        ml'  n6n         zone       in      dee'-z6in      hO-tel'       fiir 

dreissig  Mark  pro  Woche  bekonimen  kann? 

drl'-siy        mark      prO       v6'-ch6      bg-kOm'-mgn      kan. 


Glauben  Sie  {glou'-ben  zee)  ? 

der  Glaube  (glou'-be) 

das  glaube  ich  nicht 

wie  konnen  Sie  nur  so  etwas  glauben  > 

dass  (das)  [Conjunction  spelled  with  ss\ 

ich  (/>•) 

ein  {ine)  [Neuter  of  the  indefinite  article] 

hiibsch  (kiipsh) 

das  ist  nicht  hiibsch  von  Ihnen  ! 

das  VVohnzi miner  {vdhn'-tstm-mer) 

wohnen  {voh'-nen) 

wo  wohnen  Sie? 

ein  hiibsches  Wohnzimmer 

fiir  (Preposition  which  governs  the  accusative^ 

mich  (mP)  [Accusative  of  ich^  I] 


276 

self 

I  myself 

myself  (Accusative) 

and 

a  little  bedroom 

the  sleep 

the  nap 

to  sleep 

at  this  hotel 

the  hotel 

for  thirty  shillings  (A  Mark  is  equal  in  value  to  an  Eng- 
lish shilling) 
per 

a  week  (or  per  week) 


the  week 

to  get,  to  receive 

can. 


1.  I  think  the  weather  is  going  to  change  (=:  I  think 
that  the  weather  change  will  \da8S  sich  das  Wetter 
verdndern  ioird'\). 

2.  Why  GO  you  think  so  ?  Or,  What  reason  have  you 
for  thinking  so  ?     What  makes  you  think  so  ? 


277 
selbst  {zelpst) 
ich  selbst  (Nominative) 
mich  S'jlbst  (Accusative) 
und  {oont) 

ein  kleines  Sclilafzimmer  {me  kli'-nes  shldhf -tsirn'mir) 
der  Schlaf  (shldhf) 
das  Schliifchen  {shlayf-^en) 

schlafen  (Imperfect :  ich  schlief  \shleef\  I  slept ;  Perfect : 
ich  habe geschlafen  [ghe-schldh' -fen\,  I  have  slept) 

in  diesem  Hotel  {In  dee'-zem  ho-tel') 

das  Hotel 

fiir  dreissig  Mark  {fur  drt'-sP  mark) 

pro  {pro) 

pro  Woche  (Thus  the  Germans  say :  pro  Tag^  per  day ; 
pro  Stunde^  per  hour  \or  lesson]  ;  pro  Jahr^  per  \or  a] 
year;  pro  Monat,  a  month) 

die  Woche  ;  pi.  die  Wochen 

bekommen  (Irregular  verb.  Imperfect :  ich  bekam  [b^- 
kdhm']  ;  Perfect :  ich  habe  bekom'men) 

kann  [Imperfect :  ich  konnte  j  Perfect :  ich  habe  gekonnt). 


1.  Ich   glaube,  dass   sich   das  Wetter  verandern   wird 
(vet'-iir  fer'-en'-dern  virt). 

2.  Wieso   glauben   Sie   das  ?    or   Weshalb    {ves-hdhlp') 
glauben  Sie  das? 


278 

3-  Do  you  not  think  he  had  better  stay  at  home  in  this 
weather  ?  (—  that  he  would  do  better  [dass  er  besser 
daraii  t/idle]  in  this  weather  at  home  to  stay?) 

4-  Yes,  i  think  so  (=  Yes,  that  believe  I  too  [auch]). 

5.  Do  you  think  it  will  rain  to-day?  (=  that  it  to-day 
ram  [reg7ien]  will  ?) 

6.  It  looks  like  it  (or  It  looks  so). 

7.  Then  I  think  I  had  better  stay  at  home,  for  I  caught 

cold  yesterday  (=  Then  believe  I,  had  I  bettor  [fJuUe 
icli  besser  daran]  at  home  to  stay,  for  I  took  cold 
yesterday  [de7in  icli  liabe  mich  yestern  erkdltel]. 

8.  I  think  you  will  take  cold,  if  you  go  out  without  an 
overcoat  in  this  variable  weatl-er  (=  if  you  in  this 
variable  weather  [bei  diesem  iinbe^ldndigen  Welter] 
without  overcoat  go  out  [aicsgehen]). 

9.  What   do   you   think    {halteri  Sie^)   of   the  business 

prospects  {von  den  Geschdfts-Aussichten)} 

10.  I  do  not  think  the  business  prospects  are  very  good 
for  next  season  (=that  the  business  prospects  for  the 
next  season  \fur  die  ndcliste  Saison]  very  good  are). 

11.  Tasked  your  uncle  yesterday  what  he  thought  of  the 
business  prospects,  and  he  thinks  in  his  line  they  are 
very  good  indeed  {=  what  he  of  [von]  the  business 
prospects  thought  [hielte],  and  he  thinks  [er  glaubt] 
that  they  in  his  line  [in  seiner  Bra^iche]  quite  ex- 
cellent [ganz  ausgezeichnet]  are). 

12.  What  do  you  think  of  (zvas  halten  Sie  von)  this 
office?  Do  you  not  think  it  is  very  nice  (=  find 
you  not  that  it  very  pretty  is)  ? 


i)  The  English  language  is  not  as  rich  in  expressions  as  the  Ger- 
man  tongue.     The  verb   '  to  think,'  for  instance,  has  the  following 


279 

3-  Glauben  Sie  nicht,  dass  er  besser  daran  (ddh-ran^) 
thiite,  bei  dieseni  Wetter  zu  Hause  zu  bleiben  {bli- 
bai)  ? 

4  Ja,  das  glaube.  ich  aiich. 

5  Glauben  Sie,  dass  es  heute  regnen  {rayg*-nen)  wird? 

6.  Es  sieht  (zeet)  danach  aus. 

7.  Dann  glaiibe  ich,  thiite  ich  besser  daran  zu   Hause 

{tsod  how'-ze)  zu  bleiben,  denn  ich  liabe  mich  gestern 
erkaltet  (er-kel'-tet). 

8.  Ich  glaube,  Sie  werden  sich  erkalten,  wenn  Sie  bei 
diesem  unbestandigen  (don' -be-sh' ten-dee-ghen)  Wetter 
oiine  Ueberrock  ausgehen. 

9.  Was  halten  ^  Sie  von  den  Geschafts-Aussichten  (ghe- 
shefts' 'Ouse  -zV>-teti)  ? 

10.  Ich  glaube  nicht,  dass  die  Geschafts-Aussichten  fiir 
die  niichste  Saison  (nay^' -ste  say-zong')  sehr  gut  sind. 

11.  Ich  fragte  Ihren  Herrn  Onkel  gestern,  was  er  von 

den  Geschafts-Aussichten  hielte  {heel'-te)j  und  er 
glaubt,  dass  sie  in  seiner  Branche  {brdng-je)  ganz 
ausgezeichnet  sind  (gdnts  ouse-ghe-tsU'-net  ztnt). 


12.  Was  halten  Sie  von  diesem    Comptoir    [com-tore')} 
Finden  Sie  nicht,  dass  es  sehr  hiibsch  ^st  ? 


equivalents  in  German:  denken, glauben^  finden  {fin-dip\^  halten,  der 
Ansicht  sein  (dayr  dnk'zVit  zine),  meinen  {mi'-n^n). 


230 


GRAMMATICAL    REMARKS. 


Exercises  and  Words  used  in  Common  Conversation, 


The  Numerals. 


The  numerals  are  divided  into  Cardinal  and  Ordinal 
Numbers. 

I.    Cardinal  Numbers. 


(Sins  (f«£-<?),  ortxw,,  eine,  ein,  one. 
gtuei  {tsvi),  two. 
brei  (^dn),  three. 
t)ier  {feer),  four, 
fiinf  {funf),  five. 
fec^§  (2//&j),  six. 
fiebeu  {zee -ben),  seven. 
aci)t  {dcht),  eight, 
neun  {noin),  nine. 
gel)n  {tsayn),  ten. 
elf  (///),  eleven. 
5it)oIf  {tsvolf),  twelve. 
breijetin  {dri' -tsayn),   thirteen. 
Dterjet)U  {ftr'-l.^ayn),  fourteen. 
fiinf^etjlt  { fiinf  -  tsayn),  fifteen. 
lfci)5et)n  {ze^'-tsiyn),  sixteen. 
jieben3cl)U    {zee  ben- tsayn),    seven- 
teen, 
ad^tgc^n  {dcht' -tsayn),  eighteen, 
ncunge^n  {noin -tsayn),  nineteen. 


gttjongig  {tsvdn'-tsty),  twenty, 
cin  unb  jtDanjig  {ine  ddnt  tsvdn'- 

tsiy),  twenty-one. 
jtrei  unb  ^tDangig  {tsvi  ddnt  tsvdn- 

tsiy),  twenty-two, 
brei  unb  jman^ig,  twenty-three. 
t»ier  unb  j^manjig,  twenty-four, 
fiinf  unb  5tnan,^ig,  twenty-five. 
fed)3  unb  gman.^ig,  twenty-six. 
fiebcn  unb  5tuan5ig,  twenty-sevm. 
Qd)t  unb  ginangig,  twenty-eight, 
neun  unb  jn^anjig,  twenty  nine, 
brei^ig  (drl'-st^),  thirty, 
ein  nub  brei^ig,  thirty-one,  &c. 
bierjig  {fn'-t  /y),  forty. 
\m\^iQ{funf-tsiy)   fifty, 
fedjjig  {ze^'-tsn),  sixty. 
ftebenjig  {zee-ben-tsiy),  seventy, 
ad^tjig  {achf -tsiy),  eighty, 
neunjig  {noin! -tsly),  ninety. 


^unbcrt'  {hddn-dert\  a  hundred. 
I^unbcrt  unb  cin8,  a  hundred  and 

one. 
JttJei^unbcrt   (tsvi' -hddn-dert),    two 

hundred. 
bret^unbcrt  {dn'-hddn-dirt),   three 

hundred, 
toicr^unbcrt  {fa/ -hddn-dert),  four 

hundred.  [hundred. 

funfl)Unbcrt  { f tin/ -hddn-dert),  five 
1800,  eintaufenb  ad^t^unbert,  or,  usually,  Qd)tjet)n^unbcrt.' 
1852,  eintaufenb  ocI)t^unbert  groei  unb  fiinfjig,  or  arfitje^n^unbert  jwei 

unb  fiinfjig. 
1881;  ac^tje^n^unbert  cin  unb  adjtjig. 


281 

toufenb  '  {tow -zent),  a  thousand, 
jweitaufenb    {tsvi' -tou-zint\     two 

thousand. 
JC^ntQUfeub    {tsayn  -tou-zent),    ten 

thousand. 
\m,Mi<x-\x\tx(ii{fUnf-tsiy-tou-%Snt), 

fifty  thousand. 
l)Unberttau jenb  {hdon  ■dirt-tou-zint)^ 

a  hundred  thousand, 
einc  SD^illion  {mil-yone'),  a  million. 


Obseryations. 

1.  The  first  number,  eitt,  eine,  ein  (before  a  noun),  or 
Ctncr,  eine,  cine§,  or  ein^  (without  a  noun),  is  declined  like 
the  indefinite  article. 

2.  We  must  here  observe  that  the  English  practice  of 
putting  one  or  ones  after  the  adjective  is  not  admissible  in 
German.  When,  therefore,  it  occurs  in  English,  it  can- 
not be  translated,  as  :  a  good  one=tm  guter  (masc),  or  if 
feminine,  cine  gute  ;  neuter  =  ein  gnte^.  Send  me  some 
pens,  but  good  ones,  if  you  please,  Senben  ^Bk  vxix  eintge 
(Sta^tfcbcrn,  !R)er  gute,  tuenn  ic^  bitten  barf.  My  little  ones, 
meinc  ^leinen  {klV-ncn). 


1)  A  hundred  and  a  thousand  are  in  German  simply  l)unbert  and 
taufenb  (not  etn  ^unbert,  &c.);  but  the  English  one  hundred,  one 
thousand,  is  rendered  by  ein^unbcrt  and  eintaufenb. 

2)  In  before  a  year  must  be  translated  im  3o^re.  Ex.  •  In  1879, 
im  3a^re  ac^tje^n^unbert  neun  unb  fiebengig. 


282 


3  Notice  that  the  numbers  13  to  19  inclusively  add  the 
particle  3el)n  (the  English  teen),  and  from  20  to  90  inclu- 
sively, with  the  exception  of  thirty,  the  affix  gig  (the 
English  ty).  i 

4.  The  numeral  adverbs  are  formed  by  adding  the  syl- 
lable mal  (from  the  noun  3)2 at,  time),  as  : 


cinmat  (Jne  -mdhl),  once, 
jroeimat  \tsvi  mahl),  twice, 
breiiual  {Jn  -^ndhl),  three  times. 


taufcubinni       {tow'-zent-mahl),      a 
thousand  times,  &c. 


5.  By  adding  eriet  to  the  cardinals,  the  variative 
numerals  are  formed;  as:  einerlct  {t'-ner-lie),  of  one 
kind;  glDeierlei  {tsvl'-er-lie),  of  two  kinds;  breierlci; 
mererlei;  5e{)nerlei;  manc^erlei,  of  several  kinds; 
dieter (e i  (/^>"'-/^>-//>),  of  many  kinds;  attertet  (dh'-ler- 
lie),  of  all  kinds.  These  words  admit  of  no  inflection, 
and  precede  the  noun.  ^^^Q^^  '^i^  ^^^  gttjetertei  ^eibe,  btaue 
unb  fdjlDaVje,  Show  me  two  kinds  {or  sorts)  of  silk,  blue 
and  black. 

6.  The  multiplicatives  are  formed  by  adding  the  syllable 
f  a  cf)  (or  f  d  1 1  i  cj)  to  the  cardinal  numbers,  as  : 


einfarf)    {ine-facli),     simple,    sin 

gle. 
\\m\\'\'^){tsvi-fdh),   )     twofold, 
boppelt  (</42>'-//.V),         j      double. 


breifnd)  {dri-fach),    triple,   three- 
fold. 
I   Oierfnri)  {feer -fdch),  quadruple. 
I   iz\)n]^^){tsayn'-fdch),  tenfold,  &c. 

The  following  expressions  are  peculiar  to  ^e  German 
language : 


Qnbertl)alb  {an  -dertdhlp),  one  and 

a  half, 
britte^alb,  two  and  a  half. 
t)iertet,a{b    {feer-ie-hdhlj>),    three 

and  a  half. 


fjalb   ein3   {ha hip   ince),    half  past 

twelve. 
l)a{b   JttJei   {hdhlp   tsvi),  half  past 

one. 
^alb  brei  {hdhlp  dri),  half  past  two. 


283 


II.    The  Ordinal  Numbers. 


2)er  erflc  {ayr'-sti),  the  first. 

ber  ^mcitc  {fsvt-ti),  the  second. 

bcr  biittc  {diit'-te),  the  third. 

bcr  Oicrtc  {feer'ti^,  the  fourth. 

bcr  fiiiiftc  (  funf-te\  the  fifth. 

ber  jcd)xjte  (zik'sti),  the  sixth. 

bcr  ficbcntc  {zee-bin-ti),  the  sev- 
enth. 

bcr  ad)tc,  tlic  eighth. 

bcr  neuiltc  {voin'te),  the  ninth. 

bcr  jcljlltc  {tsayii'-te),  the  tenth. 

bcr  clftc,  the  eleventh. 

bcr  siDiJlftc,  the  twelfth. 

bcr  brcijcljute  {dfi-tsayn-te),  the 
thirteenth. 

bcr  Dicrjctlllte  {/ir'-tsayn-a),  the 
fourteenth. 

bcr  fuufjCl)lltC  (/«///  tsayn-te),  the 
fifteenili. 

bcr  fcd);cl)UtC   {zey'-tsayn  te),    &c. 

ber  ^maii^igfte  {tsvdn  tsiy-sH),  the 
twentieth. 

ber  eiu  unb  ^manjigftc,  the  twenty- 
first. 

ber  ^iDci  iinb  ^roan^^igftc,  &c. 

ber  brci^igftc  {dn-sn-sie),  the 
thirtieth. 


bcr  Dicrjigfte  {fir'-tsn-sti),  the 
foiiieth. 

ber  fuiifiigfte,  the  fiftieth. 

bcr  fcd)3ig|ic  {ze'y'-tsl  y-j//),  the  six- 
tieth. 

bcr  ficlr,igfte  {zeeb'-siy-sts\  the 
seventieth. 

ber  Qd^tjigfte  {dcht'-siy-ste),  the 
eightieth. 

bcr  neuujigfte  {noyn'-siy-ste),  the 
ninttieili. 

bcr  Ijuubcrtfte  {hddn'-dert-st(l)j  the 
hundredth. 

bcr  t)unbcrt  unb  cvftc,  the  hundred 
and  first. 

ber  l)imbcrt  unb  giucitc,  the  hun- 
dred and  second. 

bcr  t)unbcrt  unb  jmanjigfte,  the 
hundred  and   tweniicih. 

bcr  3iucit)unbcrtftc,  the  two  hun- 
dredth. 

bcr  breil)unbcrtftc,  the  three  hun- 
dredth, &c. 

bcr  taufcnbftc  {ton'  zent-stg). 

ber  jjueitaufcnbfte. 

ber  Jiet)ntQufcnbftc.  [last. 

ber  (bie,  "ao^i)  Ic^tc  (^lUs'-ti),    the 


Observations. 

:.  The  ordinals  are  forn[>ed  from  the  cardinals,  up  to  the 
19th  inclusively  (ber  erfte,  brj  ttc,and  ad)te  excepted), 


284 

by  adding  tc,  and  from  the  20th  upward,  by  adding 
ft  e,  and  are  preceded  by  the  article.  They  are  declined 
like  adjectives. 

2.  In  compound  numbers  the  last  only  is  ordinal,  the 
others  remain  cardinals;  as:  the  1258th,  ber  3n)6(f^unbert 
adjt  unb  fiinfji(5fte. 

3.  The  date  is  expressed  as  follows :  On  the  tenth  of 
June,  2lm  sel)nten  3utti  {yoo'-nee)'^  or,  !Den  lOten  3utii 
{yod'-nee).  What  is  the  day  of  the  month  ?=!Der  iDietncIte 
{vee-feel' -te  )  tft  ^eute?  It  is  the  12th,  (S^  ift  ber  Jtuolfte  ;  or, 
^ir  ()aben  ben  12ten. 

4.  Of  the  ordinals  are  formed  the  distinctives  by  the  ad* 
dition  of  the  termination  ett§.     These  are  in  German : 


crjlcnS  {ay rs -tens),  or  crftU(^,  first 

(ly)  \  or,\n  the  first  place. 
gttJeiten^  {tsvl'-tens),  secondly 
brittcn^  {drU'-tens\  thirdly. 


tJiertcnS  i  feer -tens),   fourthly,  &c. 
ge^ntCIl^  {tsayn'-tens),  tenthly. 
elftcn^      {elf '-tens),      eleventhly, 
&c. 


5.  The  fractional  numbers  (with  the  exception  of  I)  al  b , 
half)  are  also  derived  from  the  ordinals,  by  adding  the 
word  %)i)t\{,  which,  however,  is  commonly  abridged  into 
te(,  as:  eitt^rtttel  (drif-tel),  a  third;  ein  33iertel 
{fir'-tel\  a  quarter  ;  eitt  3^^^^^^/  ^  tenth. 

6.  galb,  half,  and  gang,  all,  whole,  are  adjectives, 
and  placed  aft  r  the  article, as:  ^a§  gangC  3a^r,  all  the 
year;  the  whole  year,  (gin  ^alber  2:ag,half  a  day. 
(Sine  Ijalbe  ^tunbe,  half  an  hour.  (Sin  \)(x\\iz^  3al)r, 
half  a  year,  or  six  months.  The  half  means  \i\t  §a(fte 
(haylf-te  ). 


285 


Exercise, 


1.  Will  you  please  tell  me  on 
which  date  (2)atiim)  you  re- 
ceived (empfaugcn)  this  let- 
ter? 

2.  If  I  am  not  mistaken  we  re- 
ceived this  letter  on  the 
twenty-second  of  August, 
1881. 

3.  I  think  you  are  mistaken. 

4.  Would  you  do  me  the  favor 
of  sending  at  once  22  doz- 
ens of  these  handkerchiefs 
to  my  agent  ? 

5.  I  should  like  to  oblige  you, 
sir,  but  it  is  quite  impos- 
sible. 

6.  We  have  only  ten  dozens 
of  these  handkerchiefs  in 
stock,  and  shall  be  obliged 
to  send  to  the  manufactur- 
er's. 

7.  I  do  not  like  this  article. 

8.  I  am  very  anxious  to  sail  by 
this  steamer,  as  it  is  one  of 
the  fastest  vessels  we  have. 


1.  Will  you  to  me  please  (gcfSI* 
Ugft)  tell  on  (an)  which  date 
you  this  letter  received  have  ? 

2.  If  I  am  not  mistaken  (meun 
id)  mid)  nic^t  irre)  have  we  this 
letter  on  the  twenty-second 
August,  1881,  received. 

3.  I  think  you  mistake  yourself 
(@ie  irren  fic^). 

4.  Would  you  to  me  the  favor  do 
and  to  my  agent  (3(geut)  at 
once  (fof  ort)  22  dozens  (2)u^enb) 
of  (Don)  these  handkerchiefs 
send  ? 

5.  I  should  like  to  you  this  favor 
willingly  (gem)  to  do,  but  it  is 
quite  (ganj)  impossible. 

6.  We  have  only  (nur)  ten  dozens 
of  (Don)  these  handkerchiefs 
in  stock  (auf  laager),  and  shall 
obliged  (gcnijt^igt)  be  to  (ju) 
the  (bent)  manufacturer  (^abri* 
!anten)  to  (ju)  send. 

7.  This    article     (biefer   2trti'fel) 

pleases  (fo)  me  not. 

8.  I  am  very  anxious  with  this 
steamer  (biefcm  2)ampfer)  to 
sail  (objnfcgeln),  as  he  one  of 
the  fastest  ships  (ber  jd^nellften 
®^iffe)  is  which  we  have. 


286 

g.  I    should     be    very    much  g.  It  should  to  me  very  grateful 

pleased  ifyou  would  do  me  fUeb)   be    if   you   to    me    ^.he 

the  favor  of  calling  on  mm  lavor  do  would  him  personal  • 

personally.  ly  (perfonlid))    to  visit   ^U  be* 

fud)en). 

ID.   You  do  not  pronounce  this  lo.    You  speak  this  word  not  ccr- 

word  correctly.  rectly  (ri^tig)  out. 


Exercise. 

-3d)  wax  ben  ganjett  Xag  in  meincm  Gomptotr  unb  'i:}atte  fo 
mi  ]VL  tt)un,  bag  e^  niir  ganj  nnmoglitl)  \vax\  mid^  nod)  ber 
5Ibrc[fc  biefe^  §crrn  p  cdunbtgen.  ^k  lOiimn  jebod)  {ye-ddcii\ 
however)  batton  iiber^eugt  fern  {ii-ber-tsoigt\  convinced),  \i<x% 
e^  nur  mentge  llaufleute  in  unferer  ^\a\ii  gtebt,  bte  t)d^er  ge* 
a&iiti  (esteemed)  finb,  a(^  er.  (Sr  nio{)nte  t)iele  ^(x\)Xt  in 
meitter  Old()e  (neighborhood).  35ov  ^uqem  ober  {for  kddr'- 
tsem  all -ber ^  a  little  w^hile  ago,  quite  recently  however) 
ift  cv  nad)  T)rc$ben  ge^ogen  {ghe-tsoh' -ghm,  moved)  nnb  feine 
genaue  {ghe-now'-e,  exact)  Ibreffe  ift  nxir  nid)t  befannt,  ^Doc^ 
n)i(I  ic^  mic^  morgen  fritf)  banad)  erfnnbigen.  @inb  biefe  beiben 
dimmer  ^u  oermiet^en  {tsoo  fer-mee' -ten^  to  let)  ?  3^d)  ^abe 
me{)rere  3^^^^^  i^  ^^^  britten  (Stage  ^u  Dermiet^en  ;  in  ber  ^ujei^ 
ten  @tage  aber  ^^ahz  \6)  nnr  ein  ein;^ige§  {ine' -tsee-ghes,  only  one) 
dimmer  frei  {fn).  T)a^  tf)ut  ntir  fe^r  leib  ;  benn  '^a  \^  meine 
beiben  3:od)ter  bet  ntir  ^abe  fo  mng  i^  ti^enigften^  (z^^y'-^z/y- 
stens,  at  least)  bret  3^^^^^  ne^nten  ;  bie  britte  @tage  ift  ntir 
ober  iVi  f)od^.  '^en  tt3iet)ie(ten  reifen  @ie  t)on  ^ier  ab  ?  3d) 
benfe  (I  think)  am  Diernnb^toanjigften  bon  l^ter  abpreifen  unb 
mtc|  big  pnt  breigigften  in  (5oeIn  anfp^alten  (to  stay). 


tT. 


lid 


f  Ije  Jicbl^rs^Iiaft-^jisli'm 


O  E  R  M  A  N 


PART  XL 


288 


XL 

1. 

On  a  Railway. 

1.  Did  you  get  me  a  cab,  waiter  (=  Have  yv  a  to  me  a 
cab  got  [besorgt])  ? 

2.  Get  me  a  cab ! 

3.  You  must  get  me  a  cab  at  once,  waiter,  as  I  am 
going  to  leave  ior  Hamburg  by  the  r  ,ixt  train.  ['  /  am 
going  to '  is  mostly  expressed  by  the  present  tense]. 

4.  Cabman,  to  the  Hamburg  depot.  [The  Germans 
say:  Driver,  i.e.^  Kutscker.^ 

5.  Be  quick  ;  or^  Make  haste. 

6.  We  have  no  time  {keine  Zeit)  to  lose  {zu  verlieren). 

7.  If  you  do  not  drive  quickly,  we  shall  miss  this  train 
(  =  li  you  not  quickly  drive  [rasch  fahren]  then  [50] 
shall  we  this  train  miss  [versdiimen]). 

8.  Drive  fast  I  am  afraid  {ich  filrchte]  we  shall  miss 
the  train  (=:we  miss  the  train), 

9.  There  is  plenty  of  time,  sir.  You  may  be  sure,  you 
will  not  miss  the  fast  train  (=  It  is  still  much  time, 
sir.  You  will  the  fast  train  quite  surely  not  [jganz 
gewiss  nicM]  miss). 


289 


XL 

1. 

Auf  der  Eisenbahn. 

1.  Kellner,  haben  Sie  mir  eine  Droschke  besorg^  (drosh!- 
ke  bi-zdrgt')  ? 

2.  Besorgen  Sie  mir  eine  Droschke  {or^  Holen  Sie  mir 

eine  Droschke) ! 

3.  Sie  mtissen  mir  gleich  eine  Droschke  holen  (or  be 
sorgen),  Kellner,  da  ich  mit  dem  nachsten  Zuge 
nach  Hamburg  abreise. 

4.  Kutscher  {koot' -sher)^  nach  dem  Hamburger  Bahn- 
hof. 

5.  Machen  Sie  rasch  (rdsh)^  or  schnell. 

6.  Wir  haben  keine  Zeit  zu  verlieren  {tslte  tsdo  fir-lee' - 

rin). 

7.  Wenn  Sie  nicht  rasch  fahren,  so  werden  wir  diesen 
Zug  versSumen  {fer-zoy'-men). 

8.  Fahren   Sie  rasch.     Ich  fiirchte,  wir  versaumen  den 

Zug. 

9.  Es  ist  noch  viel  Zeit  {/eel  tsiie),  mein  Herr.  Sie  wer- 
den den  Schnellzug  ganz  gewiss  nicht  versaumen 


290 

10.  Make  haste  {beeilen  Sie  sich).  It  wants  only  five 
minutes  till  the  train  leaves  (=  There  are  wanting 
\es  felileri]  only  yet  five  minutes  to  the  departure 
[bis  ziim  Ahgang^  of  the  train). 

11.  Don't  hurry  so  {or,  You  need  not  be  in  such  a  hurry) 

there  is  plenty  of  time. 

12.  Have  you  any  luggage?  [Any  is  not  to  be  trans- 
lated.] 

!  3.  Porter  [Koffertrdger),  take  my  luggage. 

14.  Where  are  you  going.?  [Gehen  means  'to  walk;' 
the  verb  reisen  is  to  be  used  whenever  'to  go '  is 
equivalent  to  '  to  make  a  journey. '] 

15.  I  am  going  to  Hamburg.     Check  my  luggage  {Gehen 

Sie  .  .  .  auf). 

16.  How  many  pieces  {wie  viele  Stilche)  have  you } 

17.  I  have  a  large  trunk  {Koffer),  a  travelling  satchel 

{eine  Reisetasche),  and  a  hat-box  {eine  HutscliacTitel). 

18.  Shall  I  {soil  ich)  check  your  hat-box  too  ? 

19.  Do  not  check  my  hat-box.  Put  it  into  the  compart- 
ment (=  Put  you  her,  setzen  Sie  ste^  i.e.,  die  Hut- 
schachtel). 

20.  Where  did  you  put  {hingesetzt)  my  hat-box  } 

21.  Don*t  check  this  portmanteau.  I  will  take  it  into  the 
compartment  ( =  I  will  her  [sie'\  with  [mit\  into  the 
compartment  [in^s  Coupe]  take). 

22.  Where  do  we  get  the  tickets  to  Hamburg  (=  Where 
takes  one,  &c.)  ? 

23.  Where  is  the  ticket-office  ? 


291 

10.  Beeilen  Sie  sich  (be-i*-len  zee  zP),  Es  fehlen  nur 
noch  fiinf  Minuten  bis  zum  Abgang  {dp'-gdng)  des 
Zuges. 

11.  Beeilen  {be-i'-lcn)  Sie  sich  doch  nicht  so;  es  ist  ja 
noch  viel  Zeit  {or^  Sie  haben  ja  noch  viel  Zeit  \tslie\). 

12.  Haben  Sie  Gepiick  [g  he -peck')} 

13.  Koffertrager  {kof  -fer-tray-ghcr),  nehmen  Sie  mein 
Gepiick. 

14.  Wo  reisen  Sie  hin,  mein  Herr  } 


15.  Ich  reise  nach  Hamburg.  Geben  Sie  mein  Gepack 
auf.     S^Aufgeben  is  a  compound  separable  verb.] 

16.  Wie  viele  Stucke  haben  Sic.? 

17.  Ich  habe  einen  grossen  Koffer,  eine  Reisetasche  und 
eine  Hutschachtel  {ri' -ze-tdh-shi  dont  V-ne  hoot'- 
shdchtel). 

18.  Soil  ich  Ihre  Hutschachtel  auch  aufgeben  ? 

19.  Geben   Sie   meine  Hutschachtel   nicht  auf.      Setzen 

(zet'-sen)  Sie  sie  in  das  Coup6  {koo-pay'). 

20.  Wo  haben  Sie  meine  Hutschachtel  hingesetzt  {or 
hingestellt)  "i 

21.  Geben  Sie  diese  Reisetasche  nicht  auf.     Ich  will  sie 

mit  in's  Coupe  nehmen. 

22.  Wo  nimmt  man  die  Billete  nach  Hamburg.? 

23.  Wo  ist  das  Billet-Bureau  {bU-yef  -bii-rdh')  ? 


292 

24.  One  first-class  ticket  to  Hamburg,  please. 

25.  Please  give  me  a  second-class  ticket  to  Hamburg, 

26.  Single  or  return  ? 

27.  How  much  is  {was  kostet)  a  return  ticket  ? 

28.  How  long  are  the  return  tickets  available  (gultig)  ? 

29.  For  one  month. 

30.  Then  please  give  me  a  return  ticket,  second  class. 

31.  Here  is  your  change  {Kleingeld). 

32.  I  beg  your  pardon,  you  made  a  mistake  (Sie  Jiahen 
sich  geirrt).  You  have  given  me  a  mark  too  little 
{zu  wenig). 

33.  You  have  not  given  me  the  right  change  {das  richtige 
Kleingeld). 

34.  Can  you  give  me  a  through  ticket  {ein  DurchMllet) 
to  London,  via  Flushing  ( Vlissingen)  ? 

35.  What  is  the  price  {wie  viel  hostel)  of  a  single  ticket? 

36.  What  is  the  price  of  a  return  ticket? 

37.  Is  this  ticket  available  for  thirty  days  ? 

38.  Yes,  sir,  this  ticket  is  available  for  thirty  days,  and 
you  can  get  out  at  any  station  (=  you  can  at  any 
station  [auf  jeder  Station]  get  out  [aussteigen]). 

39.  You  can  {or.  You  may)  interrupt  {or,  break)  your 
journey  at  any  station  (=  You  can  your  journey 
[Hire  Reise]  at  any  station  interrupt  [unterbrechen]), 

40.  Did  you  check  (or  book)  my  luggage,  porter  (=Have 
you  my  luggage  booked  [aufgegehen'],  porter)  ? 

41.  Please  give  me  your  ticket. 

42.  You  have  200  kilogram  overweight  [Uehergewicht\ 
sir, 


293 

24.  Ein  Billet  erster  Klasse  nach  Hamburg,  bitte. 

25.  Bitte,  geben  Sie  mir  ein  Billet  zweiter  Klasse  nach 
Hamburg. 

26.  Einfach  {ine'-fdch)  oder  retour  ? 

27.  Was  kostet  ein  Retourbillet  (re-tdor'-bil-yef)  ? 

28.  Wie  lange  sind  Retourbillete  giiltig  {giil'-tP)  ? 

29.  Auf  einen  Mo'nat. 

30.  Dann  bitte,  geben  Sie  mir  ein  Retourbillet  zweiter 
Klasse. 

31.  Hier  ist  Ihr  Kleingeld  {kline'-gelt). 

32.  Entschuldigen  Sie,  Sie  haben  sich  geirrt.    Sie  haben 
mir  eine  Mark  zu  wenig  gegeben. 

33.  Sie   haben    mir    nicht    das    richtige    Kleingeld    ge- 
geben. 

34.  Konnen  Sie  mir  ein  Durchbillet  (door^'-bil-yet)  nach 
London  via  Vlissingen  {vie' -ah  flis' -sin-ghen)  geben? 

35.  Wie  viel  kostet  ein  einfaches  Billet  ? 

36.  Was  kostet  ein  Retourbillet  {re-toor' -bil-yet)  ? 

T,*].  1st  dieses  Billet  auf  dreissig  Tage  giiltig  (gul'-tP)  ? 

38.  Ja,  mein  Herr,  dieses  Billet  ist  auf  dreissig  Tage  giil- 

tig, und  Sie   konnen  auf   jeder  Station  aussteigen 
{sh 'tdhtsyone'  ouse'-sh 'ti-ghen). 

39.  Sie  konn  n  Ihre  Reise  {ri'-ze)  auf  jeder  Station  un- 
terbrechen  (sh'tdht-sydne'  don-ter-bre'-^en). 

40.  Haben   Sie  mein   Gepack    aufgegeben,  Koffertrager 

{oufe' -ghe-gay-ben  kof  -fer-tray-gher)  ? 

41.  Geben  Sie  mir,  bitte,  Ihr  Billet. 

42.  Sie   haben    200    Kilo,    {kce-ld)    Uebergewicht,    mein 
Herr. 


294 

43-  Please  go  into  the  waiting-room;  I'll  bring  your 
luggage-check  (Ihren  GepdcTcschein)  at  once  (gleich), 

44.  How  much  luggage  is  allowed  free  (=  How  much 
free  luggage  [Freigepdck]  grant  you  then  [gewdhren 
Sie  denn])  ? 

45.  25  kilos,  only. 

46.  Which  side  for  the  express  train  (=  At  which 
side  [auf  welcher  Seite]  stops  [halt]  the  express 
train) ? 

47.  From  which  platform  (Perron)  does  the  express  train 
leave  (=goes  the  express  train  off )  ? 

48.  Straight  ahead  !  To  the  right !  To  the  left !  From 
the  middle  platform  ! 

49.  Is  that  the  express  train  for  Hamburg  ? 

50.  Which  class,  sir? 

51.  Second,  smoking  compartment  (Rauchcoupe). 

52.  Second,  ladies'  carriage  (Damencoupe). 

53.  Get  in,  please ! 

54.  Please  get  in  ;  the  train  starts  in  a  minute. 

55.  Come  on,  let  us  get  in  quick. 

56.  Let  us  try  (Lassen  Sie  uns  versuchen)  to  get  a  corner 
seat  (=a  corner  seat  to  get  \ei71en  Eckplatz  zu  dekom- 
meii]). 

57.  Excuse  me,  madam  (yneine  Dame),  is  this  seat  taken 
(besetzt)  ? 

58.  I  really  do  not  know.  A  gentleman  was  in  the 
compartment  a  few  minutes  ago  (vor  einigen  Minu- 
ten\  but  he  got  out  again  (  =  but  he  is  again  got  out 
\toieder  ausgestiegen\). 


295 

43.  Gehen  Sie  gefalligst  in  den  Wartesaal ;  ich  werde 
Ihnen  Ihren  Gepiickschein  (g he-peck' -shine)  gleich 
bringen. 

44.  Wie   viel    Freigepack   {frt-ghe-peck)    gevvahren    Sie 

denn  (ghe-vay'-ren  zee  den)  ? 

45.  Nur  {tioor)  25  Kilo. 

46.  Auf  vvelcher  Seite  halt  der  Courirzug  {zt'-te  helt  dair 
koo-reer  -tsodg)  ? 

47.  Von  welchem  Perron  (per-rong')  geht  der  Courirzug 
ab? 

48.  Gerade  aus  !     Rechts  !     Links!    Von  dem  mittleren 

Perron  ! 

49.  1st  das  der  Schnellzug  nach  Hamburg? 

50.  Welche  Klasse,  mein  Herr  ? 

51.  Zweite,  Rauchcoupe  {rouche  -koo-pdy). 

52.  Zweite  Klasse,  Damencoupe  {ddh' -men-koo-pay). 

53.  Einsteigen  {ine' -shUi ghen)  ! 

54.  Bitte,  steigen  Sie  ein ;  der  Zug  geht  in  einer  Mi- 
nute ab. 

55.  Kommen  Sie,  lassen  Sie  uns  rasch  einsteigen. 

56.  Lassen  Sie  uns  versuchen  {fer-zoo'-chen)  einen  Eck- 
platz  zu  bekommen  {i'-nin  eck' -plats  tsod  be-kom'-men). 

57.  Entschul  iigen  Sie,  meine  Dame,  ist  dieser  Platz  be- 
setzt  ? 

58.  Ich  weifs  es  wirklich  nicht.  Ein  Herr  war  vor  eini- 
gen  IVinuten  im  Coupe,  aber  er  ist  wieder  ausge- 
stiege  1  {ve'-der  ouse' -ghe-sh'tee-^hen). 


296 

59.  I  beg  your  pardon  {Bitte  um  Entschuldigung),  you 
have  my  place  (=  you  sit  {Sie  sitzen]  on  my  place), 
sir. 

60.  You  have  my  place,  sir.     I  had  secured  it  by  placing 

my  travelling-cap   down  (=  I  had  it  [iJin]  with  my 
traveUing-cap  [?nU  meiner  Eeisefniitze]   marked  [be- 

legtl). 

2. 

[Continuation  of  Foundation  Sentence  No.  IX,) 

1.  Can  I  get  {hekommen)  a  room  here? 

2.  He  writes  me  just  now  (soebeti)  that  he  did  not  get 
our  despatch  (=  that  he  our  despatch  [unsere  De- 
pescTie]  not  got  [erhalten,  or  hehommen  ^]  has). 

3.  This  morning  I  got  a  letter  which  displeased  me 
very  much  [dei'  mir  selir  misfallen  hat). 

4.  How  much  money  did  you  get  at  Braun  and  Co.'s.? 

5.  I  called  several  times  at  their  place  (=1  was  several 
times  at  \bei]  them  [ilmen]),  but  I  could  not  get  (er- 
halten)  one  penny ;  they  could  not  pay  {einlosen)  the 
note  {den  Weclisel). 

6.  How  much  salary  {Salair  or  Gehalt)  does  your  book- 
keeper [Buchlialter)  get  ? 

7.  At  present  {augenblicklich)  he  gets  but  {nur)  200  dol- 

lars, but  from   the  beginning  of  next  month  (vom 
ndclisten  Monat  an)  I  shall  pay  him  250  dollars 

8.  Please  get^  {holen  Sie)  me  a  cab. 


i)  Bekommen  and   eihalten  are   synonymous,  but  erhalUn  is  used 
much  moe  frequently. 

2)   To  get  has  a  great  many  meanings  in  German,  viz.:  bekommen, 


297 


59-  Bitte  um    Entschuldigung   {ent-shoot -dZe^goong)^   Sie 
sitzen  {ztt'-sen)  auf  meinem  Platz,  mein  Herr. 

bij.  Sie  haben  meinen  Platz,  mein  Herr.     Ich  hatte  ihn 
mit  meiner  ReisemUtze  belegt  (ri' -ze-mut-se  be-laygt'). 


2. 

(Continuation  of  Foundation  Sentence  No.  IX.) 

1.  Kann  ich  hier  ein  Zimmer  bekommen  ? 

2.  Er  schreibt  mir  soeben,  dass  er  unsere  Depesche  {day- 
pe'-she  )  nicht  bekommen  {or  erhalten  ^)  hat, 

3.  Ich  habe  heute  Morgen  einen  Brief  erhalten,  der  mir 
gar  nicht  gefallen  hat  {or,  der  mir  sehr  misfallen  hat). 

4.  Wie  viel  Geld  haben  Sie  bei  Braun  und  C'«.  {kom'- 
pdn-yee)  erhalten.? 

5.  Ich  war  mehrere  Male  bei  ihnen,  aber  ich  konnte 
auch  nicht  einen  Pfennig  {pfen'-nP)  erhalten  ;  sie 
konnten  den  Wechsel  {vek'-set)  nicht  einlosen  {or  be- 
zahlen). 

6.  Wie  viel  Salair  {sd-iair\  or  Gehalt')  erhalt  {or  be- 
kommt)  Ihr  Buchhalter  {bodch! -hdhl-ter)  ? 

7.  Er  erhalt  augenblicklich  nur  zvveihundert  Thaler 
{tdh'-ler)^  aber  vom  nachsten  Monat  an  werde  ich 
ihm  zweihiindert  und  fUnfzig  Thaler  zahlen. 

8.  Bitte  holen*  Sie  mir  eine  Droschke. 


erhalten,  empfangen  (=  to  receive);  holen  (=  to  fetch);  sich  an. 
schaffen  (=  to  procure);  koramen  lassen,  bestellen  (=  to  order); 
werden  (="10  grow,  to  become). 


293 

g.  Please  get  me  {holen  Sie  mir)  a  German  physician, 

for  I  feel  very  ill  {denn  ich  fiihle  mich  selir  krank), 
lo.  Why   did   you   get    (gehoU)    a    French    physician? 

You   know   very  well   {Sie  wissen  Ja),  that  I  only 

speak  German  and  English. 
Ill   am   going   to  the  Conservatory  {Conservatorium) 

now ;  please  call  for  me  at  ten  o'clock   {holen  Sie 

mich  .  .  .ah). 

12.  Why  shall  I  {or  must  I)  call  for  you  {soil  ich  Sitt  ah- 
holen)  ?  Can  you  not  come  home  alone  (=:Can  fou 
not  alone  [allein^  home  [nach  ffausfl^  come)  ? 

13.  Get  ready  {machen  Sie  sich  fertig)  to  accompany  me 
{mich  zu  hegleiten) ;  I  do  not  like  {ich  mag  nicht)  to 
go  out  alone. 

14.  Please  get  breakfast  ready  at  once,  as  I  must  go  to 

the  bank. 

15.  Do  get  ready  in  time  {hei  Zeite7i). 

16.  Why  did  you  not  get  ready  in  time  ?  Now  it  is  too 
late  to  go  to  his  office  {nach  seinem  Comptoir  zu 
gehen). 

17.  It  is  getting  {es  wird)  dark  {dunJcel).  Please  light 
the  gas  {ziinden  Sie  das  Gas  an). 

18.  It  is  growing  cold  {es  wird  halt). 

19.  He  got  very  angry  {er  wurde  sehr  drgerlich)  when  I 
told  him  that  you  did  not  like  the  goods. 

20.  He  said  he  got  these  goods  entirely  on  your  account 
from  England  (=  he  had  [hdtte]  these  goods  extra 
for  you  from  [aus'\  England  got  [Icommen  lassenl). 

21.  How  do  you  like  my  bedroom  } 


i?99 

9.  Bitte,  holen  Sie  mir  einen  deutschen  Arzt,  denn  ich 
flihle  mich  sehr  krank. 

10.  Warum  haben  Sie  mir  einen  franzosischen  Arzt  ge- 
iiolt  ?  Sie  wissen  ja,  dass  ich  nur  deutsch  und  eng- 
lisch  spreche. 

11.  Ich  gehe  jetzt  nach  dem  Conservatorium  (con-zer- 
idh-tore'-yooni) ;  holen  Sie  mich,  bitte,  um  zehn 
Uhr  ab. 

12.  Warum  soil  ich  Sie  abholen  ?  Konnen  Sie  nicht 
allein  (dh-line')  nach  Hause  kommen  ? 

13.  Machen  Sie  sich  fertig,  mich  zii  begleiten  [be-gli'- 
ten)  ;  ich  mag  nicht  allein  ausgehen. 

14.  Bitte,  machen  Sie  das  Friihstuck  gleich  fertig,  da  ich 
nach  der  Bank  gehen  nuiss. 

15.  Machen  Sie  sich  ja  bei  Zeiten  fertig  {by  isl'-ten  fer'- 
tP). 

16.  Warum  haben  Sie  sih  nicht  zur  rechten  Zeit  {or,  bei 

Zeiten)  fertig  gemacht?     Jetzt  ist  cs  zu   spiit  nach 
seinem  Comptoir  zu  gehen. 

17.  Es  wird  dunkel  {doon'-kei).  Bitte,  zunden  Sie  das  Gas 
an  (tsiin'-den  zee  das  gas  an). 

18.  Es  wird  kalt. 

19.  Er  wurde  sehr  argerlich  (air  voor'-de  zair   air'gher- 

W),  als  ich  ihm  sagte,  dass  Ihnen  die  Waaren  nicht 
gefallen  hatten  {or  gefielen). 

20.  Er  sajrfe,  er  hatte  diese  Waaren  extra  fiir  Sie  aus 
England  kommen  lassen  (got  or  ordered). 

21.  Wie  gefallt  Ihnen  mein  Schlafzimmer  ? 


3^0 


8. 

22.  I  think  your  bedroom  is  very  pretty,  but  I  dislike 
the  German  beds  very  much  {aher  die  deutschen  Bet- 
ten  misf alien  mir  sehr). 

23.  I  got  my  own  (eigenen)  bedsteads  and  mattresses 
from  Manchester  {=Ich  habe  mir  . .  .  kommen  lassen). 

24.  How  is  your  brother  getting  on  with  his  English 
studies?  (—  How  comes  your  Mr.  brother  with  his 
English  studies  ahead  [mit  seinen  engliscJien  Studien 
voran]  ?) 

25.  Thank  you,  he  is  getting  along  finely  (er  kommt  recM 
gut  voran) ;  he  is  going  to  graduate  on  the  first  of 
December  (=  and  will  on  the  ist  December  his  ex- 
amination make    [^sein  Examen  mache^i]), 

26.  Didn't  you  get  any  news  from  Mr.  Reichenheim  ? 
(=  Have  you  no  news  [keine  Nacliriclitenl  from 
\von'\  Mr.  R.  received  \erllalten^^  ?) 

27.  Yes,  I  got  a  letter  this  morning,  in  which  he  informs 
me  that  he  is  getting  along  very  nicely  (=  Yes,  I 
have  this  morning  a  letter  from  him  received,  in 
which  he  me  informs  \if)iittlieilt\  that  he  very  well 
\reclit  gut\  ahead  comes  [yorivdrts  hoynrnf]). 

28.  At   what  o'clock   do  you  usually  get  up  {or  rise)  ? 

[To  get  up  =  aufstehen,  a  separable  compound  ir- 
regular verb.  Present:  ich  stehe  auf ;  Imperfect: 
ich  stand  auf ;  Perfect :  icli  bin  aufgestanden.] 

29.  I  usually  get  up  at  seven  o'clock,   but  this  morning 

I  was  very  tired  (milde),  and  rose  at  nine  o'clock 
(=  and  have  [bitij  only  [erst]  at  nine  o'clock  risen 
aufgesta7iden]). 


301 


3. 

22.  Ich   finde  Ihr  Schlafzimmer   sehr  hiibsch,  aber  die 

deutschen  Betten  gefallen  mir  gar  nicht  (^r  misfallen 

mir  sehr). 
2^.  Ich  habe  mir  meine  eigenen  (i' -ghe-tieri)  Bettstellen 

und  Matrat'zen  aus  Manchester  koninien  lassen. 
24.  Wie  kommt  Ihr  Herr  Bruder  mit  seinen  englischen 

Studien  voran  {sh'too'-dyen  for-dn')} 


25.  Danke  schon,  er  kommt  recht  gut  voran,  und  wird 

am  ersten  December  sein  Examen  machen  {zine  ik- 
tsdh'-men  ma-c'hen). 

26.  Haben  Sio  keine  Nachrichten  von  Herrn  Reichen- 

heim  {ri' -^ en-hime)  erhalten  ? 

27.  Ja,  ich  habe  heute  Morgen  einen   Brief  von  ihm  er- 

halten {or  bekommen,  or  empfangen),  in  welchem  er 
mir  mittheilt  {mit'tilet),  dass  er  recht  gut  vorvvarts 
kommt  (for'-vairts  cdmt). 

28.  Um  wie  viel  Uhr  stehen  Sie  gewohnlich  auf  (sh'tay'- 
h^n  zei  ghe-vohn'-U^  oufe)  [to  get  up  ==  auf  stehen]  ? 


39.  Ich  stehe  gewohnlich  um  sieben  Uhr  auf,  aber  heute 
Morgen  war  ich  sehr  miide  {mii'-di)  und  bin  erst  um 
neun  Uhr  aufgestanden. 


302 


GRAMMATICAL   REMARKS. 

Exercises  and  Words  used  in  Common  Conversation, 


The  Indefinite  Numerals. 

I.  The  greater    part   of   the   indefinite   numerals   are 
used  and  inflected  as  adjectives.     They  are : 

Masc. 
jeb=cr  {yay'-der),  every,  each. 
QU^Cr  (all)  {d-le'r),  all. 
fcin=CC  {klne),  no. 
mand^^Cr  {mdn'-yir\  many  a 

{or  an), 
toict  (////),  much. 
tDCnig  {vay'-ntv),  little. 

beib=C  (pi.)  {bide I  both. 


Fern. 

Neuter. 

Plur. 

jeb=c. 

ieb-^cS. 

{wanting.) 

a\U, 

dl^cg  (aU). 

QlH  all. 

fein=c. 

fein. 

fein-e,  no. 

nian(^=e. 

tttonrf)=c^. 

mQncl^>e,  some. 

t)ict=e. 

Diel. 

btel^e.  many.     ^ 

n)cnig=e. 

ttjenig. 

tt)cnig=c,  few. 

tne^rc=rc  (pi.)  {may -re-re),  several. 


einig-e    (etUc^e)    (pi.)   {t -nie-ghe), 

some,  a  few. 
bie    meift-cn    (pi.)    {dee   mi-sien\ 

most. 


2.  ^//  is  in  German  never  followed  by  the  definite 
article,  as  it  is  in  English  ;  as  :  All  the  girls,  alle  SJ^db^ett 
{not,  a((e  bie  OJJab^en).  All  the  boys,  alle  ^oben.  All  the 
money,  a((e§  ®e(b. — For  the  English  all^  in  the  sense  of 
the  whole ^  the  Germans  use  gan^,  and  not  ail;  as:  A/l 
the  day,  i.e.  the  w/^^/^  day,  bett  oatt^eti  ^ag  («^/  ben  alien 
Xag).  ^//  ///^  week,  bie  ganje  Soc^e.  ^//  //^^  year,  ba« 
gan^e  3a()r. 

3.  The  English  some  or  any,  when  used  before  a 
noun  in  the  singular,  is  not  rendered  in  German  ;    as: 


303 

Here  is  some  ink,  §ier  ift  Xink  {ttn'-te).  Have  you  any  ink  ? 
§abcu  ^ie  !Iintc  (////-//)  ?  Have  you  some  ink?  gaben 
(Sie  Xinte?  Before  a  noun  in  the  plural,  some  and  any 
must  be  rendered  by  eintge;  as:  Give  me  sojtie  {i.e.  a 
few)  pens,  @eben  (Sie  mir  einige  gcbern.  Have  you  any 
pens?  §aben  ^\t  einige  gebern?— Not  any  is  given  by 
fetn  (sing.),  and  feinc  (pi)  He  has  not  received  any 
money,  (5r  l)at  fein  @e(b  empfangcn. — In  replies  to  questions, 
where  we  use  only  some  without  a  substantive,  it  is 
rendered  by  the  accusative  of  \oz\^)tX  (tuetdjeUr  tnclffje, 
welc^c^) ;  or  by  bat) on,  for  the  j/;/^w/«/',  and  by  einige, 
for  the  plural ;  as  :  Have  you  some  bread,  §aben  (Sie  ^rob  ? 
Yes,  I  have  some ;  ^%  ic^  l)abc  tDCldje^.  Have  you  any 
butter?  .?>aben  'Sie  gutter?  Yes,  I  have  some;  ^^,  t(^ 
l)abe  n?  e  ( c^  e .  Have  you  any  pens !  §Qben  (gie  gebern  ? 
^^s,  I  have  some;  3^,  id)  l)abe  einige. 

5.  3Sie(  and  hjenig  remain  frequently  unchanged, 
especially  when  they  state  a  quantity ;  as:  (5r  ^at  tttcl 
(S^eift  {g/ilste),  aber  menig  @elb,  He  has  much  sense,  but  little 
money.  8ie  \)ahzxi  Did  2:a(ent,  aber  tucnig  gleig,  You  have 
much  talent,  but  little  application. 


Exercise. 

What     day  o!    tne  month   is      i.  Which    date  (Sffield^cS   3)Qtum) 
it  ?  have    we     to-day  ?     or    The 

which  date  (bcr  mieoielte)  is 
to-day  ? 
If    is     the    twenty-fourth    of      2.  It   is   the    (ber)    twenty-fourth 
May.  May  (aJioi) ;  or  We  have  the 

(ben)  twenty-fourth  May. 
How  many  yards  of  this  cloth      3.  How  many  yards  (2J2cter)  cloth 
would  you  want  ?  (X^^)  wish  you  ? 


304 


4-   Please  give  me  i6  meters  of     4.  Please  give    (you)    to  me  r6 
the  blue  cloth,  and  13  of  the  meters  blue  (blaueg,^rt)ont)em 

black  one.  blauen)  cloth  (Xudf)  and    13 

meters  black  (fc^tuorjeS  or  tjon 
bcm  fd^marjen). 


The  Pronouns. 

I.    Personal    Pronouns, 


3c^,  /. 

Sing. 

N. 

i^I. 

Plur.    tt)ir,  we. 

G. 

meiner  {mi'-ner\  of  me. 

unfcrer  {ddn' -zi-rir\  of  us. 

D. 

nilr,  to  me,  me. 

ung,  to  us,  us. 

A. 

mid),  me. 

uti8,  us. 

^U,  thou. 

Sing. 

N. 

bu,  thou. 

Flur.    il^r  or  @ie,  you.          [you. 

G. 

bciner  {di-ner),  of  thee. 

eurcr  {oy'-j-er)  or  Sl^rer,  of 

D. 

bir,  to  thee,  thee. 

cuc^  or  3I)nen,  to  you,  you. 

A. 

bi^,  thee. 

eud^  or  (Sie,  you. 

(5r,  fie,  e^,  he^  she,  it. 

Masc.                                     Fern.                           Neut. 

Sing. 

N. 

er  he. 

fte,  she. 

e«,  it. 

G. 

fciner  {zi-nSr),  of  him. 

i^rer,  of  her. 

(feiner),  of  it. 

D. 

i^m,  to  him,  him. 

i^r,  to  her,  her. 

(i^m),  to  it. 

A. 

i^n,  him. 

fie,  her. 

e«,  it. 

Plural  for  all  three  Genders. 

N.  fie,  they. 

D.  iljnen,  to  them,  them. 

G.   i^rer,  of  them. 

A.  fte,  them. 

Reflective  Form  :  \\d). 

D. 

fic^ 

himself,  herself,  itself.                        [  For  all  3  Genders. 

A. 

yourself,  yourselves, 

themselves,     f 

Sing,  and  Plural, 

305 

1.  The  form  btt  (plur.  il^r)  is  used  only  in  speaking 
to  near  relatives,  intimate  friends,  servants,  and  children 
(or  in  solemn  and  poetical  stj'le).  Teachers  address 
young  pupils,  and  employers  their  servants,  with  b  U. 
(The  forms  i^r,  eurer,  CUC^,  cud)  are  simply  the  plurals 
of  bu,  and  are  used  in  the  same  way.) 

The  general  mode  of  address  is  <S  t  e ,  which  is  really 
the  third  person  plural,  but  is  distinguished  from  it  by  a 
capital  initial.  In  the  same  way  we  distinguish  between 
3f)rer,  O^ncn,  of  you,  to  you,  and  i^rer,  i^nen,  of  them,  to 
them. 

In  the  Imperative  the  Germans,  as  we  have  seen,  always 
employ  (Sic.  Ex. :  ^ommcn  (Sic,  come  ;  g c b c n  (Sic 
bicfcn  ■53ncf  an  §crm  48.,  give  this  letter  to  Mr.  B. ;  f  agctt 
©ic  i^m  ba^,  tell  him  so;  f  c^cn  (Sic  ntcf)t  fo  drgertic^  au^, 
do  not  look  so  angry ! 

2.  Observe  the  difference  between  the  German  and 
English  mode  of  expression  in  the  following : 


it  is  I,  ic^  bin  c«. 

it  is  he  (she),  cr  (fte)  tfl  e8. 

it  was  I,  id)  tt)ar  e8. 


is  it  I?  binl(^e«? 
is  it  he?  ift  cr  c«? 


it  is  we,  ttjir  finb  c8. 

it  is  you,  ®ic  finb  c8. 

it  was  you,  ®ic  tt)orcn  t%,  &c. 


Interrogative. 


is  it  we?  ftnb  hjir  c6? 
is  it  you?  *tnb  <Sie  e8? 


3.  The  pronoun  of  the  third  person  C§,  &c.,  is  used  very 
differently  from  the  English.  For  instance,  we  say,  I 
am  satisfied  with  it,  but  the  Germans  must  say,  ^6)  bin 
b  a  m  i  t  jufricben.  We  will  talk  about  it  afterwards,  $Bir 
wollcn  nacf)^cr  barUbcr  fprec^en.     I  cannot  help  it,  3^^ 


306 

faun  nidjt^  b  a  f  it  r.    He  laughed  at  it,  ($r  Iaif)te  b  a  r  ii  b  e  r 
I  did  not  think  of  it,  Qd)  \)abt  nid)t  b  ar  an  gebad)t 
Observe  the  following  list: 


baiuit',  with  it  or  with  them, 
barill',  in  it  or  in  them. 
babUl'rf)',  through  it  or  them. 
baUDU',  of  or  from  it  or  them, 
barnuf ,  upon  it  or  them, 
borons',  from  it  or  them. 


baju',  to  it  or  to  them. 

baOci',   ) 

,    V  at  It  or  at  them 

barnn ,  ) 

banVDcv,  about  or  over  it,  ibem, 
baruu'tCC,  among  them, 
bafiil*',  for  it  or  them. 


Tlie  Keflexive  Personal  Pronoun. 

The  pronouns  of  the  first  and  second  person  have  in 
German  a  reflexive  power.  The  word  SOlf,  used  in 
English,  can,  therefore,  in  these  two  persons  not  be  ex- 
pressed separately,  2i.s\  Sing.,  I  blamed  myself,  \d)  tcibelte 
mid);  plur,  we  blamed  owxselves,  tDtr  tabeltett  un^;  he 
blamed  hXmself,  er  i^tXit  fic^  ;  plur.,  they  blamed  them- 
sclves,  fie  tabetten  ftrf).  But  when  the  English  pronouns 
myself,  thyself,  &c.,  are  emphatic  repetitions  of  the  nom- 
inative, they  ai-e  rendered  by  felbft  or  felber,  as : 

I  myself,  id)  \ti\i%  we  ourselves,  \0\x  fclbfl. 

thou  thyself,  bu  fcIDfl.  you  yourself,  ®ie  fcIbft. 

he  himself,  er  fcfOfl.  they  themselves,  fie  fcIDft. 

she  herself,  jic  fffbjt. 

Examples. 

He  himself  told  me  so.  ®r  l)at  e§  tnir  f  etbft  (^cfogt.  You  took  it 
yourself,  @ie  ^abeu  e§  felbft  geuommen.  The  judge  himself  did  not 
know  it,  S)er  9fJid)ter  {riy'-ter)  tnu^te  e§  fclber  nld)t.  She  did  it 
herself,  ®ie  I)Ot  e§  felbft  gef^an.  Tbey  saw  it  themselves,  @ie 
Ijaben  eg  f  e  I  b  ft  gefeben. 


307 

Exercise. 

35^arum  Ijahtn  <Bxt  Wjvx  mein  (Sc^reibcti  (letter)  am  t)tx* 
gangcncn  {fer-gdn*-ghe-nen,  last)  !Dtenftag  nicf)t  abgegeben? 
3'ti)  ^abe  Cv5  fciner  grau  iibcrreid)t  {U-ber-rUt' ,  handed),  unb 
fie  Derfprad)  mir  {fer-sJi  prdch' ,  promised),  t^m  baffelbe  \it\ 
fciner  ^^Intunft  (an' -kodnft,  arrival)  gebctx  gu  iDoIIen.  3d)  l^abe 
il)n'fclbft  gc|"prod)cn,  unb  cr  fagt  mir,  bag  feinegrau  fid)  nid)t  er* 
inncrn  (remember)  fijunte,  \iQ^^  oic il)r ben ^rtef  am  oergangenen 
^Dienftag  iiberrcid)t  Ijittten.  3d)  fann  mid)  3l)rer  nic^t  erinnent, 
mem  §err.  (vrinnem  8ie  fid)  meiner  ntd)t  mct)r  ?  3d)  liatte 
bie  (iljvc,  3i)nen'auf  bcm  ^alle  bc^  beut{d)en  ©efanbten  {ghe- 
zdn'-ten,  an^bassador)  in  "ifari^  Dorgeftcllt  gu  tnerben.  Senn 
^ic  nad)  Berlin  fommen,  fo  t^un  Sic  mir  ben  ©efallcn,  fid) 
nac^  ben  S5erl)a(tnif]'en  {fer-helt'-nis-sm,  affairs,  circum- 
stances) bicfe^  §crrn  ^u  crfunbigen  (to  inform).  SSer  ift  ba? 
3d)  bin  c5.  Sarcn  Sic  e§,  ber  foebcn  an  bic  Xl)iire  (door) 
getlopft  \)^i  (knocked)  ?  3d)  luar  cd  nid)t ;  c^  mar  bicfer  jungc 
9J?ann,  n)cld)er  3ic  in  cincr  @c|d)aft^=5lngelegenl)eit  ^u  fpred)en 
tDiinfd)t. 


Words. 

!Dic  ^cit  [htte) 

Time. 

bos  3o^r  {ydhr\  pi    bic  3nt)rc, 

the  yeir. 

bcr 9D?onat {moh'-ndt),  pi.  bie iFJionate 

the  month. 

cine  S[Bo(f)c  (z/J'-r>^/),  pi.  bie  2Bo(f)cn, 

a  week. 

ber  lag.  pi.  bie  %a%t. 

the  day. 

bie  ^JiQrfjt,  pi.  bic  ^JJac^te, 

the  night. 

808 


ber  aJtorgen, 

the  morning. 

bev  2«ittag, 

the  noon. 

bei*  S?or'mittag, 

the  forenoon. 

ber  9^ac{)mittag, 

the  afternoon. 

ber  Mtnh  {afi-bent),  pi.  bie  5lbenbc, 

the  evening. 

l)eute  {ho/-te). 

to-day. 

^eute  3)?orgen, 

this  morning. 

l)eute  ^ormittog, 

this  forenoon. 

^eute  S^Jac^mittag, 

this  afternoon. 

lieute  Slbenb, 

this  evening,  to-night. 

geftern, 

yesterday. 

geftern  Slbenb, 

yesterday  evening,  last  night. 

borgeftern  {fffr'-ghes-tcm), 

the  day  before  yesterday. 

morgen, 

to-morrow. 

tnorgen  frii^, 

to-morrow  morning. 

iibermorg  en  {u  ber-mor-ghen). 

the  day  after  to-morrow. 

eineii  Sag  urn  ben  anberen, 

every  other  day. 

ncutirfi  {noy'-Uy), 

the  other  day. 

n% 

early. 

\m. 

late. 

cin  ^QtbeS  3ol^r, 

half  a  year. 

brei  aJ^onate,  or  tin  SSiertelja^r  {fir'- 

til-ydhr), 

three  months,  a  quarter. 

bier^etin  Soge, 

a  fortnight. 

©ie  ^age  ber  5Bo(^e  (Die  SBoc^entage),  Days  of  the  Week 

@onntog  {zonn'-tdg), 

Sunday. 

aRontag  {mdn'-tdg\ 

Monday. 

SDienftag  Ureens'-tdg), 

Tuesday. 

SD^Jittrooc^  {mii'-voch). 

Wednesday. 

SDonnerftag  {ddn'-ners'tdg\ 

Thursday. 

f^reitog  (/n'-/^^). 

Friday. 

©omftog  {zdms'-tdg)           \ 
©onnobenb  {zdn' -nd-bent),  ) 

Saturday. 

809 


Tlomtt, 


Months. 


3anuar  {yah! -ndd-are)^ 

January. 

gebruar  {fay'-broo-, 

are) 

February. 

W^Xl  {merts\ 

March. 

Slprit  {a-pril\ 

April. 

3«ai  {nil). 

May. 

3uni  {yoo-nee), 

June. 

3uti  {yoo-lee). 

July. 

Slug  lift  ipu-gddst'). 

August. 

(September  {zep-tim' 

-ber\ 

SeptemDer. 

October  {dc-to-bir), 

October. 

9?ot)ember  {no-vim' -bir). 

November, 

2)ecembcr  {day-cem' 

-bir\ 

December. 

Exercise. 


1.  Did  you  get  the  money  at 
Stewart  &  Co.'s? 

2.  I  called  there  twice,  but 
could  not  get  a  penny. 

3.  The  manager  asserted  that 
ihe  goods  had  arrived  in 
vervbad  condition,  and  that 
he  would  not  pay  for  them 
unless  you  made  a  reduc- 
tion of  10  per  cent. 


Have  you  the  money  at  (bel) 
Stewart  &  Co.  got  ? 
I  have  there  twice  been,  but 
could  not  a  penny  (einen  ^fcu* 
nig)  get. 

The  manager  (ber  2)i8ponent') 
asserted  that  the  goods  in 
very  bad  condition  (in  fel^r 
fd)(ec^tem  3"fton^c  o^  in  \t\fc 
fd)led^tcr  ^Serforfung)  arrived 
were,  and  that  he  them  not 
pay  would  if  you  not  a  re- 
duction (einc  9?ebuction)  ot 
(Don)  10  per  cent  (^rocent) 
make  would. 


310 


I  should  be  much  obliged 
to  you  if  you  could  send 
there  once  more  ;  for  I  am 
very  anxious  to  settle  this 
matter  as  quickly  as  pos- 
sible. 


5.   Have    you    been    long     in 

America  ? 
5.  Since  the  20th  of  May. 

7.  And  how  do  you  like  it? 

8.  Tiianks,  I  like  America  very 
much,  though  many  things 
and  customs  are  new  and 
strange  to  me. 

9.  If  you  want  to  get  along  well 
with  your  German  studies, 
you  must  frequently  con- 
verse with  refined  native 
Germans. 

10.  "What  are  you  laughing  at? 

11.  Reflect  about  it. 

12.  If  you  had  reflected  about  it 
you  would  have  seen  that 
I  was  right  and  you  were 
wrong. 


4.  I  should  to  you  much  (fel^r)  ob- 
liged be  if  you  once  more 
(noc^  einmal)  tliere  (bortI)in) 
send  could  for  (benn)  I  am 
very  anxious  this  matter  as 
quickly  as  possible  (fo  fd)nett 
tt)ie  tnoglic^)  to  (ju)  settle  (er* 
le'bigen). 

5.  Are  you  already  long  in 
America  ? 

6.  Since  (felt)  the  (bem)  20th  May 
(3«ai). 

7.  And  how  pleases  it  you  ? 

8.  Thanks,  America  pleases  me 
very  well  (fel)r  gut),  though 
(obgletd))  many  things  (Swinge) 
and  customs  (@ebrau  rf)e)to  me 
new  and  strange  (frcmb)  are. 

9.  If  you  with  your  German 
studies  well  (gut)  to  get 
ahead  desire,  then  (fo)  must 
you  frequently  ({joufig)  with 
refined  (gebil  beten)  native  (ge^ 
bo'renen)  Germans  converse. 

10.  What  at  (tDoriiber)  laugh  you  ? 

11.  Think  you  about  it  (bariiber) 
after. 

12.  If  you  about  it  reflected  (nad^a 

gebarflt)  had,  then  would  you 
seen  have  that  I  right  and 
you  wrong  had. 


tl«  ^ebt.|t$#n-|a5t«m, 


OERMAN 

PART  XII. 


XII. 

*  {Continuation.) 

30.  I  do  not  feel  at  all  {gar  nicht]  well  ;  I  shall  get  up  late 
(=  I  shall  only  late  [erst  spdt\  get  u^\ailrfste]ie7i\). 

31.  Get  up  (stelien  8ie  auf)\  it  is  very  lat^ 

32.  At  which  station  do  you  get  out  {stti^r"  iSie  aus)? 

[To   get    out  =  aussteigen ;    irregular.     Imperfect: 
ich  stieg  aus  ;  Perfect :  ich  bin  ausgestiegeii.] 

33.  I  am  going  to  gel  out  at  the  next  station,  [/am 
going  to  is  translated  by  the  future  or  present  tense.] 

34.  Stop  {Jialten   bie  an),  cabman ;  1  Sxi^^aid   like  to  get 

down  here  for  a  moment  {auf  einen  Auge7ibUch). 

35.  Get  in  {steigen  8ie  ein\  gentlemen ;  the  train  is  going 
to  leave  at  once   {geht  sofort  at). 

36.  Let  us  take  a  seat  (Platz  nehmen)  here. 

37.  No,  come  into  the  next  compartment;  /am  not  fond 
of  sitting  {ich  sitze  nicht  gem  ^)  in  a  smoking  com- 
partment. 

38.  Are  you  fond  of  smoking  } 

39.  Are  you  fond  of  this  soup.^ 

40.  Are  you  not  fond  of  beer.? 

41.  No,  I  rather  take  {icJi  trinke  lieher)  water. 

42.  Are  you  not  fond  of  novels.? 


i)  Oern,  lieber,  am  licbsten  is  used  in  connection  with  almost 
any  verb  and  expresses  our  to  be  fond  of,  as  :  Spielen  Sie  gent 
Clavier,  are  you  fond  of  playing  the  piano  ? — Ich  hore  gute  Musik 


XII. 

(Continuation). 

30.  Ich  befinde  mich  gar  nicht  wohl ;  ich  werde  erst  spat 
aufstehen. 

31.  Stehen  Sie  auf ;  es  ist  sehr  spSt. 

32.  Auf  welcher  Station  steigen  Sie  aus  {sh'ti-'ghen  zee 
ouse)  ? 

33.  Ich  werde  auf  der  nachsten   Station  aussteigen  (or 
Ich  steige  auf  der  nachsten  Station  aus). 

34.  Halten  Sie  an,  Kutscher ;  ich  mochte  gem  auf  einer^ 
Augenblick  hier  aussteigen. 

35.  Steigen  Sie  ein,   meine   Herren  ;    der  Zug  geht  so- 

fort  ab. 

36.  Lassen  Sie  uns  hier  Platz  nehmen. 

37.  Nein,  kommen   Sie  in  das  nachste  Coupe;  ich  sitze 
7iicht  gem  ^  in  einem  Rauchcoup6. 

38.  Rauchen  Sie  gern  ? 

39.  Essen  Sie  diese  Suppe  gern  ? 

40.  Trinken  Sie  nicht  gern  Bier? 

41.  Nein,  ich  trinke  lieber  (lee'-ber)  Wasser. 

42    Lesen  Sie  nicht  gern  Romane  {roh-mdh'-ne)? 


sehr  gern,  I  am  very  fond  of  good  music. —  Was  se hen  Sie  lieber,  ein 
Schauspiel  oder  ein  Lustspiel?  What  do  you  prefer,  a  drama  or  a 
comedy  ? — Ich  sehe  eine  Oper  am  liebsten,  I  am  very  fond  <rf  the  opera. 


314 


43    I  am  quite  fond  of  good  novels,  but  I  prefer  (ich  Use 

lieher)  historical  works. 
44.  And  I  like  poetry  best  (=1  read  the   soonest  [am 

liehsten]  poetry  \_Gedichte]). 


2. 
On    a  Railway. 

In  the  Carriage, 

1.  Will  you  allow  me  {inir  erlauien)  to  put  my  carpet- 
bag (BeisetascJie)  here  ? 

2.  Please  do  so. 

3.  Is  my  carpet-bag  in  your  way  (=  to  you  in  the  way)  ? 

4.  I  am   afraid  (ich  fiirchte)  my  carpet-bag  is  in  your 
way  (or  is  an  inconvenience  to  you  —  leldstigt  Sie). 

5.  Not  at  all;^  I  am  quite  comfortable  (=  I  sit  quite 
comfortable  [ich  sitze  ganz  hequem]). 

6.  I  am  afraid  you  are  not  comfortable,  madam  (gnddige 
Frauy 

7.  Allow  me  (eriauben  Sie  mir)  to  take  away  my  rug 

=  (you  from  my  rug  to  free  [Sie  von  meiner  Reise- 
decke  zu  hefreieri]). 

8.  Please  take  a  seat  on  this  side  (auf  diese  Seite). 

9.  Please  take  a  seat  here ;  there  is  a  draught  there. 

10.  Will  you  allow  me  to  close  the  window  (das  Fenster 
zuzumachen)  ?     There  is  a  draught  here. 

i)  Not  at  all ;  by  no  means  ;  not  by  any  means,   is  rendered,  ganz 
ujid gar  nicht ;  durchaus  nicht ;  keineswegs  {ki' -nes-vaigs). 

2)  The  Germans,  in  their  overpoliteness,  address  all  ladies,  espe- 


315 


43-   Ich   lese    gute    Romane    ganz    gern,  aber   icli   Icse 

histo'rische  VVerke  lieber  (lee-ber). 
44.  Und  ich  lese  am   liebsten   Gedichte   (leep'-sten  g/ie- 


2. 

Auf  der    Eiseubalm. 

Im  Waggon  {vd-giuig'). 

1.  Wiirden  Sie  mir  erlauben  {er-lou  -ben)  meine  Reise- 
tasche  hier  hinzustellen  {ri-ze-td-she  here  hin'-tsdo- 
"zJitellen)  ? 

2.  Bitte  sehr. 

3.  1st  meine  Reisetasche  Ihnen  im  Wegc  {7^ay'-ghe)? 

4.  Ich  furchte,  meine  Reisetasche  ist  Ihnen  im  Wege 
(or  meine  Reisetasche  belastigt  Sie  [pe-les'-tD't  zee]). 

5.  Ganz  und  gar  nicht  ;  *  ich  sitze  ganz  bequem  [zit'-ze 
gdnts  be-quaym'). 

6.  Ich  fiirchte,  Sie  sitzen  nicht  bequem,  gnadige  Frau  ' 
{gnay' -dee-ghe  /row'). 

7.  Erlauben  Sie  mir,  Sie  von  meiner  Reisedecke  zu  be- 
freien  {be-frt-en). 

8.-  Bitte,  setzen  Sie  sich  auf  diese  Seite  [zet'-sen  zee  zi^ 

oufe  dee'-ze  zi'-te). 
9.   Bitte,  setzen  Sie  sich  hierher;  esziehtdort  {tscit dnrt). 
10.  Wiirden  Sie  mir  wohl  erlauben,  das   Fenster  zuzu- 

machen  ?     Es  zieht  hier  sehr  {tseet  zayr). 


ciallj'ihose  with  whom  the)' are  but  sliehtly  acquainted,  by  'Gnadij'<^ 
Frau'  (=  your  ladyship),  or  '  Gnadiges  Fraulein,'  or  'Meine 
Gnadige.' 


316 

II  Will  you  please  (gefdUigst)  open  the  window?  It  is 
very  warm  {or  close  [schwiil])  in  this  carriage  (in 
diesem  Waggon). 

12.  There  isn't  much  room  in  these  carriages  (or^  One 
has  to  sit  very  close  [sehr  e7ig']  in  these  carriages). 

13.  Would  you  object  to  my  opening  the  window  a 
little?  [JVould  you  object "i  is  simply  rendered,  ^r- 
lauben  Sie  mir  .^] 

14.'  A  little  air  {Lnft)  would  be  an  advantage  (=  would 
us  good  do  [witrde  uns  gut  thun]). 

15.  I  don't  mind  (=1  have  nothing  against  it  [da- 
gegen]). 

16.  We  are  going  very  fast  (very  slow). 

17.  Did  you  hear  the  name  of  that  station  ? 

18.  How  long  do  we  stop  at  this  station  ? 

19.  Five  minutes'  stay  here. 

20.  The  travellers  (Passagiere)  for  Berlin  change  here 
(steigen  hier  urn). 

21.  You  have  to  change  cars  in  Cologne,  gentlemen  (Sie 
milssen  .  .  .  iimsteigen). 

22.  1  am  going  to  Dresden,  conductor.  Where  must  I 
change  cars  ( Wo  muss  ich  umsteigen)  ? 

23.  You  do    not  change.     You  remain  in  this  carriage 

(z=z  you  remain  seated). 

24.  How  long  must  I  wait  [tvarten)  for  the  Berlin  train 
(cm f  den  Zug  nach  Berlin)  ? 

25.  Have  I  to  change  again  {tiocli  einmal)  ? 

26.  No  ;  the  train  leaves  here  at  1.40,  and  goes  through 
to  Berlin  (und  geht  his  nach  Berlin  durch). 

27.  Conductor,  how  long  have  I  to  stay  (warten)  here? 


317 

1 1.  Wollen  Sie  gefalligst  das  Fenster  offnen  ?  Es  ist 
sehr  warm  {or  schwiil)  in  diesem  Waggon. 

1 2.  Man  sitzt  in  diesen  Waggons  sehr  eng. 

13.  Erlauben  Sie  mir,  das  Fenster  ein  wenig  zu  offnen? 

14.  Ein  wenig  Luft  {lodft)  wiirde  uns  gut  thun. 

15.  Ich  habe  nichts  dagegen  {da- g hay' -g hen). 

16.  Wir  fahren  sehr  rasch  (sehr  iangsam). 

17.  Haben  Sie  den  Namen  jener  Station  gehort? 

18.  Wie  lange  halten  wir  auf  dieser  Station  an? 

19.  FUnf  Minuten  Aufenthalt  {oufe'-ent-hdlt), 

20.  Die    Passagiere   {pdsdjee' -re)    nacli    Berlin    steigen 

hier  um. 

21.  Sie  miissen  in  Coin  umsteigen,  meine  Herren. 

22.  Ich  reise  nach  Dresden,  Schaffner.  Wo  muss  ich 
umsteigen  ? 

23.  Sie   steigen    nicht  um;    Sie   bleiben   sitzen   {or  Sie 

bleiben  in  diesem  Coupe). 

24.  Wie  lange  muss  ich  auf  den  Zug  nach  Berlin  war- 
ten  ? 

25.  Muss  ich  noch  einmal  umsteigen  ? 

26.  Nein,  der  Zug  geht  hier  um  i  Uhr  40  Minuten  ab 
und  geht  durch  bis  nach  Berlin  {or  and  geht  bis 
nach  B.  durch). 

27.  Schaffner,  wie  lange  muss  ich  hier  warten? 


318 

28.  Where  to  (Wofahren  Sie  hin)?  To  Bruxelles.  Then 
you  will  have  to  wait  till  (bis)  the  Frankfort  train 
arrives  (ankonwit). 

29.  When  [or  at  what  time)  is  the  Frankfort  train  due 
here  ? 

30.  When  does  this  train  reach  Dresden  ?  (or,  When  is 
this  train  due  at  Dresden  ?) 

31.  This  train  reaches  Dresden  (kommt  .  .  .  an)  at  8  p.m. 

(Abends)  (a.m.  =  friih). 

32.  We  have  to  wait  two  hours  for  the  next  train.  It 
leaves  at  2.40. 

33.  Let  us  (lassen  Sie  uns)  go  into  the  refreshment-room 

(die  Restauration)  and  take  (tritiken)  a  cup  of  coffee 

(eine  Tasse  Kaffee). 
3  ^.  I   should  like   {icli  mbclite)  to  take  something  warm 

(etwas    Warmes    zu    mir   nehmen) ;    the   weather   is 

awfully  cold  (fiirchterlich  kalt). 
35.   Please  give   me  a  cup  of  tea  (eine  Tasse  Thee)  and 

some  bread  and  butter  (etivas  Butterbrod). 
36    Don't  drink  tea  in  German  restaurants  ;  one  cannot 

swallow  it  (=  he  is  undrinkable,  or  uneatable,   [er 

ist  ungeniessbar). 

37.  Waiter,   give  me   something  else  (etivas  anderes)  ;   I 

cannot  eat  this  ham  (=this  ham  is  uneatable  \iinge- 
niessbar]). 

38.  Let  us  have  dinner  here  (Jiier  zu  Mittag  speisen) ;  the 
train  does  not  stop  anywhere  till  we  come  to  Dres- 
den (=  till  \bis\  Dresden  have  we  nowhere  \iiirgends\ 
stoppage  l^Aufenthalt]). 

39.  No,  thanks ;  I  will  only  take  a  ham-sandwich  (ein 
helegtes  Butterbrod  mit  Schinken). 


319 

28.  Wo  fahren  Sie  hin  ?     Nach  Briissel.     Dann  miissen 

Sie  warten  bis  der  Frankfurter  Zug  ankommt. 

29.  Wann  kommt  der  Frankfurter  Zug  hier  an  ? 

30.  Wann  kommt  dieser  Zug  in  Dresden  an  ? 

31.  Dieser  Zug  kommt  um  acht  Uhr  Abends  (frlih)  in 
Dresden  an. 

32.  Wir  haben  zwei  Stunden  auf  den  nachsten  Zug  zu 
warten.     Er  geht  um  zwei  Uhr  40  Minuten  ab. 

33.  Lassen  Sie  uns  in  die  Restauration  {res-to-rdh-tsyone') 
gehen  und  eine  Tasse  Kaffee  trinken. 

34.  Ich  mochte  etvvas  Warmes  [et'-vds  vdr'-mes)  zu  mir 
nehmen  ;  das  Wetter  ist  fiirchterlich  kalt  (vet'-tcr  ist 
fury'-ter-liy  kdhlt). 

35.  Bitte,  geben  Sie  mir  eine  Tasse  Thee  {tay)  und  etwas 
B  u  1 1  e  rb  rod  {boot'  -  ter-brote) . 

2y(i.  Trinken  Sie  keinen  Thee  in  deutschen  Restaura- 
tionen  ;  er  ist  ungeniessbar  {oon! -ghe-nees' -bdr). 

37.  Kellner,  geben  Sie  mir  etwas  anderes  {et'-vds  dn' -de- 
res)  ;  dieser  Schinken  {shin'-kifi)  ist  ungeniessbar. 

38.  Lassen  Sie  uns  hier  zu  Mittag  speisen  {sli pi! -zen)  \ 
bis  Dresden  haben  wir  nirgends  Aufenthalt  {nir'- 
ghents  oufe'-ent-hdhlt') 

39.  Nein,  danke  schon ;  ich  werde  nur  ein  belegtes 
Butterbrod  mit  Schinken  essen. 


320 

40.  Come,  waiter,  hurry  ;  the  bell  is  ringing  for  the  train 
to  start  (=  the  bell  [die  Glocke]  rings  \ldutet\ior  the 
departure  \zur  Aifahrt]). 

41.  You  have  plenty  of  time;  the  train  will  not  start  for 

six   minutes,  (=  the  train   goes   only   [erst]  in    six 
minutes  off). 

42.  Give  me  some  sandwiches  in  a  paper-bag  (in  einer 

Tiite)  and  a  little  bottle  of  port  wine  {ein  kleines 
Fldscli' chen  Portwein). 
^3.  What  is  your  charge  ?     [These  are  the  three  modes 
most  frequently  employed  for  asking  the  price  or 
charge.] 

44.  Here  is  our  train  ;  let  us  get  in. 

45.  There  is  no  room  here;  you  must  go  further  forward, 
gentlemen  {weiter  vorwdrts,  mei?ie  Herren), 

46.  Is  there  room  for  two  here,  gentlemen  } 

47.  No,  we  are  full  {—  here  is  every  seat  [alles]  occu- 
pied [besetzt\). 

48.  There  is  room  here;  let  us  get  in. 

49.  That  is  the  starting  signal. 

50.  There  is  the  steam  whistle  ;  we  are  off  {=  the  loco- 

motive whistles  [pfeift\). 

51.  I  think  we  had  better  get  ready  to  get  out  (=  It  is 
time  to  get  ready  for  getting  out  [sich  zum  Aicssteigeti 
fertig  zu  maclien\). 

52.  That  is  my  travelling-rug;  will  you  have  the  kind- 

ness to  hand  it  to  me  (sie  mir  lieriiherzureiclieii)} 

53.  Thanks  [or  I  am  very  much  obliged  to  you). 

54.  I  am  delighted  to  have  made  your  acquaintance  {=  It 
was  to  me  very  agreeable  your  acquaintance  to 
make). 


321 

40.  Hier,  Kellner,  beeilen  {bi-t-lin)  Sie  sich ;  die  Glocke 
lautet  zur  Abfahrt  {glok'-ke  loy'-tet  tsodr  dp'-fdhrt). 

41.  Sie  haben  noch  viel  Zeit  {feel  tsite)\  dcr  Zug  geht 
erst  in  sechs  Minuten  ab. 

42.  Geben  Sie  mir  einige  {t-nie-gh^)  belegte  Butter- 
brode  in  einer  Tiite  und  ein  Flaschchen  i^  flesh' -^ hi) 
Portwein. 

/  Wie  viel  macht  das  ? 

43.  ■<  Wie  viel  kostet  das? 

'  Wie  viel  betragt'  das  ? 

44.  Hier  ist  unser  Zug ;   lassen  Sie  uns  ein'steigen. 

45.  Hier  ist  kein  Platz  mehr.  Weiter  vorwarts  (vi* -ter 
for'-vairts)y  meine  Herren. 

46.  Haben  Sie  noch  zwei  Platze,  meine  Herren  ? 

47.  Nein,  hier  ist  alles  besetzt'. 

48.  Hier  ist  noch  Platz  ;  lassen  Sie  uns  ein'steigen. 

49.  Das  ist  das  Zeichen  (tsi'">'en)  zur  Abfahrt. 

50.  Die  Locomotive  pfeift  (pfiff)  \  wir  fahren  ab. 

51.  Es  ist  Zeit  sich  zum  Aus'steigen  fertig  zu  machen. 


52.  Das  ist  meine  Reisedecke;  hatten  Sie  wohl  die  Giite, 
sie  mir  heriiberzureichen  {rt-^in)} 

53.  Ich  danke  Ihnen  {or  Ich  bin  Ihnen  sehr  verbunden). 

54.  Es  war  mir  sehr  angenehm,  Ihre  Bekanntschaft  zu 
machen. 


322 

55-  Good-bye  to  you ;  I  hope  we  shall  meet  again  some- 
where (I  hope  ==  hoffentlich). 

56.  Conductor,  where  is  the  luggage-room  ? 

57.  You   need  not  trouble  yourself  {Sie   brauchen  sich 

nicht  zu  lemiihen) ;    please  give  me  your  luggage^ 
check. 

58.  Shall  I  take  your  luggage  and  get  you  a  cab,  sir  ? 

* 

59.  Porter,  what  is  your  charge  ? 

60.  As  you  please,  sir. 

61.  I  leave  it  to  you. 


{Continuation.) 
3. 

Or  would  you  adrise  me  to  engage  prirate 


lodgings? 

Or 

would  you 
to  me,  me 
to  advise^ 


i)  Rathen  {rdh'-tin)  is  thus  conjugated  in  the 

Present, 
ich  rathe  {rdh''ti),  I  advise,  &c.  wir  rathen,  we  advise,  &C. 

du  rathst  {or  du  rathest).  Sie  rathen. 

er  ratht  {or  er  rathet).  sie  rathen. 


32:i 

55.  Adieu  {dh-dyo').     Hof'fentlich  treffen  wir  uns  noch 
einmal  wieder  {ine'-mdhl  vei'-der). 

56.  Schafifner,  wo  ist  das  Gepiick-Bureau  ? 

57.  Sie  brauchen  sich  nicht  zu  bemli'hen  ;  geben  Sie  mir 
nur  Ihren  Gepack'schein. 

58.  Soil  ichihr  Gepack  nehmen  und  Ihnen  eine  Droschke 
holen  {or  hesor'gen),  mein  Herr  ? 

59.  Gepacktr?ger,  was  bin  ich  Ihnen  schuldig  {shool' -di^'Y 

60.  Nach  Belieben  {be-lee' -ben) . 

61.  Ich  iiberlas'se  es  Ihnen. 


(Continuation.) 


Oder  wiirden  Sie  mir  rathen,  in  einer  Privat- 

0  -d6r      vlir'-den     zC5    mere      r5h'-t6n      in     I'-ner  prge-v5ht'- 

wohnung  Logis  zu  uehnien? 

v0h-n66ng      l5-jes'  tsOO     nay'-m6n. 

Oder  {p'-der) 

wiirden  Sie  {viir'-den  zee) 

mir  {mere) 

rathen  {rah' -ten)  * 


Imperfect.  Ich  rieih  {reet)\  Perfect.  Ich  habe  fferathen  (^>^/-;'JA'- 
//«).  Rathen  m^TiVLS  ■3\sr\  ^  to  ^uess.^  Ex.:  Sie  kQnnen  nicht  rathen, 
wen  ich  gesehen  habe,  You  cannot  guess  whom  I  eawr.  KOnnenSie 
es  rathen  ?  Can  you  guess  at  it  ? 


324 

the  advice 

he  gave  me  good  advice 

in 

private  lodgings 

my  private  dwelling  is  in  King  Street 

that  is  a  private  affair  {or  personal  matter) 

lodgings 

to 

to  take  (Imperfect :    I  took,  ich  nahm ;  Perfect :  I  have 
taken,  ich  habe  genommen) 

Present. 

I  take.  we  take, 

thou  takest.  you  take, 

he  takes.  they  take. 


1.  Would  you  advise  me  to  stop  in  this  hotel  (=in  this 
hotel  to  stop  [zu  Meiben])  ? 

2.  What  is  your  advice.? 

3.  What  would  you  advise  me  to  do  ? 

4.  I  should  advise  you  not  to  have  anything  to  do  with 
this  man  {sich  nichf  mit  diesem  Menschen  einzu- 
lassen). 

5.  Follow  {folgen  Sie)  my  advice,  and  do  not  have  any- 
thing to  do  with  this  man  (lassen  Sie  sich  nicht  mit 
diesem  Menschen  ein), 

6.  I  did  as  you  advised. 

7.  Give  me  your  advice  what  to  do  in  this  matter 
(=what  I  in  this  matter  do  shall). 


325 

der  Rath  [rdht)  [Used  only  in  the  singular] 

er  gab  mir  einen  guten  Rath 

in    [Preposition   governing  the    dative   and  accusative. 
Compare  pp.  i^,^,  137  and  138.] 

die  Privatwohnung  (pree-vdhf -vdh-noong) 

meine  Privatwohnung  befindet  sich  in  der  Konig-Strasse 

das  ist  eine  Privatangelegenheit  {an' 'ghe-lay-ghenhite) 

das  Logis  {lojee')  [Only  used  in  the  singular] 

zu  {tsod)  ^ 

nehmen  {nay' -men)    [Irregular  in  the  Imperfect,  ich  nahm^ 
and  in  the  Perfect,  ich  habe  genomme}i\     The 
Present  is  conjugated  : 
Ich  nehme  {tiay'-me).  wir  nehmen. 

du  nimmst.  Sie  nehmen. 

er  nimmt.  sie  nehmen. 


1.  Wurden  Sie  mir  rathen,  in  diesem  Hotel  zu  bleiben 
(bit -ben)  ? 

2.  Was  rathen  Sie  mir? 

3.  Was  wurden  Sie  mir  zu  thun  rathen  ? 

4.  Ich  wiirde  Ihnen  rathen,  sich  nicht  mit  diesem  Men- 
schen  einzulassen  {men'-^hen  ine' -tsoo-lds' -shi), 

5.  Folgen  Sie  meinem  Rathe,  und  lassen  Sie  sich  nicht 
mit  diesem  Menschen  ein  {ine), 

6.  Ich  habe  gethan,  was  Sie  mir  gerathen  haben. 

7.  Rathen   Sie  mir,  was  ich  in   dieser  Anj^elegenheit 
thun  soil. 


326 

8.  One  can  give  neither  advice  nor  help. 

9.  I  cannot  give  any  advice;  this  is  a  private  matter, 
with  which  I  can  have  nothing  to  do  (or^  in  which  I 
cannot  interfere  [^auf  die  ich  mich  niclit  einlassen 
kann\). 

10.  Do  not  have  anything  at  all  to  do  with  it. 

11.  Who  advised  you  to  do  so  ? 

12.  Mr.  B.,  a  German  \yooks€i\t,x  {Buclihdndler)  in  this 
place,  advised  me  (rieth  mir)  to  apply  personally  to 
the  "ambassador  {mich  direct  an  den  Gesandten  zu 
weyideii). 

13.  What  is  the  matter  with  your  sister  ?  I  met  her  yes- 
terday {ich  bin  ihr  gestern  begegiiet),  and  she  looks 
very  pale  indeed. 

14.  Her  health  {ihre  Gesundheit)  has  been  very  bad  for 
the  last  six  months  {wdhrend  der  letzten  6  Monate). 

15.  She  intends  {sie  Mabsichtigt  or  sie  gedenkt)  going  to 

Italy. 

16.  Who  advised  her  to  do  so  {das)  ? 

17.  I  should  like  to  hire  {miethen)  this  office.  Would  you 
advise  me  to  do  so  (=Would  you  advise  me  to  it 
[dazu])  ? 

18.  If  I  were  in  your  place  {an  Ihrer  Stelle),  I  should 
not  do  so,  because  the  business  location  is  not  cen- 
tral enough  for  you. 

19.  What  are  you  going  to  do  (^r,  What  do  you  intend 
doing)  ? 

20.  I  am  going  to  act  upon  your  advice  and  write  to  him 
at  once  {sofort). 

21.  What  are  you  going  {was  gedenhen  Sie)  to  do  in  this 
matter  ? 


327 

8.  Da  ist  nicht  zu  rathen  und  zu  helfen. 

9.  Da  kann  ich  keinen  Rath  geben;  das  ist  eine  Privat- 
angelegenheit,  auf  die  ich  mich  nicht  einlassen 
kana. 

10.  Lassen  Sie  sich  ja  nicht  darauf  ein  (tne). 

11.  Wer  hat  Ihnen  das  gerathen  ? 

12.  Herr  B.,  ein  hiesiger  {Jiee'-zee-gher)  deutscher  Buch- 
hiindler,  rieth  mir,  mich  direct  an  den  Gesandten  zu 
wenden  {reet  mere  mi">'  dee-reci'  an  dayn  ghe-zdn'  -ten  tsod 
ven'-den). 

13.  Was  fehlt  Ihrem  Fraulein  Schwester  ?  Ich  bin  ihr 
gestern  begegnet  {or  Ich  habe  sie  gestern  getroffen), 
und  sie  sieht  {zeet)  wirklich  sehr  blass  aus. 

14.  Hire  Gesundheit  (ghe-zoont'-hite)  ist  wahrend  der  letz- 
ten  sechs  Monate  sehr  schlecht  gewesen. 

15.  Sie  beabsichtigt  {be-dp' -zP  iPi)  nach  Italien  zu  reisen 
(or^  Sie  gedenkt,  nach  Italien  zu  reisen). 

16.  Wer  hat  ihr  das  gerathen  ? 

17.  Ich  mochte  gern  dies  Comptoir  miethen.  Wiirden 
Sie  mir  dazu  rathen  {dd-tsoo   rdh'-ten)  ? 

18.  Wenn  ich  an  Ihrer  Stella  ware,  wiirde  ich  das  nicht 
thun,  weil  die  Geschiiftslage  fiir  Sie  nicht  central' 
genug  ist. 

19.  Was  woUen  Sie  thun  {or  Was  gedenken,  or  Was  be- 
absichtigen  Sie  zu  thun)  1 

20.  Ich   werde    Ihren   Rath   befolgen    und    ihm    sofort 

schreiben. 

21.  Was  gedenken  Sie  in  dieser  Angelegenheit  zu  thun  ? 


328 


GRAMMATICAL    REMARKS. 

Exercises  and  Words  used  in  Common  Conversation, 


The  Possessive  Pronouns. 

The  possessive  pronouns  agree  in  gender,  number,  and 
case  with  the  noun  they  refer  to. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neuter. 

For  all  Genders. 

ntein  {mine) 

tneine 

meiu 

my. 

ttteine 

my. 

bein  {dine) 

beiue 

bein 

thy. 

beine 

thy. 

fein  {zlne) 

feiue 

jein 

his  (its). 

feine 

his  (its). 

i^r  {ee'r) 

i^re 

i^r 

her  (its). 

i^re 

her  (its). 

unjer  {ddn'-zir) 

uufere 

unjer 

our. 

unjerc 

our. 

3l)r  {e-er) 
(euer  \oy'-?r\ 

3t)re 
euere 

3^r    ) 
euer)  \ 

your. 

3l)re 
(euere, 

cure) 

-  your. 

i^r  {eer) 

tl^re 

i^r 

their. 

i^re 

their. 

The  declension  of  the  first  three  is  shown  in  the  first 
lesson.     The  last  five  are  declined  as  follows  :  . 

Singular.  Plural. 

Fern.  Neuter. 

unjerc     unjer 


Masc. 

N.  unjer 

G.  unjerc^ 

D.  unjercin 

A.  unjercn 


our. 

unjerer  unjerc^  of  our. 
unjercc  unjercm  to  our. 
unjerc     unjer       our. 


For  all  Genders. 
unjerc  our. 

unjer cc  of  our. 

unjercn  to  our. 

unjerc  our. 


329 


N. 

3^r 

3^re 

3^r 

your. 

3^rc 

your 

G. 

3^rcd 

3^rcr 

3^rc^ 

of  your. 

3l)rft 

of  your. 

D. 

3l?rcm 

Sljrcc 

3^rcm 

to  your. 

3l)rcn 

to  your 

A 

3I)rcn 

3^rc 

3^r 

your. 

3^rc 

your. 

Masc. 
ber  meinigc  {mi'-nie-ghi) 
ber  bcinigc  {di'-nn-ghi) 
bcr  jeinigc  {zt -nH-ghi) 

ber  i^rige  {ee'-reeghi) 


Neut 

\^Q,^  meinigc 

mine. 

baS  beinige 

thine. 

\iQA  jeiuige 

his. 

bos  i!)rige 

hers. 

When  the  possessive  pronoun  is  not  immediately  con- 
nected with  a  noun,  the  following  forms  are  used.  These 
forms  must  be  always  preceded  by  the  definite  article. 
They  are : 

Fern. 

bie  meinige 
bic  beinige 
bie  feinige 
bie  iljrige 

PI.  bie  meinigen  ;  bie  beinigen ;  bie  feinigcn  ;  bie  i^rigen. 
ber,  bie,  bag  nnjrige ;  pi.  bie  nnfrigen,  ours, 
ber,  bie,  bo8  3^rigc  or  curige ;  //.  bit  S^rigen,  yours, 
ber,  bie,  bas  i^rige ;  //.  bie  i^rigen,  theirs. 

They  are  declined  like  adjectives  with  the  definite 
article  {N.  ber  ttteitiig  c ;  G.  bc«  tnemtg  en;  D.  bem  mei^- 
nig  e  n ;  A.  ben  meinig  en.    PL  bie  nteinig  e  n ,  &c. ) 

There  is  another  form  unaccompanied  by  the  article, 
viz. : 


St 

Masc. 

ngular. 
Fern. 

Neuter. 

Plural. 
For  all  Genders. 

meiner  {mi-nir) 

meine 

meineS 

meine 

mine. 

bcincr  {dl'-nir) 

beine 

beineS 

beine 

thine. 

jeiner  (2/'  «/r) 

feine 

jeines 

feine 

Ins. 

i^rcr  {ee-rir) 

ibre 

itireS 

i^rc 

hers. 

unfercr  {pdn-zS-rSr) 

unjere 

unfereS 

unjere 

ours. 

3^rer  {ie-rir) 

3t)re 

3t)res 

3^rc 

j-  yours. 

cuerer  {py'-i-rit) 

euere 

euereS  (eureS) 

euere 

i^rer  (ie-rir) 

i^re 

i^rcS 

i^re 

theirs. 

330 


This  latter  form  is  commonly  used  in  conversation,  and 


declined  like 

biefer,  biefe, 

biefe^;  viz.: 

Declension. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neuter. 

N.  mcincr 

meinc 

nteineS 

meinc. 

G.   meinc^ 

tnetncr 

meine^ 

meincc. 

D.   meincin 

tneincc 

meincin 

meincn 

A.   meincn 

meinc 

meinc^ 

meinc. 

Ex.:  ©aben  3te  3^rctt  Uebergte^er?  ^%  id)  ^abe  meinen 
{or  ben  tncinigen).  Have  you  your  overcoat  ?  Yes,  I  have 
mine.  !Die[e^  §au§  unb  ba^  meinen  greunbeS  ift  p  oerfaufen. 
This  house  and  that  of  my  friend  is  for  sale  (ift  JU  t)er= 
faufen).  ©at  er  fein  "ipferb  nod)  ntd)t  uerfauft?  ^^  I)abe 
mein^3  {or  ba^  meinige)  uorgeftern  oerfauft.  Has  he  not  sold 
his  horse  yet  ?     I  sold  mine  the  day  before  yesterday. 

In  English  we  often  say  of  tnine^  instead  of  one  of  my  ; 
e.g. J  A  friend  of  mine,  or  one  of  my  friends;  but  in  Ger- 
man only  the  latter  form  is  employed  ;  e.g..,  (5iner  meiner 
grennbe.  I  am  very  anxious  to  meet  a  business  friend  of 
mine  who  is  expecting  me,  (56  (iegt  mir  fe^r  baran  c  t  n  e  n 
meiner^efrfjdft^freunbe^u  treffcn,  mc(cf)cr  mid)  enrar? 
let.     But :  He  is  a  friend  of  mine,  ^r  ift  ein  grcunb  t)on  mir. 

The  absolute  posessive  pronouns  are  also  used  as  sub- 
stantives, and  then  have  a  capital  initial;  e.g..,  ^ie  9}2eini* 
gen  finb  ade  gefunb,  All  my  family  is  well. 


381 


Demonstrative  Pronouns. 


The  demonstrative  pronouns  are  : 

Masc.  Fern.  Neuter. 

biefer  {dee'-zer)    bicfc  biejea 

jcncr  iyay'-ner)  jcne  jencd 

bcrjcuige  (^a//-  bicjenige  bo^ienige 

yay-nee-ghi) 

bcr  bie  ba8 

berfelbe  bicjelbe  boffctbe 

{dayr-zt^f  be) 

berndmlicf)c       bie  namlidje  baiJ  namlid)e 

(naym'-li-ye) 

(ebcnbcvfclbe       cbcnbiefctbe  cbcnbaffclbc 

ber  Qubcrc  bie  anbere  bo3  anberc 

i^an'.d^-re) 

Declension  of  bcrienigc. 

SiTigular. 

Masc.               Fevt.  Neuter. 

N.  btrjenigc     bicjeuigc  bn^ieuigc    that. 

G.   brdjcnigcn    bfrjcnigcn  bcdjenigcn  of  that. 

D.  bnujcnigcn  bfijenigcii  bcmieuigcn  to  that. 

A.  bcnjeuigru    bicjenige  bnejenige    that. 


this  one. 

that  (that  one). 

)  that  (oO,  the  one. 
r  (French  :-  celui,  celled 

the  same. 

the  very  same.) 
the  other. 


Plural. 
For  all  Genders. 
bicjenigcn    those, 
bcrienigcii    of  those, 
bcnienigcil    to  those, 
bicjenigcn    those. 


N.  ber' 

G.  bffffii 
D.  bent 
A.  ben 


j\ bridged  Form. 

bie  \>^^  that  !  bie 

berf n         bcffen  of  that.  !  be rcc ' 

ber  bem  to  that.  '  benen 

bie  ba§  that.  I  bie 


those, 
of  those, 
to  those, 
those. 


I.   The  p^enitive  of  the  demonstrative  \)Xox\o\xn^ abridged 
form,  beffen,  beren,  bcffen,    is  sometimes  employed  for  the 


i)  To  distinguish  this  demon<:trntive  pronoun  from  tlie  definite  ar- . 
tide,  more  stress  mu«;t  be  laid  upon  it. 

2)  Sometimes  also,  but  rarely,  beren.  Ex.  :  ^aben  Sie  eine  Uljr? 
3c^  t)abc  beren  ^roei.     Have  you  a  watch  ?    I  have  two  of  them. 


332 

possessive  pronoun  of  the  third  person,  to  avoid  ambigui- 
ty ;  e.g,^  She  has  seen  our  sister  and  her  daughters,  their 
cousins  and  their  relations,  Ste  \)^i  Utlfere  (Sd)n)efter  UTlb 
beren  3^ocI)ter,  i^re  Soufinen,  unb  beren  35ertt)anbte,  gefel^en  (t^r 
might  be  ambiguous  in  this  connection). 


Exercise. 


Asking  one's  way  in  the  Street. 


1.  I  beg  your  pardon,  sir,  could 

you  tell  me  the  way  to  King 
Street  ? 

2.  Can  you  tell  me  whether  this 

street  will  take  me  to  King's 
Square  ? 

3.  Where  does  this  road  lead 
to? 

4.  Which   is  the  shortest  way      4 
to  Frederic  Street  ? 

5.  Is  this  the  way  to  the  Park  ?      5 

6.  How  far  is  it  from  here  to 
the  Opera-house  ? 

7.  I  am  very  sorry,  sir,  but  I 
do  not  know  this  part  of 
the  town. 


1.  Excuse  me,  sir,  could  you  to 
me  the  way  to  King  Street 
(nad^  bcr  fonig§ftraBe)give(an* 
geben) ? 

2.  Can  you  perhaps  tell  me  if  this 
street   me   to   King's  Square 

(itac^   bem   ^onigsplo^)   leads 
(fu^rt)? 

3.  Where  leads  this  street  to 
(^in)? 

4.  Which  (roeldieg)  is  the  shortest 
(nad)fte)  way  to  Frederic  Street 
(nac^  bcr  ^ricbric^ftroBe)  ? 

Is  ihat  (bag)  the  way  to  the  (nac^ 
bent)  Park  ? 

6.  How  far  (roeit)  is  it  from  here 
(tJOU  \)\tx  to  the  Opera  house? 

7.  I  am  ven  sorry  (2)08  t^Ut  mir 
fel^r  Icib),  sir,  but  I  am  in  this 
quarter   of  the   town   (@tabt* 

toiertel)  strange  (frcmb  o*-  unbc 
!annt). 


333 


Go  straight  on  as  far  as 
l^eipzig  Street,  then  turn  to 
your  left,  and  go  right  down 
till  you  come  to  the  bridge. 


Take  the  first  turning  on 
the  left  (on  the  right). 


10.  You  are  going  in  the  wrong 
direction. 


8.  Go  (you)  straight  on  (gerobe 
auS)  to  Leipzig  Street  (bi8 
nad)  ber  Vetpjiger  ©trofee),  then 
turn  to  your  left  (menben  @ic 
ftrf)  (inf«),  and  go  right  down 
(geiQbe  !)erunter)  till  (biS)  you 
to  the  bridge  (an  bie  S^riicfe) 
come. 
).  Take  (you)  the  first  turning 
(Cucrftrafje)  left  (Unt§.  or  ju 
3t)rer  IHnfen)  (on  the  right, 
red)t8  or^u  3^ver  9lerf)tcn). 

lo.  You  go  in  the  wrong  direc- 
tion (in  ber  fatfd^en  SRic^tung), 
or  You  go  not  correctly  (rid^* 

tig). 


Words. 


'I^tc  @tabt. 
bie  <Strafee,  pi.  bie  ©tra^cn, 
einc  gepflafterte  Strajje, 
ber  3)amm, 

finer  ben  !2)amm  gel)en, 
oaf  bie  anbcre  (Seite  ge^en, 
bag  Xrottoir  {trot-todhr'\ 
ber  33Urgerfteig  {bur  -ghir-stige), 
ber  Slinnftein  ^sh'tine), 
bie  C5(fe, 
bie  (gtra^cnecfe, 
om  Grnbe  ber  ©tra^e, 
geraoe  aus! 
bie  iroeite  Ouerflroge  rec^t9, 


The  Town. 

the  street. 

a  paved  street. 

the  carriage  road. 

to  cross  the  road. 

to  cross  to  the  other  side. 

the  footpath. 

the  gutter, 
the  corner, 
the  street  corner, 
at  the  end  of  the  street 
straight  on  ! 

the   second    street  {or  turning) 
on  the  right. 


334 


bie  3tt)eite  OuerftraBe  Un!«, 

geljen  ®ie  nad)  Unfg  (<?^  linfg  ob), 

ge^en  @ie  nad^  rec^t«  (t?r  red)t8  ab), 

cin  ^^ta<5, 

ber  ^bnig§pla^, 

eiuc  ®a[fe, 

eiu  2)urd)gang  {doorr .gang),  ) 

eine  ^affage  {pa-sah'-Je),       ) 

bie  53rucfe,   pi.  bie  ^rucfen, 

iiber  eine  ^riicfe  ge^en, 

ba§  S)eufmal,  pi.  bie  2)enfmale, 

eine  @tatnc  {stdh-tu), 

eine  5?ivc^e  {klr'-ye), 

bei*  '^rcbiger  { pray' -dee-g her), 

prebigeu  {piav'-dee  ghen), 

bie  ^rebigt  {pray-dl^t), 

ber  ^^aftor', 

beteu  {bay -ten), 

ba§  ©ebet  (^^/-<5ay/), 
baS  ^  aterun  f  er,* 


the  second  turning  on  the  left 

turn  to  the  left. 

turn  to  the  right. 

a  square. 

King's  Square. 

a  lane. 

a  passage,  an  alley. 

the  bridge. 

to  cross  a  bridge. 

the  moiiument. 

a  statue. 

a  church. 

the  preacher. 

to  preach. 

the  sermon. 

the  minister. 

to  pray. 

the  praj^er. 

the  Lord's  prayer. 


Exercise. 


I.  From  the  ist  of  January,  1878, 
to  the  20th  of  December 
1881, 1  lived  in  London. 


2.  At  what  o'clock  do  you  usu- 

ally get  up? 

3.  I  usually  get  up  at  a  quarter 

past  seven,  and  take  break- 
fast at  half-past  eight. 


1.  From   the    ist  January  (SSom 

erftcn  3anuar),  1878,  till  the 
20th  December  (bis  JUtnjttJan* 
gigften  December),  1881,  lived 
I  in  London. 

2.  At  what  o'clock  get  you  usu- 

ally (gen)bf)nlid^)  up? 

3.  I  get  usually  at  a  quarter  off 

(auf)  eight  up,  and  breaKfast 
at  half  nine. 


I)  SBatcr  unfer  =  our  lather,  thus  called  baS  SSatcrunfer. 


^\]t  %th^utj\tA\i'^p$Um, 


GERMATSr. 


PAHT  sm. 


XIII. 
(Continuation^ 

12.  \  am  going  {ich  luerde)  to  make  him  a  reduction 
{eine  Reductio7i)  of  2^  per  cent,  but  not  a  penny 
{einen  Pfennig)  more. 

23.  I  do  not  think  (ich  glauhe  nicht)  he  will  accept  this 
offer  (diese  Offerte  annehmen)^  as  the  goods  arrived 
in  a  very  bad  condition  (in  selir  sc1dechte7n  Zustande 
ayigekommen  sind). 

24.  Very  well  !  I  am  not  going  (ich  denke  gar  nicht 
dara7i)  to  make  him  a  greater  reduction. 

25.  Where  are  you  going  ? 

26.  I  am  going  home  (nach  Hause ;  but,  '  I  am  at  homey 
ich  bi7i  zu  Hause  '}^, 

37.  Are  you  going  to  the  theatre  to-night  ? 

28.  No,  I  cannot  do  so  (nein,  das  geht  nicht).  We  have 
too  much  to  do  at  home  (zu  Hause  zu  thun). 

29.  Are  you  going  to  London  this  season  (Werden  Sie 
.  .  .  reisen)  ? 

30.  I  think  so  (Ja  wohl,  or  Wahrscheinlich^^roh^bly). 

31.  Where  are  you  going  to  take  lodgings  (or^  to  stay, 
to  stop)  ? 

32.  I  usually  stop  at  the  Imperial  Hotel  (im  Kaiserhof). 


XIII. 

{Continuation.) 

22.  Ich  werde  ihm  eine  Reduction  (ray-dook-tsyone')  von 
zwei  und  ein  halb  Procent  machen,  aber  nicht  einen 
Pfennig  mehr. 

23.  Ich  glaube  nicht,  dass  er  diese  Offer'te  annehmen 
wird,  da  die  Waaren  in  sehr  schlechtem  Zustande 
{tsdo'-sh'tdn-de)  angekommen  sind. 

24.  Nun  schon  !  Ich  denke  gar  nicht  daran,  ihm  eine 
grossere  Reduction  zu  machen. 

25.  Wo  gehen  Sie  hin  ? 

26.  Ich  gehe  nach  Hause. 

27.  Gehen  Sie  haute  Abend  in's  Theater  {tay-dk' -ter)  ? 

28.  Nein,  das  geht  nicht.  Wir  haben  zu  viel  zu  Hause 
zu  thun. 

29.  Werden  Sie  in  dieser  Saison  nach  London  rcisen  ? 

30.  Ja  wohl  (or  Wahrscheinlich  [vdhr-shine' -U^^. 

31.  Wo  werden  Sie  Logis  nehmen? 

32.  Ich  logire  {lo-Jie'-re)  gewohnlich  im  Kaiserhof  (ki'- 

zer-hof). 


338 

2. 

A  YISIT. 

Expressions  of  politeness  commonly  used  during 

a  call. 

To  visit  a  person  ;  to  call  on  [or  upon)  a  person ;  to  give 
{or  pay)  one  a  call ;  to  call  at  one's  lodgings  [or  at  a 
person's  house). 


1.  Somebody  is  knocking. 

2.  Somebody  is  knocking,  if  I  am  not  mistaken. 

3.  Please  knock. 

4.  Why  don't  you  knock  at  the  door  waiter,  before  you 
enter  the  room  [ehe  Sie  in's  Zimmer  treten)  ? 

5    Some  one  rings. 

6.  Please  ring  the  bell. 

7.  Go  and  see,  please,  who  it  is. 

8.  It  is  Mr.  C. 

9.  Come  in  (^r.  Walk  in  ;  pray  enter)  ! 

TO.  Ah,  good  morning;  how  do  you  do  ? 

11.  I  hope  I  do  not  intrude  (or^  I  hope  I  don't  disturb  you). 

12.  Please  do  not  let  me  {or  allow  me  to)  interrupt  you. 

13.  You  do  not  interrupt  me  at  all. 

14    If  I  in  any  way  disturb  you,  I  shall  be  off  at  once. 
15.  You  do  not  disturb  me  in  the  least.    On  the  contrary 
{hn  Gegeiitheil),  I  am  delighted  to  see  you. 


i)  Separable  compound  verb. 

2)  Separable  compound   verb  (irregular).      Present.    Ich  spreche 
vor,  du  sprichst  vor,  er  spricht  vor,  wir  sprechen  vor,  Sie  sprechen 


{  39 


EIN   BESUCH  {bc.zddch\ 
Die    gewohiilichsten    Hofliclikeits- Ausdrucke  bei 

dee  ghe-von'-liys-ien  liof'-II>- kites  -  ouse'-driik-ke         by 

Besuchen. 

be  zoo'  chen. 
Jemanden   besuchen  ;   Jeiiiandem   eineii   Besucli  abstat- 
ten  ;^  Jemandem  einen  Besuch  machen  ;  bei  Jeman- 
deni  vorsprechen.' 


1.  Es  klopft. 

2.  Wenn  ich  mich  nicht  irre,  klopft  Jemand. 

3.  Bitte,  klopfen  Sie  an. 

4.  Warum  klopfen  Sie  nicht  an  die  Thiire,  Kellner,  ehe 

Sie  .in's  Zimmer  treten  ? 

5.  Es   klingelt  {klin'-g licit)  {or  Man   schellt,  or  Es  lautet 
W-tet\). 

6.  Bitte,  klingeln  Sie  (lauten  Sie,  schellen  Sie). 

7.  Sehen  Sie  gefalligst  nach,  wer  da  ist. 

8.  Es  ist  Herr  C.  {tsay). 

9.  Herein  {Jic-rifie)  {or  Bitte,  treten  Sie  niiher ;  or  Treten 
Sic  gefalligst  naher). 

1-.  Ah,  guten  Morgen  ;  wie  geht  es  Ihnen  .? 

1 1.  Ich  store  docli  nicht  etwa  ? 

12.  Bitte,  lassen  Sie  sich  nicht  von  mir  storen. 
I  ^   Sic  storen  mich  durchaus  nicht. 

I  ;.  Wenn  ich  Sie  store,  so  gehe  ich  gleich  wieder. 

I  >.   Aber  ich  bitte  Sie,  Sie   storen    mich  durchaus  nichl. 

Im  Gegentheil  {gay' -ghen-tUe)^  es  freut  mich  sehr,  Sie 

zu  sehen. 


vor,  sie  spre-  hen  vor.      Imperfect.    Ich   sprach   vor.      Perfect.   Ich 
babe  vorgesprochen. 


340 

1 6.  I  am  very  glad  (very  much  pleased,  or  happy)  to  see 
you. 

17.  Won't  you  sit  down,  please? 

18.  Be  seated,  pray. 

19.  Please  take  a  seat. 

20.  Please  be  seated  on  the  sofa  (auf  dem  Sopha), 


21 


How  do  you  do  ? 
How  are  you  ? 


22.  How  is  your  health  } 

23.  Is  it  really  you  ?  You  are  quite  a  stranger.  {Liter- 
ally :  One  sees  you  hardly  any  more.) 

24.  I  am  very  glad  {or  extremely  happy)  to  see  you  so 
well  again  after  your  illness. 

25.  You  are  very  kind. 

26.  I  did  myself  the  honor  of  calling  upon  you  yester- 
day. 

27.  I  took  the  liberty  {ich  hahe  mir  die  Freiheit  genom- 
men)  of  calling  upon  you. 

28.  I  called  to  know  how  you  did  (  =  1  wanted  to  inquire 
how  you  were). 

29.  I  regret  {ich  dedaure  sehr,  dass)  not  having  been  at 
home. 

30.  My  wife  {or  Mrs.  N.)  begs  to  be  remembered  to  you 
all.  [These  are  standing  idiomatic  German  phrases, 
and  must  be  learned  by  heart.] 

31.  Please  present  my  compliments  {or.  Pray  give  my 
respects)  to  your  brother. 


341 

1 6.  Ich  bin  erfreut  {or  Ich  freue  mich),  Sie  zu  sehen. 

17.  Wollen  Sie  sich  nicht  setzen? 

18.  Bitte,  setzen  Sie  sich. 

19.  Nelimen  Sie  gefalligst  Platz. 

20.  Nehmen  Sie  bitte,  auf  dem  Sopha  {zo'-fdh)  Platz. 
f  Wie  befinden  Sie  sich  ? 

21.  ^  Wie  geht  es  Ihnen? 
^  Was  machen  Sie? 

22.  Wie  geht  es  {or  steht  es)  mit  Ihrer  Gesundheit  ? 

23.  Man  sieht  Sie  gar  nicht  mehr. 

24.  Es  freut  mich  ungemein  {don' -g he-mine) y  Sie  nach 
Ihrer  Krankheit  wieder  wohl  [und  miinter  {moon'-ter 
=  fresh)]  zu  sehen. 

25.  Sie  sind  sehr  glitig. 

26.  Ich  hatte  die  Ehre,  gestern  bei  Ihnen  vorzusprechen. 

27.  Ich  habe  mir  die  Freiheit  (frt'-hite)  genommen,  bei 
Ihnen  vorzusprechen. 

28.  Ich  wollte  mich  erkundigen,  wie  Sie  sich  befinden 
{or  befanden). 

29.  Ich  bedaure  sehr  (or  Es  thut  mir  sehr  leid),  dass  ich 
nicht  zu  Hause  war. 

Meine  Frau  lasst  sich  Ihnen  bestens  empfehlen. 
Meine  Frau  lasst  Sie  alle  bestens  griissen.     [This 

phrase  is  used  when  the  parties  are  on  a  familiar 

footing.] 
Bitte  empfeh'len  Sie  mich  Ihrem  Herrn  Bruder. 
Griissen  Sie  Ihren  Herrn  Bruder  von  mir,  bitte. 


30.  i 


342 

32.  Remember  me  kindly  to  your  wife  {Hire  Frau  Ge- 
malilin). 

33.  How  is  Mr.  N.  {Ilir  Herr  Gemahl)?  [The  Germans 
never  speak  of  Mr.  B.  or  Mrs.  B.,  but  always  say, 
* Ih?-  Herr  Gemahl,'  ^ Hire  Frau  Ge7nahli7i.*] 

34.  Is  your  wife  well  ?  (It  is  always  well  to  say,  '  Hire 
Frau  Gemahlin ;'  ^ Hire  Frau'  would  be  only  em- 
ployed by  intimate  friends;  while  a  husband,  speak- 
ing of  his  own  wife,  says  simply  '  Meine  Frau.') 

35.  Thanks,  my  wife  is  quite  well. 

36.  How  is  your  health  }     Are  you  well  ? 

37.  I  hope  you  are  well. 

38.  Are  you  better  ? 

39.  Thanks,  my  health  has  been  somewhat  better  lately 

(=   since    recently    \^seit   hurzerri]  goes  it   with  my 
health  somewhat  better). 

40.  I  am  very  glad  of  it. 

41.  How  did  your  sister  get  on  in  France  {in  Franlc- 
reicli)  ? 

42.  How  have  you  been  since  I  had  the  pleasure  {seitdem 
ich  das  Vergnilgen  Jiatte)  of  seeing  you  in  London  ? 

43.  I  am  pretty  well  {or  tolerably  well),  I  thank  you. 

44.  Do  you  continue  in  good  health  in  our  climate  {in 
unserein  Clima)  ? 

45.  Thank  you,  I  never  {7tie)  was  better. 

46.  I  am  as  well  as  can  be  expected  {ivie  man's  erwarten 
darf). 


343 


32.  Bitte,  griissen  Sie  Ihre  Frau  Gemahlin  von  mir. 
[Ihre  Frau  Gemahlin^  Ihr  Herr  Gemahl^  are  the  forms 
used  in  speaking  about  the  husband  or  wife.] 

33.  Wie  befindet  sich  Ilir  Herr  Gemahl  ? 


34.  1st  Ihre  Frau  Gemahlin  wohl  ?  (d?r  Befinded  sich  Ihre 
Frau  Gemahlin  wohl  ?  or  Geht  es  Ihrer  Frau  Ge- 
mahlin gut?) 

35.  Danke  sehr,  meine  Frau  ist  ganz  wohl. 

36.  Wie  steht's  mit  Ihrer  Gesundheit ?     Sind  Sie  wohl? 

37.  Hoffentlich  befinden  Sie  sich  wohl  {or  geht  es  Ihnen 
wohl). 

38.  Befinden  Sie  sich  besser?  {or  Geht  es  Ihnen  besser?) 

39.  Danke  schon,  seit  kurzem  {zite  koort'-scni)  geht  es 
mit  meiner  Gesundheit  etwas  besser. 

40.  Das  freut  mich  sehr. 

41.  Wie  ist  es  denn  Ihrem  Fraulein  Schwester  in  Frank- 
reich  { frank' -7'U e)  ergangen  ? 

42.  Wie  ist  es  Ihnen  denn  ergangen,  seitdem  ich  das 
Vergniigen  {fer-gnii' -ghen)  hatte,  Sie  in  London  zu 
sehen  ? 

43.  Danke  bestens,  ich  befinde  mich  ziemlich  wohl 
{tsrrm'-Iiy  vohl), 

44.  Befinden  Sie  sich  stets  (=  always)  wohl  in  unserem 
Ciima  {klec'-jndJi)  ? 

45.  Danke,  ich  befand  mich  nie  {nee)  wohler. 

46.  Mir  geht's  so  gut,  wie  man's  erwar'ten  darf. 


344 

47*  You  are  looking  extremely  well. 

48.  I  never  (nie)  was  better. 

49.  How  is   your   husband?     Thank  you,  he  is  rather 

poorly  (es  geht  ilim  niclit  zum  hesten). 

50.  And  how  is  your  father.?  As  usual  {or  much  as 
usual). 

51.  My  father  is  quite  well,  but  I  am  sorry  to  say  that 
my  little  son  is  ill.  [Leide?-  is  very  frequently  used 
by  Germans,  and  means  *  unfortunately,'  or  '  I  am 
sorry  to  say'.] 

52.  What  is  the  matter  with  him  ?  What  ails  her  ?  What 
is  the  matter  with  you  ?  Is  anything  the  matter  with 
you  ? 

53.  He  has  taken  cold. 

54.  Last  evening,  on  coming  out  of  the  theatre,  I  took  an 
awful  cold  (ich  habe  mich  furchterlich  erhdltet). 

55.  I  am  very  sorry  to  hear  it;  nothing  serious,  i  hope. 
[Idiomatic  German  phrase.] 

56.  I  hope  not  (Iloffentlich  niclit).  [I  hope  so =Jwffe7itl ich.] 

57.  The  physician  attends  (hesuclit)  my  little  one  every 
day  {alle  Tage)  ;  but  he  thinks  it  will  have  no  serious 
consequences  {es  wird  niclits  auf  sick  hahen). 

58.  So  much  the  better. 

59.  Colds  are  a  general  complaint  this  spring  (=  Every 
one  complains  about  colds  \klagt  ilber  Erkdltung] 
in  this  spring  [Frillij alir]) .  g 

60.  It  seems  to  me  {mich  dilnkt)^  you  do  not  look  as  well 
as  usual. 

61.  I  am  a  little  indisposed  {or  I  feel  rather  unwell). 


345 

47-   Sie  sehen  ungemein  (don' -g he-mine)  wohl  aus. 

48.  Ich  befand  mich  nie  {nee)  besser. 

49.  Wie  befindet  sich  Ihr  Herr  Gemahl  ?     Danke  sehr, 
es  geht  ihm  nipht  zum  besten. 

50.  Und  wie  geht  es  Ihrem  Herrn  Vater  ?    Wie  gewohn- 
lich  {ghe-von' -li^'). 

51.  Mein   Vater   befindet   sich    recht   wohl,    aber   mein 
kleiner  Sohn  ist  leider  krank  {li'-der  krdnk). 


52.  Was  fehlt  ihm  ?  Was  fehlt  ihr?  Was  fehlt  Ihnen  ? 
Fehlt  Ihnen  etwas  ? 

53.  Er  hat  sich  erkal'tet. 

54.  Ich  habe  mich  gestern  Abend,  als  ich  aus  dem  Thea- 
ter kam,  fiirchterlich  {fur^'-ter-li^)  erkaltet. 

55.  Das  thut  mir  sehr  leid ;  hoffentlich  wird  es  nichts  auf 
sich  haben  {or  hoffentlich  wird  es  nicht  von  Bedeu- 
tung  sein  [^be-doy' -toong  ztne]). 

56.  Hoffentlich  nicht. 

57.  Der  Arzt  besucht  meinen  Kleinen  {kli'-neTi)  alle 
Tage;  doch  meint  {minet)  er,  es  wird  nichts  auf  sich 
haben  {or  es  wird  nichts  zu  bedeuten  haben ;  or  es 
wird  nicht  von  Bedeutung  sein). 

58.  Desto  besser. 

59.  Jedermann  klagt  liber  Erkaltung  in  diesem  Friih- 
jahr  {frii'-ydhr). 

60.  Mich  diinkt,  sie  sehen  nicht  so  wohl  aus,  wie  ge- 
wohnlich. 

61.  Mir  ist  nicht  ganz  wohl  {or  Ich  bin  nicht  wohl). 


346 

62.  My  sister  was  dangerously  ill  {gefdhrlich  hrank),  but 
is  nearly  recovered  {fast  gan%  loolil)  now. 

63.  She  seems  to  have  a  very  good  constitution  {emesehr 
gute  Constitution). 

64.  I  hope  you  will  dine  with  us  ? 

65.  I  hope  you  will  not  refuse  me  the  pleasure 
{das  Vergniigen)  of  your  company  at  dinner  to- 
day? 

66.  I  thank  you  very  much  {Iwflichst)  for  the  honor  you 
do  me  {filr  die  Elire,  die  Sie  mir  enveisen),  but  I  can- 
not stay. 

67.  You  will  kindly  {giltigst)  excuse  me,  but  I  really  can- 
not stay  any  longer. 

68.  I  have  accepted  an  invitation  {ei^ie  Einladung)  al- 
ready. 

69.  I  cannot  stay  any  longer. 

70.  I  niust  go  {or  I  must  leave  you). 

71.  What!  will  you  leave  us  already .? 

72.  You  are  but  just  {ehen  erst)  come. 

73.  You  must  not  think  of  leaving  us  yet. 

74.  I  am  exceedingly  sorry,  but  I  must  go  home. 

75.  Mrs.  N.  will  wonder  {loird  sich  wu7idern)  what  has 
become  of  me  {loas  aus  mir  geworden  ist), 

76.  My  wife  does  not  know  where  I  am. 

77.  I  must  really  go  now  ;  I  have  an  important  business 
appointment  {eine  ^vicJitige  Gesclidftsconferenz). 

78.  Then  I  will  not  detain  {aufhalten)  you  any  longer. 

79.  I  hope  I  shall  soon  (hald)  see  you  again  {ivieder). 


34  7 

62.  Meine  Schwester  war  gefiihrlich  krank,  ist  aber  jetzt 
fast  ganz  wohl  {or  liergestellt). 

63.  Sie  scheint  einc  sehr  gute  Constitution  [con-stee-tdo- 
tsyone')  zu  besitzen. 

64.  Sie  bleiben  doch  hoffentlicli  zu  Mittag  ? 

65.  Iloffentlich  warden  Sie  mir  doch  das  Vergniigen 
machen,  lieute  bei  uns  zu  speisen  ? 

66.  Icli  danke  Ilinen  hoiliciist  fiir  die  Elirc,  die  Sie  mir 
erweisen  {er-vl'-zeri)^  aber  ich  kann  nicht  liinger  blei- 
ben {bll'-ben). 

67.  Entschuldigen  Sie  mich  giitigst  {gu'-ti^'st),  aber  ich 
kann  wirklich  nicht  liinger  bleiben  {bll'-bai). 

dZ.  Ich  habe  schon  eine  Einladung  {Ine' -Idh-ddong^  ange- 
nommen. 

69.  Ich  kann  wirklich  nicht  liinger  bleiben  [,  ll'-ben). 

70.  Ich  muss  gehen  {or  Ich  muss  wirklich  fort). 

71.  Wie !  Sie  woUen  schon  fort  {or  Sie  woUen  sclum 
wieder  \vee'-der']  gehen)  ? 

72.  Sie  sind  ja  eben  erst  {ay -ben  airst)  gekommen. 

73.  Sie  diiifen  noch  nicht  an's  Gehen  denken. 

74.  Es  thut    mir    unendlich    leid,    aber    ich    muss    nach 

Hause. 

75.  Meine  Frau  wird  sich  wundern,  was  aus  mir  ge- 
worden  ist. 

76.  Meine  Frau  hat  keine  Idee  {e&day',  or  Alinung),   wo 

ich  bin. 

77.  Ich  muss  wirklicli  jetzt  fort,  ich  habe  eine  wichtige 
Geschiiftsconferenz  {con-f ay-rents'). 

78.  Dann  will  ich  Sie  niclit  liinger  aufhrdten. 

79.  Hoffentlich  sehe  ich  Sie  bald  wieder  {bdhlt  vee'-der). 


348 


8o.  I  regret  {or  I  am  very  sorry)  you  paid  us  so  short  a 
call  {dass  Sie  einen  so  hurzen  Besuch  gemacht  habe7i). 


8i 


(    My  regards  to  your  father. 

(    Please  give  my  regards  to  your  father. 


82.  Remember  me  kindly  to  your  father,  please. 

83.  Thanks,  I  shall  not  fail  (ermangelu)  to  do  so. 

84.  My  wife  begs  to  be  remembered  to  you.     [All  these 

sentences  are  standing  idiomatic  German  phrases, 
and  must  be  thoroughly  committed  to  memory.] 

85.  Good-bye  ;  I  hope  to  see  you  soon  again. 


Shopping. 

Buying,  Sellings  Paying 


1.  I  am  going  out  to  do  some  shopping. 

2.  I  should  like  to  make  some  purchases. 

3.  Would  you  not  rather  {lieher)  do  your  shopping  at 
this  large  establishment  {in  diesem grossen  Magaziti)  ? 

4.  I  am  afraid  I  shall  be  taken  in  {or  overcharged,  ilher- 
theuer7i) . 

5.  I  think  American  people  are  always  overcharged  in 
Germany. 

6.  Would  you  mind  coming  with  me? 

7.  Not  at  all  {Jceinesivegs),  I  shall  be  very  glad  (to  do  so). 

8.  What  does  this  .  .  .  cost  ? 

9.  What  is  the  price  of  this  ? 


349 

8o.  Ich   bedaure  sehr  {or  Es  thut  mir  unendlich   leid), 
dass  Sie  uns  einen  so  kurzen  Besuch  gemacht  haben. 
Meine  Empfefilung  {cm-pfay' -loong)  an  Ihren  Herrn 

Vater. 
Bitte,  empfehlen  Sie  {cm-pfay' -len  zee)  mich  Ihrem 
Herrn  Vater. 
82.  Bitte,  griissen  Sie  Ihren  Herrn  Vater  von  mir. 
S3.  Danke  sehr,  ich  werde   nicht  ermangeln    es  auszu- 
richten  {er-mdn'-gheln  es  ouse' -isoo-ri^ -ten). 


8 


(    Mei 
«+    i    Mei 


Meine  Frau  lasst  sich  Thnen  bestens  empfehlen. 
eine  Frau  liisst  Sie  bestens  grussen. 


85.  Adieu,  auf  reclit  baldiges  Wiedersehen  {bdhV-dee-ghes 
vee'-der-zay-hen) . 


Eink'aufe. 

Kaufen^    Verkaufen^  Bezahlen. 

1.  Ich  will  eihige  Einkaufe  machen. 

2.  Ich  mochte  gern  einige  Einkaufe  machen. 

3.  Mochten  Sie  nicht  Ihre  Einkaufe  lieber  {lee'-ber)  in 
diesem  grossen  Magazin  machen  "> 

4.  Ich     fiirchte,    man    wird   mich    iibertheuern    {u-ber- 
toy'-ern). 

5.  Ich    finde,    dass    man    die    Amerikaner    immer   in 
Deutschland  ubertheuert. 

6.  Wurde  es  Ihnen  unbequem  (=  inconvenient)  sein, 
mich  zu  begleiten  {be-gli' -ten)  ? 

7.  Keineswegs  {ki-nes-vaygs') ^  ich  will  es  sehr  gern  thuji. 

8.  Wie  viel  kostet  das  ? 

9.  Was  ist  der  Preis  davon  (or  dafUr)  ? 


350 


GRAMMATICAL    REMARKS. 

Exercises  and  Words  used  in  Common  Conversation. 


The  Relative  Pronouns. 

These  are :  tt)e(c^er,  n)e((i)e,  lr»e((^e§,  who,  which,  or  that ; 
and  the  abbreviated  form,  ber,  bie,  '^oA, 

Declension  of  meWjcr,  iDeldje,  lueldje^. 
Singular.  Plural. 


Masc. 

Fern. 

Neuter, 

For  all  Genders. 

N. 

iretc^CC 

tncld^c 

tDd(^C^ 

XOtX^t    who,  which  (that). 

G. 

bfffcn 

bcrcn 

fcCffCrt 

bCCCn      of  whom,  whose,  of  which. 

D. 

njelcfjcm 

h)elcf)cr: 

ttjetc^em 

tueli^Cn  to  whom,  to  which. 

A. 

ttjeld^cn 

n)eld)c 

n)etd)c^ 

tDelc^C    whom,  which  (that). 

The  Abrid 

ged  Form. 

N. 

bcr 

bie 

\>Q.^ 

bie         who,  which  (that). 

G. 

beffcn 

bccen 

beffen 

bCl'CU    of  whom,  whose,  of  which. 

D 

bem 

ber 

bem 

benett    to  whom,  to  which. 

A. 

ben 

bie 

\>Q.% 

bie         whom,  which  (that). 

Note. — Notice  that  in  the  genitive  plural  the  abridged 
form  of  the  relative  is  ber  en  and  not  berer. 

They  must  agree  in  gender  and  number — but  not  in  the 
case — with  the  noun  they  refer  to.  It  is,  as  we  have  seen, 
peculiar  to  them  to  place  the  verb  at  the  end  of  the  sen- 
tence or  clause.     Ex.: 

X)cc  ^err,  n)c[d)cn  (^^bcti)  ®te  geftern  geje^en  I)abcn,  ifi  einer  ber 
reic^fteu  ^tefigen  ^oufleute,  The  gendeman  you  saw  yesterday  is  one 


351 

of  the  richest  merchants  in  this  place,  ^ic  !Damc,  iuclrfjC  mir  bicjen 
S3riet  gcfd)ncben  l)nt,  ift  cine  unfcrer  befteu  ©dngcrimicn  (z/w'^-^-^/nw- 
nen,  singers),  Ihe  lady  who  wrote  this  li  tier  to  me  is  one  of  our  best 
singers.  3ci)  fauii  bit  beutjcf)cn  ^ud)er,  Mc  {or  )uc(ri)c)  ^ic  miv  uov  uier= 
yt\)\\  Xogen  gejanbt  I)nbcn,  nid)t  brQud)eu,  I  cannot  use  the  German 
books  you  sent  me  a  fortnight  ago.  X^cr  dommi^,  ^UClcljcm  {or  bciu) 
Sie  bicje  9icrf)miiig  \)t\(x\)\X  l)nbcn,  ift  augcnblidlid)  nid)t  Ijicr,  The  clerk 
to  whom  you  paid  this  bill  is  not  here  at  present. 

Observations. 

1.  In  English  tiie  relative  \)Yono\xns  7vhom,which^  thafy 
though  understood,  are  frequently  left  out ;  but  in  Ger- 
man they  must  always  be  added,  as: 

X^ic  2)amc,  luctrijc  {or  bic)  (Sic  gefcl)cu  ^obcn,  ift  mciue  Soufme,  The 
lady  you  saw  {or  whom  you  saw)  is  my  cousin. 

2.  The  relative  pronouns  are  often  contracted  with 
prepositions  similar  to  the  English  whereof^  whereby^ 
wherefore^  wherewith^  &:c.  The  verb  in  such  sentences 
stands  always  last.     Such  contractions  are  : 


lUOJU    {vdh-lsdo),  to  which   or  to 

what. 
ItJDburri)  {vdhdddry'),  by  which  or 

what. 
ttJCinit',  with  which  or  what. 
iOObci'  {voh-bi),  at  which  or  what. 
ttJCfflt,  for  which  or  what. 
UJOUOn     {voh-fdtt'),    of    which    or 

what. 


iDOrnuS   {voh-rouse),  from    which 

or  what. 
iUOrin',  in  which  or  what. 
JDOnVbcr,  at  (over)  which  or  what. 
lUOUnuf  {voh-roufe),   upon   which 

or  what. 
ttJOran  {vdh-rdn'),zx  which  ^r  what. 
ItJOnintcr     {voh  rddnUr),    among 

which. 


These  contractions  may  also  be  used  in  question  . 
Examples. 

fSBc^u  (for  what  purpose)  l)abcn  ®ie  i^m  bic«  mttgctl)ei(t  (informed)^ 
aSoju  n)unfd)en  @ie  i^m  bad  ju  fogen  ?    SSobucc^  ^abe  \6)  bicS  ocrbient 


352 

{/4r-deent',  earned)?  (Sr  ^at  ben  @(i)luffel  (key),  nJOlltit  ic^  biejeS 
@d)Io|3  (lock)  offnen  (open)  ti3nnte,  oerloren  {/eflo-ren,  lost),  unb  \)a^  ift 
bev  @runb  {grodnd,  reason),  H)Ci3W)Cf\Cn  Kves-vay  -ghen,  on  account  ot 
which)  i(^  je^t  ju  bem  @d)toffer  (locksmith)  fenbeii  {zen-dm,  send)  mu^. 
2)eu  33ricf,  iuotutci)  ic^  bie8  erfa^ren  (heard)  l^abe,  ift  mir  joeben  juge* 
fommett  {tsoo-ghe-kdm-men,  come  to  hand).  3)ie  ©umitte,  \MO\\\t  @ie 
Oteje^  3Berf  (work)  unterne^men  {pdn-ter-nay  -men,  undertake),  ift  frciUc^ 
{/ri'-liy,  indeed)  fel)r  gering  {ghe-ring\  small),  aber  id)  faun  itJivfUd) 
uid)t  mel^r  an'ttjenben  (lay  out).  2)er  gall  (case),  nJoruUcu  \^  @ie  urn 
9iat!^  fragen  moc^te,  ift  \^\^tVi\itx.{fdl'-ghen-der,  the  following),  ^ouon 
ift  biejes  ein  V!)t\\  {tile,  part)?  ^oju  ge^rt'  (belongs) biefes?  ^ofiic 
I)alten  (take)  @ie  mi(^?  ^otnn  ift  er  geftor'ben  (did  he  die)?  3c^ 
h)ei6  ben  ^JJamen  ber  ^ranf^eit  nic^t,  njocan  er  geftorben  ift.  fl6oi*ttU^ 
l)aben  @ie  bieS  entnommcn  (taken)  ? 

3.  SSeld)  er,  e,  e^,  in  German,  is  also  used  in  the 
sense  of  some  or  a?iy^  as  a  substitute  for  a  noun  previously 
expressed ;  e.g.: 

§aft  bu  33rob'?  3a,  id)  I)obe  itjctrfjc^.  SBotlen  ®ic  S3utter  f)aben? 
gfJein,  id)  bante  3t)nen,  i(^  I)abe  it)cIri)C.  3c^  ^abe  etraag  "-l^apier  ;  brauc^en 
@te  lucfdjc^  ? 


Exercise. 

S3er^et^en  (Sie  {fer-tst'-hen  zee.,  I  beg  your  pardon),  n)ie 
fomme  id)  nad)  bem  gatnburger  :^a^n^of  ?  (^e^en  8ie  liber  biefe 
S3riicfe  unb  bie  gegeniiberliegenbe  {ghe-ghen-u'-ber-lee-ghen-dey 
opposite)  (gtra^e  ^tnunter.  ^ann  ift  e^  bie  (Strafe  ^ur  IHnfen. 
^ijnnen  8ie  mir  nid)t  fagen,  ob  biefe  ^tra^e  nad)  bem  3:i)eater 
fiil)rt?  ^^  tneig  e^  tuirflidj  nid}t ;  fragen  (2ie  Gefdllicjft  ben 
crften  bcften  (the  very  first)  ^olijiften  {pd-lee-cW -len,  police- 
man) ;  ber  ix)irb  e^  3^nen  fagen.  (^el^en  (Sie  nur  immer  {hn'- 
mer,  always)  gerabe  au^  ;  (Sie  !onnen  benSeg  gar  nid)t  t)erfe^* 
(en  {fer-faf-len,  miss).    ^a§  ift  cine  fel^r  (eb^afte  {layp' -haf-te, 


363 

lively,  busy)  (^trage.  Saffcn  8ie  un^  iiber  ben  JJ^amm 
ge^en.  9k^men  '8ie  fid)  in  M}t  (take  care),  ba  fommt  cin 
2i>agen  {vdh^-ghen^  carriage),  ^ommen  eie ;  e^  ift  gerabe 
gwijlf  mr.  2Bir  ttJoKen  jc^t  bie ,  ^inben '  l)eruntcr  bie  jum  fbntg- 
lidjen  ^alaft  {ko  -nig-li-^' en  pd-last\  royal  palace)  QC^en,  benn 
um  biefe  ^i\i  befinbet  fic^  bie  gan^e  oorne^nte  Sett  {/or'-nay-me 
velt,  fashionable  world)  ,  Unter  t^txi  ii^inben.'  3d)  mod)te  mir 
auc^  gem  baS  berii{)mte  9J2onmnent  Don  griebric^  bent  ©rogen 
anfel)en. 


Correlative  Pronouns. 


she  who  ;  that  which. 


The  relative  and  demonstrative  pronouns  may  be  com- 
bined. The  two  conjointly  are  called  Correlative  Pro- 
nouns.    Thus  : 

Masculine,       bcrjentgc,  njcld^er,  or  \ 

berienige,  ber,  or  ?•  he  who  ;  that  which. 

ber,  tt)e(d)er  (ber),  ) 
Feminine           biejcntge,  n)ctd)e,  or 

biejcuige,  btc,  or 

bie,  ttjelc^c  (bie), 

Neuter.  bo^ientge,  n)e(cl)e8,  or  \ 

baSjcnige,  wag,  or  \  that  which  ;  what. 

\i^^,  melc^cs  (mas),  ) 

Plural  for  all  biejenigen,  tvelc^e,  or  J 

Genders.       bieienigen,  bie,  or  r  those  who  ;  those  which. 

bie,  ttjclc^e  (bie),  ' 

In  the  same  manner  are  used  : 
berfelbe  {or  c'benberfelbc),  iDelc^er  (^r  ber),  the  same  who,  which, 
&c.;   n)er— ber,   he  who  (he);  bae— tua^,  that  which 
(what). 


354 

Examples.  * 

2B  e  I  uid)t  l)oren  irill,  mu§  fitl)(eu  (feel).— S  a  §  idf)  bort  gefeljen  unb 
0el)ort  t)abtv  faun  id)  3[)ncn  gar  nid)t  bcfdjrcibcn  {be-shri -ben,  describe). 
— ^'euuen  (£ie  bie  beibeii  juiigcii  Seamen  ft)  e  1  d)  e  bort  fi^eu  ?— 3d)  leune 
bie  eine  t>on  it)ueu ;  abcr  bicjenige,  n)eld)e  foeben  mit  bem  alteii, 
biftiuguirt  aiigfel)ciibeu  (distinguishtd  looking)  §erm  fprid)t,  feiiue  id) 
itid)t.— 2B  em  iDoUen  @ie  biefcS  fc^one  j^e'bermefier  (pen-knife)  gcbeu?— 
3d)  tx)itt  ee  b  e  m  j  e  ii  i  g  e  n  (t^r  be  m)  gebeu, '  ft)  e  1  d^  e  r  biefe  bcutfc^cii 
<gd't3e  (sentences)  \t\)[tx\xt\{fay  -ler-fri,  without  mistakes,  faultlessly) 
iibevie^en  (translate)  fann.— 3d)  gab  i^nt,  ft)  ag  ic^  bei  mir  ^atte.— S)a3 
ift  gcrabe,  jd  a  S  id)  ft)oUte.— 3d)  fpred)e  ininter,  ft3a§  ic^  benfe.— 2Ba8 
er  3t)ueu  gefagt  l)at,  mag  mal)r  fein,  aber  id)  glaube  eS  nid)t.— 2;i)uen  @ie 
Itie  {^nee,  never)  il)  aS  bcr  SJioral'  guftjiber  {tsoo-vee  'der,  against)  ift. 


Exercise. 

^6)  mocf)te  gem  einige  (vinfdufe  {ine'-koy-fe,  purchases) 
madjen.  SoUeit  @te  fo  freunb(td)  {froynt'-in\  kind)  fein,  mit 
mir  3U  fommen  ?  Wd  SSergtiiigen  {fer-gnu'-ghen,  pleasure). 
-3d)  tDerbe  3I)i^en  gern  biejenit3en  8dben  ^eigen  {tsi'-ghen,  diow), 
U)o  man  gnt  nnb  bidig  !anft.  ^6)  m()d)te  jnerft  {tsdd-ayrst\ 
in  the  first  place)  nad)  einem  §anbfd)nl)(aben  (glove-fhop) 
gcl)en,  ba  id)  mel)rerc  ^aar  (pairs)  .f)anbfd)u^e  braudje  (want). 
SKoHen  Sie  W  (^iitc  (kindness)  ^aben,  mic^  nad)  einem  i^aben 
gn  fii^ren,  \m  man  ^u  feften  ^reifen  (at  a  fixed  price)  Dcrtduft, 
benn  id)  liebe  e^  nid)t  nad)  bentfdjer  9}?anicr  ^u  ^anbeln  {hdn'- 
deln,  to  bargain).     ^<x  ()aben  8ie  frcilid)  9?ed)t.    3Ka^  man 


i)  The  correlative  pronouns  berjenige,  ft?  etd)  er ,  &c.,  do  not 
frequently  occur,  w^hile  ft)er,ber;  bag,  tua§  are  often  used  in 
general  statements  and  proverbs. 


355 

md)  immcr  fton  5lmerifa  bcn!cn  mag  (may),  fo  Did  ftel^t  fcft 
(is  sure),  ^a^  man  bort  beffcr  unb  rcc'lkr  (more  honest)  fauft, 
Qt«  in  !l}eutfd)Ianb  ;  unb  namcntlid)  {ndh' -mcnt-lU ,  espe- 
cially) ift  bao  ctdljaftc  {ay'-kH-hof-tc,  disgusting)  bcutfc^e 
S5or[dj(ai3cn  {fo?e'-s/ildh~ghm, proposing) unter amcnfani[d)cn 
^'ttuflcutcn  oanj  unbcfannt.  2l^omit  tann  id)  3t)ncn  bicncn? 
Sd)  braudjc  gtDci  ^Naar  §anbfd}ul)c,  cin  "^aax  fdjnjarse,  unb  ein 
?aar  uicijc  (r/'-j/,  white).  :53ittc,  scigcn  <2ic  mir  @(acel)anb* 
}d)ut)c  (kid-gloves)  Don  ucr[d)iebcncn  garbcn  {fcr-shee  -dc-7ien 
far' -ben,  different  colors).  3^  U'CldjCm  ^rcifc  ncf)nicn  <2ic 
fie?  3rf)  nc^me  fie  geiubl)nlid)  gu  jmei  9Jtar!  nnb  50  "ipfenniocn 
{pfcn-nce-ghai),  2S?eld)e  ^fiummer  tvagen<Sic  (do  you  wear)  ? 
3d)  gtaubc,  id)  trage  "iyiumnter  6.  SKcnn  id)  mid)  nid)t  fc()r  irre, 
fo  ti'agc  id)  ^\.  ^ittc,  crlauben  (Sic  mir  ^\)xt  vSjanb  (allow  me 
[to  see]  your  hand).  3d)  Q^ciubc,  bnf;  bicfcr§anbfd)u()3f)ncn 
|3af'|cn  (fit)  loirb.  SKoUcn  ^\z  i()n  gcfildigft  an'probiren  {dn'- 
pro  bcc-rhi,  to  try  on).  Grlaubeu  >8ie,  \ia%  id)  3()ttcn  cin  tuenig 
l)e(fe  {or,  \ia^  id)  3^ncn  einbi^d)en  \bh' -^' ai—'a  little]  bcl)iirf(id) 
fei).  9^eue  ganbfd)ut)e  miiffcn  immcr  Dorfid)tig  {fore'-zU-tl^^ 
cautiously)  angc^ogcn  tDcrben  (to  be  put  on).  !^icfe  §anb^ 
fd)u^e  fi^en  3^^^^  (^^  ^a\\txi  3l)^cn,  fit  you)  luirflid)  gan^  au«^ 
gegeic^net.  tann  ic^  3^^<^  fonft  nid)t§  (nothing  else)  geigen 
(isi'ghen,  show)  ?  9^ein,  banfc,  'tid^  ift  allc^,  icaS  i^  l)eute 
broud)e  (brow'che,  need).  SBoden  @ie  gefafligft  an  ber  taffe 
bega^Ien.  So  njoflen  ©ie  je^t  ^in'ge{)en  ?  3d)  ^abe  eine  Un'- 
maffe  (a  very  great  number)  Don  tlcinigfcitcn  (kll'-nP-ki-ten, 
small  things)  ein^ufaufcn.  Scnn  e^  3^^^tt  aber  red)t  (con- 
venient) ift,  fo  laffen  8ie  un^  juerft  {tsoo-airst')  in  biefe^  (5af^ 


356 

eintreten  unb  eine  portion  di^  (ice,  ice)  effcn.  S^  mo(f)te  auc^ 
gcrne  eine  eng(i[(J)e  ^^iti^^S  ^^f^tx.  ^ellner,  geben  (Bk  un^  p)d 
^ortio'ncn  iii^r  unb  bringen  @te  un^  einige  amerifanifc^e  ^tu 
tungen.  ^a^  tl)ut  ntir  fe^r  (etb,  mein  §err,  wiv  ^al'ten  (we 
keep)  fctne  anierifantfdje  i^^^tungen.  ^d)  tann  3^nen  jeboc^' 
(however)  Son'boner  3^it^^9^^  ^^b  3ourna'(e  bringen.  d^ 
ift  bod)  eigentpm(id)  {l-ghen-tUm' -U^ ^  strange,  peculiar),  bag 
man  fo  \t\Xvix  cine  amerifanifdje  ^^^^i^^S  ^^  T)eutf(i){anb  ober 
granfreid)  befommen  !ann.  Unb  bennod)  leben  fe^r  tjiele  5lme^ 
rifaner  I)ter !  ^ie  eng(ifd)en  3^itungen  finb  ganj  gut  fiir  (Sng^ 
Idnbcr,  aber  fie  ent^al'ten  (contain)  gett)ol)nlic^  faft  gar  fetne 
amerifanifc^e  9^euig!eitcn  {nof -iy -ki-ten,  i.ews)  unb  finb  be^^ 
I)a(b  (therefore)  fiir  un§  fe^r  unintereffant  {pdn! -in-te-rh-sdnt, 

uninteresting),    ^n  Berlin,  Sten,  ^reSben  unb  ©tuttgart 

^XV^ZXi   (gie  jeboc^  ftet^  ben  New  York  Herald  uub  Harper's 

Weekly,  uub  in  fteiueren  ^(d^en  !ann  man  !aum  (scarcely) 
amerifanifc^c  ^^itungen  gu  finben  ernjar'ten  (expect). 


Interrogative  Pronouns. 

The  interrogative  pronouns  are : 


\QtX,  ?  who  ? 
it)a^?  what? 


UJeIrf)er?  which?  what? 

U)a^  fiit  cin?  what  kind  ^rsort  of? 


Declension. 

N.  iuct  ?  who  ?  XoaA  ?  what  ? 

G.  nJCffcn?  whose?  ttJCffcn?  of  what? 
D.  itJf m  ?  to  whom  ? 

A.  tocn?  whom?  1   hJa^?  what? 


857 

^cld)cx,  wtidjc,  n)e(d)e«,  w/iu^,  what ? 

Singular.  Plural. 

Masc.  Fern.  Neuter.  For  all  Genders. 

n)Cld)C         which  ? 
njelc^CC      of  which  ? 
Z>.  tDf(d)cin     n)cld)cc       tDdc^cm    to  which?      jT)eIcI)cn      to  which? 
A.  welc^cii      n)cld)c        njeldjcd     which?         n)etd)c       which? 


N.  tDcIc^cc       raclc^c        njclc^c^     which? 
G.  n)eld)cd       n)elci)cc       tDeldjc^      of  which? 


1.  3Bcr  is  only  used  j«/^j/««//W/v,  and  refers  exclusively 
:o  persons.     2Ber  ift  ba?     Who  is  there?     353  er  \)QX  an 

ie  2^^Urc  oeflopft  ?     Who  has  been  knocking  at  the  door'? 

2.  S93  a  §  is,  like  tt)er,  used  substantively,  and  applies 
only  to  things  or  indefinite  objects.  Ex.:  SS3a^  ift  \iQA'^ 
What  is  that  ?     S  a  6  giebt'^  9^eue^  ?    What  is  the  news  ? 

3.  SBelc^cr  is  usually  accompanied  by  a  noun  and 
refers  to  particular  objects.  It  answers  exactly  to  the 
English  interrogative  tt/>^/V//  f  Ex. :  SSon  ttJelc^em  (Sd)Qffner 
l^abcn  (Sie  bicfen  ®epd(ff(^cin  er^alten?  Se(rf)en  %xii  l)aben 
(2ie  gcfragt  ? 

4.  2Ba^  fiir  cin  answers  to  our  w/^a/^//?^  ^//  and  is 
used  in  asking  after  the  quality,  kind,  or  species  of  a 
thing  or  person.  Ex.:  3Ba§  fiir  cittcn  ©ut  n)iinfd)en  (Sic? 
2Ba§  fiir  eine  ^irc^e  !ann  ba^  fein,  in  ber  biefcr  3)iann  prcbtgt 
(preaches)  ? 

5.  Before  fiames  of  materials  and  nouns  used  in  the 
plural,  the  Germans  say  simply  ttjaS  fiir?  Ex.:  SKa^ 
fiir  :53ratcn  n)itnfcf)en  (Sic  jum  3J?ittag«cffcn?  Sa«  fiir  Scin 
foil  id)  bcftcUcn  (order)  ?  2Ba^  fiir  papier-  {pah-peer' ,  paper) 
foU  ic^  fiir  Sic  faufcn?  Sae  fiir  ^(ciber  {)at  Sic  mitgebrad)t 
(brought  with  her)  ? 


S58 


Declension  of  n?a§  fitr  ein. 


Singula?'. 

Plural- 

Masc.           Fern. 

Neuter. 

For  all  Genders. 

N.  iua§  fiiv  ctu 

cine 

ciu 

U)Q§  fiir,   what  sort  of 
kind  of. 

G.  mas  fiir  chic^ 

eiitcr 

eineg 

UiQ§  fiir,  of  what  sort  of. 

D.  \o(x^  fiir  cincm 

finer 

ein  em 

ti)a^  fiir,  to  what  sort  of. 

A.  iv)a«  fiir  cincn 

eine 

ein 

iuaS  fiir,  what  sort  of. 

Examples. 

2Ber  ift  ba?  SSer  l)at  3l)nen  \^(x^  gefngt?  Sffier  ift  blcfe  ^iibfrf)e 
junge  2)amc,  iuetd)e  fo  ctegant'  ongefleibet  {an -ghe-kU-det,  dies.-ed)  ift? 
3B  e  f  f  e  n  §au8  ift  bag?  2B  e  j  f  e  n  linber  finb  bieg,  bie S^rigen  ober  bie 
3t)reg  ^hidj'barg  (neighbor's)  ?  2S  e  m  tjat  er  biefe  SBaoren  Derfanft  ? 
58on  tt)  e  m  fpred()en  @ie  ?  ^on  in  e  m  l)Qbeu  €ie  biefe  ^J(Qcl)'rid)ten  (news, 
information)  erl)aUen  ?  9)lit  ti)  e  m  ift  cr  an«fgcgangen  ?  ii^on  in  e  1  d)  e  m 
W(x\\\\t  fprccf)en  ®ie  eigentlic^  (z'-^///«/-//y,  icaily)?  W\i  U)  eld)  em 
2)ampffd)iff  (steamer)  beabfid)tigen  Sie  {bay-op'-zi^-iee-ghen,  do  you 
intend)  nad)  I'onbon  ^u  reifen  ?  3d)  ^abe  mid)  nod)  ni(^t  entfd)iof'fen  (I  have 
not  yet  made  up  my  mind),  mU  meld)em  2:Qnipfer  id)  abreifcn  merbe  ; 
id)  glonbe  jebod)  mit  ber  „?h-i3ona."  3>on  n?  e  I  d)  e  m  oon  ben  33riibern 
ift  biefeg  ©emalbe  (picture)  gematt  (painted)  iDorben  ?  5B  a  §  f  ii  r  e  t  n 
2Hann  ift  ba8  ?  3S  a§  f  ii  r  e  i  n  9Kann  ift  biefer  (gd)rift'fteUer  (author)  ? 
28  a  §  fur  ©otba'ten  (soldiers)  fmb  bie  g-ronjofenV  $K?ag  fur  S3e* 
bingnngen  (  erms)  ^at  er  3{)nen  geniad)t?  2Bem  gel)ort'  biefcS  ^q.\\%, 
3t)nen  ober  3i)rem  ^errn  S?rnber  ?  3"  tt)  e  t  d)  e  m  ^IPreife  fi)nnen  @ie 
mir  biefe  SSaareu  oerfaufen?  3"  tt)eld)em  3*^^^^  (/jz^^">^'-/^/,- pur- 
pose) iDiinfd)en  (2ie~bie§3u  n^iffen?  3S  a  ?  t)Qt  ber  (gd)affner  gn  3t)nen 
gefagt?  SSaS  fiir  33raten  miinfd)en  (2ie  ,;;um  2J?ittag§effen ?  2Bn« 
f  ii  r  3Bein  foil  ber  ^etlner  fiir  igtc  beftetten  ?  ©or  feinen,  id)  trinfe  lieber 
{lee -ber,  rather)  eine  ^Taffe  Vc\tz.  2B  a  S  fiir  ein  ^re'biger  fann  baS 
fein,  ber  fotd)e  ©runb'fci^e  (principles)  {)at !  SS  o  §  f  ii  r  3been  {ee-day- 
en)  '\^<x^  finb !  SS  a  ?  fid)  fiir  etnen  3)?Qnn  fc^icft  (\vhat  is  meet  for  a 
man),  fd)irf t  fid)  nic^f  immer  fiir  ^noben.  2B  o  r  a  n  ift  er  geftorben  % 
SSoran  \t\\it\.{iidet,  suffers)  er?    SBomit  far.n  id^  3^nen  bienen? 


t  j|(t$t^fi^ttaft-Jg$Nm» 


Q-  E  R  M  A  xN  . 


PART  XIV. 


XIV. 
FOUNDATION    SENTENCE. 
Haying  but  just  returned  from  a  very  long 

and  trying  jour'^<^y,  I  have  beei*  unabi"  is  yet  to 

make  up  my  mind,  wnether  we  bnall  caxry  on  this 
enterprise  or  dr4»p  it. 


Having  but  just  returned  from  a  very  long 
nd  trying  journey. 

A.S,  since,  because 

I 

just,  just  now 


XIV. 
FOUNDATION  SENTENCE. 
Da  ich  soeben  erst  Yon  einer  sehr  langen  dim. 

dSih     V    zO-ay'-tea   airst     fdn      I'-aSr     zayr    lan'-gb£n  ddm 

anstretigenden  Reise  zuriick^ekehrt  bin,  so  hab* 

an'-sh'trSa-ghea-dea     tl'z6     tsOO  rUk'-gti£  kairt        Uq     zO    h2h'-b( 

ich  mich  noch  uicnt  entschliessen  konnen,  ob  wii 

lY        mV        noch       nlyt  €nt  shlec'-s£n       kcin'-n^n      op    vCCf 

das  Unternehmeii  ausfahren  oder    fallen   lassen 

d^     ddn-ter-nay'-mea       ouse'-fQ-r^a     o'-dSr      f2h'-Ua    Hs's&n 

sollen. 

zol'-lea. 


1. 

Da  ich  soeben  erst  yon  einer  sehr  langen  nnd 

dsh      U    zo-ay'-bSn  airst      fdn     I'-nSr      zayr    Ilo'-ghSQ  66iu 

anstrengenden  Beise  zariickgekehrt  bin. 

an'-sb'trCn-ghen  den    rl'-z6        tsOO-rilk'gg  kairt       bin. 

Da   {^d/i)  [Denotes  a  reason  or  motive,  and  corresDonds 
to  the  English  as,  since,  because\ 

ich  (/y) 

soeben  (zo-ay-ben) 


362 

first  (When  used  before  an  adverb  of  time,  it  must  be 
translated  by  'but'  or  'not  till:  Ex.:  erst  gesterr 
but  yesterday  ;  erst  morgeUy  not  till  to-morrow > 

from 

a 

very 

long 

and 

trying,  wearisome 

the  journey,  voyage,  trip 

from  a  very  long  and  trying  iournev 

to  make  a  journey 

the  traveller,  the  passenger 

to  undertake  a  journey 

my  father  is  out  on  a  journey  (trip) 

returned 


am. 


I.  Having*  but  just  arrived,  I  have  not  yet  had  time  to 
examine  this  affair  (=1  have  still  no  time  had  this 
affair  to  examine  \zu  untersuchen]). 


i)  a.  The  participle  present,  which  is  formed  of  all  verbs  by  adding 
the  syllable  end  to  the  root,  is  but  rarely  used  in  German. 

3)  When  in  English  \\\g.  participle  present  is  used  by  itself,  i.e.  with- 
out a  preposition,  to  denote  cause,  reason,  or  time,  it  must  always  be 
replaced  in  German  by  the  corresponding  conjunction  with  the  finite 
verb.  When  the  participle  expresses  cause  or  reason,  the  corres- 
ponding conjunctions  are  :  da  (as  or  since),  weil  (because),  or  indent 


S63 

erst  {airst) 

von  {/on) 

eiiier  {t-ner)  [Gen.  sing,  fem.) 

sehr  (zair) 

lang  (Idng) 

und  {dont) 

an  St  re  n  gen  d  {an' -sh!  tren-gMnt) 

die  Reise  {die  rV-ze) 

von  einer  sehr  langen  und  anstrengenden  Reise 

eine  Reise  machen 

der  Reisende  {rt-zen-de) 

eine  Reise  an'treten 

mein  Vater  ist  verreist  {fer-rtsei') 

zuriickgekehrt  [Past  participle  of  the  regular  compound 
separable  verb  ich  kehre  zuriick] 

bin  [Neuter  verbs  of  motion  are,  in  the  compound  tenses, 
mostly  conjugated  with  the  auxiliary  settif  to  be). 


I.  Da*  ich  erst  soeben  angekommen  bin,  so  habe  ich 
noch  keine  Zeit  gehabt,  diese  Angelegenheit  zu 
u n  tersuchen  {ddn-ter-zoo^ -cheri). 


(since,  as).  For  time:  ah  (when),  nachdem  (after),  or  indent  (as), 
must  be  used.  Observe  also  that  the  subordinate  sentence  (beginning 
with  a  conjunction)  may  be  the  first  member  ^.s  well  as  the  second. 
If  it  is  the  first,  the  subject  of  the  second — which  is  the  principal  one 
—is  placed  after  the  verb.  This  change  is  often  indicated  by  the 
word  so,  which  must  not  be  translated.  Compare  the  above  and  the 
following  sentences. 


364 

2.  Having  read  your  advertisement  in  to-day's  paper  (in 
dcr  lieutigen  Zeitung),  I  hereby  request  you  (so  Utte 
ich  Sie  hierduch)  to  call  upon  me  to-morrow  morn- 
ing. 

3.  Having  talked  so  long,  he  finally  (endlich)  gave  me 
this  letter. 

4.  Having  taken  leave  (Ahschied)  of  me,  he  went  to  the 
depot  at  once  (direct). 

5.  Wishing  to  see  him  in  a  very  important  affair,  I  went 
to  his  house  (ging  ich  nach  seiner  Wolinung). 

6.  Having  dined,  I  took  a  walk  (ging  ich  spazieren). 

7.  Having  given  these  orders,  he  went  (reiste  er)  to 
London. 

8.  Not  being  at  home  yesterday,  I  had  not  the  pleasure 
(das  Vergnilgen)  to  see  you. 

9.  Wishing  to  see  you,  we  came  (hamen  wir)  to  Munich 
(Mihichen). 

10.  Having  waited  a  whole  hour  (eine  Stunde  lang)  for 
him  (auf  ihn)j  he  came  at  last  (endlich). 

11.  Not  having  any  money  with  me,  I  was  obliged  (war 
ich  genothigt)  to  borrow  some  (welches)  from  him. 

12.  You  must  apply   (8ie  milssen  sich  wenden)  to   his 
attorney  (Aiiwalt),  as  he  has  not  returned  yet. 

13.  Hasn't  he  returned  yet  from  his  pleasure  trip  (Ver- 
gnilgimgsreise)  ? 

14.  He  has  returned,  but  he  has  not  yet  risen  (eristnoch 
nicht  aufgestanden). 

15.  Just  guess  (rathen  Sie  einmal)  whom  I  yesterday  met 
in  the  street. 

16.  I  am  sure  I  can't  guess  it. 


365 

2.  Da  ich  Ihre  Annonce  in  der  heutigen  Zeitung  {hoy'- 
tee-ghen  tsi-todng)  gelesen  habe,  so  bitte  ich  Sie  hier- 
durch  {heir-doory')^  mich  morgen  friih  zu  besuchen. 

3.  Nachdem  er  so  lange  gesprochen  hatte,  gab  er  mir 
endlich  diesen  Brief. 

4.  Als  er  von  mir  Abschied  {dp' -sheet)  genommen  hatte, 
ging  er  direct  {dee-rect')  nach  dem  Bahnhof. 

5.  Da  ich  ihn  in  einer  sehr  wichtigen  Angelegenheit 
zu  sehen  wiinschte,  ging  ich  nach  seiner  Wohnung. 

6.  Nachdem  ich  zu  Mittag  gegessen  hatte  ging  ich  spa- 
zieren  {sh'pd-tset-ren). 

7.  Nachdem  er  diese  Befehle  gegeben  hatte,  reiste  er 
nach  London. 

8.  Da  ich  gestern  nicht  zu  Hause  war,  hatte  ich  nicht 
das  Vergniigen,  Sie  zu  sehen. 

9.  Da  wir  Sie  zu  sehen  wiinschten,  kamen  wir  nach 
Miinchen. 

10.  Nachdem   wir   eine   Stunde   lang  auf  ihn  gewartet 
hatten,  kam  er  endlich. 

11.  Da  ich  kein  Geld  bei  mir  hatte,  war  ich  genothigt, 
welches  von  ihm  zu  borgen. 

12.  Sie  miissen  sich  an    seinen   Anwalt   wenden,    weil 
{vile)  er  noch  nicht  zurlickgekehrt  ist. 

13.  Ist  er  noch  nicht  von  seiner  Vergnugungsreise  zu- 
rlickgekehrt ? 

14.  Er  ist  zurlickgekehrt,  aber  er  ist  noch  nicht  aufge- 
standen. 

15.  Rathen  Sie  einmal,  wem  ich  gestern  auf  der  Strasse 
begegnet  bin. 

16.  Das  kann  ich  sicherlich  {zt* -"^ er4i^)  nicht  rathen. 


366 

17.  Did  you  fall  asleep  soon  {sind  Sie  bald  eingeschlafen) 
after  he  left  last  night  ? 

1 8.  Yes,  I  went  to  sleep  at  once  (ich  bin  sofort  einge- 
schlafen)^ and  woke  up  very  late.  I  was  so  very  tired 
{So  milde  tvar  ich). 

19.  As  soon  as  (sowie)  he  returns  from  his  journey,  I 
shall  send  you  word  (werde  ich  Ihnen  Nachricht 
senden). 

20.  I  remained  two  days  only  in  these  lodgings,  for  the 
attendance  (Aufwartung)  was  so  bad  that  I  could  not 
stand  it  any  longer  {dass  ich  es  nicht  Idnger  aushalten 
konnte). 


2. 
I  have  been  unable  as  yet  to  make  up  my  mind. 

So,  thus 

have 

I 

me 

still,  yet 

not 

not  yet 


i)  The  auxiliary  verbs  of  mode  :  konnen,  durfen,  mogen,  wollen, 
lassen,  sollen,  miissen,  when  used  in  connection  with  the  infinitive  of 
another  verb,  are   required   to  be   in   the   infinitive  present,  instead 


367 

17-  Sind  Sie  gestern  Abend  bald  eingeschlafen  {tne'-ghi- 
shld'-fen)^  nachdem  er  fort  war  ? 

1 8.  Ja,   ich  bin    sofort  eingeschlafen  und  bin  erst  sehr 

spat  aufgewacht.     So  miide  war  ich. 

19.  Sowie  er  von  seiner  Reise  zuriickgekehrt  ist,  werde 
ich  Ihnen  Nachricht  senden. 

20.  Ich  bin  nur  zwei  Tage  in  diesem  Logis  geblieben 
{ghe-blei'-ben),  denn  die  Aufwartung  was  so  schlecht, 
dass  ich  as  nicht  langer  aushalten  konnte. 


2. 
So  habe  ich  mich  noch  nicht  entsehliessen  lionnen.* 

zo  hah'-bg    Vf        miy       noch        ni>'t       6nt-shlce'-sen        kon'-nSn. 

So  (zo)  (Cannot  be  translated  in  this  sentence.    Compare 
p.  ^04,  Note  i) 

habe  {hah' -be) 

ich  (/y) 

mich  {mP)  (Accusative  of  ich) 

noch  {noch) 

nicht  {ni^t) 

noch  nicht 


of  in  the  past  participle.  Ex.  :  Er  hat  es  nicht  thun  kovnen 
(instead  oi  gekonnt).  Er  hat  den  Brief  schreiben  »/«/\rj^»  (instead  of 
gemusst). 


368 

to  decide 

to  be  able 


I  have  made  up  my  mind  {or  I  have  decided) 
she  has  made  up  her  mind. 


1.  My  brother  has  made  up  his  mind  to  sell  his  business. 

2.  Have  you  made  up  your  mind  about  this  affair  (i?i 
Betreff  dieser  A7igelegenlieit)  ? 

3.  I  cannot  make  up  my  mind  about  it  (dazu). 

4.  As  soon  as  I  have  made  up  my  mind  about  it  {da- 
rilher),  I  will  let  you  know. 

5.  Make  up  your  mind  one  way  or  another  {a^if  eine 
oder  die  aiiderc  Weise). 

6.  When  does  your  brother  intend  to  return  ? 

7.  I  don't  know.  I  got  a  letter  from  him  this  morning, 
but  it  seems  to  me  he  cannot  make  up  his  mind  what 
to  do  {ivas  er  tliun  soil). 

8.  Make  up  your  mind  what  you  are  going  to  do  {was 
Sie  tliun  wolleii). 

9.  Mind^  {or  consider,  ilherlegen  JSie  sich)  what  you  are 
doing  in  this  matter. 

10.  Let  him  mind  {kilmmern)  his  own  business. 


i)  To  mind,   to  make  up  one's  mind,  never  mind,  the  mind,  to 
change  one's  mind.  &c.,  are  rendered  by  different  German   idioms. 


369 

entschliessen  (ent-shlee' -sen)  (Infinitive  of  the  irregular  re 
flective  verb  sich  entschlUssen.  Imperfect :  Ich  ent- 
schloss  mich  ;  Perfect :  Icli  habe  mich  entschlossen) 

konnen  {kon'-nen)  {Present:  ich  kann ;  Imperfect:  ich 
konnte  ;  Perfect :  ich  habe  gekonnt) 

ich  habe  mich  entschlossen 

sie  hat  sich  entschlossen. 


1.  Mein  Bruder  hat  sich  entschlossen  sein  Geschaft  z\\ 
verkaufen. 

2.  Haben  Sie  sich  in  Betreff  dieser  Angelegenheit  ent- 
schlossen ? 

3.  Ich  kann  mich  nicht  dazu  entschliessen. 

4.  Sobald  ich  mich  dariiber  entschlossen  habe,  will  ich 

es  Sie  wissen  lassen. 

5.  Entschliessen  Sie  sich  so  oder  so  {or  auf  eine  oderdie 
andere  Weise  {vt-ze). 

6.  Wann  beabsichtigt  Ihr  Herr  Bruder  zuriickzukehren  ? 

7.  Das  weiss  ich  wirklich  nicht.  Ich  habe  heute  Morgen 
einen  Brief  von  ihm  erhalten,  aber  es  scheint  mir, 
dass  er  sich  noch  nicht  hat  entschliessen  konnen, 
was  er  thun  soil. 

8.  Entschliessen  Sie  sich  (gefalligst)^  was  Sie  thun 
wollen. 

9.  Ueberlegen  Sie  sich  {ii-ber-lay' -ghen  zee  zi^)y  was  Sie 

in  dieser  Angelegenheit  thun  wollen. 

10.  Er  soil  sich  um  seine  eigenen  An'gelegenheiten  {an'- 
ghe-lay-ghen-hl-teti)  k il  m mern . 


which  must  be  committed  to  memory.     Compare  the  following  sen- 
tences. 


870 

11.  Never  mind  what  he  says.  I  am  sure  {ich  Ixn  davon 
iiherzeugt)  he  will  do  what  is  right  and  just  {was 
recht  und  hiUig  ist). 

12.  I  have  considered  the  matter,  and  shall  return  home 
a  fortnight  hence. 

13.  I  have  changed  my  mind. 

14.  He  is  a  very  peculiar  man  {eigenthumlicher  Menscli). 

15.  I  don't  think  so. 

16.  But  I  have  the  best  proof  of  it  {Beweis  davon). 

17.  Yesterday  he  seemed  firmly  decided  (fest  entsclilosseii) 
in  regard  to  this  matter  {in  Betreff  dieser  Angelegen- 
heit),  and  to-day  he  writes  me  that  he  has  changed 
his  mind. 

18.  I  have  a  good  mind  {ich  hahegrosse  Lust)  to  make  my 
purchases  to-day. 

19.  She  had  a  good  mind  to  go  with  me,  but  her  mother 
forbade  it  {verhot  es  ihr). 

20.  I  should  feel  greatly  inclined  {icli  hdtte  grosse  Lust) 
to  make  this  trip  with  you,  but  I  have  not  money 
enough. 

21.  Do  you  not  feel  inclined  to  hear  this  celebrated  (fe- 
male) singer  {diese  heriihmte  Sdngerin)  ?  She  sings 
very  finely  indeed  {wirhlicJi  ausgezeichnei). 

«2.  Why  didn't  you  mind  (befolgt)  the  advice  I  gave  you  ? 

23.  Mind  what  I  told  you. 

24.  He  does  not  know  his  own  mind. 

25.  Never  mind  {or  No  matter). 


371 

11.  Kummern  Sie  sich  nicht  darum,  was  er  sagt.  Ich 
bin  davon  uberzeugt  (tsoygt')^  er  wird  thun,  was  recht 
und  billig  {btl'-Hy)  ist. 

12.  Ich  habe  mir  die  Sache  iiberlegt  und  werde  in  vier- 
zehn  Tagen  nach  Hause  zuriickkehren. 

13.  Ich  habe  mir  die  Sache  anders  iiberlegt. 

14.  Er  ist  ein  sehr  eigenthiimlicher  Mensch  {i-ghen'tum' - 
lU^er  mensJi). 

15.  Das  finde  ich  nicht. 

16.  Ich  habe  aber  den  besten  Beweis  davon  {be-vise'  ddh- 
,  fon'\ 

17.  Gestern  schien  {sheen)  er  in  Betreff  dieser  Angelegen- 
beit  fest  entschlossen  zu  sein,  und  heute  schreibt  er 
mir,  dass  er  sich  die  Sache  anders  iiberlegt  habe. 

18.  Ich   habe   grosse   Lust    meine     Einkaufe    heute    zu 

machen. 

19.  Sie  hatte  grosse  Lust  mit  mir  zu  gehen,  aber  ihre 
Mutter  verbot  es  ihr. 

20.  Ich  hatte  grosse  Lust,  mit  Ihnen  zu  reiscn,  aber  ich 

habe  nicht  Geld  genug. 

21.  Hatten  Sie  nicht  Lust,  diese  beriihmte  Sangerin  zu 
horen  ?  Sie  singt  wirklich  ausgezeichnet  {puse'-gM- 
tst^e'-net). 

22.  Warum  haben  Sie  den  Rath  nicht  befolgt,  welchen 

ich  Ihnen  gegeben  habe  ? 

23.  Befolgen  Sie,  was  ich  Ihnen  gesagt  habe. 

24.  Er  weiss  {vise)  selbst  nicht,  was  er  will. 

25.  Das  schadet  nichts  {or  Das  macht  nichts,  or  Das  thut 
nichts). 


a72 

3. 

News. 

1.  What  is  the  news  ? 

2.  Any  news  ? 

3.  What  is  the  best  news  ? 

4.  What  news  is  there  ? 

5.  Is  there  any  news  to-day  ? 

6.  Is  there  anything  new  ? 

7.  Any  news  from  Paris  ? 

8.  There  is  no  news. 

9.  There  is  great  news. 

10.  No   news   has   been  received  from  the  seat  of  war 
{vom  Kriegsschauplatze). 

11.  Is  this  news  authentic  (authe?itisch)  ? 

12.  This  news  is  of  the  utmost  importance  {von  der  dus- 

sersten  Wichtigkeit). 

13.  What  do  the  papers  say  about  it.-* 

14.  What  is  the  talk  about  town  ? 

15.  There  is  no  talk  of  anything. 

16.  His  affairs  are  the   talk   of  the  town   (das  Stadtge- 
sprdcli). 

1 7.  I  have  not  heard  a  word  (or  a  syllable)  about  them 
daruher  or  davon). 

18.  It  has  become  the  talk  of  the  town. 

19.  Everybody  is  talking  about  it  (or  about  them,  davon). 

20.  I  have  heard  some  talk  about  it. 

21.  I  have  this  news  from  good  authority. 

22.  This  is  news  to  me. 


373 
3. 

Neuigkeiten  {noy'-iy-ki-ten). 

1.  Wasgiebt's  {or  giebt  es)  Neues  {^heepts  noy*-h)  ? 

2.  Giebt's  eUvas  Neues  ? 

3.  Was  giebt  es  gutes  Neues  ? 

4.  Was  fUr  Neuigkeiten  giebt  es? 

5.  Giebt's  heute  etwas  Neues  ? 

6.  Giebt  es  irgend  etwas  Neues  ? 

7.  Giebt  es  etwas  Neues  von  Paris  ? 

8.  Es  giebt  nichts  Neues. 

9.  Es  sind  gross'artige  Neuigkeiten  da. 

10.  Man  hat  nichts  Neues  vom  Kriegsschauplatze  {kreegs'- 
shou-pldt' -se)  gehort. 

11.  Sind  diese  Nachrichten  authentisch  {ou-ten' -tish)  ? 

12.  Diese  Neuigkeit  ist  von  der  aussersten  Wichtigkeit 
(oy* -ser-stai  vi ^'-ti  ^-klte) . 

13.  Was  schreibt  man  in  den  Zeitungen  dariiber  (or  da- 
von  or  in  BetrefT  dieser  Angelegenheit)  .-* 

14.  Was  sagt  man  denn  in  der  Stadt.^ 

15.  Man  spricht  von  nichts. 

16.  Seine  Angelegenheiten  bilden  das  Stadtgesprach  {or 
sind  Stadtgesprach). 

17.  Ich  habe  kein  Wort  {or  keine  Sylbe,  ^?r  gar  nichts) 
dariiber  {or  davon)  gehort. 

18.  Es  ist  zum  Stadtgesprach  geworden. 

19.  Jedermann  {or  alle  Welt)  redet  davon  {or  spricht  da- 
von). 

20.  Ich  habe  davon  sprechen  horen. 

21.  Ich  habe  diese  Nachrichten  ausguter  Quelle  (=^^;v^). 

22.  Das  ist  mir  neu. 


374 

23.  This  news  wants  confirmation  \uedarf  der  Bestdti- 
gung). 

24.  This  news  has  not  been  confirmed. 

25.  Nothing   positive   (Zuverldssiges)   is   as  yet  known 
about  it. 

26.  That  is  only  a  report  {ein  Geriicht). 

27.  This  report  is  wholly  unreliable  (vollstdndig  unzuver- 
Idssig). 

28.  This  report  has  proved  false  (liat  sich  ah  falsch  er- 
wiesen). 

29.  This  report  seems  to  be  untrue  (umvahr)  ;  we  must 
wait  for  further  particulars  {weitere  Einzelnheiten). 

30.  Have  you  heard  from  your  brother?  (or  Have  you 
any  word  [or  news]  from  your  brother  ?) 

31.  I  have  not  heard  from  him  these  two  months  (seit 
zwei  vollen  Monateii). 

32.  He  has  not  sent  us  any  word  these  two  months. 

33.  Let  me  hear  from  you  as  soon  as  you  arrive  (sofori 
nach  Threr  Ankunft). 

34.  Let  me  hear  from  you  now  and  then  (hin  und  wieder) 


375 

2^.  Diese  Nachricht  bedarf  der  Bestatigung  {pe-sh'tay'' 
tie-goong) . 

24.  Diese  Nachricht  hat  sich  nicht  bestatigt  (be-sh'tay'- 
ti^'t). 

25.  Bis  jetzt  weiss  man  {vise  man)  noch  nichts  Zuver- 
lassiges  (tsdd'-/er-les-see-ghes)  daruber. 

26.  Das  ist  nur  ein  Geriicht  (gh^-ruJf). 

27.  Dieses  Geriicht  ist  vollstandig  unzuverlassig. 

28.  Dieses  Geriicht  hat  sich  als  falsch  erwiesen  {fdhlsh 
er-vee'-ziri). 

29.  Dieses  Geriicht  scheint  unwahr  zu  sein  ;  wir  miissen 
weitere  Einzelnheiten  abwarten  {vl'-te-re  ine' -tseln-hi- 
ten  dp'-vdr-ten). 

30.  Haben  Sie  von  Ihrem  Herrn  Bruder  gehort  {or  Ha- 
ben  Sie  Nachrichten  von  Ihrem  Herrn  Bruder  ge- 
habt)  ? 

31.  Ich  habe  seit  zwei  vollen  Monaten  nichts  von  ihm 
gehort. 

32.  Seit  zwei  vollen  Monaten  hat  er  nichts  von  sich 
horen  lassen. 

33.  Lassen  Sie  ja  sofort  nach  Ihrer  Ankunft  von  sich 
horen. 

34.  Lassen  Sie  mich  hin  und  wieder  {vee'-d^r)  von  Ihnen 

horen. 


376 


GRAMMATICAL    REMARKS. 

Exercises  and  Words  used  in  Common  Conversation 


Indefinite  Pronouns. 

They  are : 

man,  one  (French,  on\  they,  people, 
einanber  {l-ndn' -der),  each  other,  one  another, 
jebermann  {yay-derman'),  everybody,  every  one. 
jemonb  {yay  -mdnt\  somebody,  some  one,  any  body. 
UiCItianb  {nee-mant),  nobody  (not  anybody). 

{ze/pst)  (felber),  .  .  .  self  (myself,  &c.). 
CtttJOg  (it'-vas),  something,  anything. 
nid^tS,  nothing  (not — anything), 
gar  nid^tS,  nothing  at  all,  nothing  whatever. 

Obseryations. 

I.  90^ an,  which  is  expressed  in  English  hy  one ^  they, 
people,  or  by  t\iG passive  voice,  occurs  only  in  the  Nomina- 
tive case,  and  governs  the  verb  in  the  singular.  Observe 
that  the  passive  voice  is  not  used  as  frequently  in  Ger- 
man, as  in  English. 


Exercise. 


2J?ati  fagt  (people  say),  \i<x%  er  t)iel  (^elb  (money)  in  bicfem 
©efdiaft  t)er(oren  (lost)  l)at.  ^cati  fann  nic^t  allee  glaubett, 
toa«  man  ^ort.    :Da  {)abcn  ^te  ganj  9?ec^t ;  tie  ^eute  (people) 


rcben  t)iel,  unb  man  fann  nicf)t  a(Ic«  glauben,  tt)a§  laan  ^brt. 

9Jian  fabrictrt'  {fd-bree-ceerf,  manufactures)  fe^r  l^iibfcfje 
^anbfc^ul^e  in  "ipari^.  Wtmx  5(n)id)t  nad)  (according  to  my 
opinion)  fabricirt  man  bie  beften  2}tafd)inen  (fnd-shee'-nen, 
machines)  in  (Snglanb  unb  ^Imerifa.  3Jtan  Ijat  mir  gerot^en  ^ 
(^//^"-r^'-/^«,  advised)  nad}  ^iaXxtXi  {ee-tdhlyen,  Italy)  gu  gc^en, 
'ba  meine  ®efunbl)eit  (ghe-zdont'-htte,  health)  fcl)r  fdjnmc^ 
(shvdch,  weak)  ift.  ^^xtx  @efunb()eit  tregen  (on  account  of) 
l)at  mon  mcincr  ^xau  geratl)en,  bie[cn  (Sommer  nad)  (Earl^bab 
gu  gc^en.  Sa^  fagt  man  Don  bcm  ^rieg  {kreegh,  war)  in 
5(f gt)aniftan ?  2)hn  fann  fid)'  auf  bicfen  (5ommi§  nid)t  t)cr^ 
laffcn  (rely).  3)?an  tragi  (wears)  biefe  §itte  fel)r  Did  in  ^ari^ 
unb  Berlin.  Xrdgt  man  "iAt  £(ciber  je^t  fo  eng  (tight)  ?  ^a0 
ift  einc  \)t%\x^z  (ugly)  2}2obe  (fashion). 


Note  I.  When  another  case  is  required,  the  correspond- 
ing case  of  Ctner  is  employed.  Ex. :  One  is  sorry  to  see 
so  much  misery,  g^  t^ut  cinem  (eib,  fo  Did  Slenb  ju  fel)en. 
One  is  glad  when  one  meets  such  a  thoroughly  honest 
man,  (5^  frcut  e  i  u  c  n ,  iDcnn  man  foId)en  grunbe()rlid)en  3J(ann 
trifft  {or  {o(d)en  grunbeljrlidjcn  3Jien)d)cn3U  trcffcn). 

Note  2.  One's  before  a  substantive  is  translated  in  Ger- 
man with  fein  (his).  Ex.:  It  is  better  to  lose  one's 
money  than  one's  honor.  (S^  ift  beffer  fcin  ®c(b,  a(§ 
fcinc  (5^re  ju  Derliercn. 

Note  3.  One's  self  is  translated  fic^  fdbft  or  only  fi(^  (but 
nei^er  fdbft  without  fid)).  Ex.  :  One  must  not  praise  one's 
self.    3}?an  mug  fic^  nic^t  fdbft  (oben. 


i)  Give  passive  construction  in  English. 


'618 


Exercise, 

You  are  expected  this  even-      i.  One  expects    (crttjartet)   you 

this  evening. 

2.  One  has  to  me  said  that  your 
father  ill  is. 

3.  One  has  to  him  advised  (ge=» 
ratl^en)  to  Italy  to  go. 

4.  One  says  that  it  in  ATSbama 
very  hot  is  (Subjunct.  mood). 

5.  One  says  that  you  a  professor 
(3um  ^rofeffor)  at  (an)  the 
University  (Uniderfitaf)  of 
Michigan  nominated  (cr^ 
ttannt)  are  (Subjunct.  mood). 

6.  One  must  to  him  his  wages 
(feinen  ^olju)  pay. 


ing. 
I  have  been  told  that  your 

father  is  ill. 
He  has  been  advised  to  go 
to  Italy. 

It  is  said  to  be  very  hot  in 
Alabama. 

You  are  said  to  be  nomi- 
nated professor  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan. 


7. 


6.  He  must  be  paid  his  wages 
{or  :  His  wages  must  be  paid 
him). 

His  ridiculous  dress  was 
laughed  at  (or:  People 
laughed  at  his  ridiculous 
dreas). 

He  must  be  given  a  reward 
(or:  A  reward  must  be  given 
him). 

She  should  be  granted  her 
request  (or :  Her  request 
should  be  granted  her). 
One  cannot  believe  every- 
thing one  hears. 
At  your  age  one  is  always 
happy. 

It  is  easily  to  be  understood 
why  the  Americans  love  lib- 
erty and  prize  their  constitu- 
tion as  the  highest  good. 


II. 


12. 


7.  One  laughed  (lad^tc)  at  (iibcr) 

his  ridiculous  (Idd^ertid^eS) 
dress. 

8.  One  must  to  him   a  reward 

(eine  33eIo!^nung)  give. 

9.  One  should  to  her  her  request 

(i^re  iBitte)  grant  (gettJci^ren). 

10.  One  cannot  all  believe  which 

one  hears. 

11.  At  (in)  your  age  is  one  always 

happy  (  gtiicfU(^). 

12.  One  can  easily  (Iet(f)t)  under- 

stand why  (tue^^olb)  the 
Americans  the  liberty  (bic 
grei^eit)  love  and  their  con- 
stitution ((S^onftitntion')  as 
(ol§)  their  highest  good  prize 
(ad^ten). 


3/9 

Declension  of  the  Indefinite  Pronoun  jebermann. 

N.  jebermonn,  everybody. 
G.  jcbermonnS,  of  everybody. 
D.  jcbermonn,  to  everybody, 
A.  jebcrmonn,  everybody. 


Declension  of  the  Indefinite  Pronouns  jemanb  and 
nicmanb. 


N.  jcmanb,  somebody. 
G.  icniaiib^,  or  jemonbcS. 
D.  jemonb  or  jemonbcm. 
A.  jemanb  or  jcmanb. 


niemonb,  nobody, 
nicmanbs  or  niemanbeS. 
nicmanb  or  nicmonbcm, 
nicmonb  or  niemanb. 


Examples. 


^(x^  ift  nicmanb^  (Sad)e.  That  concerns  no  one.  SKar 
iemanb  mat^rcnb  meiner  2lbn)e[en^cit  {df -vay-zen-htte ^  ab- 
sence) bo,  ^ellner?  Wv\,  mein  §err,  e8  ift  nicmanb  ^ier  ge* 
irefen.  Did  any  one  call  during  my  absence,  waiter? 
No,  sir,  no  one  has  been  here,  ©agcn  @ie  niemanben 
ettpaS  Don  biefer  5lngelegcnl)cit.  Do  not  tell  any  one  (any- 
thing) about  this  affair,  ^f^iemanb  ^ilft  mir.  No  one 
helps  me. 

4.  Not — anybody — and  not — anything  are  translated  by 
niemanb  and  niti)tS.  Have  you  received  my  letter  ?  I 
have  not  received  anything.  §aben  @ie  meinen  ^rief  zx* 
l^alten  ?  ^^  ^abe  nid)t^  crt)alten.  Do  not  tell  him  any- 
thing, (Sagcn  @ie  i^m  nid)t^. 


380 


The  Passive  Voice. 

The  Passive  Voice  is  formed  by  adding  the  Past  Par 
ticiple  of  the  transitive  verb  to  all  the  moods  and  tenses 
of  the  auxiliary  verb  ttJerbcTl. 

Conjugation  of  the  Passive  Voice  of  the  Verb 

Hebeti. 


Indicative. 

I  am  loved 
td^  ttjerbe  geliebt 
bu  njirft  geliebt 
cr  ttjirb  geliebt 
njir  ttjerben  geliebt 
ibr  tueubct  geliebt 
fie  raerben  geliebt 


/  was  loved 
i(^  tt)urbc  geliebt 
bu  njurbeft  geliebt 
er  ttjurbe  geliebt 
luir  ttjuvben  geliebt 
il^r  tDurbet  geliebt 
ftc  wurben  geliebt 

/  have  been  loved 
td^  bin  geliebt  ttjorbcn 
bu  bift  geliebt  ttjorbcn 
er  ift  geliebt  trorbeu 
tuir  ftnb  geliebt  njorbcn 
i^r  fcib  geliebt  njorben 
fic  fmb  geliebt  tt)orbcn 


Passive    Voice. 

Subjunctive, 

Present. 

I  may  be  loved 
i(^  njerbe  geliebt 
bu  ttjerbeft  geliebt 
er  tuerbe  geliebt 
ft»ir  werben  geliebt 
%  tDerbet  geliebt 
fic  iDcrben  geliebt 

Imperfect. 

I  might  be  loved 
id^  tDiirbe  geliebt 
bu  toitrbeft  geliebt 
cr  ujiirbe  geliebt 
tt)ir  juiirben  geliebt 
il)r  ujiirbet  geliebt 
fie  tuiirben  geliebt 

Perfect. 

I  may  have  been  loved 
id^  fei  geliebt  tuorben 
bu  jeieft  geliebt  tuorbcn 
er  fei  geliebt  ttjorbcu 
ttJir  feien  geliebt  worbcii 
t'^r  jeiet  geliebt  tDorben 
fie  jcieu  geliebt  ttjorbeu 


381 


/  had  been  loved 
ic^  tDor  gclicbt  worben 
bu  roarfl  geliebt  movbcn 
cr  ttjar  geliebt  morben 
tt)ir  h)aren  geliebt  ttjorbcn 
il)r  n)ai(e)t  geliebt  worben 
fie  njaren  geliebt  njorben 

/  shall  be  loved 
\^  werbe  geliebt  njerben 
bu  rairfl  geliebt  jperben 
cr  tx)irb  geliebt  hjerben 
tnir  iDerben  geliebt  trerben 
il)r  trerbet  geliebt  tuerbcn 
fic  h)crben  geliebt  ttjerbcn 


Pluperfect. 

I  might  have  been  Uved 
ic^  tcave  geliebt  iDovbcn 
bu  mdreft  geliebt  ttjorben 
cr  tt)Qrc  geliebt  tDorbcn 
XQXX  iDdreu  geliebt  morben 
i^r  tt)dret  geliebt  morbeu 
fic  »t)drcu  geliebt  tuorben 

First  Future. 

I  shall  be  loved 
id|  tuerbe  geliebt  it)erben 
bu  hjerbeft  geliebt  tucrben 
cr  njcrbe  geliebt  luerbcn 
hjir  njcrbcn  geliebt  irerben 
i^r  ttjerbet  geliebt  toerben 
fie  tuerben  geliebt  luerben 


Second  Future. 


I  shall  have  been  loved 
ic^  tuerbe  geliebt  njorben  fein 
bu  ttjirfl  geliebt  njorben  fein 
er  tvirb  geliebt  raorbcn  fein 
tuir  tuerben  geliebt  njorben  fein 
i^r  ttjerbct  geliebt  iDorben  jein 
fie  tuerben  geliebt  morbcn  fein 

Present  Conditional, 
I  should  be  loved 
\&\  hJiirbe  geliebt  merben 
bu  miirbeft  geliebt  merbcn 
cr  miirbe  geliebt  ttjcrben 
h)ir  njurben  geliebt  rocrbcn 
i()r  hjiirbet  geliebt  ttjerbcn 
fie  tt)urben  geliebt  ttierbcn 

njcrbc  gclicbt,  be  loved 


I  shall  have  been  loved 
id^  njerbe  geliebt  njorben  fein 
bu  ttjerbeft  geliebt  iDorben  fein 
cr  ttjerbe  geliebt  tt)orbeu  fein 
n)ir  tuerbeu  geliebt  rtjorben  fein 
il^r  ttjerbet  geliebt  iuorben  fein 
fie  tDcrben  geliebt  iuorben  fein 

Perfect  Conditional. 
I  should  have  been  loved 
Id^  ttjurbe  geliebt  trorben  fein 
bu  njiirbeft  geliebt  njorbeu  fein 
cr  ttjiirbc  gclicbt  njorben  fein 
n)ir  njurbcn  geliebt  n)orben  fein 
il^r  tt)urbet  gclicbt  tuorben  fein 
ftc  ttjarbcn  gclicbt  morben  fein 

Imperative. 

njcrbct  geliebt,  be  loved 


382 

Infinitive. 
Pres.   getiebt  merben,  to  be  loved 
Per/,  geliebt  tt)orben  fein,  to  have  been  Joved 

Participle. 
Per/,  geliebt,  loved 

The  Imperative  Mood  is  hardly  ever  used.  When  a  passive 
Imperative  is  required,  it  is  commonly  rendered  with  jei,  jeib,  as  : 
@ei  gepriefen,  o  §err  I  Be  praised,  0  Lord  I  @eib  gegriigt!  Be  greeted  I 
{ Welcome  !) 

Exercise. 

iBerltn,  ben  24.  j^ebruor,  1881. 
©erm  iJ.  ©.  taufmann  in  Set|3stg. 

(Se^r  gee()rter  ©err, 
5lnttt)ort(id) '  ^Ijre^  gee^rten'  8rf)reiben^  t)on  18.  b.  3J?.' 
t^ci(e  i^  3{)ncn  mit,  ba^  id)  mic^  genau'  tiad)  ben  iBer^altniffen 
Don  ©errn  ^e^renbt  erlunbigt  ^oSit.  ©r  ge^drt,  tt)ie  man  mir 
i)on  gtanbraiirbigfter  @eite'  beri^tet/  einer  fe^r  adjtbaren'  ga^ 
mi(ie  an,  nnb  !bnnen  @ie  i^nt  o^ne  alle  ©efaljr '  (^r  o^ne  jebeS 
9?i)'ifo')  einen  (Srebit  don  20—25,000  SJ^ar!  gett)a^ren." 

OJ^it  ^epg  anf "  bie  Saaren,  tvel^e  ®ie  un«  om  bergongenen  " 
greitag  gefanbt  ^aben,  tfjeile  ic^  S^nen  mit,  "t^^  biefelben  t)ott^ 
ftcinbig "  na(^  Drbre  an^gefallen"  finb,  unb  bog  ic^  S^tien  in 
einigen  !^agcn  iveitere"  ^eftellungen ''  pfenben  iDerbe. 

§oc^ad)tung^t)o(l, 
!I).  «.  ^ot^c^ilb." 

r)  In  reply.  2)  esteemed.  3)  b.  W..  is  an  abbreviation  for 
biefeS  9D^onat«.  4)  genou  (^/^/-»^7^'),  exactly,  carefully.  ^)gloupe- 
viir-dP-ster  zi'-te,  most  trustworthy  party  (or  people,  literally  'side). 
6)  roie  man  mir  beric^tet,  as  I  am  told  (or  informed).  7)  respectable. 
8)  without  any  danger.         g)  without  any  risk.  10)  g^rant.         n) 

mlt  betsooch'   oufe,  in  reference  to,  as  regards.  12)   { fer-ghdn -s[he- 

nen,    past    or  last.  13)  folt -sh'ten-diy ,  entirely.      14)  executed  to 

orders.  15)    vl'  te-re,    further.  t6)    be-shtet-lddn-ghen,    orders. 

17)  9^ot^fi)itb  is  a  German  name,  and  is  pronounced  rot'-shilt,  signi- 
fying 'a  red  si^.' 


%\n  J|mt^r5#h-|a5im. 


O  E  R  M  A  N  . 


XV. 

{Continuation.) 
1. 

10.  What  do  you  charge  for  this  arti'^^e^ 

11.  Eighteen  shillings 

12.  That  is  very  dear. 

13.  That  is  a  very  high  price  {furcMhar  theuer)  to  give 
for  a  thing  ^ike  that  {fur  e^fip^t      e'artigen  Artikel). 

14.  On  the  contrary  {im  Gegenttieil)  inat  is  very  cheap 
{billig).     Just  '.c»ok  at  the  quality  (die  Qiialitdt). 

15.  This  article  is  much  cheaper,  but  ci  course  (natiir- 
licli)  it  is  of  an  inferior  quality  {von  geringerer 
Qnalitdt). 

16.  This  is  the  very  best  thing  {dac  Vorzuglichste)  we 
have  in  that  line  {das  es  in  dieser  Art  giht). 

17.  Show  me  another  pattern  {ein  anderes  Muster). 

18.  This  cloth  {or  stuif)  is  extra  good  {wunderscJmt),  a.nd 
the  pattern  most  stylish  {geschmackvoll). 

19.  That  is  the  latest  thing  out. 

20.  I  dare  say  {moglicJi)  ;  but  I  do  not  like  the  pattern. 

21.  Show  me  some  plain,  light  material  {eitien  einfarhigen^ 
hellen  Staff). 

22.  I  can  give  you  the  same  pattern  in  other  colors  {in 
anderen  Farhen), 


XV. 

{Continuation.) 

I 

10.  Wie  theuer  verkaufen  Sie  das  ? 

11.  Das  kostet  achtzehn  Mark. 

12.  Das  ist  sehr  theuer  {toy'-er). 

13.  Das  ist  furchtbar  theuer  fur  einen  derartigen  Artikel 
{dayr'-dr-tee-ghen  dr^tee' -kit), 

14.  Im  Gegentheil  {gay' -g hen- tile) ^  mein  Herr,  das  ist  sehr 
billig.     Sehen  Sie  sich  nur  die  Qualitat  an. 

15.  Dieser  Artikel   ist   viel    biliiger    {bil'-lee-gher\  aber 
natiirlich  von  geringerer  {ghe-ring  -e-rer)  Qualitat. 

16.  Das  ist  das  Vorzuglichste  (/«?r^-/j-//;§''-//3'j'-//),  das  es 

in  dieser  Art  gibt. 

17.  Zeigen  {tsi'-ghen)  Sie  mir  ein  anderes  Muster. 

18.  Dieser  Stoff  ist  wunderschon  {vddn'-der-shdn)y  und  das 
Muster  ist  sehr  geschmack'voU. 

19.  Das  is  das  allerneuste  {or^  Das  ist   das  neuste,  das 

man  hat). 

20.  Moglich,  aber  das  Muster  gefallt  mir  nicht. 

21.  Zeigen  Sie  mir  einen  einfarbigen  {ine'-fdr-bee-ghen)^ 
hellen  Stoff. 

22.  Ich  kann   Ihnen    auch  dasselbe  Muster  in  anderen 
Farben  geben. 


XV. 

{Continuation.) 
1. 

10.  What  do  you  charge  for  this  arti'^^e? 

11.  Eighteen  shillings 

12.  That  is  very  dear. 

13.  That  is  a  very  high  price  {furchthar  tlieuer)  to  give 
for  a  thing  Vike  that  {fur  ernpi      e'artigen  Artikel). 

14.  On  the  contrary  (im  Gegentneil)  laat  is  very  cheap 
{billig).     Just  'ook  at  the  quality  {die  Qualitdt). 

15.  This  article  is  much  cheaper,  but  ci  course  (natilr- 
lich)  it  is  of  an  inferior  quality  {von  geringerer 
Qualitdt). 

16.  This  is  the  very  best  thing  {dac  Vorzilgiichste)  we 
have  in  that  line  {das  es  in  dieser  Art  gibt). 

17.  Show  me  another  pattern  {ein  anderes  Muster). 

18.  This  cloth  {or  stuff)  is  extra  good  {wundersclidn)^2iXid 
the  pattern  most  stylish  {geschmackvoll). 

19.  That  is  the  latest  thing  out. 

20.  I  dare  say  (moglicJi)  ;  but  I  do  not  like  the  pattern. 

21.  Show  me  some  plain,  light  material  {einen  einfarMgen, 
hellen  Si  off). 

22.  I  can  give  you  the  same  pattern  in  other  colors  {in 
anderen  Farhen), 


XV. 

(Continuation.') 

I 

10.  Wie  theuer  verkaufen  Sie  das  ? 

11.  Das  kostet  achtzehn  Mark. 

12.  Das  ist  sehr  theuer  {toy'-er). 

13.  Das  ist  furchtbar  theuer  fiir  einen  derartigen  Artikel 
(dayr'-dr-tee-ghen  dr^tee' -ket), 

14.  Im  Gegentheil  {gay' -ghen-tile\  mein  Herr,  das  ist  sehr 
billig.     Sehen  Sie  sich  nur  die  Qualitat  an. 

15.  Dieser  Artikel   ist   viel    billiger    {bil'-lee-gher\  aber 
natiirlich  von  geringerer  {ghe-ring  -e-rer)  Qualitat. 

16.  Das  ist  das  Vorziiglichste  (/c^r^-Zi-^'-Z/y^-/^),  das  es 

in  dieser  Art  gibt. 

17.  Zeigen  (tst'-ghen)  Sie  mir  ein  anderes  Muster. 

18.  Dieser  Stoff  ist  wunderschon  {voon' -der-shdn)^  und  das 
Muster  ist  sehr  geschmackVoll. 

19.  Das  is  das  allerneuste  (ory  Das  ist   das  neuste,  das 

man  hat). 

20.  Moglich,  aber  das  Muster  gefallt  mir  nicht. 

21.  Zeigen  Sie  mir  einen  einfarbigen  {itie' -fdr-bee-gheri)^ 
hellen  Stoff. 

22.  Ich  kann   Ihnen    auch  dasselbe  Muster  in  anderen 
Farben  geben. 


S86 

23-  This  is  too  light  {hell),     I  want   something   darker 
(etwas  dunkleres). 

24.  Is  that  your  lowest  price  ? 

25.  I  could  not  possibly  give  it  for  less  (unter  dent). 

26.  I  scarcely  make  {ich  verdiene  kaum)  a  shilling  by  it. 
27    I  put  the  goods  at  cost  price  {zum  Kostenpreise), 

28.  I  do  not  want  to  lay  out  so  much  on  it. 

29.  I  can  get  it  cheaper  elsewhere  {a7iderswo). 

30.  There  you  are  mistaken  ;  at  least  (wenigstens)  not  of 

this  quality. 

31.  Well,  ril  take  this  article;  please  send  it  (=  him)  to 

my  place  (7iach  ineiner  Wohnung).     Here  is  my  ad- 
dress. 

32.  Send  these  goods  with  a  receipted  bill  (mit  einer 
quittirten  Rechnung)  to  my  hotel. 

33.  How  much  does  it  come  to.f* 

34.  What  is  the  total  amount  .'* 

35.  I  may  as  well  pay  for  these  things  at  once. 

36.  I  have  to  get  one  shilling  in  change. 

37.  Here  is  your  change,  sir. 


2. 

Whether  we  shall  carry  on  this  enterprise  or 
drop  it. 

Whether,  if 


387 

fj.  Das  ist  mir  zu  hell.  Ich  wunsche  etwas  dunk- 
leres. 

24.  Ist  das  Ihr  ausserster  Preis  ? 

25.  Ich  kann  es  Ihnen  wirklich  nicht  unter  dem  geben. 

26.  Ich  verdiene  (fer-dee'-ne)  kaum  eine  Mark  daran. 

27.  Ich  liabe  Ihnen  die  Waare  zum  Kostenpreise  be- 
rechnet. 

28.  So  viel  mag  ich  nicht  daran  wenden. 

29.  Ich  kann  es  andersvvo  billiger  haben. 

30.  Da  irren  Sie  sich ;  wenigstens  nicht  in  derselben 
Gute  (^'V  Qualitat). 

31.  Gut,  ich  will  diesen  Artikel  nehmen.  Schicken  Sie 
ihn  gefalligst  nach  meiner  Wohnung.  Hier  ist 
meine  Adresse. 

32.  Schicken  Sie  mir  diese  Waaren  mit  einer  quittirten 
Rechnung  nat.h  meinem  Hotel. 

33.  Wie  viel  macht  das  ? 

34.  Wie  viel  betragt  das? 

35.  Ich  will  es  Ihnen  lieber  {lee'-ber)  gleich  bezahlen. 

36.  Da  bekomme  ich  eine  Mark  heraus. 

37.  Hier  ist,  was  Sie  herausbekommen  (or^  Hier  ist  Ihr 

Kleingeld). 


Ob   wir   das  Unternehmen    ausftthren  Oder 

Op      vggr     das        06n-ter-nay'-mSn       ouse'-fU-r6n      o'd6r 

fallen  lassen  sol  I  en. 

f5h'-l6n    las'-s5n    zOl'-lgn. 

Ob  (dp) 


388 

we 

the 

enterprise 

to  execute,  to  finish 

or 

to  fall,  to  drop  [German  verbs  of  motion  are  conjugated 
with  sein  ;  therefore,  Ich  lin  gef alien,  I  have 
fallen  (I  fell)] 

to  let,  to  permit,  to  leave 

to  be  obliged 


I)  Conjugation  of  the  auxiliary  verb  lassen,  to  let,  to  permit,  to 
leave. 

Present. 


Subjunctive. 
ich  lasse,  I  may  permit, 
du  lassest,  thou  mayst  permit, 
er  lasse,  he  may  permit, 
wir  lassen,  we  may  permit, 
ihr  1  isset,  you  may  permit, 
sie  lassen,  ihey  may  permit. 

Imperfect, 

ich  liesse,  I  might  permit, 
du  liessest  thou  mightsl  permit, 
er  liesse,  he  might  permit, 
wir  liessen,  we  might  permit, 
ihr  liesset,  you  might  permit, 
sie  liessen,  they  might  permir 

Compound  Tenses. 

Perfect.  ich  habe  gelassen,  I  have  permitted. 

Pluperfect.  ich  hatte  gelassen.  I  had  permitted. 

Fi}-st  Ftitui'c'.  ich  wcide  lassen,  I  shall  permit. 

Second  Future.  ich  wtrde  yt  lassen  haben,  I  shall  have  permitted. 

First  Conditional,     ich  wiiide  lassen,  I  slicnild  permit. 
Second  Conditional,  ich  vvtirde  gelassen  haben.  I  should  have  permitted 
Lassen,  to  let  {or  to  permi),  when   placed    before   another  verb  in 
the  infinitive,  is  like  the  English  to  cat^<  {¥xqx\c\\  faire)  ;  e.g.  Ich  liesi 


Indicative. 
ich  lasse,  I  permit  {or  I  let). 
du  lassest,  thou  permittest. 
er  lasst,  he  permits, 
wir  lassen,  we  permit, 
ihr  lasst,  you  permit, 
sie  lassen,  they  permit.. 


ich  liess,  I  permitted. 

du  liessest,  thou  permittedst. 

er  liesS;  he  permitted. 

wir  liessen,  we  permitted. 

ihr  liesset,  you  permitted. 

sie  liessen,  they  permitted. 


389 

wir  {vere) 

das  [Neuter  definite  article] 

Unternehmen  {oon-ter-nay' -men) 

ausfuhren  {ouse'-fu-ren)  [Comp.  separ.  regular  verb] 

Oder  {p'-der) 

fallen  {fdh'-len)  [Irregular  verb.  Present :  ich  falle^  du 
fdllst,  er  fdllt,  toir  fallen y  Sle  fallen,  sie  fallen.  Im- 
perfect :  ichfiel  {feel),  &c.  Perfect :  ich  bin  gef alien) 

lassen^  {/a -sen) 

soUen'  {zol'-len) 


ineinem  Soline  einen  Rock  machen,  I  had  a  coat  made  {i.e.  I  caused 
a  coat  to  be  made)  for  my  son. 

The  object  of  lassen  is  generally  in  the  accusative,  but  if  there  are 
two  objects  in  a  sentence,  the  person  is  in  the  dative,  2^\\^  the  thing  in 
the  accusative  ;  e.g.  Er  hat  ineinem  Bruder  das  Geld  gelassen. 

2)  Conjugation  of  the  auxiliary  verb  sollen,  to  be  obliged. 


Pres.  ich  soil,  I  am  to. 

du  sollst,  thou  shalt. 

er  soil,  he  is  to  or  shall, 

wir  sollen,  we  are  to. 

ihr  soUt,     )  ye  shall. 

Sie  sollen,  I"  you  shall. 

sie  sollen.  they  are  to 

or  shall. 

Imperf.      ich  sollte,  I   should,  I 

was  to,  or  I  ought  to. 

Per/.  ich  habe  gesollt,  or  ich 

habe  .  .  .  sollen. 
Pluperf.    ich  hatte  gesollt. 
1st  Put.     ich  werde  sollen. 
2nd  Put.    (ich  werde  gesollt  haben.) 
1st  Cond.    ich  sollte,  I  should,  I  ought  to. 
2nd  Cond.  ich  hatte — sollen,  I  ought  to  have. 

Inf.  Pres.     sollen.  |  Part.  Past,     gesollt. 

/ s ha// is  translated  ich  werde,  and  in  the  interrogative  form  werde 
ich?  but  when  sha/l  I  is  used  in  the  sense  of  am  I  to,  it  is  rendered 
by  so//  ich?  e.g.  We  shall  go,  wir  werden  gehen ;  Shall  we  go?  i.e. 
are  we  to  e^o  ?  So//en  wir  gehen  ? 


Subj.    ich  solle,  I  shall, 
du  sollest. 
er  solle. 
wir  sollen. 
j  ihr  soUet. 
\  Sie  sollen. 
sie  sollen. 

ich  sollte,  I  should. 

ich  habe  gesollt. 

ich  hatte  gesollt  or  sollen. 
ich  werde  sollen. 


390 

whether  we  shall  carry  on  the  enterprise  or  drop  it. 


1.  Let  us  go ;  it  is  very  late,  and  I  am  obliged  to  get 
up  very  early  to-morrow. 

2.  Have  you  sent  for  a  cab  ?  {Hahen  Sie  mir  .  .  .  holen 
lassen  ?) 

3.  Get  a  commissioner  {or  porter)  (lassen  Sie  mir  einen 
Dienst7na7in  holen) ;  I  must  send  this  luggage  to  the 
depot  {nach  der  Balm), 

4.  Where  did  you  have  this  coat  made  ?  ( Wo  hahen 
Sie  .  .  .  machen  lassen  ?)     It  fits  you  very  well. 

5.  My  sister  had  her  dress  made  at  the  French  dress- 
maker's.    (.  .  .  hat  sich  .  .  .  machen  lassen.) 

6.  Send  for  a  policeman  (lassen  Sie  ?nir  .  .  .  rufen). 

7.  Whom  did  you  send  for? 

8.  Why  did  you  not  send  for  me  at  once  ? 

9.  Let  us  dine  here,  for  this  train  does  not  stop  any- 
where (nirgends)  long  (lange). 

10.  Let  us  take  a  walk  (emen  Spaziergang) ;  the  air  (die 
Luft)  is  so  very  pleasant. 

11.  You  kept  us  waiting  a  long  time. 

12.  My  brother  has  built  a  new  house  for  himself  (. . .  hat 
sich  . . .  hauen  lassen). 

13.  BidtYiQ  gentleman  to  come  in  (lassen  Sie ,  .  .  ndher 
treten). 

14.  He  sent  for  me  yesterday  (er  Hess  mich  gestern  Icom- 
men  [or  rufen,  or  holen\)^  and  told  me  that  he  re- 
ceived a  very  unpleasant  letter  from  your  teacher. 


391 

ob  wir  das  Unternehmen  ausfiihren  oder  fallen  lassen 
sollen. 


1.  Lassen  Sie  uns  gehen ;  es  ist  schon  sehr  spat,  und 
ich  muss  morgen  ganz  friih  aufstehen. 

2.  Haben  Sie  mir  eine  Droschke  holen  lassen? 

3.  Lassen  Sie  mir  einen  Dienstmann  (deensf-mdn)  holen ; 
ich  muss  dies  Gepiick  nach  der  Bahn  senden  {or 
schicken). 

4.  Wo  haben  Sie  diesen  Rock  machen  lassen  ?  Er  sitzt 
Ihnen  sehr  gut. 

5.  Meine  Schwester  hat  sich  ihr  Kleid  (klite)  bei  der 
franzosischen  Schneiderin  (shni' -de-rin)  machen 
lassen. 

6.  Lassen  Sie  mir  einen  Polizisten  rufen  {or  holen). 

7.  Wen  haben  Sie  rufen  lassen? 

8.  Warum  haben  Sie  mich  nicht  gleich  holen  lassen  ? 

9.  Lassen  Sie  uns  hier  zu  Mittag  essen,  denn  dieserZug 

halt  nirgends  lange. 

10.  Lassen  Sie  uns  einen  Spaziergang  (sh' pd-tseer' -gang) 
machen  :  die  Luft  ist  so  angenehm. 

11.  Sie  haben  uns  lange  warten  lassen. 

12.  Mein  Bruder  hat  sich  ein  neues  Haus  bauen  lassen. 

13.  Lassen  Sie  den  Herrn  naher  treten. 

14.  Er  Hess  mich  gestern  kommen  und  sagte  mir,  dass  er 
einen  sehr  unangenehmen  Brief  von  Ihrem  Lehrer 
erhalten  hattc. 


B92 

15-   I  cannot  understand  (^r,  It  cannot  be  understood) 
how  you  could  do  such  a  thing. 

1 6.  Of  that,  much  might  be  said. 

17.  Nothing  is  to  be  done  {or^  That  cannot  be  helped). 
iS.  That  might  be  taken  into  consideration. 

19.  Did  you  make  up  your  mind  if  we  should  drop  this 
enterprise  "^ 

20.  Shall  we  drop  it  ? 

21.  Who  is  to  do  it,  he  or  I? 

22.  I  was  to  have   left  by  the  first  train,  but  it  was  im- 
possible. 

23.  What  shall  I  {pr^  What  am  I  to)  tell  him  in  regard 
to  this  enterprise  (or  affair)  ? 

24.  You  ought  not  to  have  told  him. 

25.  You  ought  to  have  made  up  your  mind  sooner;  now 
it  is  too  late. 

26.  The  physician  ought  to  have  given  him  some  other 

medicine. 

27.  You   ought  to  have  telegraphed  to  him;    then  we 
would  have  had  an  answer  from  him  to-day. 

28.  You  ought  to  have  learned  these   sentences  (diese 
Sdtze)  by  heart.' 

29.  If  he  should  come,  tell  him  that  I  have  gone  out. 

30.  In  case  it  should  rain,  I  shall  have  to  stay  at  home. 

31.  In  case  you  should  see  him  {or,  if  you  should  happen 
to  see  him),  please  tell  him  so. 


i)  With  the  reflective  pronoun  sich,  es  lasst  involves  the  idea  of 
it  can  be  or  may  be. 

2)  In  the  imperfect  and  pluperfect,  sollen  denotes  a  duty— »i 
oiight  to. 


393 

15.  Es  lasst*  sich  nicht  begreifen  {be-grV -fen)^vj\t,  Sie  das 
haben  thun  konnen. 

16.  Dariiber  Jasst  sich  sehr  viel  sagen. 

17.  Da  liisst  sich  nichts  thun. 

18.  Das  liisst  sich  horen. 

19.  Haben  Sie  sich  entschlossen,  ob  wir  dieses  Unten 
nehmen  fallen  lassen  sollen  ? 

20.  Sollen  wir  es  fallen  lassen  ? 
^\.  Wer  soil  es  thun,  er  oder  ich? 

22.  Ich  soUte  schon  mit  dem  ersten  Zuge  abreisen,  aber 
es  war  unmoglich. 

23.  Was  soil  ich  ihm  in   Betreff  dieses  Unternehmens 
mittheilen  (mW-ti-len)  (or  sagen)  ? 

24.  Sie  batten  ihm  das  nicht  sagen  sollen.' 

25.  Sie   batten    sich   friiher   entschliessen   (ent-shlee* -sen) 
sollen  ;  jetzt  ist  es  zu  spiit. 

26.  Der   Arzt    liatte   ihm   eine    andere   Medicin'  geben 

sollen. 

27.  Sie  batten   ihm  telegraphiren  sollen  ;  dann  wiirden 
wir  schon  heute  eine  Antwort  von  ihm  gehabt  haben. 

28.  Sie  batten  diese  Satze  auswendig  {ouse'-vayn  di^)  ler- 

nen  '  sollen. 

29.  Wenn  er  kommen  soUte/  so  sagen  Sie  ihm,  dass  ich 
ausgegangen  bin. 

30.  Wenn  es   regnen  sollte,  so  werde  ich  zu  Hause  blei- 
ben  {bll'-ben)  miissen. 

31.  Wenn  Sie  ihn  sehen  sollten,  so  bitte,  sagen  Sie  ihm 
das. 


3)  To  learn  by  heart  =  auswendig  lernen. 

4)  The  subjunctive  of  the   imperfect  sollte  is  used  after  wenn,  to 
express  a  chance,  or  an  event  whi    i  is  not  quite  certain. 


394 

32.  If  the  weather  should  clear  up,  we'll  take  a  walk. 

33.  If  he  should  ask  for  ^  the  money,  tell  him  that  I  will 
send  it  to  him  to-morrow. 

3<j..   Dr.  B.  is  saicP  to  be  the  best  teacher  {pr^  People  say 
Dr.  B.  is  the  best  teacher). 

35.  He  is  said  ^  to  have  died  {geBtofhen  sein)  in  America. 

36.  A  great  battle  is  reported  ^  to  have  taken   place  in 
Afghanistan. 

37.  He  is  supposed^  to  have  lost  a  great  deal  of  money 
(sehr  viel  Geld)  in  this  speculation. 

38.  The  Berlin  opera  is  said  to  be  the  best  in  all  Ger- 
many (in  ganz  Deutscliland). 

39.  It  is  said  to  have  been  very  cold  in  Paris  yesterday. 


3. 
Illness. 

1.  How  do  you  do? 

2.  How  are  you  ? 

3.  How  do  you  feel  ? 

4.  I  am  not  well. 

5.  I  am  (or  I  feel)  unwell.     (I  do  not  feel  well.) 

6.  I  am  indisposed. 

7.  He  is  ill. 

8.  He  makes  believe  (er  stellt  sich)  to  be  ill. 

9.  I  was  taken  ill. 


i)  To  ask  for  a  thing  =  etwas  verlangen. 


395 

32.  Wenn   sich  das  Wetter  aufkliiren   sollte,  so  wollen 
wir  einen  Spaziergang  {shpd-tseer' -gang)  machen. 

33.  Wenn  er  das  Geld  verlangen  sollte,  so  sagen   Sie 
ihm,  dass  ich  es  ihm  morgen  schicken  werde. 

34.  Dr.  B.  soW^  der  bestc  Lehrer  sein  {or^  Man  sagt,  dass 
Dr.  B.  der  beste  Lehrer  ist). 

35.  Er  soil'  in  Amerika  gestorben  sein. 

36.  Es  soil '  cine  grosse  Sclilacht  in  Afghanistan  stattge- 
fiinden  haben. 

37.  Er  soil '  sehr  viel  Geld  bei  {or  in)  dieser  Speculation 

{sli pay-koo-ldht-syone')  verlo'ren  haben. 

38.  Die  Berliner  Oper  soil  die  beste  in  ganz  Deutschland 

sein. 

39.  Es  soil  gestern  in  Paris  sehr  kalt  gewesen  sein. 


3. 
Tom  Krankseiu. 


1.  Wie  befinden  Sie  sich  ?     (Wie  geht  es  Ihnen  ?) 

2.  Was  machen  Sie?  » 

,,r.     r..,  1        c-       •  t  -.    r    [Only  used  to  invalids.] 

3.  Wie  fuhlen  Sie  sich  ?    )     "-        "^  -" 

4.  Ich  bin  nicht  wohl.     (Mir  ist  nicht  wohl.) 

5.  Ich  bin  unwohl.      (Mir  ist  unwohl.     Ich  fiihle  mich 
nicht  wohl.) 

6.  Ich  bin  leidend  {li'-dent). 

7.  Er  ist  krank. 

8.  Er  stellt  sich  krank  (or^  Erstellt  sich,  als  ob  er  krank 
wiire). 

9.  Ich  bin  krank  geworden.     (Ich  bin  erkrankt.) 

2)  Soll,'p\.  sollen,  means  is  or  are  said,  supposed,  or   reported,  but 
only  in  the  present  tense. 


396 

10.  I  hope  {or,  It  is  to  be  hoped)  it  will  not  be  of    my 
importance. 

11.  That  will  soon  pass  off. 

12.  Her  condition  {ihr  Zustand)  causes  me  great  anxi' 
ety. 

13.  Don't    worry    yourself    on   his    account    {seinetws* 
gen).     This  illness  [or  complaint)  is  but  trifling. 

14.  He  must  keep  his  bed. 

15.  I  am  better,  thank  God  {Gott  S6i  Dank),  but  I  must 
continue  to  keep  my  room. 

16.  Take  care  of  your  health. 

17.  Take  care  of  yourself. 

18.  You  ought  really  to  take  better  care  of  yourself. 

19.  You  will  catch  an  illness  (or,  You'll  get  some  com* 
plaint). 

20.  He  fell  ill  (  =  He  has  taken  [zugezogen]  an  illness). 

2 1 .  I  have  taken  {or  caught)  cold. 

22.  I  have  a  cough  {den  Husten). 

23.  He  has  coughed  all  night  {die  ganze  Nacht  Mndurch) 

24.  I  could  not  sleep  for  coughing. 

25.  It  lays  on  my  chest  {anf  der  Brust). 

26.  Where  does  it  pain  you  ? 

27.  When  I  cough  it  pains  me  here. 
2S.  Where  do  you  feel  the  pam? 

29.   I  have  a  headache. 


[)  Is  very  frequently  used  by  Germans. 


897 

10.  Es  wird  hoffentlich  nichts  auf  sich  haben. 

11.  Das  wird  bald  vorii'bergehen. 

12.  Ihr  Zustand  beunruhigt  (be-ddn'-rdd-hPi)  (or  angstigt) 
mich  sehr. 

13.  Beunruhigen  Sie  sich  seinetwegen  {zt* -net-vay-gheti) 
nicht.     Diese  Krankheit  hat  nichts  auf  sich. 

14.  Er  muss  das  Bett  hiiten. 

15.  Es  geht  mir,  Gott   sei  Dank,*  besser,  aber  ich  muss 
noch  immer  das  Zimmer  hiiten. 

16.  Schonen  Sie  Ihre  Gesundheit, 

17.  Schonen  Sie  sich. 

18.  Sie  sollten  sich  wirklich  mehr  schonen  (or  mehr  in 
Acht  nehmen). 

19.  Sie  werden  sich  eine  Krankheit  zuziehen  (tsdo'-tsee- 
hen). 

20.  Er  hat  sich  eine  Krankheit  zugezogen  (tsoo' -ghe-tso- 
ghen). 

21.  Ich  habe  mich  erkaltet  (or,  Ich  habe  mir  eine  Erkal- 
tung  zugezogen). 

22.  Ich  habe  (leil  Husten. 

23.  Er  hat  die  ganze  Nacht  hindurch  gehustet. 

24.  Der  Husten  hat  mich  nicht  schlafen  lassen. 

25.  Es  liegt  mir  auf  der  Brust  (brdost), 

26.  Wo  thut  es  Ihnen  weh  ? 

27.  Wenn  ich  huste,  so  thut  es  mir  hier  weh. 

28.  Wo    fiihlen    Sie   Schmerzen  ?    (or,    Wo    haben    Sie 
Schmerzen  ?) 

29.  Ich  habe  Kopfweh  (or  Kopf schmerzen).' 


2)  Kopfweh  or  Kopf schmerzen.     Zahnwei.  or  Zahnschmerzen,  && 


393 

30.  He  has  the  toothache  (a  sore  throat,  Halsweh);  he 
has  the  stomach-ache  (Magenschmerzeyi). 

31.  He  has  broken  his  arm  (his  leg,  das  Bein  \^bi?ie\), 

32.  The  pulse  is  good  (bad  or  full). 

33.  His  pulse  beats  (geht)  very  fast ;  he  has  the  fever  (or 
he  is  feverish,  er  fiehert). 

34.  I  think  he  is  better. 

35    I  hope  you'll  soon  be  better/ 

36.  Which  doctor  is  attending  you? 

37.  Which  doctor  do  you  have.-* 

38.  Please  show  me  your  tongue. 

39.  Your  tongue  is  coated. 

40.  Have  you  any  appetite.^ 

41.  What  is  the  doctor's  opinion  of  your  illness? 

42.  He  has  ordered  strict  diet. 

43.  This  complaint  is  curable  (incurable). 

44.  He  is  cured  {or.  He  has  recovered). 

45.  He  is  not  yet  convalescent. 

46.  Did  you  take  the  medicine  ? 

47.  How  is  this  medicine  to  be  taken  ? 
48    Take  a  teaspoonful  every  hour. 

4r).  He  is  dying. 

50.  Of  what  did  he  die  ? 

51.  He  died  of  brain  fever. 

52.  He  died  quite  suddenly. 

53.  He  is  in  mourning. 


39J 

30.  Er     hat     Zahnweh     (Halsweh  ;      Magenschmerzen 
\shmert'  -sen]). 

31.  Er  hat  sich  den  Arm  (das  Bein)  gebrochen. 

32.  Der  Puis  ist  gut  (schlecht ;  voll). 

33.  Sein  Puis  geht  sehr  schnell ;  er  fiebert  (fee'-dert). 

3|.  Ich  finde,  dass  es  ihm  besser  geht. 

35.  Gute  Besserung  !^ 

36.  VVelcher  Arzt  behandelt  Sie  ? 

37.  Was  fiir  einen  Arzt  haben  Sie? 

38.  Bitte,  zeigen  Sie  mir  Ihre  Zunge  (tsSdn'-ghe)  ? 

39.  Ihre  Zunge  ist  belegt. 

40.  Haben  Sie  Appetit  {ap-pay-teet')  ? 

41.  Was  sagt  dor  Arzt  zu  Ihrer  Krankheit  ? 

42.  Er  hat  mir  strenge  Diiit  {dee-ayt')  veror'dnet. 

43.  Diese  Krankheit  ist  heilbar  (Jiile'-bdr)  (unheilbar). 

44.  Er  ist  geheilt  (or  genesen  \ghi-nay' -zen\), 

45.  Er  ist  noch  nicht  hergestellt. 

46.  Haben   Sie  Arznei   eingenommen  [drts-nie'  ine'-ghi^ 
nom-men)  ? 

47.  Wie  soli  ich  diese  Arznei  einnehmen  {or,  Wie  nimmt 
man  diese  Arznei  ein)  ? 

48.  Nehmen  Sie  alle  Stunden  einen  Theeloffel  voll  {or, 
einen  Theelofifel  voll  stUndlich. 

49.  Er  stirbt. 

50.  Woran  ist  er  gestorben  ? 

51.  Er  ist  am  Gehirn'fieber  gestorben. 

52.  Er  ist  ganz  plotzlich  gestorben. 

53.  Er  ist  in  Trauer  {or,  Er  tragt  Trauer) 


i)  This  is  a  parting  salute  to  all  invalids. 


GRAMMATICAL    REMARKS. 

Exercises  and  Words  used  in  Common  Conversation, 


Adverbs. 


The  Adverbs  are  divided  into  three  principal  classes! 
Adverbs  of  place^  of  time^  and  of  manner  or  degree, 

1.  Adyerbs  of  Place. 


TOO,  where. 

t)ier,  here. 

'ii<x,  bort,  there. 

meit  {vite),  fern,  far. 

no^e  {nd'-ki),  near. 

^inten  {hht'-tin),  behind. 

tJorn  {forn),  before. 

Oben,  above. 

ttttteit  {ddn'^ten\  below. 


ir'genbft)0,  anywhere,  somewhere 

ttir'genbnJO,  nowhere. 

ii'beraU,  everywhere. 

juriicf',  back,  backward. 

t)or'tt)art§,  forward. 

jeit'rt)ort§  {zlte' -vairts),  sideways. 

tiicf'ttJfirtg,  backward. 

Uttte,  (to)  on  the  left. 

red^tS,  (to)  on  the  right,  etc. 


401 


2.  Adverbs  of  Time, 


rtjann,  when. 

t)cutc,  to-day. 

morgcn,  to-morrow. 

u'levmorncn,  the  day  after  to- 
morrow. 

Qvltein,  yesterday. 

i)or\)v*ft:rn,  the  day  before  yester- 
day. 

ie^t,  now. 

c'ljcmai^i,  formerly. 


ba'mal^,  then,  at  that  time. 

oft,  often. 

11  ic  (wtv),  never. 

gmueilcn  {tsdo-vt -Hn),  sometimes 

immcr,  always. 

3U»or',  before. 

fd^ou,  already. 

frii^,  early. 

fpat,  late. 

g(cid),  fogleid),  directly,  etc. 


3.  Adverbs  of  Manner  or  Degree. 


njic,  how. 
]o,  thus, 
gern,  willin^Sy. 
jogar',  even, 
foft,  almost. 


iDaruni,  why. 

bciimljc  {bl-jia-hi),  almost. 

JhJOr,  indeed. 

getuif?',  certainly. 

UicUeid)t',  perhaps,  etc. 


Almost  all  adjectives  are  used  as  adverbs  without 
changing  their  form,  as  : 

@l  fd^reibt  gut,  He  writes  well. 

Gi  crbcitet  irf)led)t,  He  works  badly. 

Gr  lernt  flel^ig,  He  learns  diligently. 

The  two  adverbs  t)er,  hither^  l)itt,  tJiither,  are  often 
combined  with  other  adve>bs  or  prepositions \  \)tx  denotes 
mostly  a  movement  toward  the  speaker,  I)  in  a  movement 
a7vay  from  him. 


l^crab',  t)iuab',  down. 
^eiQuf,  Ijinauf,  up. 
herein',  binein',  in. 
ijcrait^',  l)inQU8',  out 
t)cniu'tcr,  l)inun'tcr,  down, 
^icr'ljer,  ^ier'^in,  this  way,  hither. 


ba't)er,     ba'biii,      th<.re,     thence, 

thither. 
bort'I)cr,  bort'^in,  thence,  there. 
tt)ol)cr',  mo^in',  whence,  whither, 

where  to. 


402 


The  adverbs  1^  t  e  r ,  here^  '^^f  there,  combined  with  prep- 
ositions, serve  likewise  to  form  adverbs. 


I)ieran',  by  this. 
l)ieranf',  hereupon, 
^icrbei',  hereby, 
^ierbiir^',  hereb}'. 
Ijieraug',  out  of  this,  hence. 
I^ierin',  in  this. 
Ijierfiiv',  for  this. 
I^ierge'gen,  against  this. 


baron',  by  that, 
barauf  J  thereupon, 
babei',  thereby, 
baburc^',  by  that. 
barou§',  out  of  that, 
barin',  therein, 
bafiir',  therefor, 
bage'gen,  against  it. 


The  adverb  it)  0 ,  where,  is  combined  in  the  same  man- 

If 
ner. 


njoron',  at  which. 
iDorauf,  upon  which. 
n)orau8',  out  of  which, 
njorin',  in  which. 
ttJObei',  whereby. 


hJoburd^',  whereby. 
ttJOtnit',  wherewith. 
ttJOUoit',  wherefrom. 
ttJO^u',  for  what, 
monac^',  after  which. 


Adjectives  used  adverbially,  can  be  compared.  They 
form  their  degrees  of  comparison  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  adjectives  : 

fpat,  late.  fpotct,  later.  fpcitcft,  latest. 


The  superlative  of  the  adverb  is  generally  preceded  by 
a  m  or  a  u  f  § ,  as :  am  fcf)onften,  auf^  fdiotifte. 

©r  fd^reibt  am  fd^onften,  He  writes  most  beautifully. 
@r  fcf)relbt  nuf^  jd^bufte,  He  writes  most  beautifully. 

The  former  of    these   sentences   conveys  the    idea   of 
comparison  ;  the  latter  stands  absolute. 


403 

Sometimes  the  superlative  takes  the  termination  end/ 
as: 

fru^cflcn^,  at  the  soonest.  I^od^jten^,  at  most. 

The  following  adverbs  form   their   degrees  of   com- 
parison irregularly: 

batb,  soon.  c^er,  sooner.  am  c'^cflcn,  soonest, 

gcrn,  willingly.         licber,  more  willingly,    am  Uebftcn,  most  willingly. 


Conjunctions. 

Conjunctions  which  connect  two  co-ordlnate  sen- 
tences are  called  Co-ordinate  Conjunctions,  while 
conjunctions  which  are  used  to  connect  the  subordinate 
with  the  principal  sentence,  are  called  Subordinate 
Conjunctions. 

I.    Co-ordinate  Conjunctions. 

A.   Copulative  Conjunctions. 
[They  simply  join  two  sentences.] 


unb,  and. 

njebcr.  .not^,  neither,  .nor. 

au(^,  also,  too. 

t^eit«.  .t^eilS,  partly,  .partly. 

jubem',  besides,  moreover. 

erfl,  erftUc^,  first. 

ou'gcrbem,  besides. 

bann,  then. 

iiid)t  nut.  •      •)  tt       ( 

ferncr,  further. 

nlc^tblofe..      (^f^  not  only.. 
md,taUein..   )  1  «(  but  also. 

enbtid),  finally, 
namtid),  namely. 

|on)o^t  . .  al3  (au(^),  as  well  as ; 

at6,  as  ;  n)ie,  like. 

both.  .and. 

404 


B.  Causal  Conjunctions. 
[Denoting  a  cause.] 


bo^er',          ^ 
besiue'c^en, 

be§{)a(b', 

■    therefore. 

Qtfo,  accordingly. 

borum', 

folg'Uc^,  consequently. 

bemnad^', 

benn,  for. 

C.  Adversative  Conjunctions. 
[Implying  restriction  or  denial,] 


nid^t.  .jonbern,  not.  .but. 

eutmeber.  .obcr,  either,  .or. 

fonft,  else. 

benn  (e§  fei  benn),  unless. 

aber,  but. 

attein,  but. 

I)inge'gen,  on  the  contrary. 

inbe^,  inbeffen,  however. 


bod^, 

jebocl)',      J.  yet,  though,  still. 

ben'nodE), 

beffenungeoc^tet',  \  nevertheless, 

nic^t§beftoit)e'ni=   /•  notwithstand- 

0er,  )      ing. 

gteid^n)0^r,  for  all  that, 
bage'gen,  on  the  contrary. 
JttJar,  indeed. 


aber  is  the  English  but  in  the  sense  of  ^^ but  yet  f 
fonbern  is  the  English  but  in  the  sense  of  '^ but  on  the 
contrary^''  and  is  only  used  after  a  negative.     Examples : 

6«  ift  nid^t  SSinter,  aDcc  t%  ift  giemtic^  !alt,  It  is  not  winter,  but  it  is 

pretty  cold. 
(S§  ift  nic^t  SBinter,  fonbctn  @ommcr,  It  is  not  winter,  but  summer. 


II.    Subordinate  Conjunctions. 


a 


as  if,  as  though. 


at8,  when,  as. 

ats  ob, 

atg  njenn, 

atg  bo§,  but  that. 

anftatt  \iO,%  instead  of. 

Inbcm,  as,  while. 


inbeffen,  inbc§,  while, 
jc.  .befto,  the.  .the. 
nad^bem,  after, 
ob,  whether,  if. 
ungead)tet,  notwithstanding, 
ttjcil^rcnb,  while,  whereas. 


406 


hjann,  when,  whenever. 

JDenn,  when,  if. 

iDcnn  nid)t,  unless. 

an]  bafj,  in  order  that. 

bcDor,  before. 

bis,  until. 

ba,  as,  since. 

bo^,  that,  in  order  that. 

bamit,  in  order  that. 

bamit  nic^t,  lest. 

cl^c,  before. 

foUS,  in  case. 

obgleic^,  obj(^on,  )  though, 

obttJO^t,  njiettJO^I,  )  although. 

feit,  jcitbcm,  since. 


fo,  so,  as. 

fo  oft  (a(S),  whenever. 

fo  balb  {al9),  as  soon  as. 

jo  ba§,  so  that. 

fcwic,  as.  -as. 

um  gu,  in  order  to. 

wenna...*,      |    ,^^^g^_ 

wennglei,*,     V    ^,^^^„g^_ 

tt)enn  fc^on,      ) 

toeil,  because  (while). 

ttjic,  how,  when,  as. 

tt)ic  ttjenu,  as  when. 

tt)CSt)alb',  wherefore. 

tt)e«njc'gen,  for  which  reason. 

njofcrn',  in  case. 


The  Infinitive. 

The  word  gu  forms  no  part  of  the  Infinitive;  when  it 
precedes  this  mood,  it  is  because  some  word  in  the  sen- 
tence requires  the  preposition  g  u. 

I,  The  verbs  bUrfen,/^  l^e  allowed;  fiJnnctt,  can; 
mogen,  w^jy  mUffen,  fnust ;  foHen,  shall ;  moden, 
will;  (affcn,  to  let;  ^ctgctt,  to  call,  bid;  mac^ett,  to 
make,  cause  ;  ncnmn,  to  call ;  \)t{\  tW.,  to  help  j  Ic^reu, 
to  teach;  (erticn,  to  learn;  fe^cn,  to  see;  \txtXi,  to 
hear  ;  f  it  ^  I  e  n ,  /^  feel ;  f  t  Tl  b  C  Tl ,  ^^  fnd,  are  followed  by 
the  Infinitive  without  the  preposition  ju. 

3cf)  barf  QU^ge^cn.  I  am  allowed  to  go  out. 

^d)  fann  nici)t  fprcc^cn.  I  cannot  speak. 

3cf)  itJiU  nicf)t  rciten  {ri'-tin).        I  will  not  ride. 

Sr  ^ot  jcic^ncn  {tsi-ynen)  gelernt.  He  has  learned  to  draw. 


406 

2.  The  Infinitive  with  gU  is  used  when  it  depends  on 
a  noun  or  adjective,  and  after  verbs  not  mentioned 
above,  as : 

^pahcn  @ie  !i?uft,  mit  mir  ju  reijen  ?  Have  you  a  mind  to  go  with  me  ? 

3cf)  bill  begie'rig,  e^  gu  tl)un.  I  am  anxious  to  do  it. 

3d)  tuiiiifdje,  i^n  ju  fel)cn.  I  wish  to  see  him. 

(gr  freute  fic^,  mid)  tt)iebeu5ufel)en.  He  was  glad  to  see  me  again. 

2Bir  l)aben  md)U  ju  tt)un.  We  have  nothing  to  do. 

3.  The  preposition  ^U  is  also  used  after  the  preposi- 
tion 0  I)  n  e ,  ivithout ;  \\.^ii  or  a  n  ft  a  1 1 ,  iiistead  of  ;  U  lit , 
in  order  to,  to. 

Otatt  mir  511  banfcn,  Iad)tc  er  mid^     Instead     of    thanking    me,     he 
aii§.  laughed  at  me. 

(Sr  ging  t)inau§,  o!)ue  mid)  angureben.  He  went  out  without  addressing 

me. 

SSir  !ommcn,  urn  3^nen  l^ebemo^l  gu    We  come  to  bid  you  good  bye. 
fagen. 

4.  The  Infinitive  of  the  verbs  biirfen,  /^  be  allowed ; 
I'^iXiXitV.,  can  ;  I  a  f  f  e  Tt ,  /^  let  ;  m  0  g  e  Tl ,  may  ;  m  it  f  f  e  U  , 

must;  foUen,  shall  J  ttjoHen,  will;  I)  elf  en,  to  help; 
^  0  r  e  n ,  to  hear  ;  f  e  ^  e  n ,  /^  see^  is  used  instead.of  the  Past 
Participle  when  these  verbs  govern  another  verb  in  the 
Infinitive  mood. 

3d)  \)Ciht  ibn  arbciten  fe^en.  I  saw  him  working. 

@ie  t)at  bc'^Q()lcn  miiffcti.  She  has  been  obliged  to  pay. 

aSir  I)aben  fie  fiiigcit  fjoren.  We  have  heard  her  sing. 

@ie  \)a\.  eg  it)m  uic^t  fagen  motten.  She  was  not  willing  to  tell  him. 

5.  Infinitives  may  be  used  substantively,  and  be  pre- 
ceded by  the  article,  as  : 

ba§  33eten,  praying.         hci%  Xanitn,  dancing. 
@eben  ift  feUger,  atS  ne^men.    To  give  is  more  blessed  than  to  receive. 


407 


ALPHABETICAL  LIST 

OF  THE  STRONG  AND  THE  IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


Note. — In  the  following  table  the  principal  parts  of 
all  the  verbs  of  the  Strong  and  Irregular  Conjugations, 
namely  the  Present  Infinitive^  Imperfect,  and  Past  Pajti- 
ciple,  are  given  first.  Compounds,  whose  simple  verbs 
are  no  longer  used  by  themselves,  are  also  given. 


Pres.  Inf.  Imperf. 

bacfen  but 

to  bake  baked 

bcfet)tcu  befall 


Past  Part. 

gcbadfcit 
baked 

befo^Ien 


to  command  commanded  commanded 


bcginncn 

begonn 

begonuen 

Imperf.  S.  id)  bcgi3nne  or  bc= 

to  begin 

began 

begun 

gonnc. 

bciOeu 

m 

gebiffeti 

to  bile 

bit 

bitten 

bcrgcn 

barg 

gcborgen 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  birgft,  cr  birgt. 

to  hide 

hid 

hidden 

Imperat.  birg  !  Imperf.  S. 
id)  biirgc  or  bdvge. 

bcrften 

barfl 

geborjlcn 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  birft,  er  bivfl. 

to  burst 

burst 

burst 

Imperat.  birft  !  Imperf.  S. 
id)  borftc  or  bdrftc. 

bcitiegcn 

bctoog 

bcmogen 

betnegcn,  to  move,  follows  the 

to  induce 

induced 

induced 

Weak  Conjitgation. 

bicgcii 

bog 

gebogen 

Imperf.  S.  id)  boge. 

to  bend 

bent 

bent 

bictni 

bot 

gcboten 

Imperf.  S.  id)  bbtc. 

tt<  offer 

offered 

offered 

biubcn 

banb 

gebiinbcn 

Imperf.  S.  id)  bcinbc. 

to  bind 

bound 

bound 

bitten 

bat 

gcbcten 

Imperf  S.  i(^  bate. 

to  ask 

asked 

asked 

Various  Irregularities. 
Pres.  Ind.  tu  bdcfft,  er  bcirft. 
Imperf  id)  bufc. 

Pres.  Ind.  bit  befict){ft,  er  be= 
fie^lt.  Imperat.  befie^U 
Imperf  S.  id)  befo^lc. 


40 


Pres.  Inf. 

Imperf. 

Past  Part. 

blafen 
to  blow 

blie§ 
blew 

geblQJen 
blown 

bteiben 
to  remain 

blieb 
remained 

geblieben 
remained 

bleid^en 
to  bleach 

bUrf) 
bleached 

geblic^en 
bleached 

broten 
to  roast 

briet 
roasted 

gebraten 
roasted 

bredfien 
to  break 

brad^ 
broke 

gebroc^cn 
broken 

brenncn 
to  burn 

brannte 
burned 

gebrannt 
burned 

bringen 
to  bring 

brad^te 
brought 

gebra(f)t 
brought 

ben!en 
to  think 

boci^te 
thought 

gebad^t 
thought 

bingen 
to  engage 

bingte 
engaged 

gebungcn 
engaged 

brefd)en 
to  thrash 

brofd) 
thrashed 

gebrojc^en 
thrashed 

bringen 
to  press 

brong 
pressed 

gebrungen 
pressed 

biirfen  burfte  geburft 

to  be  allowed  was  allowed  been  allowed 


em^fe^ten        cmpfa^t         empfo^Ien 
to  commend  commended  commended 


e]]en 
to  eat 

fa^rcn 
to  drive 


aft 
ate 

fn^r 
drove 


gcgeffen 
eaten 

gefa^ren 
driven 


Various  Irregularities. 
Pres.  Ind.  bu  blaft,  er  bidft. 


Pres.  Ind.  bu  brcitjl,  er  brat 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  bric^fl,  er  brid^t 
Imperat.  brirf) !  Imperf.  5. 
id^  brad^c. 

Imperf.  S.  id^  brennte. 

Imperf  S.  \6)  bradf|te. 
Imperf  S.  \6)  bad)te. 

Only  the  participle  gebungeit 

belongs  to  the  Strong  Con^ 

jugation. 
Pres.  Ind.      bn   brifc^ft,   er 

brifd^t.      Imperat.     brifcf) ! 

Imperf.  S.  ic^  brbfd^e. 
Imperf.  S.   icf)  brdnge. 

Pres.  Ind.  x^  barf,  "t^Vi  barfft, 
er  barf.  Pres.  S.  \6)  biirfe. 
Imperf.  S.  id)  biirfte. 

Pres.  Ind.  bn  empfiel^Ift,  er 
empfte^lt.  Imperat.  em* 
pfie^t!  Imperf.  S.  id)  em* 
pfo^te. 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  i^t,  er  i§t.  Im- 
perat. i^  !  Imperf.  S.  id^ 
age. 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  fd^rjl,  er  fd^rt 
Imperf.  S.  id)  fu^re. 


400 


Pres,  Tnf. 

Imperf. 

Past  Part. 

Various  Irregularities. 

fallen 

fel 

gcfallen 

Pres.Ind.  bu  fdUft,  er  fdttt. 

to  fall 

fell 

fallen 

fallen 

faltete 

gefaltcn 

Only  the  participle  gefalten 

to  fold 

folded 

folded 

belongs  to  the  Strong  Con- 
jugation. 

fan  gen 

fing 

gcfangcn 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  fangft,cr  fdngt. 

to  catch 

caught 

caught 

fccf)ten 

fod)t 

gefod)ten 

Pres.  Ind.   bn   fid)fl,   tx  fid)t. 

to  fight 

fought 

fought 

Imperat.  ftd)t !  Itnperf.  S. 
id)  fod)tc. 

finben 

fonb 

gefunben 

Imperf.  S.  id^  fdnbc. 

to  find 

found 

found 

flecfjten 

florfjt 

gcflod^ten 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  flidjft,  cr  flid)t. 

to  twine 

twined 

twined 

Imperat.  flic^t !  Imperf.  S. 
idl  fldd)te. 

fliegen 

flog 

gcflogcn 

Imperf  S.  iO)  fliige. 

to  fly 

flew 

flown 

fliet)en 

fio^ 

gefto^en 

Imperf.  S.  idf  flo^e. 

to  flee 

fled 

fled 

fliefjen 

ftoO 

gefloffen 

Imperf  S.  id)  floffc. 

to  flow 

flowed 

fljwed 

freffen 

fraf3 

gefreffen 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  fri§t,  er  frifet. 

to  devour 

devoured 

devoured 

Imperat.  frijj !  Imperf.  S. 
ic^  frdfec. 

fricrcn 

fror 

gefroren 

Imperf.  S.  i(^  frorc. 

to  freeze 

froze 

frozen 

gebarcn 

gebar 

geboren 

Pres.  Ind.  bn  gcbierft,  er  ge 

to  bear 

bore 

borne ;  born 

biert.       Imperat.    gebicr 
Imperf.  S.  i(^  gebdrc. 

gcben 

gob 

gegeben 

Pres.  Ind.   bu  gibft,  er  gibt 

to  give 

gave 

given 

Imperat.  gib  !      Imperf.  S 

gcbeiljen 

gebie^ 

gebie^en 

ic^  gdbc. 

to  thrive 

thrived 

thrived 

gel)en 

ging 

gcgangen 

• 

to  go 

went 

gone 

getingen 

gclang 

gclungcn 

Imperf.  S.  gcldnge. 

to  succeed 

succeeded 

succeeded 

410 


Pres.  Inf. 

Imperf. 

Past  Part. 

Various  Irregularities. 

get  ten 

to  be  worth 

gcnefcn 
to  lecover 

0Ott 

was  worth 

gena« 
recovered 

gegoUen 
been  worth 

geitefeit 
recovered 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  gittft,  er  gilt 
Imperat.  gilt !  Imperf.  S. 
id)  goUe. 

Imperf  S.  '\6)  gendfc. 

gcnieOen 
to  enjoy 

genog 
enjoyed 

genoffen 
enjoyed 

Imperf  S.  \6)  genoffe. 

gcf(l)cl)en 
to  happen 

gefdia^ 
happened 

gcft^e^en 
happened 

Pres.  Ind.  (eg)  gefd^ie^t.  /;«- 
perf  S.  (eg)  gefc^d^e. 

gcmiimcn 
to  gain 

gch)onn 
gained 

gett)onnen 
gained 

Imperf  S.  i(^  gettjonne  or  ge^ 
tcdnne. 

gic^cit 
to  pour 

90§ 
poured 

gcgoffen 
poured 

Imperf.  S.  \^  goffe. 

gleid)en 

to  resemble 

glid^ 
resembled 

gegUd)en 
resembled 

gteitcn 
to  jjlide 

gUtt 
glided 

gcgtitten 
glided 

groben 
to  dig 

grub 
dug 

gegraben 
dug 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  grfibfl,  cr  grabt. 
Imperf.  S.  ic^  gviibe. 

gififcn 
to  seize 

griff 

seized 

gegriffen 
seized 

IjQben 
to  have 

l)atte 
had 

ge^abt 
had 

Imperf.  S.  \^  pttc. 

IjQtten 
to  hold 

llielt 
held 

ge^alten 
held 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  ^dltft,  er  ^citt. 

liaitgcit 
t  >  hang 

^ittg 
hung 

ge^aitgcn 
hung 

Pres.  Ind.  \iVi  I)dngfl,  er  pngt. 

I)aneit 
t )  hew 

hewed 

gcl^auen 
hewed 

I)rbcn 
JO  lift 

l)ob,  '^ub 
lifted 

ge^oben 
lifted 

Imperf  S.  \^  ^obe  or  id^ 
Ijiibe, 

I)ci§ert 
lo  call 

called 

get)ei^en 
called 

I)elfcn 
to  help 

^atf 
helped 

gef)otfen 
helped 

Pres.  Ind   bU   \)\M,  tX  l)itft. 
Imperat.  \)\\\\     Imperf.  S. 

16)  biiife  or  ^dffe. 


411 


Pres.  Inf. 

Imperf. 

Past  Part. 

Various  Irregularities, 

fcnncn 

fonntc 

gcfannt 

Imperf.  S.  id)  fcnnte. 

to  know 

knew 

known 

tlimmcn 

tlomm 

gcflommcn 

Imperf.  S.  id)  flbmmc 

to  climb 

climbed 

climbed 

fling  en 

Kang 

gcflnngcn 

Imperf.  S.  ic^  flange. 

to  sound 

sounded 

sounded 

fncifcn 

tniff 

gefniffcu 

to  pinch 

pinched 

pinched 

fommcn 

fam 

gcfommcn 

Pres.  Ind.       bu    fommfi   or 

to  come 

came 

come 

fomnift,  er  fotnntt  or  fommt 
Imperf.  S.  \^)  fcimc. 

fonncn 

!onntc 

gcfouut 

Pres.  Ind.  id^  fanu,  bu  fanufl, 

to  be  able 

was  able 

been  able 

er  faun.  Pres.  S.  \6:)  founc. 
Imperf.  S.  id)  fouute. 

fricd)pn 

frorfi 

gc!ro(!^en 

Imperf  S.  i(^  frijd)e. 

to  creep 

crept 

crept 

iQbcn 

tub 

gctobcn 

Pres.  Ind.    bu   Idbft,   cr  Idbt. 

to  load 

loaded 

loaded 

Imperf.  S.  id)  (iibc. 

toffen 

Uc6 

gcloffen 

Pres.  Ind   bu  logt,   er  iQfet 

to  let 

let 

let 

Imperat.  lafe  I 

lonfen 

Uef 

getoufen 

Pres.  Ind.  bU  Idufft,  cr  IttUft 

to  run 

ran 

run 

Iciben 

att 

getitten 

to  suffer 

suffered 

suffered 

leiljcn 

lic^ 

gelic^en 

to  lend 

lent 

lent 

Icjcn 

tQS 

gclcfcn 

Pres.  Ind.     bu  Ilefl,  er  licfl 

to  read 

read 

read 

Imperat.  Iic«  !  Imperf.  S. 
x6)  lofe. 

licflcn 

tog 

gclcgen 

Imperf  S.   id)  logc. 

to  lie 

lay  . 

lain 

lbfrf)cn 

tcfd, 

getofc^cn 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  lifd)fl,  er  Ufd)t. 

to  go  out 

went  out 

gone  out 

Imperat.  Ufd) !  Inipf  S,  id) 
lofd)r.    IVenk,  when  transit. 

liiflcn 

log 

gclogcn 

Imperf.  S.   i(^  logc. 

lo  lie 

lied 

lied 

412 


Pres.  Inf. 

Imperf. 

Past.  Part. 

Various  Iri'egularities. 

marten 

ma^lte 

gema'^len 

Only  the  participle  gema^Ieu 

to  grind 

ground 

ground 

belongs  to  the  Strong  Con- 
jugation. 

ntciben 

mieb 

gemieben 

to  avoid 

avoided 

avoided 

meffen 

ntaB 

gemeffen 

Pres.  Ind.  \iyx  mifet,  cr  mlBt. 

to  measure 

measured 

measured 

Imperat.  tni^ !  Imperf.  S 
\^  mafee. 

mt^lingen 

migtang 

ntifetungeit 

Imperf.  S.  id)  miOtcinge. 

to  fail 

failed 

failed 

^ 

ntogen 

mod)te 

gemod^t 

Pres.  Ind.  \^  niQg,  bit  magft, 

to  like 

liked 

liked 

er  mog.  Pns.  S.  id]  mbge. 
Imperf.  S.  id)  lliiJC^te. 

ntuffen 

tttu^te 

gemup 

Pres.  Ind.  id)  mufe,  bu  mii^t. 

to  be  obliged  was  obliged 

been  obliged 

er  muO.   Pres.  S.  id)  miiffe. 

Imperf.  s.  id)  miifete. 

ite^men 

tta^m 

geitommen 

Pres.  Ind.      bu    itimtttft,   et 

lo  take 

took 

taken 

nimmt  Imperat.  nimm  \ 
Imperf.  S.  id)  naljme. 

nennen 

nattittc 

gcnonnt 

Imperf  S.  id}  nenutc. 

to  name 

named 

named 

pfeifen 

^fiff 

gcpfiffcn 

to  whistle 

whistled 

whistled 

Ijreifen 

pries 

gepriefen 

t )  praise 

praised 

praised 

,. 

quetlen 

quott 

gequollen 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  qiiiGfi,  er  quillt. 

t)  gush 

gushed 

gushed 

Imperat.  quitt  !  Imperf.  S. 
\d\  quoKe. 

ratten 

rietf) 

gerott)en 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  tat^fl,  er  rot^. 

to  advise 

advised 

advised 

reiben 

rieb 

gerieben 

to  rub 

rubbed 

rubbed 

reiben 

ri^ 

geriffen 

to  tear 

tore 

torn 

reiten 

ritt 

geritten 

to  ride 

rode 

ridden 

rettitett 

rannte 

gerannt 

Imperf.  s.  Id^  rettute. 

to  run 

ran 

run 

413 


P>es  Inf 

Imperf. 

Past  Part. 

Various  Irregularities. 

ricc^cn 

rod) 

gcrodjcn 

Imperf.  S.  id)  rbd)e. 

to  smell 

smelled 

smelled 

ringcn 

rang 

gcrungcn 

Imperf.  S,  it^  range. 

lo  wrestle 

wrestled 

wrestled 

riniicn 

ronn 

gcrouucn 

Imperf.  S.    id)  rounc  or  id) 

to  run 

ran 

run 

rannc. 

nifcn 

rief 

gerufcn 

to  call 

called 

called 

jaufcii 

foff 

gcfoffcn 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  ffiuffl,  cr  jaiift. 

to  drink 

drank 

drunk 

Imperf  S.  id)  fbffe.  [Of 
animals.] 

faiigcn 

fog 

gcfogcn 

Imperf.  S.  id)  fogc 

to  suck 

sucked 

sucked 

jci)affcii 

jrfiuf 

gcfd)affcn 

Imperf.  S.  id)  jd)ufc. 

lo  create 

created 

created 

fd)aUcn 

jcI)oa 

gcfd)oUcn 

to  sound 

sounded 

sounded 

jd)cibcn 

rrf)icb 

gcfdjlcbcit 

to  part 

parted 

parted 

jd)fiucn 

id)icn 

gcid)ieucit 

to  appear 

appeared 

appeared 

jd)eltcn 

fd)alt 

gcjd)oItcn 

Pres.  Ind.   bit  \d)\m,  cr  fd)ilt. 

to  scold 

scolded 

scolded 

Imperat.  jd)llt !  Imperf.  S. 
id)  fd)OltC. 

jd)crcu 

fd)OC 

gcjc^oren 

Pres,  Ind.  bii  )rf)icrft.  cr  fd)icrt. 

to  shear 

sheared 

shorn 

Imperat.  jd)icr  !  Imperf.  S. 
id)  )d)orc. 

fdjicbcu 

fd)ob 

gefd)obcu 

Imperf.  S.  id)  fd)obe. 

to  shove 

shoved 

shoved 

jd)ic{jeu 

1ci)0ij 

gcid)of|cn 

Imperf.  S.  id)  fd)i3ffc. 

to  shoot 

shot 

shot 

jc^lafcn 

jd)liff 

gc)d}lafcn 

/>7ri. /n./.bii  jd)lafft,crjd)latt 

to  sleep 

Slept 

slept 

jdjlogon 

fd)lug 

gefd)Iagcn 

Pres.   Ind       bit     jrf)tdgft      et 

to  beat 

beat 

beaten              ' 

jd)lagt.  Impf.  S.  id)  jd)luge. 

t(^letd)en 

fd)hd) 

gt)d)lid)cit        j 

to  sneak 

sneaked 

sneaked          ' 

414 


Pres.  Inf, 

Imperf. 

Past  Part. 

j(f)Icifen 

\m^ 

gefd)Uffen 

to  sharpen 

sharpened 

sharpened 

|d)Ue§en 

fd)lo^ 

gcjd)loifen 

to  shut 

shut 

shut 

jcJ^Iiiigcn 

fd)Iang 

gefc^lungeu 

to  sling 

slung 

slung 

fd)mcif3en 

je^mife 

gejdimifjen 

to  smite 

smote 

smitten 

f(^mcl;;cn 

jd^mots 

Qz\6)mo\\tx\. 

to  melt 

melted 

melted 

^c^naubeu 

fd)nob 

gefd^noben 

lo  snort 

snorted 

snorted 

jci)neiben 

^d)nitt 

gef(^uitten 

to  cut 

cut 

cut 

jc^raubcn 

fd^rob 

gefd^robcn 

to  screw 

screwed 

screwed 

fd^recfeu 

frfjraf 

gefdf)ro(fen 

to  be  afraid 

was  afraid 

been  afraid 

f(!)reibeu 

j(^rieb 

gefc^riebett 

to  write 

wrote 

written 

fct)reien 

\mt 

gejc^rien 

to  cry 

cried 

cried 

j(^reiten 

jrfiritt 

gefd^ritten 

to  stride 

strode 

stridden 

jd)iDaren 

fd)tt3or 

gefd)tt)oren 

to  ulcerate 

ulcerated 

ulcerated 

fd)tretgen 

fc^luicg 

ge[cf)tDiegen 

to  be  silent 

was  silent 

been  silent 

jd)tt)eEen 

fc^roott 

gef(^tt)oUen 

to  swell 

swelled 

swelled 

fd}it)immcn 

fc^n^omm 

gefc^tt)ommen 

to  swim 

swam 

swam 

f(I)tDinbcn 

jd)tt)anb 

gefd)tt)uitben 

to  vanish 

vanished 

vanished 

Various  Irregularities. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  fdjtbffc. 
Imperf.  S.  id^  jc^laiige. 


Pres.  Ind.  bu  fc^mtlsjl,  cr 
jd)miljt  Imperat.  jd)miljl 
Imperf.  S.  id)  fd)mbl3e. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  fd^nobe. 


Pres,   Ind.       bu    \6)X\d%    tX 
fd^rirf t.  Imperat.  \6s(t\d  1 


Imperf.  S.  id)  jc^rice. 


Pres.  Ind.  bu  jd)tt)ierft,  er 
fc^iDiert.  Imperf.  S.  \6) 
jd^tDore  or  fc^tuiire. 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  jd^tt)ittft,  cr 
jd)n3illt.  Imperat.  fd)tt)ilt ! 
Imperf.  S.  \i)  fd)tt)oEe. 

Imperf  S.  id)  fc^tt)bmtnc  or 
ic^  fc^mamme. 

Imperf.  S.  idf)  fd)tt)atlbc. 


415 


Pres.  Inf. 

Imperf. 

Past  Part. 

fd)tDinflcn 
to  swing 

fd)n)aug 
swang 

ncid)H)ungpn 
swung 

fd)tt)orru 
to  swear 

fd)n)orJd)n)ur  gcfd)n)orcn 
swore              sworn 

to  see 

saw 

gcfcl)cn 
seen 

jein 
to  be 

mar 
was 

gcttjcfcn 
been 

fcnbeii 
to  send 

sent 

gefanbt 
sent 

fiebcu 
to  boil 

fott.  fiebete 
boi'ed 

gcfottcn 
boiled 

ftng  cu 
to  sing^ 

jang 
sung 

gcfungcu 
sung 

finfcu 
to  sink 

fanf 
sunk 

gcfunfcn 
sunk 

fimt  CU 
to  muse 

faun 
niusrd 

gcfonnen 
mused 

fi^en 
to  sit 

fa§ 
sat 

geicffcn 
sat 

bUcn               foUte 
to  be  obliged  should 

gefoUt 

been  obliged 

fpeicn 
to  spit 

fpie 
spit 

gcfpicn 
spit 

fpinnen 
to  spin 

fpann 
spun 

gcfponncn 
spun 

fpredjcn 
to  speak 

fprarfj 
spoke 

gefprod)cn 
spoken 

jpriegcu 
to  sprout 

fpro6 
sprouted 

gcfproffen 
sprouted 

fpringcn 
to  spring 

f^rang 
sprung 

gcfprungen 
sprung 

Various  Irregularities. 
Imperf.  S.  id^  fd^mangc. 

Imperf.  S.  id^  jrf)tt)urc  of 
jrf)tt)orc. 

Pres.  IncL  bu  ficl)fl,  cr  fic^t. 
Imperat.  fic^  I  Imperf.  S. 
id)  fdl)e. 

Pres.  Ind.  id)  bill.  Pres.  S. 
id)  jci.  Imperat.  fci  I  Im- 
perf, S.  id)  luarc. 

Imperf.  S.  ic^  fcnbcte. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  ftcbcte. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  fcinge. 

Imperf  S.  id)  jdnfe. 

Imperf.  S.  td)  jonnc. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  jnfje. 

Pres.  Ind.  id)  foU.  bu  foUft,  er 
ioU.  Pres.  S.  id)  joUte. 
Imperf.  Si  td)  foUtc. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  fpicc. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  fponne  or  id^ 
fpdnnc. 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  fprid)fl,  cr 
fprid)t.  Imperat.  fpric^ ! 
Imperf.  S.  id)  fprad)e. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  fprbffc. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  fprongc. 


416 


Pres.  Inf. 

Tmperf, 

Past  Part. 

ftcd)cu 
to  sting 

ftac^ 
stung 

gcftod)en 
stung 

ftct)cii 
to  stand 

ftaub 
stood 

geftanben 
stood 

ftet)Icu 
to  sieal 

ftat)I 
stole 

geftoblen 
stolen 

ftcigcn 
to  ascend 

ftieg 
ascended 

geftiegen 
ascended 

fterbeu 
to  die 

ftarb 
died 

geftorben 
died 

ftiebcii 

to  disperse 

ftob 
dispersed 

geftobcn 
dispersed 

ftinfcn 
to  stink 

[ton! 
stunk 

geftunfen 
stunk 

ftofeen 
to  push 

ftie{3 
pushed 

geftofeen 
pushed 

ftrcic^en 
to  strike 

ftrid) 
struck 

geftrid^en 
stricken 

ftreiteu 
to  strive 

ftritt 
strove 

geftritten 
striven 

tt)Un 
to  do 

tt)at 
did 

getl^an 
done 

tragen 
to  carry 

trug 
carried 

getragen 
carried 

ireffen 
to  hit 

traf 
hit 

getroffcn 
hit 

trcibin 
to  drive 

trieb 
drove 

getriebcn 
driven 

treten 

to  tread     , 

trat 
trod 

getreten 
trodden 

triefen 
to  drip 

troff 
dripped 

getrieft 
dripped 

Various  Irregularities. 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  ftid)ft,  er  flid^t 
Imperat.  ftid) !  Imperf.  S. 
id)  ftad)c. 

Imperf.  S.  i(^  ftdubc. 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  ftiet)Ift,  er  ftieI)U. 
Jmperat.  ftictjl !    Imperf.  S. 
\i)  ftol)lc  or  ftdl)le. 


Pres.  Ind.  bu  ftirbft,  er  ftirbt. 

Imperat.    ftirb  !  Imperf,  S* 

ic^  ftiirbc. 
Imperf.  S.   id)  ftobc. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  ftdnfe. 

Pres.  Ind.   bU  flijfet,  er  jlofet. 


Imperf.  S.  \^  t^cite. 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  tragft,  er  tragt 
Imperf.  S.  id)  triigc. 

Pres.  Tnd.  bn  triffft,  er  trifft 
Imperat.  triff !  Imperf.  S. 
'\&\  trdfe. 


Pres.  Ind.  bu  trittft,  er  tritt. 

Imperat.  tritt!    Imperf.  S. 

ic^  trdte. 
Imperf.  S.  id)  troffc. 


417 


Pres   Inf. 

Tmperf 

Past  Part. 

trintm 
to  drink 

trant 
drank 

getrunfen 
drunk 

triigcn 
to  deceive 

trog 
deceived 

gptrogcn     ^ 
deceived 

tjerberben 
to  perish 

ttcrborb 
perished 

ocrborbcn 
perished 

bcrbriefecn 
to  vex 

tterbrog 
vexed 

toerbroffen 
vexed 

dcrgeffcn 
to  forget 

t)crga§ 
forgot 

Dcrgeffcn 
forgotten 

t)erlicrcn 
to  lose 

berlor 
lost 

ocrtoren 
lost 

h)Q(^fcn 
to  grow 

tt)ud)3 
grew 

gch)Qd)fen 
grown 

hjfigen 
to  weigh 

iDog 
weighed 

genjogcn 
weighed 

hjofc^cn 
to  wash 

ttJUfc^ 
washed 

gcnjofrf)en 
washed 

tt)Cbcn 
to  weave 

njob 
wove 

gcttjcbcn 
woven 

tt)cid)en 
to  yield 

ft»id) 
yielded 

gcnjid^cn 
yielded 

ttjcifen 
to  show 

showed 

gcroicfcn 
shown 

h)cnbcn 
to  turn 

ttionbtc 
turned 

gemanbt 
turned 

iDcrben 
to  sue 

marb 
sued 

gcttjorbcn 
sued 

iDerbcn 
to  become 

murbe,  tt)arb 
became 

gem orb  en 
become 

Various  Irregularities 
Imperf.  s.  id)  trdnfc. 

Imperf  S,  id)  troge. 

Pres.  Ind.  hu  dcrbirbft.  cr 
oerbirbt.  Tmperat.  Dcrbirb! 
Imperf.  S,  id)  oerbiirbc. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  ocrbroffe. 

Pres.  Ind.  bn  tjcrgifet,  cr  tier* 
gi§t.  Imperat.  ocrgift ! 
Imperf.  S.  id)  dcrgdfec. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  bcrlorc. 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  h)ad)fi,  er  mdc^fl. 
Imperf.  S   Id)  n)Ud)fe. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  ttJOgc. 


Pres  Ind.  bu  ttJCifdlfl,  cr 
njcifd)!.  Imperf.  S.  id) 
miifd)e. 

Imperf.  S.  id)  ttJobc.  Now 
more  usually  of  the  IVeak 
Conjugation. 


Imperf.  S.  id)  tt)enbctc. 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  wirbfl,  cr  ttjlrbt. 
Imperat.  njirb!  Imperf  S. 
id)  njiirbe. 

Pres.  Ind.  bu  n)irfl,'cr  njirb, 
Imperf.  S.  id)  luiirbc. 


418 


Pres  Jnf 

Imperf, 

Past.  Pari. 

Various  Irregularities. 

niprfen 

tvatf 

getuorfen 

Pres   Ind.   bu  iDirfft,  CV  XQ\x\i. 

to  throw 

threw 

thrown 

Tmperat   tt)irf!     Intpeff.  S. 

if 
gpiDogcn 

id)  triirfc. 

tt)i?gen 

tt?og 

Imperf.  S.  idi  troge. 

to  weigh 

wf.ighed 

weighed 

tDinbm 

tt)Onb 

gemunben 

Tmperf.  S.  id)  trcinbe. 

to  wind 

wound 

wound 

i\)iffeu 

tDUfjtP 

geraufst 

Pres.  Tnd.    idl  mci^  bu  wriftt. 

to  know 

knew 

known 

ft  itieife.  Pres.  S  id)iuiffc. 
Imperf.  S    idl  tviifett. 

iDotlini 

njolltp 

getDoKt 

Pres.  Ind.  id)  tuifl.  bu  JDiUft 

to  be  Willi 

ng  was  willing 

been  willing 

cr  mitl.  Pres.  S.  id)  tuoUe. 
Impetf.  S.  id)  tDoUtC. 

xeil)cu 

M) 

ge^ie!)en 

to  accuse 

accused 

accused 

i?ie!)en 

m 

gp^ogcu 

Imperf.  S.  trf)  gogf. 

to  draw 

drew 

drawn 

i^mingen 

xnjong 

ge;}tt)ungen 

Imperf.  S,  id)  jtoangeo 

to  compel 

compelled 

compelled 

/"« 


.^c^ 


^^ 


^-■/^ 


1/ 


'o/ 


/ 


/ 1; 


^.0 


YB  35712 


